[Mesa-dev] [PATCH 12/14] build: new tool option for intel ui tools
Lionel Landwerlin
lionel.g.landwerlin at intel.com
Thu Aug 2 09:39:24 UTC 2018
We want to add a new UI tool to decode aub files. This will use the
Dear ImGui library to render its interface.
The main way to use ImGui is to embed its source code at a particular
revision. Most embedding projects have to do a bit of integration
which is really specific to one's project. In our case the only
modification is to include libepoxy instead of gl3w.
The import was done at this commit (https://github.com/ocornut/imgui) :
commit 6211f40f3d903dd9df961256e044029c49793aa3
Author: omar <omarcornut at gmail.com>
Date: Fri Jul 27 12:29:33 2018 +0200
Internals: Drag and Drop: default drop preview use a narrower clipping rectangle (no effect here, but other branches uses a narrow clipping rectangle that was too small so this is a fix for it) + Comments
Signed-off-by: Lionel Landwerlin <lionel.g.landwerlin at intel.com>
---
meson_options.txt | 2 +-
src/intel/tools/imgui/LICENSE.txt | 21 +
src/intel/tools/imgui/README | 15 +
src/intel/tools/imgui/imconfig.h | 72 +
src/intel/tools/imgui/imgui.cpp | 14184 +++++++++++++++++
src/intel/tools/imgui/imgui.h | 1936 +++
src/intel/tools/imgui/imgui_demo.cpp | 3471 ++++
src/intel/tools/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp | 3077 ++++
src/intel/tools/imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp | 292 +
src/intel/tools/imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.h | 32 +
src/intel/tools/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp | 437 +
src/intel/tools/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3.h | 25 +
src/intel/tools/imgui/imgui_internal.h | 1225 ++
src/intel/tools/imgui/meson.build | 17 +
src/intel/tools/imgui/stb_rect_pack.h | 623 +
src/intel/tools/imgui/stb_textedit.h | 1409 ++
src/intel/tools/imgui/stb_truetype.h | 4854 ++++++
src/intel/tools/meson.build | 3 +
18 files changed, 31694 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-)
create mode 100644 src/intel/tools/imgui/LICENSE.txt
create mode 100644 src/intel/tools/imgui/README
create mode 100644 src/intel/tools/imgui/imconfig.h
create mode 100644 src/intel/tools/imgui/imgui.cpp
create mode 100644 src/intel/tools/imgui/imgui.h
create mode 100644 src/intel/tools/imgui/imgui_demo.cpp
create mode 100644 src/intel/tools/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp
create mode 100644 src/intel/tools/imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp
create mode 100644 src/intel/tools/imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.h
create mode 100644 src/intel/tools/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp
create mode 100644 src/intel/tools/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3.h
create mode 100644 src/intel/tools/imgui/imgui_internal.h
create mode 100644 src/intel/tools/imgui/meson.build
create mode 100644 src/intel/tools/imgui/stb_rect_pack.h
create mode 100644 src/intel/tools/imgui/stb_textedit.h
create mode 100644 src/intel/tools/imgui/stb_truetype.h
diff --git a/meson_options.txt b/meson_options.txt
index 5bb560b61fb..5676ef5e45d 100644
--- a/meson_options.txt
+++ b/meson_options.txt
@@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ option(
'tools',
type : 'array',
value : [],
- choices : ['freedreno', 'glsl', 'intel', 'nir', 'nouveau', 'xvmc', 'all'],
+ choices : ['freedreno', 'glsl', 'intel', 'intel-ui', 'nir', 'nouveau', 'xvmc', 'all'],
description : 'List of tools to build.',
)
option(
diff --git a/src/intel/tools/imgui/LICENSE.txt b/src/intel/tools/imgui/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..21b6ee7e2a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/intel/tools/imgui/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+The MIT License (MIT)
+
+Copyright (c) 2014-2018 Omar Cornut
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+SOFTWARE.
diff --git a/src/intel/tools/imgui/README b/src/intel/tools/imgui/README
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..138b7620c65
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/intel/tools/imgui/README
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+Dear ImGui
+==========
+
+This directory contains a copy of the Dear ImGui library at the following commit :
+
+commit 6211f40f3d903dd9df961256e044029c49793aa3
+Author: omar <omarcornut at gmail.com>
+Date: Fri Jul 27 12:29:33 2018 +0200
+
+Embedding the library into one's project is main way people seems to
+work with ImGui. Since this is just for a debugging tool, we're not
+exposing ourselves too much.
+
+Apart from tweaking the GLEW include path, there is no other
+modification to the files in this directory.
diff --git a/src/intel/tools/imgui/imconfig.h b/src/intel/tools/imgui/imconfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..50b7f471ce3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/intel/tools/imgui/imconfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// COMPILE-TIME OPTIONS FOR DEAR IMGUI
+// Runtime options (clipboard callbacks, enabling various features, etc.) can generally be set via the ImGuiIO structure.
+// You can use ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions() before calling ImGui::CreateContext() to rewire memory allocation functions.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// A) You may edit imconfig.h (and not overwrite it when updating imgui, or maintain a patch/branch with your modifications to imconfig.h)
+// B) or add configuration directives in your own file and compile with #define IMGUI_USER_CONFIG "myfilename.h"
+// If you do so you need to make sure that configuration settings are defined consistently _everywhere_ dear imgui is used, which include
+// the imgui*.cpp files but also _any_ of your code that uses imgui. This is because some compile-time options have an affect on data structures.
+// Defining those options in imconfig.h will ensure every compilation unit gets to see the same data structure layouts.
+// Call IMGUI_CHECKVERSION() from your .cpp files to verify that the data structures your files are using are matching the ones imgui.cpp is using.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#pragma once
+
+//---- Define assertion handler. Defaults to calling assert().
+//#define IM_ASSERT(_EXPR) MyAssert(_EXPR)
+//#define IM_ASSERT(_EXPR) ((void)(_EXPR)) // Disable asserts
+
+//---- Define attributes of all API symbols declarations, e.g. for DLL under Windows.
+//#define IMGUI_API __declspec( dllexport )
+//#define IMGUI_API __declspec( dllimport )
+
+//---- Don't define obsolete functions/enums names. Consider enabling from time to time after updating to avoid using soon-to-be obsolete function/names.
+//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+
+//---- Don't implement demo windows functionality (ShowDemoWindow()/ShowStyleEditor()/ShowUserGuide() methods will be empty)
+//---- It is very strongly recommended to NOT disable the demo windows during development. Please read the comments in imgui_demo.cpp.
+//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS
+
+//---- Don't implement some functions to reduce linkage requirements.
+//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS // [Win32] Don't implement default clipboard handler. Won't use and link with OpenClipboard/GetClipboardData/CloseClipboard etc.
+//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS // [Win32] Don't implement default IME handler. Won't use and link with ImmGetContext/ImmSetCompositionWindow.
+//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_FORMAT_STRING_FUNCTIONS // Don't implement ImFormatString/ImFormatStringV so you can implement them yourself if you don't want to link with vsnprintf.
+//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_MATH_FUNCTIONS // Don't implement ImFabs/ImSqrt/ImPow/ImFmod/ImCos/ImSin/ImAcos/ImAtan2 wrapper so you can implement them yourself. Declare your prototypes in imconfig.h.
+//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_ALLOCATORS // Don't implement default allocators calling malloc()/free() to avoid linking with them. You will need to call ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions().
+
+//---- Include imgui_user.h at the end of imgui.h as a convenience
+//#define IMGUI_INCLUDE_IMGUI_USER_H
+
+//---- Pack colors to BGRA8 instead of RGBA8 (to avoid converting from one to another)
+//#define IMGUI_USE_BGRA_PACKED_COLOR
+
+//---- Avoid multiple STB libraries implementations, or redefine path/filenames to prioritize another version
+// By default the embedded implementations are declared static and not available outside of imgui cpp files.
+//#define IMGUI_STB_TRUETYPE_FILENAME "my_folder/stb_truetype.h"
+//#define IMGUI_STB_RECT_PACK_FILENAME "my_folder/stb_rect_pack.h"
+//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION
+//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION
+
+//---- Define constructor and implicit cast operators to convert back<>forth between your math types and ImVec2/ImVec4.
+// This will be inlined as part of ImVec2 and ImVec4 class declarations.
+/*
+#define IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA \
+ ImVec2(const MyVec2& f) { x = f.x; y = f.y; } \
+ operator MyVec2() const { return MyVec2(x,y); }
+
+#define IM_VEC4_CLASS_EXTRA \
+ ImVec4(const MyVec4& f) { x = f.x; y = f.y; z = f.z; w = f.w; } \
+ operator MyVec4() const { return MyVec4(x,y,z,w); }
+*/
+
+//---- Use 32-bit vertex indices (default is 16-bit) to allow meshes with more than 64K vertices. Render function needs to support it.
+//#define ImDrawIdx unsigned int
+
+//---- Tip: You can add extra functions within the ImGui:: namespace, here or in your own headers files.
+/*
+namespace ImGui
+{
+ void MyFunction(const char* name, const MyMatrix44& v);
+}
+*/
diff --git a/src/intel/tools/imgui/imgui.cpp b/src/intel/tools/imgui/imgui.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..0498f1e98b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/intel/tools/imgui/imgui.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,14184 @@
+// dear imgui, v1.63 WIP
+// (main code and documentation)
+
+// Call and read ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() in imgui_demo.cpp for demo code.
+// Newcomers, read 'Programmer guide' below for notes on how to setup Dear ImGui in your codebase.
+// Get latest version at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui
+// Releases change-log at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases
+// Gallery (please post your screenshots/video there!): https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/1269
+// Developed by Omar Cornut and every direct or indirect contributors to the GitHub.
+// This library is free but I need your support to sustain development and maintenance.
+// If you work for a company, please consider financial support, see README. For individuals: https://www.patreon.com/imgui
+
+// It is recommended that you don't modify imgui.cpp! It will become difficult for you to update the library.
+// Note that 'ImGui::' being a namespace, you can add functions into the namespace from your own source files, without
+// modifying imgui.h or imgui.cpp. You may include imgui_internal.h to access internal data structures, but it doesn't
+// come with any guarantee of forward compatibility. Discussing your changes on the GitHub Issue Tracker may lead you
+// to a better solution or official support for them.
+
+/*
+
+ Index
+ - MISSION STATEMENT
+ - END-USER GUIDE
+ - PROGRAMMER GUIDE (read me!)
+ - Read first
+ - How to update to a newer version of Dear ImGui
+ - Getting started with integrating Dear ImGui in your code/engine
+ - Using gamepad/keyboard navigation controls [BETA]
+ - API BREAKING CHANGES (read me when you update!)
+ - ISSUES & TODO LIST
+ - FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS (FAQ), TIPS
+ - How can I tell whether to dispatch mouse/keyboard to imgui or to my application?
+ - How can I display an image? What is ImTextureID, how does it works?
+ - How can I have multiple widgets with the same label or without a label? A primer on labels and the ID Stack.
+ - How can I use my own math types instead of ImVec2/ImVec4?
+ - How can I load a different font than the default?
+ - How can I easily use icons in my application?
+ - How can I load multiple fonts?
+ - How can I display and input non-latin characters such as Chinese, Japanese, Korean, Cyrillic?
+ - How can I use the drawing facilities without an ImGui window? (using ImDrawList API)
+ - I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and the text or lines are blurry..
+ - I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and some elements are clipping or disappearing when I move windows around..
+ - How can I help?
+ - ISSUES & TODO-LIST
+ - CODE
+
+
+ MISSION STATEMENT
+ =================
+
+ - Easy to use to create code-driven and data-driven tools
+ - Easy to use to create ad hoc short-lived tools and long-lived, more elaborate tools
+ - Easy to hack and improve
+ - Minimize screen real-estate usage
+ - Minimize setup and maintenance
+ - Minimize state storage on user side
+ - Portable, minimize dependencies, run on target (consoles, phones, etc.)
+ - Efficient runtime and memory consumption (NB- we do allocate when "growing" content e.g. creating a window,
+ opening a tree node for the first time, etc. but a typical frame should not allocate anything)
+
+ Designed for developers and content-creators, not the typical end-user! Some of the weaknesses includes:
+ - Doesn't look fancy, doesn't animate
+ - Limited layout features, intricate layouts are typically crafted in code
+
+
+ END-USER GUIDE
+ ==============
+
+ - Double-click on title bar to collapse window.
+ - Click upper right corner to close a window, available when 'bool* p_open' is passed to ImGui::Begin().
+ - Click and drag on lower right corner to resize window (double-click to auto fit window to its contents).
+ - Click and drag on any empty space to move window.
+ - TAB/SHIFT+TAB to cycle through keyboard editable fields.
+ - CTRL+Click on a slider or drag box to input value as text.
+ - Use mouse wheel to scroll.
+ - Text editor:
+ - Hold SHIFT or use mouse to select text.
+ - CTRL+Left/Right to word jump.
+ - CTRL+Shift+Left/Right to select words.
+ - CTRL+A our Double-Click to select all.
+ - CTRL+X,CTRL+C,CTRL+V to use OS clipboard/
+ - CTRL+Z,CTRL+Y to undo/redo.
+ - ESCAPE to revert text to its original value.
+ - You can apply arithmetic operators +,*,/ on numerical values. Use +- to subtract (because - would set a negative value!)
+ - Controls are automatically adjusted for OSX to match standard OSX text editing operations.
+ - General Keyboard controls: enable with ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard.
+ - General Gamepad controls: enable with ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad. See suggested mappings in imgui.h ImGuiNavInput_ + download PNG/PSD at http://goo.gl/9LgVZW
+
+
+ PROGRAMMER GUIDE
+ ================
+
+ READ FIRST
+
+ - Read the FAQ below this section!
+ - Your code creates the UI, if your code doesn't run the UI is gone! The UI can be highly dynamic, there are no construction
+ or destruction steps, less data retention on your side, less state duplication, less state synchronization, less bugs.
+ - Call and read ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() for demo code demonstrating most features.
+ - You can learn about immediate-mode gui principles at http://www.johno.se/book/imgui.html or watch http://mollyrocket.com/861
+
+ HOW TO UPDATE TO A NEWER VERSION OF DEAR IMGUI
+
+ - Overwrite all the sources files except for imconfig.h (if you have made modification to your copy of imconfig.h)
+ - Read the "API BREAKING CHANGES" section (below). This is where we list occasional API breaking changes.
+ If a function/type has been renamed / or marked obsolete, try to fix the name in your code before it is permanently removed
+ from the public API. If you have a problem with a missing function/symbols, search for its name in the code, there will
+ likely be a comment about it. Please report any issue to the GitHub page!
+ - Try to keep your copy of dear imgui reasonably up to date.
+
+ GETTING STARTED WITH INTEGRATING DEAR IMGUI IN YOUR CODE/ENGINE
+
+ - Run and study the examples and demo to get acquainted with the library.
+ - Add the Dear ImGui source files to your projects or using your preferred build system.
+ It is recommended you build the .cpp files as part of your project and not as a library.
+ - You can later customize the imconfig.h file to tweak some compilation time behavior, such as integrating imgui types with your own maths types.
+ - You may be able to grab and copy a ready made imgui_impl_*** file from the examples/ folder.
+ - When using Dear ImGui, your programming IDE is your friend: follow the declaration of variables, functions and types to find comments about them.
+ - Dear ImGui never touches or knows about your GPU state. The only function that knows about GPU is the draw function that you provide.
+ Effectively it means you can create widgets at any time in your code, regardless of considerations of being in "update" vs "render"
+ phases of your own application. All rendering informatioe are stored into command-lists that you will retrieve after calling ImGui::Render().
+ - Refer to the bindings and demo applications in the examples/ folder for instruction on how to setup your code.
+
+ THIS IS HOW A SIMPLE APPLICATION MAY LOOK LIKE
+ EXHIBIT 1: USING THE EXAMPLE BINDINGS (imgui_impl_XXX.cpp files from the examples/ folder)
+
+ // Application init: create a dear imgui context, setup some options, load fonts
+ ImGui::CreateContext();
+ ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+ // TODO: Set optional io.ConfigFlags values, e.g. 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard' to enable keyboard controls
+ // TODO: Fill optional settings of the io structure later.
+ // TODO: Load TTF/OTF fonts if you don't want to use the default font.
+
+ // Initialize helper Platform and Renderer bindings (here we are using imgui_impl_win32 and imgui_impl_dx11)
+ ImGui_ImplWin32_Init(hwnd);
+ ImGui_ImplDX11_Init(g_pd3dDevice, g_pd3dDeviceContext);
+
+ // Application main loop
+ while (true)
+ {
+ // Feed inputs to dear imgui, start new frame
+ ImGui_ImplDX11_NewFrame();
+ ImGui_ImplWin32_NewFrame();
+ ImGui::NewFrame();
+
+ // Any application code here
+ ImGui::Text("Hello, world!");
+
+ // Render dear imgui into screen
+ ImGui::Render();
+ ImGui_ImplDX11_RenderDrawData(ImGui::GetDrawData());
+ g_pSwapChain->Present(1, 0);
+ }
+
+ // Shutdown
+ ImGui_ImplDX11_Shutdown();
+ ImGui_ImplWin32_Shutdown();
+ ImGui::DestroyContext();
+
+ THIS IS HOW A SIMPLE APPLICATION MAY LOOK LIKE
+ EXHIBIT 2: IMPLEMENTING CUSTOM BINDING / CUSTOM ENGINE
+
+ // Application init: create a dear imgui context, setup some options, load fonts
+ ImGui::CreateContext();
+ ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+ // TODO: Set optional io.ConfigFlags values, e.g. 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard' to enable keyboard controls
+ // TODO: Fill optional settings of the io structure later.
+ // TODO: Load TTF/OTF fonts if you don't want to use the default font.
+
+ // Build and load the texture atlas into a texture
+ // (In the examples/ app this is usually done within the ImGui_ImplXXX_Init() function from one of the demo Renderer)
+ int width, height;
+ unsigned char* pixels = NULL;
+ io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32(&pixels, &width, &height);
+
+ // At this point you've got the texture data and you need to upload that your your graphic system:
+ // After we have created the texture, store its pointer/identifier (_in whichever format your engine uses_) in 'io.Fonts->TexID'.
+ // This will be passed back to your via the renderer. Basically ImTextureID == void*. Read FAQ below for details about ImTextureID.
+ MyTexture* texture = MyEngine::CreateTextureFromMemoryPixels(pixels, width, height, TEXTURE_TYPE_RGBA32)
+ io.Fonts->TexID = (void*)texture;
+
+ // Application main loop
+ while (true)
+ {
+ // Setup low-level inputs, e.g. on Win32: calling GetKeyboardState(), or write to those fields from your Windows message handlers, etc.
+ // (In the examples/ app this is usually done within the ImGui_ImplXXX_NewFrame() function from one of the demo Platform bindings)
+ io.DeltaTime = 1.0f/60.0f; // set the time elapsed since the previous frame (in seconds)
+ io.DisplaySize.x = 1920.0f; // set the current display width
+ io.DisplaySize.y = 1280.0f; // set the current display height here
+ io.MousePos = my_mouse_pos; // set the mouse position
+ io.MouseDown[0] = my_mouse_buttons[0]; // set the mouse button states
+ io.MouseDown[1] = my_mouse_buttons[1];
+
+ // Call NewFrame(), after this point you can use ImGui::* functions anytime
+ // (So you want to try calling NewFrame() as early as you can in your mainloop to be able to use imgui everywhere)
+ ImGui::NewFrame();
+
+ // Most of your application code here
+ ImGui::Text("Hello, world!");
+ MyGameUpdate(); // may use any ImGui functions, e.g. ImGui::Begin("My window"); ImGui::Text("Hello, world!"); ImGui::End();
+ MyGameRender(); // may use any ImGui functions as well!
+
+ // Render imgui, swap buffers
+ // (You want to try calling EndFrame/Render as late as you can, to be able to use imgui in your own game rendering code)
+ ImGui::EndFrame();
+ ImGui::Render();
+ ImDrawData* draw_data = ImGui::GetDrawData();
+ MyImGuiRenderFunction(draw_data);
+ SwapBuffers();
+ }
+
+ // Shutdown
+ ImGui::DestroyContext();
+
+ THIS HOW A SIMPLE RENDERING FUNCTION MAY LOOK LIKE
+
+ void void MyImGuiRenderFunction(ImDrawData* draw_data)
+ {
+ // TODO: Setup render state: alpha-blending enabled, no face culling, no depth testing, scissor enabled
+ // TODO: Setup viewport using draw_data->DisplaySize
+ // TODO: Setup orthographic projection matrix cover draw_data->DisplayPos to draw_data->DisplayPos + draw_data->DisplaySize
+ // TODO: Setup shader: vertex { float2 pos, float2 uv, u32 color }, fragment shader sample color from 1 texture, multiply by vertex color.
+ for (int n = 0; n < draw_data->CmdListsCount; n++)
+ {
+ const ImDrawVert* vtx_buffer = cmd_list->VtxBuffer.Data; // vertex buffer generated by ImGui
+ const ImDrawIdx* idx_buffer = cmd_list->IdxBuffer.Data; // index buffer generated by ImGui
+ for (int cmd_i = 0; cmd_i < cmd_list->CmdBuffer.Size; cmd_i++)
+ {
+ const ImDrawCmd* pcmd = &cmd_list->CmdBuffer[cmd_i];
+ if (pcmd->UserCallback)
+ {
+ pcmd->UserCallback(cmd_list, pcmd);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // The texture for the draw call is specified by pcmd->TextureId.
+ // The vast majority of draw calls with use the imgui texture atlas, which value you have set yourself during initialization.
+ MyEngineBindTexture(pcmd->TextureId);
+
+ // We are using scissoring to clip some objects. All low-level graphics API should supports it.
+ // - If your engine doesn't support scissoring yet, you may ignore this at first. You will get some small glitches
+ // (some elements visible outside their bounds) but you can fix that once everywhere else works!
+ // - Clipping coordinates are provided in imgui coordinates space (from draw_data->DisplayPos to draw_data->DisplayPos + draw_data->DisplaySize)
+ // In a single viewport application, draw_data->DisplayPos will always be (0,0) and draw_data->DisplaySize will always be == io.DisplaySize.
+ // However, in the interest of supporting multi-viewport applications in the future, always subtract draw_data->DisplayPos from
+ // clipping bounds to convert them to your viewport space.
+ // - Note that pcmd->ClipRect contains Min+Max bounds. Some graphics API may use Min+Max, other may use Min+Size (size being Max-Min)
+ ImVec2 pos = draw_data->DisplayPos;
+ MyEngineScissor((int)(pcmd->ClipRect.x - pos.x), (int)(pcmd->ClipRect.y - pos.y), (int)(pcmd->ClipRect.z - pos.x), (int)(pcmd->ClipRect.w - pos.y));
+
+ // Render 'pcmd->ElemCount/3' indexed triangles.
+ // By default the indices ImDrawIdx are 16-bits, you can change them to 32-bits if your engine doesn't support 16-bits indices.
+ MyEngineDrawIndexedTriangles(pcmd->ElemCount, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : GL_UNSIGNED_INT, idx_buffer, vtx_buffer);
+ }
+ idx_buffer += pcmd->ElemCount;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ - The examples/ folders contains many functional implementation of the pseudo-code above.
+ - When calling NewFrame(), the 'io.WantCaptureMouse', 'io.WantCaptureKeyboard' and 'io.WantTextInput' flags are updated.
+ They tell you if ImGui intends to use your inputs. When a flag is set you want to hide the corresponding inputs from the rest of your application.
+ In both cases you need to pass on the inputs to imgui. Read the FAQ below for more information about those flags.
+ - Please read the FAQ above. Amusingly, it is called a FAQ because people frequently have the same issues!
+
+ USING GAMEPAD/KEYBOARD NAVIGATION CONTROLS [BETA]
+
+ - The gamepad/keyboard navigation is in Beta. Ask questions and report issues at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/787
+ - The initial focus was to support game controllers, but keyboard is becoming increasingly and decently usable.
+ - Gamepad:
+ - Set io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad to enable.
+ - Backend: Set io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad + fill the io.NavInputs[] fields before calling NewFrame().
+ Note that io.NavInputs[] is cleared by EndFrame().
+ - See 'enum ImGuiNavInput_' in imgui.h for a description of inputs. For each entry of io.NavInputs[], set the following values:
+ 0.0f= not held. 1.0f= fully held. Pass intermediate 0.0f..1.0f values for analog triggers/sticks.
+ - We uses a simple >0.0f test for activation testing, and won't attempt to test for a dead-zone.
+ Your code will probably need to transform your raw inputs (such as e.g. remapping your 0.2..0.9 raw input range to 0.0..1.0 imgui range, etc.).
+ - You can download PNG/PSD files depicting the gamepad controls for common controllers at: goo.gl/9LgVZW.
+ - If you need to share inputs between your game and the imgui parts, the easiest approach is to go all-or-nothing, with a buttons combo
+ to toggle the target. Please reach out if you think the game vs navigation input sharing could be improved.
+ - Keyboard:
+ - Set io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard to enable.
+ NewFrame() will automatically fill io.NavInputs[] based on your io.KeysDown[] + io.KeyMap[] arrays.
+ - When keyboard navigation is active (io.NavActive + ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard), the io.WantCaptureKeyboard flag
+ will be set. For more advanced uses, you may want to read from:
+ - io.NavActive: true when a window is focused and it doesn't have the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs flag set.
+ - io.NavVisible: true when the navigation cursor is visible (and usually goes false when mouse is used).
+ - or query focus information with e.g. IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow), IsItemFocused() etc. functions.
+ Please reach out if you think the game vs navigation input sharing could be improved.
+ - Mouse:
+ - PS4 users: Consider emulating a mouse cursor with DualShock4 touch pad or a spare analog stick as a mouse-emulation fallback.
+ - Consoles/Tablet/Phone users: Consider using a Synergy 1.x server (on your PC) + uSynergy.c (on your console/tablet/phone app) to share your PC mouse/keyboard.
+ - On a TV/console system where readability may be lower or mouse inputs may be awkward, you may want to set the ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos flag.
+ Enabling ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos + ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos instructs dear imgui to move your mouse cursor along with navigation movements.
+ When enabled, the NewFrame() function may alter 'io.MousePos' and set 'io.WantSetMousePos' to notify you that it wants the mouse cursor to be moved.
+ When that happens your back-end NEEDS to move the OS or underlying mouse cursor on the next frame. Some of the binding in examples/ do that.
+ (If you set the NavEnableSetMousePos flag but don't honor 'io.WantSetMousePos' properly, imgui will misbehave as it will see your mouse as moving back and forth!)
+ (In a setup when you may not have easy control over the mouse cursor, e.g. uSynergy.c doesn't expose moving remote mouse cursor, you may want
+ to set a boolean to ignore your other external mouse positions until the external source is moved again.)
+
+
+ API BREAKING CHANGES
+ ====================
+
+ Occasionally introducing changes that are breaking the API. We try to make the breakage minor and easy to fix.
+ Below is a change-log of API breaking changes only. If you are using one of the functions listed, expect to have to fix some code.
+ When you are not sure about a old symbol or function name, try using the Search/Find function of your IDE to look for comments or references in all imgui files.
+ You can read releases logs https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases for more details.
+
+ - 2018/07/22 (1.63) - changed ImGui::GetTime() return value from float to double to avoid accumulating floating point imprecisions over time.
+ - 2018/07/08 (1.63) - style: renamed ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDarkening to ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg for consistency with other features. Kept redirection enum (will obsolete).
+ - 2018/07/06 (1.63) - removed per-window ImGuiWindowFlags_ResizeFromAnySide beta flag in favor of a global io.OptResizeWindowsFromEdges to enable the feature.
+ - 2018/06/06 (1.62) - renamed GetGlyphRangesChinese() to GetGlyphRangesChineseFull() to distinguish other variants and discourage using the full set.
+ - 2018/06/06 (1.62) - TreeNodeEx()/TreeNodeBehavior(): the ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader helper now include the ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen flag. See Changelog for details.
+ - 2018/05/03 (1.61) - DragInt(): the default compile-time format string has been changed from "%.0f" to "%d", as we are not using integers internally any more.
+ If you used DragInt() with custom format strings, make sure you change them to use %d or an integer-compatible format.
+ To honor backward-compatibility, the DragInt() code will currently parse and modify format strings to replace %*f with %d, giving time to users to upgrade their code.
+ If you have IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS enabled, the code will instead assert! You may run a reg-exp search on your codebase for e.g. "DragInt.*%f" to help you find them.
+ - 2018/04/28 (1.61) - obsoleted InputFloat() functions taking an optional "int decimal_precision" in favor of an equivalent and more flexible "const char* format",
+ consistent with other functions. Kept redirection functions (will obsolete).
+ - 2018/04/09 (1.61) - IM_DELETE() helper function added in 1.60 doesn't clear the input _pointer_ reference, more consistent with expectation and allows passing r-value.
+ - 2018/03/20 (1.60) - renamed io.WantMoveMouse to io.WantSetMousePos for consistency and ease of understanding (was added in 1.52, _not_ used by core and only honored by some binding ahead of merging the Nav branch).
+ - 2018/03/12 (1.60) - removed ImGuiCol_CloseButton, ImGuiCol_CloseButtonActive, ImGuiCol_CloseButtonHovered as the closing cross uses regular button colors now.
+ - 2018/03/08 (1.60) - changed ImFont::DisplayOffset.y to default to 0 instead of +1. Fixed rounding of Ascent/Descent to match TrueType renderer. If you were adding or subtracting to ImFont::DisplayOffset check if your fonts are correctly aligned vertically.
+ - 2018/03/03 (1.60) - renamed ImGuiStyleVar_Count_ to ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT and ImGuiMouseCursor_Count_ to ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT for consistency with other public enums.
+ - 2018/02/18 (1.60) - BeginDragDropSource(): temporarily removed the optional mouse_button=0 parameter because it is not really usable in many situations at the moment.
+ - 2018/02/16 (1.60) - obsoleted the io.RenderDrawListsFn callback, you can call your graphics engine render function after ImGui::Render(). Use ImGui::GetDrawData() to retrieve the ImDrawData* to display.
+ - 2018/02/07 (1.60) - reorganized context handling to be more explicit,
+ - YOU NOW NEED TO CALL ImGui::CreateContext() AT THE BEGINNING OF YOUR APP, AND CALL ImGui::DestroyContext() AT THE END.
+ - removed Shutdown() function, as DestroyContext() serve this purpose.
+ - you may pass a ImFontAtlas* pointer to CreateContext() to share a font atlas between contexts. Otherwise CreateContext() will create its own font atlas instance.
+ - removed allocator parameters from CreateContext(), they are now setup with SetAllocatorFunctions(), and shared by all contexts.
+ - removed the default global context and font atlas instance, which were confusing for users of DLL reloading and users of multiple contexts.
+ - 2018/01/31 (1.60) - moved sample TTF files from extra_fonts/ to misc/fonts/. If you loaded files directly from the imgui repo you may need to update your paths.
+ - 2018/01/11 (1.60) - obsoleted IsAnyWindowHovered() in favor of IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2018/01/11 (1.60) - obsoleted IsAnyWindowFocused() in favor of IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2018/01/03 (1.60) - renamed ImGuiSizeConstraintCallback to ImGuiSizeCallback, ImGuiSizeConstraintCallbackData to ImGuiSizeCallbackData.
+ - 2017/12/29 (1.60) - removed CalcItemRectClosestPoint() which was weird and not really used by anyone except demo code. If you need it it's easy to replicate on your side.
+ - 2017/12/24 (1.53) - renamed the emblematic ShowTestWindow() function to ShowDemoWindow(). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2017/12/21 (1.53) - ImDrawList: renamed style.AntiAliasedShapes to style.AntiAliasedFill for consistency and as a way to explicitly break code that manipulate those flag at runtime. You can now manipulate ImDrawList::Flags
+ - 2017/12/21 (1.53) - ImDrawList: removed 'bool anti_aliased = true' final parameter of ImDrawList::AddPolyline() and ImDrawList::AddConvexPolyFilled(). Prefer manipulating ImDrawList::Flags if you need to toggle them during the frame.
+ - 2017/12/14 (1.53) - using the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse flag on a child window forwards the mouse wheel event to the parent window, unless either ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs or ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar are also set.
+ - 2017/12/13 (1.53) - renamed GetItemsLineHeightWithSpacing() to GetFrameHeightWithSpacing(). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2017/12/13 (1.53) - obsoleted IsRootWindowFocused() in favor of using IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - obsoleted IsRootWindowOrAnyChildFocused() in favor of using IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootAndChildWindows). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2017/12/12 (1.53) - renamed ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlapMode to ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap. Kept redirection enum (will obsolete).
+ - 2017/12/10 (1.53) - removed SetNextWindowContentWidth(), prefer using SetNextWindowContentSize(). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2017/11/27 (1.53) - renamed ImGuiTextBuffer::append() helper to appendf(), appendv() to appendfv(). If you copied the 'Log' demo in your code, it uses appendv() so that needs to be renamed.
+ - 2017/11/18 (1.53) - Style, Begin: removed ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders window flag. Borders are now fully set up in the ImGuiStyle structure (see e.g. style.FrameBorderSize, style.WindowBorderSize). Use ImGui::ShowStyleEditor() to look them up.
+ Please note that the style system will keep evolving (hopefully stabilizing in Q1 2018), and so custom styles will probably subtly break over time. It is recommended you use the StyleColorsClassic(), StyleColorsDark(), StyleColorsLight() functions.
+ - 2017/11/18 (1.53) - Style: removed ImGuiCol_ComboBg in favor of combo boxes using ImGuiCol_PopupBg for consistency.
+ - 2017/11/18 (1.53) - Style: renamed ImGuiCol_ChildWindowBg to ImGuiCol_ChildBg.
+ - 2017/11/18 (1.53) - Style: renamed style.ChildWindowRounding to style.ChildRounding, ImGuiStyleVar_ChildWindowRounding to ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding.
+ - 2017/11/02 (1.53) - obsoleted IsRootWindowOrAnyChildHovered() in favor of using IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootAndChildWindows);
+ - 2017/10/24 (1.52) - renamed IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCS/IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCS to IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS/IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS for consistency.
+ - 2017/10/20 (1.52) - changed IsWindowHovered() default parameters behavior to return false if an item is active in another window (e.g. click-dragging item from another window to this window). You can use the newly introduced IsWindowHovered() flags to requests this specific behavior if you need it.
+ - 2017/10/20 (1.52) - marked IsItemHoveredRect()/IsMouseHoveringWindow() as obsolete, in favor of using the newly introduced flags for IsItemHovered() and IsWindowHovered(). See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/1382 for details.
+ removed the IsItemRectHovered()/IsWindowRectHovered() names introduced in 1.51 since they were merely more consistent names for the two functions we are now obsoleting.
+ - 2017/10/17 (1.52) - marked the old 5-parameters version of Begin() as obsolete (still available). Use SetNextWindowSize()+Begin() instead!
+ - 2017/10/11 (1.52) - renamed AlignFirstTextHeightToWidgets() to AlignTextToFramePadding(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2017/09/25 (1.52) - removed SetNextWindowPosCenter() because SetNextWindowPos() now has the optional pivot information to do the same and more. Kept redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2017/08/25 (1.52) - io.MousePos needs to be set to ImVec2(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX) when mouse is unavailable/missing. Previously ImVec2(-1,-1) was enough but we now accept negative mouse coordinates. In your binding if you need to support unavailable mouse, make sure to replace "io.MousePos = ImVec2(-1,-1)" with "io.MousePos = ImVec2(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX)".
+ - 2017/08/22 (1.51) - renamed IsItemHoveredRect() to IsItemRectHovered(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). -> (1.52) use IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RectOnly)!
+ - renamed IsMouseHoveringAnyWindow() to IsAnyWindowHovered() for consistency. Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - renamed IsMouseHoveringWindow() to IsWindowRectHovered() for consistency. Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2017/08/20 (1.51) - renamed GetStyleColName() to GetStyleColorName() for consistency.
+ - 2017/08/20 (1.51) - added PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, ImU32 col) overload, which _might_ cause an "ambiguous call" compilation error if you are using ImColor() with implicit cast. Cast to ImU32 or ImVec4 explicily to fix.
+ - 2017/08/15 (1.51) - marked the weird IMGUI_ONCE_UPON_A_FRAME helper macro as obsolete. prefer using the more explicit ImGuiOnceUponAFrame.
+ - 2017/08/15 (1.51) - changed parameter order for BeginPopupContextWindow() from (const char*,int buttons,bool also_over_items) to (const char*,int buttons,bool also_over_items). Note that most calls relied on default parameters completely.
+ - 2017/08/13 (1.51) - renamed ImGuiCol_Columns*** to ImGuiCol_Separator***. Kept redirection enums (will obsolete).
+ - 2017/08/11 (1.51) - renamed ImGuiSetCond_*** types and flags to ImGuiCond_***. Kept redirection enums (will obsolete).
+ - 2017/08/09 (1.51) - removed ValueColor() helpers, they are equivalent to calling Text(label) + SameLine() + ColorButton().
+ - 2017/08/08 (1.51) - removed ColorEditMode() and ImGuiColorEditMode in favor of ImGuiColorEditFlags and parameters to the various Color*() functions. The SetColorEditOptions() allows to initialize default but the user can still change them with right-click context menu.
+ - changed prototype of 'ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], bool show_alpha = true)' to 'ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0)', where passing flags = 0x01 is a safe no-op (hello dodgy backward compatibility!). - check and run the demo window, under "Color/Picker Widgets", to understand the various new options.
+ - changed prototype of rarely used 'ColorButton(ImVec4 col, bool small_height = false, bool outline_border = true)' to 'ColorButton(const char* desc_id, ImVec4 col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0, ImVec2 size = ImVec2(0,0))'
+ - 2017/07/20 (1.51) - removed IsPosHoveringAnyWindow(ImVec2), which was partly broken and misleading. ASSERT + redirect user to io.WantCaptureMouse
+ - 2017/05/26 (1.50) - removed ImFontConfig::MergeGlyphCenterV in favor of a more multipurpose ImFontConfig::GlyphOffset.
+ - 2017/05/01 (1.50) - renamed ImDrawList::PathFill() (rarely used directly) to ImDrawList::PathFillConvex() for clarity.
+ - 2016/11/06 (1.50) - BeginChild(const char*) now applies the stack id to the provided label, consistently with other functions as it should always have been. It shouldn't affect you unless (extremely unlikely) you were appending multiple times to a same child from different locations of the stack id. If that's the case, generate an id with GetId() and use it instead of passing string to BeginChild().
+ - 2016/10/15 (1.50) - avoid 'void* user_data' parameter to io.SetClipboardTextFn/io.GetClipboardTextFn pointers. We pass io.ClipboardUserData to it.
+ - 2016/09/25 (1.50) - style.WindowTitleAlign is now a ImVec2 (ImGuiAlign enum was removed). set to (0.5f,0.5f) for horizontal+vertical centering, (0.0f,0.0f) for upper-left, etc.
+ - 2016/07/30 (1.50) - SameLine(x) with x>0.0f is now relative to left of column/group if any, and not always to left of window. This was sort of always the intent and hopefully breakage should be minimal.
+ - 2016/05/12 (1.49) - title bar (using ImGuiCol_TitleBg/ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive colors) isn't rendered over a window background (ImGuiCol_WindowBg color) anymore.
+ If your TitleBg/TitleBgActive alpha was 1.0f or you are using the default theme it will not affect you.
+ If your TitleBg/TitleBgActive alpha was <1.0f you need to tweak your custom theme to readjust for the fact that we don't draw a WindowBg background behind the title bar.
+ This helper function will convert an old TitleBg/TitleBgActive color into a new one with the same visual output, given the OLD color and the OLD WindowBg color.
+ ImVec4 ConvertTitleBgCol(const ImVec4& win_bg_col, const ImVec4& title_bg_col)
+ {
+ float new_a = 1.0f - ((1.0f - win_bg_col.w) * (1.0f - title_bg_col.w)), k = title_bg_col.w / new_a;
+ return ImVec4((win_bg_col.x * win_bg_col.w + title_bg_col.x) * k, (win_bg_col.y * win_bg_col.w + title_bg_col.y) * k, (win_bg_col.z * win_bg_col.w + title_bg_col.z) * k, new_a);
+ }
+ If this is confusing, pick the RGB value from title bar from an old screenshot and apply this as TitleBg/TitleBgActive. Or you may just create TitleBgActive from a tweaked TitleBg color.
+ - 2016/05/07 (1.49) - removed confusing set of GetInternalState(), GetInternalStateSize(), SetInternalState() functions. Now using CreateContext(), DestroyContext(), GetCurrentContext(), SetCurrentContext().
+ - 2016/05/02 (1.49) - renamed SetNextTreeNodeOpened() to SetNextTreeNodeOpen(), no redirection.
+ - 2016/05/01 (1.49) - obsoleted old signature of CollapsingHeader(const char* label, const char* str_id = NULL, bool display_frame = true, bool default_open = false) as extra parameters were badly designed and rarely used. You can replace the "default_open = true" flag in new API with CollapsingHeader(label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen).
+ - 2016/04/26 (1.49) - changed ImDrawList::PushClipRect(ImVec4 rect) to ImDrawList::PushClipRect(Imvec2 min,ImVec2 max,bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect=false). Note that higher-level ImGui::PushClipRect() is preferable because it will clip at logic/widget level, whereas ImDrawList::PushClipRect() only affect your renderer.
+ - 2016/04/03 (1.48) - removed style.WindowFillAlphaDefault setting which was redundant. Bake default BG alpha inside style.Colors[ImGuiCol_WindowBg] and all other Bg color values. (ref github issue #337).
+ - 2016/04/03 (1.48) - renamed ImGuiCol_TooltipBg to ImGuiCol_PopupBg, used by popups/menus and tooltips. popups/menus were previously using ImGuiCol_WindowBg. (ref github issue #337)
+ - 2016/03/21 (1.48) - renamed GetWindowFont() to GetFont(), GetWindowFontSize() to GetFontSize(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2016/03/02 (1.48) - InputText() completion/history/always callbacks: if you modify the text buffer manually (without using DeleteChars()/InsertChars() helper) you need to maintain the BufTextLen field. added an assert.
+ - 2016/01/23 (1.48) - fixed not honoring exact width passed to PushItemWidth(), previously it would add extra FramePadding.x*2 over that width. if you had manual pixel-perfect alignment in place it might affect you.
+ - 2015/12/27 (1.48) - fixed ImDrawList::AddRect() which used to render a rectangle 1 px too large on each axis.
+ - 2015/12/04 (1.47) - renamed Color() helpers to ValueColor() - dangerously named, rarely used and probably to be made obsolete.
+ - 2015/08/29 (1.45) - with the addition of horizontal scrollbar we made various fixes to inconsistencies with dealing with cursor position.
+ GetCursorPos()/SetCursorPos() functions now include the scrolled amount. It shouldn't affect the majority of users, but take note that SetCursorPosX(100.0f) puts you at +100 from the starting x position which may include scrolling, not at +100 from the window left side.
+ GetContentRegionMax()/GetWindowContentRegionMin()/GetWindowContentRegionMax() functions allow include the scrolled amount. Typically those were used in cases where no scrolling would happen so it may not be a problem, but watch out!
+ - 2015/08/29 (1.45) - renamed style.ScrollbarWidth to style.ScrollbarSize
+ - 2015/08/05 (1.44) - split imgui.cpp into extra files: imgui_demo.cpp imgui_draw.cpp imgui_internal.h that you need to add to your project.
+ - 2015/07/18 (1.44) - fixed angles in ImDrawList::PathArcTo(), PathArcToFast() (introduced in 1.43) being off by an extra PI for no justifiable reason
+ - 2015/07/14 (1.43) - add new ImFontAtlas::AddFont() API. For the old AddFont***, moved the 'font_no' parameter of ImFontAtlas::AddFont** functions to the ImFontConfig structure.
+ you need to render your textured triangles with bilinear filtering to benefit from sub-pixel positioning of text.
+ - 2015/07/08 (1.43) - switched rendering data to use indexed rendering. this is saving a fair amount of CPU/GPU and enables us to get anti-aliasing for a marginal cost.
+ this necessary change will break your rendering function! the fix should be very easy. sorry for that :(
+ - if you are using a vanilla copy of one of the imgui_impl_XXXX.cpp provided in the example, you just need to update your copy and you can ignore the rest.
+ - the signature of the io.RenderDrawListsFn handler has changed!
+ old: ImGui_XXXX_RenderDrawLists(ImDrawList** const cmd_lists, int cmd_lists_count)
+ new: ImGui_XXXX_RenderDrawLists(ImDrawData* draw_data).
+ argument: 'cmd_lists' becomes 'draw_data->CmdLists', 'cmd_lists_count' becomes 'draw_data->CmdListsCount'
+ ImDrawList: 'commands' becomes 'CmdBuffer', 'vtx_buffer' becomes 'VtxBuffer', 'IdxBuffer' is new.
+ ImDrawCmd: 'vtx_count' becomes 'ElemCount', 'clip_rect' becomes 'ClipRect', 'user_callback' becomes 'UserCallback', 'texture_id' becomes 'TextureId'.
+ - each ImDrawList now contains both a vertex buffer and an index buffer. For each command, render ElemCount/3 triangles using indices from the index buffer.
+ - if you REALLY cannot render indexed primitives, you can call the draw_data->DeIndexAllBuffers() method to de-index the buffers. This is slow and a waste of CPU/GPU. Prefer using indexed rendering!
+ - refer to code in the examples/ folder or ask on the GitHub if you are unsure of how to upgrade. please upgrade!
+ - 2015/07/10 (1.43) - changed SameLine() parameters from int to float.
+ - 2015/07/02 (1.42) - renamed SetScrollPosHere() to SetScrollFromCursorPos(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2015/07/02 (1.42) - renamed GetScrollPosY() to GetScrollY(). Necessary to reduce confusion along with other scrolling functions, because positions (e.g. cursor position) are not equivalent to scrolling amount.
+ - 2015/06/14 (1.41) - changed ImageButton() default bg_col parameter from (0,0,0,1) (black) to (0,0,0,0) (transparent) - makes a difference when texture have transparence
+ - 2015/06/14 (1.41) - changed Selectable() API from (label, selected, size) to (label, selected, flags, size). Size override should have been rarely be used. Sorry!
+ - 2015/05/31 (1.40) - renamed GetWindowCollapsed() to IsWindowCollapsed() for consistency. Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2015/05/31 (1.40) - renamed IsRectClipped() to IsRectVisible() for consistency. Note that return value is opposite! Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2015/05/27 (1.40) - removed the third 'repeat_if_held' parameter from Button() - sorry! it was rarely used and inconsistent. Use PushButtonRepeat(true) / PopButtonRepeat() to enable repeat on desired buttons.
+ - 2015/05/11 (1.40) - changed BeginPopup() API, takes a string identifier instead of a bool. ImGui needs to manage the open/closed state of popups. Call OpenPopup() to actually set the "open" state of a popup. BeginPopup() returns true if the popup is opened.
+ - 2015/05/03 (1.40) - removed style.AutoFitPadding, using style.WindowPadding makes more sense (the default values were already the same).
+ - 2015/04/13 (1.38) - renamed IsClipped() to IsRectClipped(). Kept inline redirection function until 1.50.
+ - 2015/04/09 (1.38) - renamed ImDrawList::AddArc() to ImDrawList::AddArcFast() for compatibility with future API
+ - 2015/04/03 (1.38) - removed ImGuiCol_CheckHovered, ImGuiCol_CheckActive, replaced with the more general ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered, ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive.
+ - 2014/04/03 (1.38) - removed support for passing -FLT_MAX..+FLT_MAX as the range for a SliderFloat(). Use DragFloat() or Inputfloat() instead.
+ - 2015/03/17 (1.36) - renamed GetItemBoxMin()/GetItemBoxMax()/IsMouseHoveringBox() to GetItemRectMin()/GetItemRectMax()/IsMouseHoveringRect(). Kept inline redirection function until 1.50.
+ - 2015/03/15 (1.36) - renamed style.TreeNodeSpacing to style.IndentSpacing, ImGuiStyleVar_TreeNodeSpacing to ImGuiStyleVar_IndentSpacing
+ - 2015/03/13 (1.36) - renamed GetWindowIsFocused() to IsWindowFocused(). Kept inline redirection function until 1.50.
+ - 2015/03/08 (1.35) - renamed style.ScrollBarWidth to style.ScrollbarWidth (casing)
+ - 2015/02/27 (1.34) - renamed OpenNextNode(bool) to SetNextTreeNodeOpened(bool, ImGuiSetCond). Kept inline redirection function until 1.50.
+ - 2015/02/27 (1.34) - renamed ImGuiSetCondition_*** to ImGuiSetCond_***, and _FirstUseThisSession becomes _Once.
+ - 2015/02/11 (1.32) - changed text input callback ImGuiTextEditCallback return type from void-->int. reserved for future use, return 0 for now.
+ - 2015/02/10 (1.32) - renamed GetItemWidth() to CalcItemWidth() to clarify its evolving behavior
+ - 2015/02/08 (1.31) - renamed GetTextLineSpacing() to GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing()
+ - 2015/02/01 (1.31) - removed IO.MemReallocFn (unused)
+ - 2015/01/19 (1.30) - renamed ImGuiStorage::GetIntPtr()/GetFloatPtr() to GetIntRef()/GetIntRef() because Ptr was conflicting with actual pointer storage functions.
+ - 2015/01/11 (1.30) - big font/image API change! now loads TTF file. allow for multiple fonts. no need for a PNG loader.
+ (1.30) - removed GetDefaultFontData(). uses io.Fonts->GetTextureData*() API to retrieve uncompressed pixels.
+ font init: const void* png_data; unsigned int png_size; ImGui::GetDefaultFontData(NULL, NULL, &png_data, &png_size); <..Upload texture to GPU..>
+ became: unsigned char* pixels; int width, height; io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32(&pixels, &width, &height); <..Upload texture to GPU>; io.Fonts->TexId = YourTextureIdentifier;
+ you now more flexibility to load multiple TTF fonts and manage the texture buffer for internal needs.
+ it is now recommended that you sample the font texture with bilinear interpolation.
+ (1.30) - added texture identifier in ImDrawCmd passed to your render function (we can now render images). make sure to set io.Fonts->TexID.
+ (1.30) - removed IO.PixelCenterOffset (unnecessary, can be handled in user projection matrix)
+ (1.30) - removed ImGui::IsItemFocused() in favor of ImGui::IsItemActive() which handles all widgets
+ - 2014/12/10 (1.18) - removed SetNewWindowDefaultPos() in favor of new generic API SetNextWindowPos(pos, ImGuiSetCondition_FirstUseEver)
+ - 2014/11/28 (1.17) - moved IO.Font*** options to inside the IO.Font-> structure (FontYOffset, FontTexUvForWhite, FontBaseScale, FontFallbackGlyph)
+ - 2014/11/26 (1.17) - reworked syntax of IMGUI_ONCE_UPON_A_FRAME helper macro to increase compiler compatibility
+ - 2014/11/07 (1.15) - renamed IsHovered() to IsItemHovered()
+ - 2014/10/02 (1.14) - renamed IMGUI_INCLUDE_IMGUI_USER_CPP to IMGUI_INCLUDE_IMGUI_USER_INL and imgui_user.cpp to imgui_user.inl (more IDE friendly)
+ - 2014/09/25 (1.13) - removed 'text_end' parameter from IO.SetClipboardTextFn (the string is now always zero-terminated for simplicity)
+ - 2014/09/24 (1.12) - renamed SetFontScale() to SetWindowFontScale()
+ - 2014/09/24 (1.12) - moved IM_MALLOC/IM_REALLOC/IM_FREE preprocessor defines to IO.MemAllocFn/IO.MemReallocFn/IO.MemFreeFn
+ - 2014/08/30 (1.09) - removed IO.FontHeight (now computed automatically)
+ - 2014/08/30 (1.09) - moved IMGUI_FONT_TEX_UV_FOR_WHITE preprocessor define to IO.FontTexUvForWhite
+ - 2014/08/28 (1.09) - changed the behavior of IO.PixelCenterOffset following various rendering fixes
+
+
+ ISSUES & TODO-LIST
+ ==================
+ See TODO.txt
+
+
+ FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS (FAQ), TIPS
+ ======================================
+
+ Q: How can I tell whether to dispatch mouse/keyboard to imgui or to my application?
+ A: You can read the 'io.WantCaptureMouse', 'io.WantCaptureKeyboard' and 'io.WantTextInput' flags from the ImGuiIO structure (e.g. if (ImGui::GetIO().WantCaptureMouse) { ... } )
+ - When 'io.WantCaptureMouse' is set, imgui wants to use your mouse state, and you may want to discard/hide the inputs from the rest of your application.
+ - When 'io.WantCaptureKeyboard' is set, imgui wants to use your keyboard state, and you may want to discard/hide the inputs from the rest of your application.
+ - When 'io.WantTextInput' is set to may want to notify your OS to popup an on-screen keyboard, if available (e.g. on a mobile phone, or console OS).
+ Note: you should always pass your mouse/keyboard inputs to imgui, even when the io.WantCaptureXXX flag are set false.
+ This is because imgui needs to detect that you clicked in the void to unfocus its windows.
+ Note: The 'io.WantCaptureMouse' is more accurate that any attempt to "check if the mouse is hovering a window" (don't do that!).
+ It handle mouse dragging correctly (both dragging that started over your application or over an imgui window) and handle e.g. modal windows blocking inputs.
+ Those flags are updated by ImGui::NewFrame(). Preferably read the flags after calling NewFrame() if you can afford it, but reading them before is also
+ perfectly fine, as the bool toggle fairly rarely. If you have on a touch device, you might find use for an early call to UpdateHoveredWindowAndCaptureFlags().
+ Note: Text input widget releases focus on "Return KeyDown", so the subsequent "Return KeyUp" event that your application receive will typically
+ have 'io.WantCaptureKeyboard=false'. Depending on your application logic it may or not be inconvenient. You might want to track which key-downs
+ were targeted for Dear ImGui, e.g. with an array of bool, and filter out the corresponding key-ups.)
+
+ Q: How can I display an image? What is ImTextureID, how does it works?
+ A: Short explanation:
+ - You may use functions such as ImGui::Image(), ImGui::ImageButton() or lower-level ImDrawList::AddImage() to emit draw calls that will use your own textures.
+ - Actual textures are identified in a way that is up to the user/engine.
+ - Loading image files from the disk and turning them into a texture is not within the scope of Dear ImGui (for a good reason).
+ Please read documentations or tutorials on your graphics API to understand how to display textures on the screen before moving onward.
+
+ Long explanation:
+ - Dear ImGui's job is to create "meshes", defined in a renderer-agnostic format made of draw commands and vertices.
+ At the end of the frame those meshes (ImDrawList) will be displayed by your rendering function. They are made up of textured polygons and the code
+ to render them is generally fairly short (a few dozen lines). In the examples/ folder we provide functions for popular graphics API (OpenGL, DirectX, etc.).
+ - Each rendering function decides on a data type to represent "textures". The concept of what is a "texture" is entirely tied to your underlying engine/graphics API.
+ We carry the information to identify a "texture" in the ImTextureID type.
+ ImTextureID is nothing more that a void*, aka 4/8 bytes worth of data: just enough to store 1 pointer or 1 integer of your choice.
+ Dear ImGui doesn't know or understand what you are storing in ImTextureID, it merely pass ImTextureID values until they reach your rendering function.
+ - In the examples/ bindings, for each graphics API binding we decided on a type that is likely to be a good representation for specifying
+ an image from the end-user perspective. This is what the _examples_ rendering functions are using:
+
+ OpenGL: ImTextureID = GLuint (see ImGui_ImplGlfwGL3_RenderDrawData() function in imgui_impl_glfw_gl3.cpp)
+ DirectX9: ImTextureID = LPDIRECT3DTEXTURE9 (see ImGui_ImplDX9_RenderDrawData() function in imgui_impl_dx9.cpp)
+ DirectX11: ImTextureID = ID3D11ShaderResourceView* (see ImGui_ImplDX11_RenderDrawData() function in imgui_impl_dx11.cpp)
+ DirectX12: ImTextureID = D3D12_GPU_DESCRIPTOR_HANDLE (see ImGui_ImplDX12_RenderDrawData() function in imgui_impl_dx12.cpp)
+
+ For example, in the OpenGL example binding we store raw OpenGL texture identifier (GLuint) inside ImTextureID.
+ Whereas in the DirectX11 example binding we store a pointer to ID3D11ShaderResourceView inside ImTextureID, which is a higher-level structure
+ tying together both the texture and information about its format and how to read it.
+ - If you have a custom engine built over e.g. OpenGL, instead of passing GLuint around you may decide to use a high-level data type to carry information about
+ the texture as well as how to display it (shaders, etc.). The decision of what to use as ImTextureID can always be made better knowing how your codebase
+ is designed. If your engine has high-level data types for "textures" and "material" then you may want to use them.
+ If you are starting with OpenGL or DirectX or Vulkan and haven't built much of a rendering engine over them, keeping the default ImTextureID
+ representation suggested by the example bindings is probably the best choice.
+ (Advanced users may also decide to keep a low-level type in ImTextureID, and use ImDrawList callback and pass information to their renderer)
+
+ User code may do:
+
+ // Cast our texture type to ImTextureID / void*
+ MyTexture* texture = g_CoffeeTableTexture;
+ ImGui::Image((void*)texture, ImVec2(texture->Width, texture->Height));
+
+ The renderer function called after ImGui::Render() will receive that same value that the user code passed:
+
+ // Cast ImTextureID / void* stored in the draw command as our texture type
+ MyTexture* texture = (MyTexture*)pcmd->TextureId;
+ MyEngineBindTexture2D(texture);
+
+ Once you understand this design you will understand that loading image files and turning them into displayable textures is not within the scope of Dear ImGui.
+ This is by design and is actually a good thing, because it means your code has full control over your data types and how you display them.
+ If you want to display an image file (e.g. PNG file) into the screen, please refer to documentation and tutorials for the graphics API you are using.
+
+ Here's a simplified OpenGL example using stb_image.h:
+
+ // Use stb_image.h to load a PNG from disk and turn it into raw RGBA pixel data:
+ #define STB_IMAGE_IMPLEMENTATION
+ #include <stb_image.h>
+ [...]
+ int my_image_width, my_image_height;
+ unsigned char* my_image_data = stbi_load("my_image.png", &my_image_width, &my_image_height, NULL, 4);
+
+ // Turn the RGBA pixel data into an OpenGL texture:
+ GLuint my_opengl_texture;
+ glGenTextures(1, &my_opengl_texture);
+ glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, my_opengl_texture);
+ glPixelStorei(GL_UNPACK_ROW_LENGTH, 0);
+ glTexImage2D(GL_TEXTURE_2D, 0, GL_RGBA, image_width, image_height, 0, GL_RGBA, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, image_data);
+
+ // Now that we have an OpenGL texture, assuming our imgui rendering function (imgui_impl_xxx.cpp file) takes GLuint as ImTextureID, we can display it:
+ ImGui::Image((void*)(intptr_t)my_opengl_texture, ImVec2(my_image_width, my_image_height));
+
+ C/C++ tip: a void* is pointer-sized storage. You may safely store any pointer or integer into it by casting your value to ImTexture / void*, and vice-versa.
+ Because both end-points (user code and rendering function) are under your control, you know exactly what is stored inside the ImTexture / void*.
+ Examples:
+
+ GLuint my_tex = XXX;
+ void* my_void_ptr;
+ my_void_ptr = (void*)(intptr_t)my_tex; // cast a GLuint into a void* (we don't take its address! we literally store the value inside the pointer)
+ my_tex = (GLuint)(intptr_t)my_void_ptr; // cast a void* into a GLuint
+
+ ID3D11ShaderResourceView* my_dx11_srv = XXX;
+ void* my_void_ptr;
+ my_void_ptr = (void*)my_dx11_srv; // cast a ID3D11ShaderResourceView* into an opaque void*
+ my_dx11_srv = (ID3D11ShaderResourceView*)my_void_ptr; // cast a void* into a ID3D11ShaderResourceView*
+
+ Finally, you may call ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow() to explore/visualize/understand how the ImDrawList are generated.
+
+ Q: How can I have multiple widgets with the same label or without a label?
+ Q: I have multiple widgets with the same label, and only the first one works. Why is that?
+ A: A primer on labels and the ID Stack...
+
+ Dear ImGui internally need to uniquely identify UI elements.
+ Elements that are typically not clickable (such as calls to the Text functions) don't need an ID.
+ Interactive widgets (such as calls to Button buttons) need a unique ID.
+ Unique ID are used internally to track active widgets and occasionally associate state to widgets.
+ Unique ID are implicitly built from the hash of multiple elements that identify the "path" to the UI element.
+
+ - Unique ID are often derived from a string label:
+
+ Button("OK"); // Label = "OK", ID = hash of (..., "OK")
+ Button("Cancel"); // Label = "Cancel", ID = hash of (..., "Cancel")
+
+ - ID are uniquely scoped within windows, tree nodes, etc. which all pushes to the ID stack. Having
+ two buttons labeled "OK" in different windows or different tree locations is fine.
+ We used "..." above to signify whatever was already pushed to the ID stack previously:
+
+ Begin("MyWindow");
+ Button("OK"); // Label = "OK", ID = hash of ("MyWindow", "OK")
+ End();
+
+ - If you have a same ID twice in the same location, you'll have a conflict:
+
+ Button("OK");
+ Button("OK"); // ID collision! Interacting with either button will trigger the first one.
+
+ Fear not! this is easy to solve and there are many ways to solve it!
+
+ - Solving ID conflict in a simple/local context:
+ When passing a label you can optionally specify extra ID information within string itself.
+ Use "##" to pass a complement to the ID that won't be visible to the end-user.
+ This helps solving the simple collision cases when you know e.g. at compilation time which items
+ are going to be created:
+
+ Begin("MyWindow");
+ Button("Play"); // Label = "Play", ID = hash of ("MyWindow", "Play")
+ Button("Play##foo1"); // Label = "Play", ID = hash of ("MyWindow", "Play##foo1") // Different from above
+ Button("Play##foo2"); // Label = "Play", ID = hash of ("MyWindow", "Play##foo2") // Different from above
+ End();
+
+ - If you want to completely hide the label, but still need an ID:
+
+ Checkbox("##On", &b); // Label = "", ID = hash of (..., "##On") // No visible label!
+
+ - Occasionally/rarely you might want change a label while preserving a constant ID. This allows
+ you to animate labels. For example you may want to include varying information in a window title bar,
+ but windows are uniquely identified by their ID. Use "###" to pass a label that isn't part of ID:
+
+ Button("Hello###ID"; // Label = "Hello", ID = hash of (..., "ID")
+ Button("World###ID"; // Label = "World", ID = hash of (..., "ID") // Same as above, even though the label looks different
+
+ sprintf(buf, "My game (%f FPS)###MyGame", fps);
+ Begin(buf); // Variable label, ID = hash of "MyGame"
+
+ - Solving ID conflict in a more general manner:
+ Use PushID() / PopID() to create scopes and manipulate the ID stack, as to avoid ID conflicts
+ within the same window. This is the most convenient way of distinguishing ID when iterating and
+ creating many UI elements programmatically.
+ You can push a pointer, a string or an integer value into the ID stack.
+ Remember that ID are formed from the concatenation of _everything_ in the ID stack!
+
+ Begin("Window");
+ for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++)
+ {
+ PushID(i); // Push i to the id tack
+ Button("Click"); // Label = "Click", ID = Hash of ("Window", i, "Click")
+ PopID();
+ }
+ for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++)
+ {
+ MyObject* obj = Objects[i];
+ PushID(obj);
+ Button("Click"); // Label = "Click", ID = Hash of ("Window", obj pointer, "Click")
+ PopID();
+ }
+ for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++)
+ {
+ MyObject* obj = Objects[i];
+ PushID(obj->Name);
+ Button("Click"); // Label = "Click", ID = Hash of ("Window", obj->Name, "Click")
+ PopID();
+ }
+ End();
+
+ - More example showing that you can stack multiple prefixes into the ID stack:
+
+ Button("Click"); // Label = "Click", ID = hash of (..., "Click")
+ PushID("node");
+ Button("Click"); // Label = "Click", ID = hash of (..., "node", "Click")
+ PushID(my_ptr);
+ Button("Click"); // Label = "Click", ID = hash of (..., "node", my_ptr, "Click")
+ PopID();
+ PopID();
+
+ - Tree nodes implicitly creates a scope for you by calling PushID().
+
+ Button("Click"); // Label = "Click", ID = hash of (..., "Click")
+ if (TreeNode("node"))
+ {
+ Button("Click"); // Label = "Click", ID = hash of (..., "node", "Click")
+ TreePop();
+ }
+
+ - When working with trees, ID are used to preserve the open/close state of each tree node.
+ Depending on your use cases you may want to use strings, indices or pointers as ID.
+ e.g. when following a single pointer that may change over time, using a static string as ID
+ will preserve your node open/closed state when the targeted object change.
+ e.g. when displaying a list of objects, using indices or pointers as ID will preserve the
+ node open/closed state differently. See what makes more sense in your situation!
+
+ Q: How can I use my own math types instead of ImVec2/ImVec4?
+ A: You can edit imconfig.h and setup the IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA/IM_VEC4_CLASS_EXTRA macros to add implicit type conversions.
+ This way you'll be able to use your own types everywhere, e.g. passsing glm::vec2 to ImGui functions instead of ImVec2.
+
+ Q: How can I load a different font than the default?
+ A: Use the font atlas to load the TTF/OTF file you want:
+ ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+ io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("myfontfile.ttf", size_in_pixels);
+ io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32() or GetTexDataAsAlpha8()
+ (default is ProggyClean.ttf, rendered at size 13, embedded in dear imgui's source code)
+
+ New programmers: remember that in C/C++ and most programming languages if you want to use a
+ backslash \ within a string literal, you need to write it double backslash "\\":
+ io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("MyDataFolder\MyFontFile.ttf", size_in_pixels); // WRONG (you are escape the M here!)
+ io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("MyDataFolder\\MyFontFile.ttf", size_in_pixels); // CORRECT
+ io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("MyDataFolder/MyFontFile.ttf", size_in_pixels); // ALSO CORRECT
+
+ Q: How can I easily use icons in my application?
+ A: The most convenient and practical way is to merge an icon font such as FontAwesome inside you
+ main font. Then you can refer to icons within your strings. Read 'How can I load multiple fonts?'
+ and the file 'misc/fonts/README.txt' for instructions and useful header files.
+
+ Q: How can I load multiple fonts?
+ A: Use the font atlas to pack them into a single texture:
+ (Read misc/fonts/README.txt and the code in ImFontAtlas for more details.)
+
+ ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+ ImFont* font0 = io.Fonts->AddFontDefault();
+ ImFont* font1 = io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("myfontfile.ttf", size_in_pixels);
+ ImFont* font2 = io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("myfontfile2.ttf", size_in_pixels);
+ io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32() or GetTexDataAsAlpha8()
+ // the first loaded font gets used by default
+ // use ImGui::PushFont()/ImGui::PopFont() to change the font at runtime
+
+ // Options
+ ImFontConfig config;
+ config.OversampleH = 3;
+ config.OversampleV = 1;
+ config.GlyphOffset.y -= 2.0f; // Move everything by 2 pixels up
+ config.GlyphExtraSpacing.x = 1.0f; // Increase spacing between characters
+ io.Fonts->LoadFromFileTTF("myfontfile.ttf", size_pixels, &config);
+
+ // Combine multiple fonts into one (e.g. for icon fonts)
+ ImWchar ranges[] = { 0xf000, 0xf3ff, 0 };
+ ImFontConfig config;
+ config.MergeMode = true;
+ io.Fonts->AddFontDefault();
+ io.Fonts->LoadFromFileTTF("fontawesome-webfont.ttf", 16.0f, &config, ranges); // Merge icon font
+ io.Fonts->LoadFromFileTTF("myfontfile.ttf", size_pixels, NULL, &config, io.Fonts->GetGlyphRangesJapanese()); // Merge japanese glyphs
+
+ Q: How can I display and input non-Latin characters such as Chinese, Japanese, Korean, Cyrillic?
+ A: When loading a font, pass custom Unicode ranges to specify the glyphs to load.
+
+ // Add default Japanese ranges
+ io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("myfontfile.ttf", size_in_pixels, NULL, io.Fonts->GetGlyphRangesJapanese());
+
+ // Or create your own custom ranges (e.g. for a game you can feed your entire game script and only build the characters the game need)
+ ImVector<ImWchar> ranges;
+ ImFontAtlas::GlyphRangesBuilder builder;
+ builder.AddText("Hello world"); // Add a string (here "Hello world" contains 7 unique characters)
+ builder.AddChar(0x7262); // Add a specific character
+ builder.AddRanges(io.Fonts->GetGlyphRangesJapanese()); // Add one of the default ranges
+ builder.BuildRanges(&ranges); // Build the final result (ordered ranges with all the unique characters submitted)
+ io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("myfontfile.ttf", size_in_pixels, NULL, ranges.Data);
+
+ All your strings needs to use UTF-8 encoding. In C++11 you can encode a string literal in UTF-8
+ by using the u8"hello" syntax. Specifying literal in your source code using a local code page
+ (such as CP-923 for Japanese or CP-1251 for Cyrillic) will NOT work!
+ Otherwise you can convert yourself to UTF-8 or load text data from file already saved as UTF-8.
+
+ Text input: it is up to your application to pass the right character code by calling io.AddInputCharacter().
+ The applications in examples/ are doing that.
+ Windows: you can use the WM_CHAR or WM_UNICHAR or WM_IME_CHAR message (depending if your app is built using Unicode or MultiByte mode).
+ You may also use MultiByteToWideChar() or ToUnicode() to retrieve Unicode codepoints from MultiByte characters or keyboard state.
+ Windows: if your language is relying on an Input Method Editor (IME), you copy the HWND of your window to io.ImeWindowHandle in order for
+ the default implementation of io.ImeSetInputScreenPosFn() to set your Microsoft IME position correctly.
+
+ Q: How can I use the drawing facilities without an ImGui window? (using ImDrawList API)
+ A: - You can create a dummy window. Call SetNextWindowBgAlpha(0.0f), call Begin() with NoTitleBar|NoResize|NoMove|NoScrollbar|NoSavedSettings|NoInputs flags.
+ Then you can retrieve the ImDrawList* via GetWindowDrawList() and draw to it in any way you like.
+ - You can call ImGui::GetOverlayDrawList() and use this draw list to display contents over every other imgui windows.
+ - You can create your own ImDrawList instance. You'll need to initialize them ImGui::GetDrawListSharedData(), or create your own ImDrawListSharedData.
+
+ Q: I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and the text or lines are blurry..
+ A: In your Render function, try translating your projection matrix by (0.5f,0.5f) or (0.375f,0.375f).
+ Also make sure your orthographic projection matrix and io.DisplaySize matches your actual framebuffer dimension.
+
+ Q: I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and some elements are clipping or disappearing when I move windows around..
+ A: You are probably mishandling the clipping rectangles in your render function.
+ Rectangles provided by ImGui are defined as (x1=left,y1=top,x2=right,y2=bottom) and NOT as (x1,y1,width,height).
+
+ Q: How can I help?
+ A: - If you are experienced with Dear ImGui and C++, look at the github issues, or TODO.txt and see how you want/can help!
+ - Convince your company to fund development time! Individual users: you can also become a Patron (patreon.com/imgui) or donate on PayPal! See README.
+ - Disclose your usage of dear imgui via a dev blog post, a tweet, a screenshot, a mention somewhere etc.
+ You may post screenshot or links in the gallery threads (github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/1269). Visuals are ideal as they inspire other programmers.
+ But even without visuals, disclosing your use of dear imgui help the library grow credibility, and help other teams and programmers with taking decisions.
+ - If you have issues or if you need to hack into the library, even if you don't expect any support it is useful that you share your issues (on github or privately).
+
+ - tip: you can call Begin() multiple times with the same name during the same frame, it will keep appending to the same window.
+ this is also useful to set yourself in the context of another window (to get/set other settings)
+ - tip: you can create widgets without a Begin()/End() block, they will go in an implicit window called "Debug".
+ - tip: the ImGuiOnceUponAFrame helper will allow run the block of code only once a frame. You can use it to quickly add custom UI in the middle
+ of a deep nested inner loop in your code.
+ - tip: you can call Render() multiple times (e.g for VR renders).
+ - tip: call and read the ShowDemoWindow() code in imgui_demo.cpp for more example of how to use ImGui!
+
+*/
+
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS)
+#define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS
+#endif
+
+#include "imgui.h"
+#ifndef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
+#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
+#endif
+#include "imgui_internal.h"
+
+#include <ctype.h> // toupper, isprint
+#include <stdio.h> // vsnprintf, sscanf, printf
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1500 // MSVC 2008 or earlier
+#include <stddef.h> // intptr_t
+#else
+#include <stdint.h> // intptr_t
+#endif
+
+#define IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING 0
+#define IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_RECTS 0
+
+// Visual Studio warnings
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+#pragma warning (disable: 4127) // condition expression is constant
+#pragma warning (disable: 4505) // unreferenced local function has been removed (stb stuff)
+#pragma warning (disable: 4996) // 'This function or variable may be unsafe': strcpy, strdup, sprintf, vsnprintf, sscanf, fopen
+#endif
+
+// Clang warnings with -Weverything
+#ifdef __clang__
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-pragmas" // warning : unknown warning group '-Wformat-pedantic *' // not all warnings are known by all clang versions.. so ignoring warnings triggers new warnings on some configuration. great!
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" // warning : use of old-style cast // yes, they are more terse.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal" // warning : comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe // storing and comparing against same constants (typically 0.0f) is ok.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral" // warning : format string is not a string literal // passing non-literal to vsnformat(). yes, user passing incorrect format strings can crash the code.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wexit-time-destructors" // warning : declaration requires an exit-time destructor // exit-time destruction order is undefined. if MemFree() leads to users code that has been disabled before exit it might cause problems. ImGui coding style welcomes static/globals.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wglobal-constructors" // warning : declaration requires a global destructor // similar to above, not sure what the exact difference it.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion" // warning : implicit conversion changes signedness //
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-pedantic" // warning : format specifies type 'void *' but the argument has type 'xxxx *' // unreasonable, would lead to casting every %p arg to void*. probably enabled by -pedantic.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wint-to-void-pointer-cast" // warning : cast to 'void *' from smaller integer type 'int'
+#elif defined(__GNUC__)
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-function" // warning: 'xxxx' defined but not used
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wint-to-pointer-cast" // warning: cast to pointer from integer of different size
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wformat" // warning: format '%p' expects argument of type 'void*', but argument 6 has type 'ImGuiWindow*'
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wconversion" // warning: conversion to 'xxxx' from 'xxxx' may alter its value
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral" // warning: format not a string literal, format string not checked
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wstrict-overflow" // warning: assuming signed overflow does not occur when assuming that (X - c) > X is always false
+#if __GNUC__ >= 8
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess" // warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead
+#endif
+#endif
+
+static const ImS32 IM_S32_MIN = 0x80000000; // INT_MIN;
+static const ImS32 IM_S32_MAX = 0x7FFFFFFF; // INT_MAX;
+static const ImU32 IM_U32_MIN = 0;
+static const ImU32 IM_U32_MAX = 0xFFFFFFFF;
+static const ImS64 IM_S64_MIN = -9223372036854775807ll - 1ll;
+static const ImS64 IM_S64_MAX = 9223372036854775807ll;
+static const ImU64 IM_U64_MIN = 0;
+static const ImU64 IM_U64_MAX = 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFull;
+
+// When using CTRL+TAB (or Gamepad Square+L/R) we delay the visual a little in order to reduce visual noise doing a fast switch.
+static const float NAV_WINDOWING_HIGHLIGHT_DELAY = 0.20f; // Time before the highlight and screen dimming starts fading in
+static const float NAV_WINDOWING_LIST_APPEAR_DELAY = 0.15f; // Time before the window list starts to appear
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Forward Declarations
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+static bool IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey key, bool repeat = true);
+
+static void SetCurrentWindow(ImGuiWindow* window);
+static void SetWindowScrollX(ImGuiWindow* window, float new_scroll_x);
+static void SetWindowScrollY(ImGuiWindow* window, float new_scroll_y);
+static void SetWindowPos(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond);
+static void SetWindowSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond);
+static void SetWindowCollapsed(ImGuiWindow* window, bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond);
+static void FindHoveredWindow();
+static ImGuiWindow* CreateNewWindow(const char* name, ImVec2 size, ImGuiWindowFlags flags);
+static ImGuiWindowSettings* CreateNewWindowSettings(const char* name);
+static void CheckStacksSize(ImGuiWindow* window, bool write);
+static ImVec2 CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(ImGuiWindow* window, bool snap_on_edges);
+
+static void AddDrawListToDrawData(ImVector<ImDrawList*>* out_list, ImDrawList* draw_list);
+static void AddWindowToDrawData(ImVector<ImDrawList*>* out_list, ImGuiWindow* window);
+static void AddWindowToSortedBuffer(ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>* out_sorted_windows, ImGuiWindow* window);
+
+static ImRect GetViewportRect();
+
+static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiTextEditCallback callback, void* user_data);
+static int InputTextCalcTextLenAndLineCount(const char* text_begin, const char** out_text_end);
+static ImVec2 InputTextCalcTextSizeW(const ImWchar* text_begin, const ImWchar* text_end, const ImWchar** remaining = NULL, ImVec2* out_offset = NULL, bool stop_on_new_line = false);
+
+static inline int DataTypeFormatString(char* buf, int buf_size, ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* data_ptr, const char* format);
+static void DataTypeApplyOp(ImGuiDataType data_type, int op, void* output, void* arg_1, const void* arg_2);
+static bool DataTypeApplyOpFromText(const char* buf, const char* initial_value_buf, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* data_ptr, const char* format);
+
+namespace ImGui
+{
+static bool BeginChildEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, bool border, ImGuiWindowFlags flags);
+
+static void NavUpdate();
+static void NavUpdateWindowing();
+static void NavUpdateWindowingList();
+static void NavProcessItem(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& nav_bb, const ImGuiID id);
+
+static void UpdateMouseInputs();
+static void UpdateMouseWheel();
+static void UpdateManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_auto_fit, int* border_held, int resize_grip_count, ImU32 resize_grip_col[4]);
+static void FocusFrontMostActiveWindow(ImGuiWindow* ignore_window);
+
+// Template widget behaviors
+template<typename TYPE, typename SIGNEDTYPE, typename FLOATTYPE>
+static bool DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE* v, float v_speed, const TYPE v_min, const TYPE v_max, const char* format, float power);
+
+template<typename TYPE, typename SIGNEDTYPE, typename FLOATTYPE>
+static bool SliderBehaviorT(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE* v, const TYPE v_min, const TYPE v_max, const char* format, float power, ImGuiSliderFlags flags);
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Platform dependent default implementations
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void* user_data);
+static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void* user_data, const char* text);
+static void ImeSetInputScreenPosFn_DefaultImpl(int x, int y);
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Context
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Current context pointer. Implicitly used by all ImGui functions. Always assumed to be != NULL.
+// CreateContext() will automatically set this pointer if it is NULL. Change to a different context by calling ImGui::SetCurrentContext().
+// If you use DLL hotreloading you might need to call SetCurrentContext() after reloading code from this file.
+// ImGui functions are not thread-safe because of this pointer. If you want thread-safety to allow N threads to access N different contexts, you can:
+// - Change this variable to use thread local storage. You may #define GImGui in imconfig.h for that purpose. Future development aim to make this context pointer explicit to all calls. Also read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/586
+// - Having multiple instances of the ImGui code compiled inside different namespace (easiest/safest, if you have a finite number of contexts)
+#ifndef GImGui
+ImGuiContext* GImGui = NULL;
+#endif
+
+// Memory Allocator functions. Use SetAllocatorFunctions() to change them.
+// If you use DLL hotreloading you might need to call SetAllocatorFunctions() after reloading code from this file.
+// Otherwise, you probably don't want to modify them mid-program, and if you use global/static e.g. ImVector<> instances you may need to keep them accessible during program destruction.
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_ALLOCATORS
+static void* MallocWrapper(size_t size, void* user_data) { (void)user_data; return malloc(size); }
+static void FreeWrapper(void* ptr, void* user_data) { (void)user_data; free(ptr); }
+#else
+static void* MallocWrapper(size_t size, void* user_data) { (void)user_data; (void)size; IM_ASSERT(0); return NULL; }
+static void FreeWrapper(void* ptr, void* user_data) { (void)user_data; (void)ptr; IM_ASSERT(0); }
+#endif
+
+static void* (*GImAllocatorAllocFunc)(size_t size, void* user_data) = MallocWrapper;
+static void (*GImAllocatorFreeFunc)(void* ptr, void* user_data) = FreeWrapper;
+static void* GImAllocatorUserData = NULL;
+static size_t GImAllocatorActiveAllocationsCount = 0;
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// User facing structures
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ImGuiStyle::ImGuiStyle()
+{
+ Alpha = 1.0f; // Global alpha applies to everything in ImGui
+ WindowPadding = ImVec2(8,8); // Padding within a window
+ WindowRounding = 7.0f; // Radius of window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular windows
+ WindowBorderSize = 1.0f; // Thickness of border around windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. Other values not well tested.
+ WindowMinSize = ImVec2(32,32); // Minimum window size
+ WindowTitleAlign = ImVec2(0.0f,0.5f);// Alignment for title bar text
+ ChildRounding = 0.0f; // Radius of child window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular child windows
+ ChildBorderSize = 1.0f; // Thickness of border around child windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. Other values not well tested.
+ PopupRounding = 0.0f; // Radius of popup window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular child windows
+ PopupBorderSize = 1.0f; // Thickness of border around popup or tooltip windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. Other values not well tested.
+ FramePadding = ImVec2(4,3); // Padding within a framed rectangle (used by most widgets)
+ FrameRounding = 0.0f; // Radius of frame corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular frames (used by most widgets).
+ FrameBorderSize = 0.0f; // Thickness of border around frames. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. Other values not well tested.
+ ItemSpacing = ImVec2(8,4); // Horizontal and vertical spacing between widgets/lines
+ ItemInnerSpacing = ImVec2(4,4); // Horizontal and vertical spacing between within elements of a composed widget (e.g. a slider and its label)
+ TouchExtraPadding = ImVec2(0,0); // Expand reactive bounding box for touch-based system where touch position is not accurate enough. Unfortunately we don't sort widgets so priority on overlap will always be given to the first widget. So don't grow this too much!
+ IndentSpacing = 21.0f; // Horizontal spacing when e.g. entering a tree node. Generally == (FontSize + FramePadding.x*2).
+ ColumnsMinSpacing = 6.0f; // Minimum horizontal spacing between two columns
+ ScrollbarSize = 16.0f; // Width of the vertical scrollbar, Height of the horizontal scrollbar
+ ScrollbarRounding = 9.0f; // Radius of grab corners rounding for scrollbar
+ GrabMinSize = 10.0f; // Minimum width/height of a grab box for slider/scrollbar
+ GrabRounding = 0.0f; // Radius of grabs corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular slider grabs.
+ ButtonTextAlign = ImVec2(0.5f,0.5f);// Alignment of button text when button is larger than text.
+ DisplayWindowPadding = ImVec2(20,20); // Window positions are clamped to be visible within the display area by at least this amount. Only covers regular windows.
+ DisplaySafeAreaPadding = ImVec2(3,3); // If you cannot see the edge of your screen (e.g. on a TV) increase the safe area padding. Covers popups/tooltips as well regular windows.
+ MouseCursorScale = 1.0f; // Scale software rendered mouse cursor (when io.MouseDrawCursor is enabled). May be removed later.
+ AntiAliasedLines = true; // Enable anti-aliasing on lines/borders. Disable if you are really short on CPU/GPU.
+ AntiAliasedFill = true; // Enable anti-aliasing on filled shapes (rounded rectangles, circles, etc.)
+ CurveTessellationTol = 1.25f; // Tessellation tolerance when using PathBezierCurveTo() without a specific number of segments. Decrease for highly tessellated curves (higher quality, more polygons), increase to reduce quality.
+
+ // Default theme
+ ImGui::StyleColorsDark(this);
+}
+
+// To scale your entire UI (e.g. if you want your app to use High DPI or generally be DPI aware) you may use this helper function. Scaling the fonts is done separately and is up to you.
+// Important: This operation is lossy because we round all sizes to integer. If you need to change your scale multiples, call this over a freshly initialized ImGuiStyle structure rather than scaling multiple times.
+void ImGuiStyle::ScaleAllSizes(float scale_factor)
+{
+ WindowPadding = ImFloor(WindowPadding * scale_factor);
+ WindowRounding = ImFloor(WindowRounding * scale_factor);
+ WindowMinSize = ImFloor(WindowMinSize * scale_factor);
+ ChildRounding = ImFloor(ChildRounding * scale_factor);
+ PopupRounding = ImFloor(PopupRounding * scale_factor);
+ FramePadding = ImFloor(FramePadding * scale_factor);
+ FrameRounding = ImFloor(FrameRounding * scale_factor);
+ ItemSpacing = ImFloor(ItemSpacing * scale_factor);
+ ItemInnerSpacing = ImFloor(ItemInnerSpacing * scale_factor);
+ TouchExtraPadding = ImFloor(TouchExtraPadding * scale_factor);
+ IndentSpacing = ImFloor(IndentSpacing * scale_factor);
+ ColumnsMinSpacing = ImFloor(ColumnsMinSpacing * scale_factor);
+ ScrollbarSize = ImFloor(ScrollbarSize * scale_factor);
+ ScrollbarRounding = ImFloor(ScrollbarRounding * scale_factor);
+ GrabMinSize = ImFloor(GrabMinSize * scale_factor);
+ GrabRounding = ImFloor(GrabRounding * scale_factor);
+ DisplayWindowPadding = ImFloor(DisplayWindowPadding * scale_factor);
+ DisplaySafeAreaPadding = ImFloor(DisplaySafeAreaPadding * scale_factor);
+ MouseCursorScale = ImFloor(MouseCursorScale * scale_factor);
+}
+
+ImGuiIO::ImGuiIO()
+{
+ // Most fields are initialized with zero
+ memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this));
+
+ // Settings
+ ConfigFlags = 0x00;
+ BackendFlags = 0x00;
+ DisplaySize = ImVec2(-1.0f, -1.0f);
+ DeltaTime = 1.0f/60.0f;
+ IniSavingRate = 5.0f;
+ IniFilename = "imgui.ini";
+ LogFilename = "imgui_log.txt";
+ MouseDoubleClickTime = 0.30f;
+ MouseDoubleClickMaxDist = 6.0f;
+ for (int i = 0; i < ImGuiKey_COUNT; i++)
+ KeyMap[i] = -1;
+ KeyRepeatDelay = 0.250f;
+ KeyRepeatRate = 0.050f;
+ UserData = NULL;
+
+ Fonts = NULL;
+ FontGlobalScale = 1.0f;
+ FontDefault = NULL;
+ FontAllowUserScaling = false;
+ DisplayFramebufferScale = ImVec2(1.0f, 1.0f);
+ DisplayVisibleMin = DisplayVisibleMax = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+
+ // Advanced/subtle behaviors
+#ifdef __APPLE__
+ OptMacOSXBehaviors = true; // Set Mac OS X style defaults based on __APPLE__ compile time flag
+#else
+ OptMacOSXBehaviors = false;
+#endif
+ OptCursorBlink = true;
+
+ // Settings (User Functions)
+ GetClipboardTextFn = GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl; // Platform dependent default implementations
+ SetClipboardTextFn = SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl;
+ ClipboardUserData = NULL;
+ ImeSetInputScreenPosFn = ImeSetInputScreenPosFn_DefaultImpl;
+ ImeWindowHandle = NULL;
+
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+ RenderDrawListsFn = NULL;
+#endif
+
+ // Input (NB: we already have memset zero the entire structure)
+ MousePos = ImVec2(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX);
+ MousePosPrev = ImVec2(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX);
+ MouseDragThreshold = 6.0f;
+ for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(MouseDownDuration); i++) MouseDownDuration[i] = MouseDownDurationPrev[i] = -1.0f;
+ for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(KeysDownDuration); i++) KeysDownDuration[i] = KeysDownDurationPrev[i] = -1.0f;
+ for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(NavInputsDownDuration); i++) NavInputsDownDuration[i] = -1.0f;
+}
+
+// Pass in translated ASCII characters for text input.
+// - with glfw you can get those from the callback set in glfwSetCharCallback()
+// - on Windows you can get those using ToAscii+keyboard state, or via the WM_CHAR message
+void ImGuiIO::AddInputCharacter(ImWchar c)
+{
+ const int n = ImStrlenW(InputCharacters);
+ if (n + 1 < IM_ARRAYSIZE(InputCharacters))
+ {
+ InputCharacters[n] = c;
+ InputCharacters[n+1] = '\0';
+ }
+}
+
+void ImGuiIO::AddInputCharactersUTF8(const char* utf8_chars)
+{
+ // We can't pass more wchars than ImGuiIO::InputCharacters[] can hold so don't convert more
+ const int wchars_buf_len = sizeof(ImGuiIO::InputCharacters) / sizeof(ImWchar);
+ ImWchar wchars[wchars_buf_len];
+ ImTextStrFromUtf8(wchars, wchars_buf_len, utf8_chars, NULL);
+ for (int i = 0; i < wchars_buf_len && wchars[i] != 0; i++)
+ AddInputCharacter(wchars[i]);
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// HELPERS
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#define IM_STATIC_ASSERT(_COND) typedef char static_assertion_##__line__[(_COND)?1:-1]
+#define IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(_VAL) ((int)((_VAL) * 255.0f + ((_VAL)>=0 ? 0.5f : -0.5f))) // Unsaturated, for display purpose
+#define IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(_VAL) ((int)(ImSaturate(_VAL) * 255.0f + 0.5f)) // Saturated, always output 0..255
+
+ImVec2 ImLineClosestPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& p)
+{
+ ImVec2 ap = p - a;
+ ImVec2 ab_dir = b - a;
+ float dot = ap.x * ab_dir.x + ap.y * ab_dir.y;
+ if (dot < 0.0f)
+ return a;
+ float ab_len_sqr = ab_dir.x * ab_dir.x + ab_dir.y * ab_dir.y;
+ if (dot > ab_len_sqr)
+ return b;
+ return a + ab_dir * dot / ab_len_sqr;
+}
+
+bool ImTriangleContainsPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p)
+{
+ bool b1 = ((p.x - b.x) * (a.y - b.y) - (p.y - b.y) * (a.x - b.x)) < 0.0f;
+ bool b2 = ((p.x - c.x) * (b.y - c.y) - (p.y - c.y) * (b.x - c.x)) < 0.0f;
+ bool b3 = ((p.x - a.x) * (c.y - a.y) - (p.y - a.y) * (c.x - a.x)) < 0.0f;
+ return ((b1 == b2) && (b2 == b3));
+}
+
+void ImTriangleBarycentricCoords(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p, float& out_u, float& out_v, float& out_w)
+{
+ ImVec2 v0 = b - a;
+ ImVec2 v1 = c - a;
+ ImVec2 v2 = p - a;
+ const float denom = v0.x * v1.y - v1.x * v0.y;
+ out_v = (v2.x * v1.y - v1.x * v2.y) / denom;
+ out_w = (v0.x * v2.y - v2.x * v0.y) / denom;
+ out_u = 1.0f - out_v - out_w;
+}
+
+ImVec2 ImTriangleClosestPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p)
+{
+ ImVec2 proj_ab = ImLineClosestPoint(a, b, p);
+ ImVec2 proj_bc = ImLineClosestPoint(b, c, p);
+ ImVec2 proj_ca = ImLineClosestPoint(c, a, p);
+ float dist2_ab = ImLengthSqr(p - proj_ab);
+ float dist2_bc = ImLengthSqr(p - proj_bc);
+ float dist2_ca = ImLengthSqr(p - proj_ca);
+ float m = ImMin(dist2_ab, ImMin(dist2_bc, dist2_ca));
+ if (m == dist2_ab)
+ return proj_ab;
+ if (m == dist2_bc)
+ return proj_bc;
+ return proj_ca;
+}
+
+int ImStricmp(const char* str1, const char* str2)
+{
+ int d;
+ while ((d = toupper(*str2) - toupper(*str1)) == 0 && *str1) { str1++; str2++; }
+ return d;
+}
+
+int ImStrnicmp(const char* str1, const char* str2, size_t count)
+{
+ int d = 0;
+ while (count > 0 && (d = toupper(*str2) - toupper(*str1)) == 0 && *str1) { str1++; str2++; count--; }
+ return d;
+}
+
+void ImStrncpy(char* dst, const char* src, size_t count)
+{
+ if (count < 1) return;
+ strncpy(dst, src, count);
+ dst[count-1] = 0;
+}
+
+char* ImStrdup(const char *str)
+{
+ size_t len = strlen(str) + 1;
+ void* buf = ImGui::MemAlloc(len);
+ return (char*)memcpy(buf, (const void*)str, len);
+}
+
+const char* ImStrchrRange(const char* str, const char* str_end, char c)
+{
+ for ( ; str < str_end; str++)
+ if (*str == c)
+ return str;
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+int ImStrlenW(const ImWchar* str)
+{
+ int n = 0;
+ while (*str++) n++;
+ return n;
+}
+
+const ImWchar* ImStrbolW(const ImWchar* buf_mid_line, const ImWchar* buf_begin) // find beginning-of-line
+{
+ while (buf_mid_line > buf_begin && buf_mid_line[-1] != '\n')
+ buf_mid_line--;
+ return buf_mid_line;
+}
+
+const char* ImStristr(const char* haystack, const char* haystack_end, const char* needle, const char* needle_end)
+{
+ if (!needle_end)
+ needle_end = needle + strlen(needle);
+
+ const char un0 = (char)toupper(*needle);
+ while ((!haystack_end && *haystack) || (haystack_end && haystack < haystack_end))
+ {
+ if (toupper(*haystack) == un0)
+ {
+ const char* b = needle + 1;
+ for (const char* a = haystack + 1; b < needle_end; a++, b++)
+ if (toupper(*a) != toupper(*b))
+ break;
+ if (b == needle_end)
+ return haystack;
+ }
+ haystack++;
+ }
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+// Trim str by offsetting contents when there's leading data + writing a \0 at the trailing position. We use this in situation where the cost is negligible.
+void ImStrTrimBlanks(char* buf)
+{
+ char* p = buf;
+ while (p[0] == ' ' || p[0] == '\t') // Leading blanks
+ p++;
+ char* p_start = p;
+ while (*p != 0) // Find end of string
+ p++;
+ while (p > p_start && (p[-1] == ' ' || p[-1] == '\t')) // Trailing blanks
+ p--;
+ if (p_start != buf) // Copy memory if we had leading blanks
+ memmove(buf, p_start, p - p_start);
+ buf[p - p_start] = 0; // Zero terminate
+}
+
+template<typename TYPE>
+static const char* ImAtoi(const char* src, TYPE* output)
+{
+ int negative = 0;
+ if (*src == '-') { negative = 1; src++; }
+ if (*src == '+') { src++; }
+ TYPE v = 0;
+ while (*src >= '0' && *src <= '9')
+ v = (v * 10) + (*src++ - '0');
+ *output = negative ? -v : v;
+ return src;
+}
+
+// A) MSVC version appears to return -1 on overflow, whereas glibc appears to return total count (which may be >= buf_size).
+// Ideally we would test for only one of those limits at runtime depending on the behavior the vsnprintf(), but trying to deduct it at compile time sounds like a pandora can of worm.
+// B) When buf==NULL vsnprintf() will return the output size.
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_FORMAT_STRING_FUNCTIONS
+int ImFormatString(char* buf, size_t buf_size, const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+ IM_ASSERT(fmt != NULL);
+ va_list args;
+ va_start(args, fmt);
+ int w = vsnprintf(buf, buf_size, fmt, args);
+ va_end(args);
+ if (buf == NULL)
+ return w;
+ if (w == -1 || w >= (int)buf_size)
+ w = (int)buf_size - 1;
+ buf[w] = 0;
+ return w;
+}
+
+int ImFormatStringV(char* buf, size_t buf_size, const char* fmt, va_list args)
+{
+ IM_ASSERT(fmt != NULL);
+ int w = vsnprintf(buf, buf_size, fmt, args);
+ if (buf == NULL)
+ return w;
+ if (w == -1 || w >= (int)buf_size)
+ w = (int)buf_size - 1;
+ buf[w] = 0;
+ return w;
+}
+#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_FORMAT_STRING_FUNCTIONS
+
+// Pass data_size==0 for zero-terminated strings
+// FIXME-OPT: Replace with e.g. FNV1a hash? CRC32 pretty much randomly access 1KB. Need to do proper measurements.
+ImU32 ImHash(const void* data, int data_size, ImU32 seed)
+{
+ static ImU32 crc32_lut[256] = { 0 };
+ if (!crc32_lut[1])
+ {
+ const ImU32 polynomial = 0xEDB88320;
+ for (ImU32 i = 0; i < 256; i++)
+ {
+ ImU32 crc = i;
+ for (ImU32 j = 0; j < 8; j++)
+ crc = (crc >> 1) ^ (ImU32(-int(crc & 1)) & polynomial);
+ crc32_lut[i] = crc;
+ }
+ }
+
+ seed = ~seed;
+ ImU32 crc = seed;
+ const unsigned char* current = (const unsigned char*)data;
+
+ if (data_size > 0)
+ {
+ // Known size
+ while (data_size--)
+ crc = (crc >> 8) ^ crc32_lut[(crc & 0xFF) ^ *current++];
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // Zero-terminated string
+ while (unsigned char c = *current++)
+ {
+ // We support a syntax of "label###id" where only "###id" is included in the hash, and only "label" gets displayed.
+ // Because this syntax is rarely used we are optimizing for the common case.
+ // - If we reach ### in the string we discard the hash so far and reset to the seed.
+ // - We don't do 'current += 2; continue;' after handling ### to keep the code smaller.
+ if (c == '#' && current[0] == '#' && current[1] == '#')
+ crc = seed;
+ crc = (crc >> 8) ^ crc32_lut[(crc & 0xFF) ^ c];
+ }
+ }
+ return ~crc;
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ImText* helpers
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Convert UTF-8 to 32-bits character, process single character input.
+// Based on stb_from_utf8() from github.com/nothings/stb/
+// We handle UTF-8 decoding error by skipping forward.
+int ImTextCharFromUtf8(unsigned int* out_char, const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end)
+{
+ unsigned int c = (unsigned int)-1;
+ const unsigned char* str = (const unsigned char*)in_text;
+ if (!(*str & 0x80))
+ {
+ c = (unsigned int)(*str++);
+ *out_char = c;
+ return 1;
+ }
+ if ((*str & 0xe0) == 0xc0)
+ {
+ *out_char = 0xFFFD; // will be invalid but not end of string
+ if (in_text_end && in_text_end - (const char*)str < 2) return 1;
+ if (*str < 0xc2) return 2;
+ c = (unsigned int)((*str++ & 0x1f) << 6);
+ if ((*str & 0xc0) != 0x80) return 2;
+ c += (*str++ & 0x3f);
+ *out_char = c;
+ return 2;
+ }
+ if ((*str & 0xf0) == 0xe0)
+ {
+ *out_char = 0xFFFD; // will be invalid but not end of string
+ if (in_text_end && in_text_end - (const char*)str < 3) return 1;
+ if (*str == 0xe0 && (str[1] < 0xa0 || str[1] > 0xbf)) return 3;
+ if (*str == 0xed && str[1] > 0x9f) return 3; // str[1] < 0x80 is checked below
+ c = (unsigned int)((*str++ & 0x0f) << 12);
+ if ((*str & 0xc0) != 0x80) return 3;
+ c += (unsigned int)((*str++ & 0x3f) << 6);
+ if ((*str & 0xc0) != 0x80) return 3;
+ c += (*str++ & 0x3f);
+ *out_char = c;
+ return 3;
+ }
+ if ((*str & 0xf8) == 0xf0)
+ {
+ *out_char = 0xFFFD; // will be invalid but not end of string
+ if (in_text_end && in_text_end - (const char*)str < 4) return 1;
+ if (*str > 0xf4) return 4;
+ if (*str == 0xf0 && (str[1] < 0x90 || str[1] > 0xbf)) return 4;
+ if (*str == 0xf4 && str[1] > 0x8f) return 4; // str[1] < 0x80 is checked below
+ c = (unsigned int)((*str++ & 0x07) << 18);
+ if ((*str & 0xc0) != 0x80) return 4;
+ c += (unsigned int)((*str++ & 0x3f) << 12);
+ if ((*str & 0xc0) != 0x80) return 4;
+ c += (unsigned int)((*str++ & 0x3f) << 6);
+ if ((*str & 0xc0) != 0x80) return 4;
+ c += (*str++ & 0x3f);
+ // utf-8 encodings of values used in surrogate pairs are invalid
+ if ((c & 0xFFFFF800) == 0xD800) return 4;
+ *out_char = c;
+ return 4;
+ }
+ *out_char = 0;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int ImTextStrFromUtf8(ImWchar* buf, int buf_size, const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end, const char** in_text_remaining)
+{
+ ImWchar* buf_out = buf;
+ ImWchar* buf_end = buf + buf_size;
+ while (buf_out < buf_end-1 && (!in_text_end || in_text < in_text_end) && *in_text)
+ {
+ unsigned int c;
+ in_text += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, in_text, in_text_end);
+ if (c == 0)
+ break;
+ if (c < 0x10000) // FIXME: Losing characters that don't fit in 2 bytes
+ *buf_out++ = (ImWchar)c;
+ }
+ *buf_out = 0;
+ if (in_text_remaining)
+ *in_text_remaining = in_text;
+ return (int)(buf_out - buf);
+}
+
+int ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end)
+{
+ int char_count = 0;
+ while ((!in_text_end || in_text < in_text_end) && *in_text)
+ {
+ unsigned int c;
+ in_text += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, in_text, in_text_end);
+ if (c == 0)
+ break;
+ if (c < 0x10000)
+ char_count++;
+ }
+ return char_count;
+}
+
+// Based on stb_to_utf8() from github.com/nothings/stb/
+static inline int ImTextCharToUtf8(char* buf, int buf_size, unsigned int c)
+{
+ if (c < 0x80)
+ {
+ buf[0] = (char)c;
+ return 1;
+ }
+ if (c < 0x800)
+ {
+ if (buf_size < 2) return 0;
+ buf[0] = (char)(0xc0 + (c >> 6));
+ buf[1] = (char)(0x80 + (c & 0x3f));
+ return 2;
+ }
+ if (c >= 0xdc00 && c < 0xe000)
+ {
+ return 0;
+ }
+ if (c >= 0xd800 && c < 0xdc00)
+ {
+ if (buf_size < 4) return 0;
+ buf[0] = (char)(0xf0 + (c >> 18));
+ buf[1] = (char)(0x80 + ((c >> 12) & 0x3f));
+ buf[2] = (char)(0x80 + ((c >> 6) & 0x3f));
+ buf[3] = (char)(0x80 + ((c ) & 0x3f));
+ return 4;
+ }
+ //else if (c < 0x10000)
+ {
+ if (buf_size < 3) return 0;
+ buf[0] = (char)(0xe0 + (c >> 12));
+ buf[1] = (char)(0x80 + ((c>> 6) & 0x3f));
+ buf[2] = (char)(0x80 + ((c ) & 0x3f));
+ return 3;
+ }
+}
+
+static inline int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(unsigned int c)
+{
+ if (c < 0x80) return 1;
+ if (c < 0x800) return 2;
+ if (c >= 0xdc00 && c < 0xe000) return 0;
+ if (c >= 0xd800 && c < 0xdc00) return 4;
+ return 3;
+}
+
+int ImTextStrToUtf8(char* buf, int buf_size, const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end)
+{
+ char* buf_out = buf;
+ const char* buf_end = buf + buf_size;
+ while (buf_out < buf_end-1 && (!in_text_end || in_text < in_text_end) && *in_text)
+ {
+ unsigned int c = (unsigned int)(*in_text++);
+ if (c < 0x80)
+ *buf_out++ = (char)c;
+ else
+ buf_out += ImTextCharToUtf8(buf_out, (int)(buf_end-buf_out-1), c);
+ }
+ *buf_out = 0;
+ return (int)(buf_out - buf);
+}
+
+int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end)
+{
+ int bytes_count = 0;
+ while ((!in_text_end || in_text < in_text_end) && *in_text)
+ {
+ unsigned int c = (unsigned int)(*in_text++);
+ if (c < 0x80)
+ bytes_count++;
+ else
+ bytes_count += ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(c);
+ }
+ return bytes_count;
+}
+
+ImVec4 ImGui::ColorConvertU32ToFloat4(ImU32 in)
+{
+ float s = 1.0f/255.0f;
+ return ImVec4(
+ ((in >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * s,
+ ((in >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * s,
+ ((in >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * s,
+ ((in >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * s);
+}
+
+ImU32 ImGui::ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(const ImVec4& in)
+{
+ ImU32 out;
+ out = ((ImU32)IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(in.x)) << IM_COL32_R_SHIFT;
+ out |= ((ImU32)IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(in.y)) << IM_COL32_G_SHIFT;
+ out |= ((ImU32)IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(in.z)) << IM_COL32_B_SHIFT;
+ out |= ((ImU32)IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(in.w)) << IM_COL32_A_SHIFT;
+ return out;
+}
+
+ImU32 ImGui::GetColorU32(ImGuiCol idx, float alpha_mul)
+{
+ ImGuiStyle& style = GImGui->Style;
+ ImVec4 c = style.Colors[idx];
+ c.w *= style.Alpha * alpha_mul;
+ return ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(c);
+}
+
+ImU32 ImGui::GetColorU32(const ImVec4& col)
+{
+ ImGuiStyle& style = GImGui->Style;
+ ImVec4 c = col;
+ c.w *= style.Alpha;
+ return ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(c);
+}
+
+const ImVec4& ImGui::GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol idx)
+{
+ ImGuiStyle& style = GImGui->Style;
+ return style.Colors[idx];
+}
+
+ImU32 ImGui::GetColorU32(ImU32 col)
+{
+ float style_alpha = GImGui->Style.Alpha;
+ if (style_alpha >= 1.0f)
+ return col;
+ ImU32 a = (col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT;
+ a = (ImU32)(a * style_alpha); // We don't need to clamp 0..255 because Style.Alpha is in 0..1 range.
+ return (col & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK) | (a << IM_COL32_A_SHIFT);
+}
+
+// Convert rgb floats ([0-1],[0-1],[0-1]) to hsv floats ([0-1],[0-1],[0-1]), from Foley & van Dam p592
+// Optimized http://lolengine.net/blog/2013/01/13/fast-rgb-to-hsv
+void ImGui::ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(float r, float g, float b, float& out_h, float& out_s, float& out_v)
+{
+ float K = 0.f;
+ if (g < b)
+ {
+ ImSwap(g, b);
+ K = -1.f;
+ }
+ if (r < g)
+ {
+ ImSwap(r, g);
+ K = -2.f / 6.f - K;
+ }
+
+ const float chroma = r - (g < b ? g : b);
+ out_h = ImFabs(K + (g - b) / (6.f * chroma + 1e-20f));
+ out_s = chroma / (r + 1e-20f);
+ out_v = r;
+}
+
+// Convert hsv floats ([0-1],[0-1],[0-1]) to rgb floats ([0-1],[0-1],[0-1]), from Foley & van Dam p593
+// also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HSL_and_HSV
+void ImGui::ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(float h, float s, float v, float& out_r, float& out_g, float& out_b)
+{
+ if (s == 0.0f)
+ {
+ // gray
+ out_r = out_g = out_b = v;
+ return;
+ }
+
+ h = ImFmod(h, 1.0f) / (60.0f/360.0f);
+ int i = (int)h;
+ float f = h - (float)i;
+ float p = v * (1.0f - s);
+ float q = v * (1.0f - s * f);
+ float t = v * (1.0f - s * (1.0f - f));
+
+ switch (i)
+ {
+ case 0: out_r = v; out_g = t; out_b = p; break;
+ case 1: out_r = q; out_g = v; out_b = p; break;
+ case 2: out_r = p; out_g = v; out_b = t; break;
+ case 3: out_r = p; out_g = q; out_b = v; break;
+ case 4: out_r = t; out_g = p; out_b = v; break;
+ case 5: default: out_r = v; out_g = p; out_b = q; break;
+ }
+}
+
+FILE* ImFileOpen(const char* filename, const char* mode)
+{
+#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(__CYGWIN__)
+ // We need a fopen() wrapper because MSVC/Windows fopen doesn't handle UTF-8 filenames. Converting both strings from UTF-8 to wchar format (using a single allocation, because we can)
+ const int filename_wsize = ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(filename, NULL) + 1;
+ const int mode_wsize = ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(mode, NULL) + 1;
+ ImVector<ImWchar> buf;
+ buf.resize(filename_wsize + mode_wsize);
+ ImTextStrFromUtf8(&buf[0], filename_wsize, filename, NULL);
+ ImTextStrFromUtf8(&buf[filename_wsize], mode_wsize, mode, NULL);
+ return _wfopen((wchar_t*)&buf[0], (wchar_t*)&buf[filename_wsize]);
+#else
+ return fopen(filename, mode);
+#endif
+}
+
+// Load file content into memory
+// Memory allocated with ImGui::MemAlloc(), must be freed by user using ImGui::MemFree()
+void* ImFileLoadToMemory(const char* filename, const char* file_open_mode, size_t* out_file_size, int padding_bytes)
+{
+ IM_ASSERT(filename && file_open_mode);
+ if (out_file_size)
+ *out_file_size = 0;
+
+ FILE* f;
+ if ((f = ImFileOpen(filename, file_open_mode)) == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+
+ long file_size_signed;
+ if (fseek(f, 0, SEEK_END) || (file_size_signed = ftell(f)) == -1 || fseek(f, 0, SEEK_SET))
+ {
+ fclose(f);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ size_t file_size = (size_t)file_size_signed;
+ void* file_data = ImGui::MemAlloc(file_size + padding_bytes);
+ if (file_data == NULL)
+ {
+ fclose(f);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ if (fread(file_data, 1, file_size, f) != file_size)
+ {
+ fclose(f);
+ ImGui::MemFree(file_data);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ if (padding_bytes > 0)
+ memset((void *)(((char*)file_data) + file_size), 0, (size_t)padding_bytes);
+
+ fclose(f);
+ if (out_file_size)
+ *out_file_size = file_size;
+
+ return file_data;
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ImGuiStorage
+// Helper: Key->value storage
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// std::lower_bound but without the bullshit
+static ImVector<ImGuiStorage::Pair>::iterator LowerBound(ImVector<ImGuiStorage::Pair>& data, ImGuiID key)
+{
+ ImVector<ImGuiStorage::Pair>::iterator first = data.begin();
+ ImVector<ImGuiStorage::Pair>::iterator last = data.end();
+ size_t count = (size_t)(last - first);
+ while (count > 0)
+ {
+ size_t count2 = count >> 1;
+ ImVector<ImGuiStorage::Pair>::iterator mid = first + count2;
+ if (mid->key < key)
+ {
+ first = ++mid;
+ count -= count2 + 1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ count = count2;
+ }
+ }
+ return first;
+}
+
+// For quicker full rebuild of a storage (instead of an incremental one), you may add all your contents and then sort once.
+void ImGuiStorage::BuildSortByKey()
+{
+ struct StaticFunc
+ {
+ static int IMGUI_CDECL PairCompareByID(const void* lhs, const void* rhs)
+ {
+ // We can't just do a subtraction because qsort uses signed integers and subtracting our ID doesn't play well with that.
+ if (((const Pair*)lhs)->key > ((const Pair*)rhs)->key) return +1;
+ if (((const Pair*)lhs)->key < ((const Pair*)rhs)->key) return -1;
+ return 0;
+ }
+ };
+ if (Data.Size > 1)
+ ImQsort(Data.Data, (size_t)Data.Size, sizeof(Pair), StaticFunc::PairCompareByID);
+}
+
+int ImGuiStorage::GetInt(ImGuiID key, int default_val) const
+{
+ ImVector<Pair>::iterator it = LowerBound(const_cast<ImVector<ImGuiStorage::Pair>&>(Data), key);
+ if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)
+ return default_val;
+ return it->val_i;
+}
+
+bool ImGuiStorage::GetBool(ImGuiID key, bool default_val) const
+{
+ return GetInt(key, default_val ? 1 : 0) != 0;
+}
+
+float ImGuiStorage::GetFloat(ImGuiID key, float default_val) const
+{
+ ImVector<Pair>::iterator it = LowerBound(const_cast<ImVector<ImGuiStorage::Pair>&>(Data), key);
+ if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)
+ return default_val;
+ return it->val_f;
+}
+
+void* ImGuiStorage::GetVoidPtr(ImGuiID key) const
+{
+ ImVector<Pair>::iterator it = LowerBound(const_cast<ImVector<ImGuiStorage::Pair>&>(Data), key);
+ if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)
+ return NULL;
+ return it->val_p;
+}
+
+// References are only valid until a new value is added to the storage. Calling a Set***() function or a Get***Ref() function invalidates the pointer.
+int* ImGuiStorage::GetIntRef(ImGuiID key, int default_val)
+{
+ ImVector<Pair>::iterator it = LowerBound(Data, key);
+ if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)
+ it = Data.insert(it, Pair(key, default_val));
+ return &it->val_i;
+}
+
+bool* ImGuiStorage::GetBoolRef(ImGuiID key, bool default_val)
+{
+ return (bool*)GetIntRef(key, default_val ? 1 : 0);
+}
+
+float* ImGuiStorage::GetFloatRef(ImGuiID key, float default_val)
+{
+ ImVector<Pair>::iterator it = LowerBound(Data, key);
+ if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)
+ it = Data.insert(it, Pair(key, default_val));
+ return &it->val_f;
+}
+
+void** ImGuiStorage::GetVoidPtrRef(ImGuiID key, void* default_val)
+{
+ ImVector<Pair>::iterator it = LowerBound(Data, key);
+ if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)
+ it = Data.insert(it, Pair(key, default_val));
+ return &it->val_p;
+}
+
+// FIXME-OPT: Need a way to reuse the result of lower_bound when doing GetInt()/SetInt() - not too bad because it only happens on explicit interaction (maximum one a frame)
+void ImGuiStorage::SetInt(ImGuiID key, int val)
+{
+ ImVector<Pair>::iterator it = LowerBound(Data, key);
+ if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)
+ {
+ Data.insert(it, Pair(key, val));
+ return;
+ }
+ it->val_i = val;
+}
+
+void ImGuiStorage::SetBool(ImGuiID key, bool val)
+{
+ SetInt(key, val ? 1 : 0);
+}
+
+void ImGuiStorage::SetFloat(ImGuiID key, float val)
+{
+ ImVector<Pair>::iterator it = LowerBound(Data, key);
+ if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)
+ {
+ Data.insert(it, Pair(key, val));
+ return;
+ }
+ it->val_f = val;
+}
+
+void ImGuiStorage::SetVoidPtr(ImGuiID key, void* val)
+{
+ ImVector<Pair>::iterator it = LowerBound(Data, key);
+ if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)
+ {
+ Data.insert(it, Pair(key, val));
+ return;
+ }
+ it->val_p = val;
+}
+
+void ImGuiStorage::SetAllInt(int v)
+{
+ for (int i = 0; i < Data.Size; i++)
+ Data[i].val_i = v;
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ImGuiTextFilter
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Helper: Parse and apply text filters. In format "aaaaa[,bbbb][,ccccc]"
+ImGuiTextFilter::ImGuiTextFilter(const char* default_filter)
+{
+ if (default_filter)
+ {
+ ImStrncpy(InputBuf, default_filter, IM_ARRAYSIZE(InputBuf));
+ Build();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ InputBuf[0] = 0;
+ CountGrep = 0;
+ }
+}
+
+bool ImGuiTextFilter::Draw(const char* label, float width)
+{
+ if (width != 0.0f)
+ ImGui::PushItemWidth(width);
+ bool value_changed = ImGui::InputText(label, InputBuf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(InputBuf));
+ if (width != 0.0f)
+ ImGui::PopItemWidth();
+ if (value_changed)
+ Build();
+ return value_changed;
+}
+
+void ImGuiTextFilter::TextRange::split(char separator, ImVector<TextRange>* out) const
+{
+ out->resize(0);
+ const char* wb = b;
+ const char* we = wb;
+ while (we < e)
+ {
+ if (*we == separator)
+ {
+ out->push_back(TextRange(wb, we));
+ wb = we + 1;
+ }
+ we++;
+ }
+ if (wb != we)
+ out->push_back(TextRange(wb, we));
+}
+
+void ImGuiTextFilter::Build()
+{
+ Filters.resize(0);
+ TextRange input_range(InputBuf, InputBuf+strlen(InputBuf));
+ input_range.split(',', &Filters);
+
+ CountGrep = 0;
+ for (int i = 0; i != Filters.Size; i++)
+ {
+ TextRange& f = Filters[i];
+ while (f.b < f.e && ImCharIsBlankA(f.b[0]))
+ f.b++;
+ while (f.e > f.b && ImCharIsBlankA(f.e[-1]))
+ f.e--;
+ if (f.empty())
+ continue;
+ if (Filters[i].b[0] != '-')
+ CountGrep += 1;
+ }
+}
+
+bool ImGuiTextFilter::PassFilter(const char* text, const char* text_end) const
+{
+ if (Filters.empty())
+ return true;
+
+ if (text == NULL)
+ text = "";
+
+ for (int i = 0; i != Filters.Size; i++)
+ {
+ const TextRange& f = Filters[i];
+ if (f.empty())
+ continue;
+ if (f.b[0] == '-')
+ {
+ // Subtract
+ if (ImStristr(text, text_end, f.begin()+1, f.end()) != NULL)
+ return false;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // Grep
+ if (ImStristr(text, text_end, f.begin(), f.end()) != NULL)
+ return true;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Implicit * grep
+ if (CountGrep == 0)
+ return true;
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ImGuiTextBuffer
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// On some platform vsnprintf() takes va_list by reference and modifies it.
+// va_copy is the 'correct' way to copy a va_list but Visual Studio prior to 2013 doesn't have it.
+#ifndef va_copy
+#define va_copy(dest, src) (dest = src)
+#endif
+
+// Helper: Text buffer for logging/accumulating text
+void ImGuiTextBuffer::appendfv(const char* fmt, va_list args)
+{
+ va_list args_copy;
+ va_copy(args_copy, args);
+
+ int len = ImFormatStringV(NULL, 0, fmt, args); // FIXME-OPT: could do a first pass write attempt, likely successful on first pass.
+ if (len <= 0)
+ {
+ va_end(args_copy);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ const int write_off = Buf.Size;
+ const int needed_sz = write_off + len;
+ if (write_off + len >= Buf.Capacity)
+ {
+ int double_capacity = Buf.Capacity * 2;
+ Buf.reserve(needed_sz > double_capacity ? needed_sz : double_capacity);
+ }
+
+ Buf.resize(needed_sz);
+ ImFormatStringV(&Buf[write_off - 1], (size_t)len + 1, fmt, args_copy);
+ va_end(args_copy);
+}
+
+void ImGuiTextBuffer::appendf(const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+ va_list args;
+ va_start(args, fmt);
+ appendfv(fmt, args);
+ va_end(args);
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ImGuiSimpleColumns (internal use only)
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ImGuiMenuColumns::ImGuiMenuColumns()
+{
+ Count = 0;
+ Spacing = Width = NextWidth = 0.0f;
+ memset(Pos, 0, sizeof(Pos));
+ memset(NextWidths, 0, sizeof(NextWidths));
+}
+
+void ImGuiMenuColumns::Update(int count, float spacing, bool clear)
+{
+ IM_ASSERT(Count <= IM_ARRAYSIZE(Pos));
+ Count = count;
+ Width = NextWidth = 0.0f;
+ Spacing = spacing;
+ if (clear) memset(NextWidths, 0, sizeof(NextWidths));
+ for (int i = 0; i < Count; i++)
+ {
+ if (i > 0 && NextWidths[i] > 0.0f)
+ Width += Spacing;
+ Pos[i] = (float)(int)Width;
+ Width += NextWidths[i];
+ NextWidths[i] = 0.0f;
+ }
+}
+
+float ImGuiMenuColumns::DeclColumns(float w0, float w1, float w2) // not using va_arg because they promote float to double
+{
+ NextWidth = 0.0f;
+ NextWidths[0] = ImMax(NextWidths[0], w0);
+ NextWidths[1] = ImMax(NextWidths[1], w1);
+ NextWidths[2] = ImMax(NextWidths[2], w2);
+ for (int i = 0; i < 3; i++)
+ NextWidth += NextWidths[i] + ((i > 0 && NextWidths[i] > 0.0f) ? Spacing : 0.0f);
+ return ImMax(Width, NextWidth);
+}
+
+float ImGuiMenuColumns::CalcExtraSpace(float avail_w)
+{
+ return ImMax(0.0f, avail_w - Width);
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ImGuiListClipper
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+static void SetCursorPosYAndSetupDummyPrevLine(float pos_y, float line_height)
+{
+ // Set cursor position and a few other things so that SetScrollHere() and Columns() can work when seeking cursor.
+ // FIXME: It is problematic that we have to do that here, because custom/equivalent end-user code would stumble on the same issue.
+ // The clipper should probably have a 4th step to display the last item in a regular manner.
+ ImGui::SetCursorPosY(pos_y);
+ ImGuiWindow* window = ImGui::GetCurrentWindow();
+ window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y = window->DC.CursorPos.y - line_height; // Setting those fields so that SetScrollHere() can properly function after the end of our clipper usage.
+ window->DC.PrevLineHeight = (line_height - GImGui->Style.ItemSpacing.y); // If we end up needing more accurate data (to e.g. use SameLine) we may as well make the clipper have a fourth step to let user process and display the last item in their list.
+ if (window->DC.ColumnsSet)
+ window->DC.ColumnsSet->LineMinY = window->DC.CursorPos.y; // Setting this so that cell Y position are set properly
+}
+
+// Use case A: Begin() called from constructor with items_height<0, then called again from Sync() in StepNo 1
+// Use case B: Begin() called from constructor with items_height>0
+// FIXME-LEGACY: Ideally we should remove the Begin/End functions but they are part of the legacy API we still support. This is why some of the code in Step() calling Begin() and reassign some fields, spaghetti style.
+void ImGuiListClipper::Begin(int count, float items_height)
+{
+ StartPosY = ImGui::GetCursorPosY();
+ ItemsHeight = items_height;
+ ItemsCount = count;
+ StepNo = 0;
+ DisplayEnd = DisplayStart = -1;
+ if (ItemsHeight > 0.0f)
+ {
+ ImGui::CalcListClipping(ItemsCount, ItemsHeight, &DisplayStart, &DisplayEnd); // calculate how many to clip/display
+ if (DisplayStart > 0)
+ SetCursorPosYAndSetupDummyPrevLine(StartPosY + DisplayStart * ItemsHeight, ItemsHeight); // advance cursor
+ StepNo = 2;
+ }
+}
+
+void ImGuiListClipper::End()
+{
+ if (ItemsCount < 0)
+ return;
+ // In theory here we should assert that ImGui::GetCursorPosY() == StartPosY + DisplayEnd * ItemsHeight, but it feels saner to just seek at the end and not assert/crash the user.
+ if (ItemsCount < INT_MAX)
+ SetCursorPosYAndSetupDummyPrevLine(StartPosY + ItemsCount * ItemsHeight, ItemsHeight); // advance cursor
+ ItemsCount = -1;
+ StepNo = 3;
+}
+
+bool ImGuiListClipper::Step()
+{
+ if (ItemsCount == 0 || ImGui::GetCurrentWindowRead()->SkipItems)
+ {
+ ItemsCount = -1;
+ return false;
+ }
+ if (StepNo == 0) // Step 0: the clipper let you process the first element, regardless of it being visible or not, so we can measure the element height.
+ {
+ DisplayStart = 0;
+ DisplayEnd = 1;
+ StartPosY = ImGui::GetCursorPosY();
+ StepNo = 1;
+ return true;
+ }
+ if (StepNo == 1) // Step 1: the clipper infer height from first element, calculate the actual range of elements to display, and position the cursor before the first element.
+ {
+ if (ItemsCount == 1) { ItemsCount = -1; return false; }
+ float items_height = ImGui::GetCursorPosY() - StartPosY;
+ IM_ASSERT(items_height > 0.0f); // If this triggers, it means Item 0 hasn't moved the cursor vertically
+ Begin(ItemsCount-1, items_height);
+ DisplayStart++;
+ DisplayEnd++;
+ StepNo = 3;
+ return true;
+ }
+ if (StepNo == 2) // Step 2: dummy step only required if an explicit items_height was passed to constructor or Begin() and user still call Step(). Does nothing and switch to Step 3.
+ {
+ IM_ASSERT(DisplayStart >= 0 && DisplayEnd >= 0);
+ StepNo = 3;
+ return true;
+ }
+ if (StepNo == 3) // Step 3: the clipper validate that we have reached the expected Y position (corresponding to element DisplayEnd), advance the cursor to the end of the list and then returns 'false' to end the loop.
+ End();
+ return false;
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ImGuiWindow
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ImGuiWindow::ImGuiWindow(ImGuiContext* context, const char* name)
+ : DrawListInst(&context->DrawListSharedData)
+{
+ Name = ImStrdup(name);
+ ID = ImHash(name, 0);
+ IDStack.push_back(ID);
+ Flags = 0;
+ Pos = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+ Size = SizeFull = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+ SizeContents = SizeContentsExplicit = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+ WindowPadding = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+ WindowRounding = 0.0f;
+ WindowBorderSize = 0.0f;
+ MoveId = GetID("#MOVE");
+ ChildId = 0;
+ Scroll = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+ ScrollTarget = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);
+ ScrollTargetCenterRatio = ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f);
+ ScrollbarSizes = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+ ScrollbarX = ScrollbarY = false;
+ Active = WasActive = false;
+ WriteAccessed = false;
+ Collapsed = false;
+ CollapseToggleWanted = false;
+ SkipItems = false;
+ Appearing = false;
+ Hidden = false;
+ HasCloseButton = false;
+ BeginOrderWithinParent = -1;
+ BeginOrderWithinContext = -1;
+ BeginCount = 0;
+ PopupId = 0;
+ AutoFitFramesX = AutoFitFramesY = -1;
+ AutoFitOnlyGrows = false;
+ AutoFitChildAxises = 0x00;
+ AutoPosLastDirection = ImGuiDir_None;
+ HiddenFramesRegular = HiddenFramesForResize = 0;
+ SetWindowPosAllowFlags = SetWindowSizeAllowFlags = SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags = ImGuiCond_Always | ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing;
+ SetWindowPosVal = SetWindowPosPivot = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);
+
+ LastFrameActive = -1;
+ ItemWidthDefault = 0.0f;
+ FontWindowScale = 1.0f;
+ SettingsIdx = -1;
+
+ DrawList = &DrawListInst;
+ DrawList->_OwnerName = Name;
+ ParentWindow = NULL;
+ RootWindow = NULL;
+ RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight = NULL;
+ RootWindowForNav = NULL;
+
+ NavLastIds[0] = NavLastIds[1] = 0;
+ NavRectRel[0] = NavRectRel[1] = ImRect();
+ NavLastChildNavWindow = NULL;
+
+ FocusIdxAllCounter = FocusIdxTabCounter = -1;
+ FocusIdxAllRequestCurrent = FocusIdxTabRequestCurrent = INT_MAX;
+ FocusIdxAllRequestNext = FocusIdxTabRequestNext = INT_MAX;
+}
+
+ImGuiWindow::~ImGuiWindow()
+{
+ IM_ASSERT(DrawList == &DrawListInst);
+ IM_DELETE(Name);
+ for (int i = 0; i != ColumnsStorage.Size; i++)
+ ColumnsStorage[i].~ImGuiColumnsSet();
+}
+
+ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(const char* str, const char* str_end)
+{
+ ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back();
+ ImGuiID id = ImHash(str, str_end ? (int)(str_end - str) : 0, seed);
+ ImGui::KeepAliveID(id);
+ return id;
+}
+
+ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(const void* ptr)
+{
+ ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back();
+ ImGuiID id = ImHash(&ptr, sizeof(void*), seed);
+ ImGui::KeepAliveID(id);
+ return id;
+}
+
+ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetIDNoKeepAlive(const char* str, const char* str_end)
+{
+ ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back();
+ return ImHash(str, str_end ? (int)(str_end - str) : 0, seed);
+}
+
+// This is only used in rare/specific situations to manufacture an ID out of nowhere.
+ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetIDFromRectangle(const ImRect& r_abs)
+{
+ ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back();
+ const int r_rel[4] = { (int)(r_abs.Min.x - Pos.x), (int)(r_abs.Min.y - Pos.y), (int)(r_abs.Max.x - Pos.x), (int)(r_abs.Max.y - Pos.y) };
+ ImGuiID id = ImHash(&r_rel, sizeof(r_rel), seed);
+ ImGui::KeepAliveID(id);
+ return id;
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Internal API exposed in imgui_internal.h
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+static void SetCurrentWindow(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ g.CurrentWindow = window;
+ if (window)
+ g.FontSize = g.DrawListSharedData.FontSize = window->CalcFontSize();
+}
+
+static void SetNavID(ImGuiID id, int nav_layer)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindow);
+ IM_ASSERT(nav_layer == 0 || nav_layer == 1);
+ g.NavId = id;
+ g.NavWindow->NavLastIds[nav_layer] = id;
+}
+
+static void SetNavIDWithRectRel(ImGuiID id, int nav_layer, const ImRect& rect_rel)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ SetNavID(id, nav_layer);
+ g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[nav_layer] = rect_rel;
+ g.NavMousePosDirty = true;
+ g.NavDisableHighlight = false;
+ g.NavDisableMouseHover = true;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetActiveID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated = (g.ActiveId != id);
+ if (g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated)
+ {
+ g.ActiveIdTimer = 0.0f;
+ g.ActiveIdValueChanged = false;
+ if (id != 0)
+ {
+ g.LastActiveId = id;
+ g.LastActiveIdTimer = 0.0f;
+ }
+ }
+ g.ActiveId = id;
+ g.ActiveIdAllowNavDirFlags = 0;
+ g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = false;
+ g.ActiveIdWindow = window;
+ if (id)
+ {
+ g.ActiveIdIsAlive = true;
+ g.ActiveIdSource = (g.NavActivateId == id || g.NavInputId == id || g.NavJustTabbedId == id || g.NavJustMovedToId == id) ? ImGuiInputSource_Nav : ImGuiInputSource_Mouse;
+ }
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetFocusID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ IM_ASSERT(id != 0);
+
+ // Assume that SetFocusID() is called in the context where its NavLayer is the current layer, which is the case everywhere we call it.
+ const int nav_layer = window->DC.NavLayerCurrent;
+ if (g.NavWindow != window)
+ g.NavInitRequest = false;
+ g.NavId = id;
+ g.NavWindow = window;
+ g.NavLayer = nav_layer;
+ window->NavLastIds[nav_layer] = id;
+ if (window->DC.LastItemId == id)
+ window->NavRectRel[nav_layer] = ImRect(window->DC.LastItemRect.Min - window->Pos, window->DC.LastItemRect.Max - window->Pos);
+
+ if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Nav)
+ g.NavDisableMouseHover = true;
+ else
+ g.NavDisableHighlight = true;
+}
+
+void ImGui::ClearActiveID()
+{
+ SetActiveID(0, NULL);
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetHoveredID(ImGuiID id)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ g.HoveredId = id;
+ g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = false;
+ g.HoveredIdTimer = (id != 0 && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame == id) ? (g.HoveredIdTimer + g.IO.DeltaTime) : 0.0f;
+}
+
+ImGuiID ImGui::GetHoveredID()
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ return g.HoveredId ? g.HoveredId : g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame;
+}
+
+void ImGui::KeepAliveID(ImGuiID id)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ if (g.ActiveId == id)
+ g.ActiveIdIsAlive = true;
+ if (g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == id)
+ g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive = true;
+}
+
+void ImGui::MarkItemValueChanged(ImGuiID id)
+{
+ // This marking is solely to be able to provide info for IsItemDeactivatedAfterChange().
+ // ActiveId might have been released by the time we call this (as in the typical press/release button behavior) but still need need to fill the data.
+ (void)id; // Avoid unused variable warnings when asserts are compiled out.
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveId == id || g.ActiveId == 0 || g.DragDropActive);
+ g.ActiveIdValueChanged = true;
+}
+
+static inline bool IsWindowContentHoverable(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiHoveredFlags flags)
+{
+ // An active popup disable hovering on other windows (apart from its own children)
+ // FIXME-OPT: This could be cached/stored within the window.
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ if (g.NavWindow)
+ if (ImGuiWindow* focused_root_window = g.NavWindow->RootWindow)
+ if (focused_root_window->WasActive && focused_root_window != window->RootWindow)
+ {
+ // For the purpose of those flags we differentiate "standard popup" from "modal popup"
+ // NB: The order of those two tests is important because Modal windows are also Popups.
+ if (focused_root_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)
+ return false;
+ if ((focused_root_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup))
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+// Advance cursor given item size for layout.
+void ImGui::ItemSize(const ImVec2& size, float text_offset_y)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return;
+
+ // Always align ourselves on pixel boundaries
+ const float line_height = ImMax(window->DC.CurrentLineHeight, size.y);
+ const float text_base_offset = ImMax(window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset, text_offset_y);
+ //if (g.IO.KeyAlt) window->DrawList->AddRect(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(size.x, line_height), IM_COL32(255,0,0,200)); // [DEBUG]
+ window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine = ImVec2(window->DC.CursorPos.x + size.x, window->DC.CursorPos.y);
+ window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2((float)(int)(window->Pos.x + window->DC.IndentX + window->DC.ColumnsOffsetX), (float)(int)(window->DC.CursorPos.y + line_height + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y));
+ window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x, window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x);
+ window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, window->DC.CursorPos.y - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y);
+ //if (g.IO.KeyAlt) window->DrawList->AddCircle(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, 3.0f, IM_COL32(255,0,0,255), 4); // [DEBUG]
+
+ window->DC.PrevLineHeight = line_height;
+ window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset = text_base_offset;
+ window->DC.CurrentLineHeight = window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f;
+
+ // Horizontal layout mode
+ if (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal)
+ SameLine();
+}
+
+void ImGui::ItemSize(const ImRect& bb, float text_offset_y)
+{
+ ItemSize(bb.GetSize(), text_offset_y);
+}
+
+static ImGuiDir inline NavScoreItemGetQuadrant(float dx, float dy)
+{
+ if (ImFabs(dx) > ImFabs(dy))
+ return (dx > 0.0f) ? ImGuiDir_Right : ImGuiDir_Left;
+ return (dy > 0.0f) ? ImGuiDir_Down : ImGuiDir_Up;
+}
+
+static float inline NavScoreItemDistInterval(float a0, float a1, float b0, float b1)
+{
+ if (a1 < b0)
+ return a1 - b0;
+ if (b1 < a0)
+ return a0 - b1;
+ return 0.0f;
+}
+
+static void inline NavClampRectToVisibleAreaForMoveDir(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImRect& r, const ImRect& clip_rect)
+{
+ if (move_dir == ImGuiDir_Left || move_dir == ImGuiDir_Right)
+ {
+ r.Min.y = ImClamp(r.Min.y, clip_rect.Min.y, clip_rect.Max.y);
+ r.Max.y = ImClamp(r.Max.y, clip_rect.Min.y, clip_rect.Max.y);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ r.Min.x = ImClamp(r.Min.x, clip_rect.Min.x, clip_rect.Max.x);
+ r.Max.x = ImClamp(r.Max.x, clip_rect.Min.x, clip_rect.Max.x);
+ }
+}
+
+// Scoring function for directional navigation. Based on https://gist.github.com/rygorous/6981057
+static bool NavScoreItem(ImGuiNavMoveResult* result, ImRect cand)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+ if (g.NavLayer != window->DC.NavLayerCurrent)
+ return false;
+
+ const ImRect& curr = g.NavScoringRectScreen; // Current modified source rect (NB: we've applied Max.x = Min.x in NavUpdate() to inhibit the effect of having varied item width)
+ g.NavScoringCount++;
+
+ // When entering through a NavFlattened border, we consider child window items as fully clipped for scoring
+ if (window->ParentWindow == g.NavWindow)
+ {
+ IM_ASSERT((window->Flags | g.NavWindow->Flags) & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened);
+ if (!window->ClipRect.Contains(cand))
+ return false;
+ cand.ClipWithFull(window->ClipRect); // This allows the scored item to not overlap other candidates in the parent window
+ }
+
+ // We perform scoring on items bounding box clipped by the current clipping rectangle on the other axis (clipping on our movement axis would give us equal scores for all clipped items)
+ // For example, this ensure that items in one column are not reached when moving vertically from items in another column.
+ NavClampRectToVisibleAreaForMoveDir(g.NavMoveClipDir, cand, window->ClipRect);
+
+ // Compute distance between boxes
+ // FIXME-NAV: Introducing biases for vertical navigation, needs to be removed.
+ float dbx = NavScoreItemDistInterval(cand.Min.x, cand.Max.x, curr.Min.x, curr.Max.x);
+ float dby = NavScoreItemDistInterval(ImLerp(cand.Min.y, cand.Max.y, 0.2f), ImLerp(cand.Min.y, cand.Max.y, 0.8f), ImLerp(curr.Min.y, curr.Max.y, 0.2f), ImLerp(curr.Min.y, curr.Max.y, 0.8f)); // Scale down on Y to keep using box-distance for vertically touching items
+ if (dby != 0.0f && dbx != 0.0f)
+ dbx = (dbx/1000.0f) + ((dbx > 0.0f) ? +1.0f : -1.0f);
+ float dist_box = ImFabs(dbx) + ImFabs(dby);
+
+ // Compute distance between centers (this is off by a factor of 2, but we only compare center distances with each other so it doesn't matter)
+ float dcx = (cand.Min.x + cand.Max.x) - (curr.Min.x + curr.Max.x);
+ float dcy = (cand.Min.y + cand.Max.y) - (curr.Min.y + curr.Max.y);
+ float dist_center = ImFabs(dcx) + ImFabs(dcy); // L1 metric (need this for our connectedness guarantee)
+
+ // Determine which quadrant of 'curr' our candidate item 'cand' lies in based on distance
+ ImGuiDir quadrant;
+ float dax = 0.0f, day = 0.0f, dist_axial = 0.0f;
+ if (dbx != 0.0f || dby != 0.0f)
+ {
+ // For non-overlapping boxes, use distance between boxes
+ dax = dbx;
+ day = dby;
+ dist_axial = dist_box;
+ quadrant = NavScoreItemGetQuadrant(dbx, dby);
+ }
+ else if (dcx != 0.0f || dcy != 0.0f)
+ {
+ // For overlapping boxes with different centers, use distance between centers
+ dax = dcx;
+ day = dcy;
+ dist_axial = dist_center;
+ quadrant = NavScoreItemGetQuadrant(dcx, dcy);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // Degenerate case: two overlapping buttons with same center, break ties arbitrarily (note that LastItemId here is really the _previous_ item order, but it doesn't matter)
+ quadrant = (window->DC.LastItemId < g.NavId) ? ImGuiDir_Left : ImGuiDir_Right;
+ }
+
+#if IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING
+ char buf[128];
+ if (ImGui::IsMouseHoveringRect(cand.Min, cand.Max))
+ {
+ ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "dbox (%.2f,%.2f->%.4f)\ndcen (%.2f,%.2f->%.4f)\nd (%.2f,%.2f->%.4f)\nnav %c, quadrant %c", dbx, dby, dist_box, dcx, dcy, dist_center, dax, day, dist_axial, "WENS"[g.NavMoveDir], "WENS"[quadrant]);
+ ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetOverlayDrawList();
+ draw_list->AddRect(curr.Min, curr.Max, IM_COL32(255,200,0,100));
+ draw_list->AddRect(cand.Min, cand.Max, IM_COL32(255,255,0,200));
+ draw_list->AddRectFilled(cand.Max-ImVec2(4,4), cand.Max+ImGui::CalcTextSize(buf)+ImVec2(4,4), IM_COL32(40,0,0,150));
+ draw_list->AddText(g.IO.FontDefault, 13.0f, cand.Max, ~0U, buf);
+ }
+ else if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) // Hold to preview score in matching quadrant. Press C to rotate.
+ {
+ if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_C)) { g.NavMoveDirLast = (ImGuiDir)((g.NavMoveDirLast + 1) & 3); g.IO.KeysDownDuration[g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_C]] = 0.01f; }
+ if (quadrant == g.NavMoveDir)
+ {
+ ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "%.0f/%.0f", dist_box, dist_center);
+ ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetOverlayDrawList();
+ draw_list->AddRectFilled(cand.Min, cand.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 200));
+ draw_list->AddText(g.IO.FontDefault, 13.0f, cand.Min, IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 255), buf);
+ }
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ // Is it in the quadrant we're interesting in moving to?
+ bool new_best = false;
+ if (quadrant == g.NavMoveDir)
+ {
+ // Does it beat the current best candidate?
+ if (dist_box < result->DistBox)
+ {
+ result->DistBox = dist_box;
+ result->DistCenter = dist_center;
+ return true;
+ }
+ if (dist_box == result->DistBox)
+ {
+ // Try using distance between center points to break ties
+ if (dist_center < result->DistCenter)
+ {
+ result->DistCenter = dist_center;
+ new_best = true;
+ }
+ else if (dist_center == result->DistCenter)
+ {
+ // Still tied! we need to be extra-careful to make sure everything gets linked properly. We consistently break ties by symbolically moving "later" items
+ // (with higher index) to the right/downwards by an infinitesimal amount since we the current "best" button already (so it must have a lower index),
+ // this is fairly easy. This rule ensures that all buttons with dx==dy==0 will end up being linked in order of appearance along the x axis.
+ if (((g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up || g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Down) ? dby : dbx) < 0.0f) // moving bj to the right/down decreases distance
+ new_best = true;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Axial check: if 'curr' has no link at all in some direction and 'cand' lies roughly in that direction, add a tentative link. This will only be kept if no "real" matches
+ // are found, so it only augments the graph produced by the above method using extra links. (important, since it doesn't guarantee strong connectedness)
+ // This is just to avoid buttons having no links in a particular direction when there's a suitable neighbor. you get good graphs without this too.
+ // 2017/09/29: FIXME: This now currently only enabled inside menu bars, ideally we'd disable it everywhere. Menus in particular need to catch failure. For general navigation it feels awkward.
+ // Disabling it may lead to disconnected graphs when nodes are very spaced out on different axis. Perhaps consider offering this as an option?
+ if (result->DistBox == FLT_MAX && dist_axial < result->DistAxial) // Check axial match
+ if (g.NavLayer == 1 && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu))
+ if ((g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && dax < 0.0f) || (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right && dax > 0.0f) || (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up && day < 0.0f) || (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Down && day > 0.0f))
+ {
+ result->DistAxial = dist_axial;
+ new_best = true;
+ }
+
+ return new_best;
+}
+
+static void NavSaveLastChildNavWindow(ImGuiWindow* child_window)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* parent_window = child_window;
+ while (parent_window && (parent_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) != 0 && (parent_window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) == 0)
+ parent_window = parent_window->ParentWindow;
+ if (parent_window && parent_window != child_window)
+ parent_window->NavLastChildNavWindow = child_window;
+}
+
+// Call when we are expected to land on Layer 0 after FocusWindow()
+static ImGuiWindow* NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+ return window->NavLastChildNavWindow ? window->NavLastChildNavWindow : window;
+}
+
+static void NavRestoreLayer(int layer)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ g.NavLayer = layer;
+ if (layer == 0)
+ g.NavWindow = NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(g.NavWindow);
+ if (layer == 0 && g.NavWindow->NavLastIds[0] != 0)
+ SetNavIDWithRectRel(g.NavWindow->NavLastIds[0], layer, g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[0]);
+ else
+ ImGui::NavInitWindow(g.NavWindow, true);
+}
+
+static inline void NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag()
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ g.NavAnyRequest = g.NavMoveRequest || g.NavInitRequest || (IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING && g.NavWindow != NULL);
+ if (g.NavAnyRequest)
+ IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindow != NULL);
+}
+
+static bool NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet()
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ return g.NavMoveRequest && g.NavMoveResultLocal.ID == 0 && g.NavMoveResultOther.ID == 0;
+}
+
+void ImGui::NavMoveRequestCancel()
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ g.NavMoveRequest = false;
+ NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();
+}
+
+// We get there when either NavId == id, or when g.NavAnyRequest is set (which is updated by NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag above)
+static void ImGui::NavProcessItem(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& nav_bb, const ImGuiID id)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ //if (!g.IO.NavActive) // [2017/10/06] Removed this possibly redundant test but I am not sure of all the side-effects yet. Some of the feature here will need to work regardless of using a _NoNavInputs flag.
+ // return;
+
+ const ImGuiItemFlags item_flags = window->DC.ItemFlags;
+ const ImRect nav_bb_rel(nav_bb.Min - window->Pos, nav_bb.Max - window->Pos);
+
+ // Process Init Request
+ if (g.NavInitRequest && g.NavLayer == window->DC.NavLayerCurrent)
+ {
+ // Even if 'ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus' is on (typically collapse/close button) we record the first ResultId so they can be used as a fallback
+ if (!(item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus) || g.NavInitResultId == 0)
+ {
+ g.NavInitResultId = id;
+ g.NavInitResultRectRel = nav_bb_rel;
+ }
+ if (!(item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus))
+ {
+ g.NavInitRequest = false; // Found a match, clear request
+ NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Process Move Request (scoring for navigation)
+ // FIXME-NAV: Consider policy for double scoring (scoring from NavScoringRectScreen + scoring from a rect wrapped according to current wrapping policy)
+ if ((g.NavId != id || (g.NavMoveRequestFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId)) && !(item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav))
+ {
+ ImGuiNavMoveResult* result = (window == g.NavWindow) ? &g.NavMoveResultLocal : &g.NavMoveResultOther;
+#if IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING
+ // [DEBUG] Score all items in NavWindow at all times
+ if (!g.NavMoveRequest)
+ g.NavMoveDir = g.NavMoveDirLast;
+ bool new_best = NavScoreItem(result, nav_bb) && g.NavMoveRequest;
+#else
+ bool new_best = g.NavMoveRequest && NavScoreItem(result, nav_bb);
+#endif
+ if (new_best)
+ {
+ result->ID = id;
+ result->Window = window;
+ result->RectRel = nav_bb_rel;
+ }
+
+ const float VISIBLE_RATIO = 0.70f;
+ if ((g.NavMoveRequestFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet) && window->ClipRect.Overlaps(nav_bb))
+ if (ImClamp(nav_bb.Max.y, window->ClipRect.Min.y, window->ClipRect.Max.y) - ImClamp(nav_bb.Min.y, window->ClipRect.Min.y, window->ClipRect.Max.y) >= (nav_bb.Max.y - nav_bb.Min.y) * VISIBLE_RATIO)
+ if (NavScoreItem(&g.NavMoveResultLocalVisibleSet, nav_bb))
+ {
+ result = &g.NavMoveResultLocalVisibleSet;
+ result->ID = id;
+ result->Window = window;
+ result->RectRel = nav_bb_rel;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Update window-relative bounding box of navigated item
+ if (g.NavId == id)
+ {
+ g.NavWindow = window; // Always refresh g.NavWindow, because some operations such as FocusItem() don't have a window.
+ g.NavLayer = window->DC.NavLayerCurrent;
+ g.NavIdIsAlive = true;
+ g.NavIdTabCounter = window->FocusIdxTabCounter;
+ window->NavRectRel[window->DC.NavLayerCurrent] = nav_bb_rel; // Store item bounding box (relative to window position)
+ }
+}
+
+// Declare item bounding box for clipping and interaction.
+// Note that the size can be different than the one provided to ItemSize(). Typically, widgets that spread over available surface
+// declare their minimum size requirement to ItemSize() and then use a larger region for drawing/interaction, which is passed to ItemAdd().
+bool ImGui::ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const ImRect* nav_bb_arg)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+
+ if (id != 0)
+ {
+ // Navigation processing runs prior to clipping early-out
+ // (a) So that NavInitRequest can be honored, for newly opened windows to select a default widget
+ // (b) So that we can scroll up/down past clipped items. This adds a small O(N) cost to regular navigation requests unfortunately, but it is still limited to one window.
+ // it may not scale very well for windows with ten of thousands of item, but at least NavMoveRequest is only set on user interaction, aka maximum once a frame.
+ // We could early out with "if (is_clipped && !g.NavInitRequest) return false;" but when we wouldn't be able to reach unclipped widgets. This would work if user had explicit scrolling control (e.g. mapped on a stick)
+ window->DC.NavLayerActiveMaskNext |= window->DC.NavLayerCurrentMask;
+ if (g.NavId == id || g.NavAnyRequest)
+ if (g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav == window->RootWindowForNav)
+ if (window == g.NavWindow || ((window->Flags | g.NavWindow->Flags) & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened))
+ NavProcessItem(window, nav_bb_arg ? *nav_bb_arg : bb, id);
+ }
+
+ window->DC.LastItemId = id;
+ window->DC.LastItemRect = bb;
+ window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags = 0;
+
+ // Clipping test
+ const bool is_clipped = IsClippedEx(bb, id, false);
+ if (is_clipped)
+ return false;
+ //if (g.IO.KeyAlt) window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, IM_COL32(255,255,0,120)); // [DEBUG]
+
+ // We need to calculate this now to take account of the current clipping rectangle (as items like Selectable may change them)
+ if (IsMouseHoveringRect(bb.Min, bb.Max))
+ window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect;
+ return true;
+}
+
+// This is roughly matching the behavior of internal-facing ItemHoverable()
+// - we allow hovering to be true when ActiveId==window->MoveID, so that clicking on non-interactive items such as a Text() item still returns true with IsItemHovered()
+// - this should work even for non-interactive items that have no ID, so we cannot use LastItemId
+bool ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+ if (g.NavDisableMouseHover && !g.NavDisableHighlight)
+ return IsItemFocused();
+
+ // Test for bounding box overlap, as updated as ItemAdd()
+ if (!(window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect))
+ return false;
+ IM_ASSERT((flags & (ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows)) == 0); // Flags not supported by this function
+
+ // Test if we are hovering the right window (our window could be behind another window)
+ // [2017/10/16] Reverted commit 344d48be3 and testing RootWindow instead. I believe it is correct to NOT test for RootWindow but this leaves us unable to use IsItemHovered() after EndChild() itself.
+ // Until a solution is found I believe reverting to the test from 2017/09/27 is safe since this was the test that has been running for a long while.
+ //if (g.HoveredWindow != window)
+ // return false;
+ if (g.HoveredRootWindow != window->RootWindow && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped))
+ return false;
+
+ // Test if another item is active (e.g. being dragged)
+ if (!(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem))
+ if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveId != window->DC.LastItemId && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap && g.ActiveId != window->MoveId)
+ return false;
+
+ // Test if interactions on this window are blocked by an active popup or modal
+ if (!IsWindowContentHoverable(window, flags))
+ return false;
+
+ // Test if the item is disabled
+ if ((window->DC.ItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled))
+ return false;
+
+ // Special handling for the 1st item after Begin() which represent the title bar. When the window is collapsed (SkipItems==true) that last item will never be overwritten so we need to detect tht case.
+ if (window->DC.LastItemId == window->MoveId && window->WriteAccessed)
+ return false;
+ return true;
+}
+
+// Internal facing ItemHoverable() used when submitting widgets. Differs slightly from IsItemHovered().
+bool ImGui::ItemHoverable(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ if (g.HoveredId != 0 && g.HoveredId != id && !g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap)
+ return false;
+
+ ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+ if (g.HoveredWindow != window)
+ return false;
+ if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveId != id && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap)
+ return false;
+ if (!IsMouseHoveringRect(bb.Min, bb.Max))
+ return false;
+ if (g.NavDisableMouseHover || !IsWindowContentHoverable(window, ImGuiHoveredFlags_None))
+ return false;
+ if (window->DC.ItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled)
+ return false;
+
+ SetHoveredID(id);
+ return true;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsClippedEx(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool clip_even_when_logged)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+ if (!bb.Overlaps(window->ClipRect))
+ if (id == 0 || id != g.ActiveId)
+ if (clip_even_when_logged || !g.LogEnabled)
+ return true;
+ return false;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::FocusableItemRegister(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id, bool tab_stop)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+
+ const bool allow_keyboard_focus = (window->DC.ItemFlags & (ImGuiItemFlags_AllowKeyboardFocus | ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled)) == ImGuiItemFlags_AllowKeyboardFocus;
+ window->FocusIdxAllCounter++;
+ if (allow_keyboard_focus)
+ window->FocusIdxTabCounter++;
+
+ // Process keyboard input at this point: TAB/Shift-TAB to tab out of the currently focused item.
+ // Note that we can always TAB out of a widget that doesn't allow tabbing in.
+ if (tab_stop && (g.ActiveId == id) && window->FocusIdxAllRequestNext == INT_MAX && window->FocusIdxTabRequestNext == INT_MAX && !g.IO.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Tab))
+ window->FocusIdxTabRequestNext = window->FocusIdxTabCounter + (g.IO.KeyShift ? (allow_keyboard_focus ? -1 : 0) : +1); // Modulo on index will be applied at the end of frame once we've got the total counter of items.
+
+ if (window->FocusIdxAllCounter == window->FocusIdxAllRequestCurrent)
+ return true;
+ if (allow_keyboard_focus && window->FocusIdxTabCounter == window->FocusIdxTabRequestCurrent)
+ {
+ g.NavJustTabbedId = id;
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+void ImGui::FocusableItemUnregister(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+ window->FocusIdxAllCounter--;
+ window->FocusIdxTabCounter--;
+}
+
+ImVec2 ImGui::CalcItemSize(ImVec2 size, float default_x, float default_y)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ ImVec2 content_max;
+ if (size.x < 0.0f || size.y < 0.0f)
+ content_max = g.CurrentWindow->Pos + GetContentRegionMax();
+ if (size.x <= 0.0f)
+ size.x = (size.x == 0.0f) ? default_x : ImMax(content_max.x - g.CurrentWindow->DC.CursorPos.x, 4.0f) + size.x;
+ if (size.y <= 0.0f)
+ size.y = (size.y == 0.0f) ? default_y : ImMax(content_max.y - g.CurrentWindow->DC.CursorPos.y, 4.0f) + size.y;
+ return size;
+}
+
+float ImGui::CalcWrapWidthForPos(const ImVec2& pos, float wrap_pos_x)
+{
+ if (wrap_pos_x < 0.0f)
+ return 0.0f;
+
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+ if (wrap_pos_x == 0.0f)
+ wrap_pos_x = GetContentRegionMax().x + window->Pos.x;
+ else if (wrap_pos_x > 0.0f)
+ wrap_pos_x += window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x; // wrap_pos_x is provided is window local space
+
+ return ImMax(wrap_pos_x - pos.x, 1.0f);
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void* ImGui::MemAlloc(size_t size)
+{
+ GImAllocatorActiveAllocationsCount++;
+ return GImAllocatorAllocFunc(size, GImAllocatorUserData);
+}
+
+void ImGui::MemFree(void* ptr)
+{
+ if (ptr) GImAllocatorActiveAllocationsCount--;
+ return GImAllocatorFreeFunc(ptr, GImAllocatorUserData);
+}
+
+const char* ImGui::GetClipboardText()
+{
+ return GImGui->IO.GetClipboardTextFn ? GImGui->IO.GetClipboardTextFn(GImGui->IO.ClipboardUserData) : "";
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetClipboardText(const char* text)
+{
+ if (GImGui->IO.SetClipboardTextFn)
+ GImGui->IO.SetClipboardTextFn(GImGui->IO.ClipboardUserData, text);
+}
+
+const char* ImGui::GetVersion()
+{
+ return IMGUI_VERSION;
+}
+
+// Internal state access - if you want to share ImGui state between modules (e.g. DLL) or allocate it yourself
+// Note that we still point to some static data and members (such as GFontAtlas), so the state instance you end up using will point to the static data within its module
+ImGuiContext* ImGui::GetCurrentContext()
+{
+ return GImGui;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetCurrentContext(ImGuiContext* ctx)
+{
+#ifdef IMGUI_SET_CURRENT_CONTEXT_FUNC
+ IMGUI_SET_CURRENT_CONTEXT_FUNC(ctx); // For custom thread-based hackery you may want to have control over this.
+#else
+ GImGui = ctx;
+#endif
+}
+
+// Helper function to verify that the type sizes are matching between the calling file's compilation unit and imgui.cpp's compilation unit
+// If the user has inconsistent compilation settings, imgui configuration #define, packing pragma, etc. you may see different structures from what imgui.cpp sees which is highly problematic.
+bool ImGui::DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(const char* version, size_t sz_io, size_t sz_style, size_t sz_vec2, size_t sz_vec4, size_t sz_vert)
+{
+ bool error = false;
+ if (strcmp(version, IMGUI_VERSION)!=0) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(strcmp(version,IMGUI_VERSION)==0 && "Mismatch version string!"); }
+ if (sz_io != sizeof(ImGuiIO)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_io == sizeof(ImGuiIO) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); }
+ if (sz_style != sizeof(ImGuiStyle)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_style == sizeof(ImGuiStyle) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); }
+ if (sz_vec2 != sizeof(ImVec2)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_vec2 == sizeof(ImVec2) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); }
+ if (sz_vec4 != sizeof(ImVec4)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_vec4 == sizeof(ImVec4) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); }
+ if (sz_vert != sizeof(ImDrawVert)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_vert == sizeof(ImDrawVert) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); }
+ return !error;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions(void* (*alloc_func)(size_t sz, void* user_data), void(*free_func)(void* ptr, void* user_data), void* user_data)
+{
+ GImAllocatorAllocFunc = alloc_func;
+ GImAllocatorFreeFunc = free_func;
+ GImAllocatorUserData = user_data;
+}
+
+ImGuiContext* ImGui::CreateContext(ImFontAtlas* shared_font_atlas)
+{
+ ImGuiContext* ctx = IM_NEW(ImGuiContext)(shared_font_atlas);
+ if (GImGui == NULL)
+ SetCurrentContext(ctx);
+ Initialize(ctx);
+ return ctx;
+}
+
+void ImGui::DestroyContext(ImGuiContext* ctx)
+{
+ if (ctx == NULL)
+ ctx = GImGui;
+ Shutdown(ctx);
+ if (GImGui == ctx)
+ SetCurrentContext(NULL);
+ IM_DELETE(ctx);
+}
+
+ImGuiIO& ImGui::GetIO()
+{
+ IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL && "No current context. Did you call ImGui::CreateContext() or ImGui::SetCurrentContext()?");
+ return GImGui->IO;
+}
+
+ImGuiStyle& ImGui::GetStyle()
+{
+ IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL && "No current context. Did you call ImGui::CreateContext() or ImGui::SetCurrentContext()?");
+ return GImGui->Style;
+}
+
+// Same value as passed to the old io.RenderDrawListsFn function. Valid after Render() and until the next call to NewFrame()
+ImDrawData* ImGui::GetDrawData()
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ return g.DrawData.Valid ? &g.DrawData : NULL;
+}
+
+double ImGui::GetTime()
+{
+ return GImGui->Time;
+}
+
+int ImGui::GetFrameCount()
+{
+ return GImGui->FrameCount;
+}
+
+ImDrawList* ImGui::GetOverlayDrawList()
+{
+ return &GImGui->OverlayDrawList;
+}
+
+ImDrawListSharedData* ImGui::GetDrawListSharedData()
+{
+ return &GImGui->DrawListSharedData;
+}
+
+// This needs to be called before we submit any widget (aka in or before Begin)
+void ImGui::NavInitWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, bool force_reinit)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ IM_ASSERT(window == g.NavWindow);
+ bool init_for_nav = false;
+ if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs))
+ if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) || (window->NavLastIds[0] == 0) || force_reinit)
+ init_for_nav = true;
+ if (init_for_nav)
+ {
+ SetNavID(0, g.NavLayer);
+ g.NavInitRequest = true;
+ g.NavInitRequestFromMove = false;
+ g.NavInitResultId = 0;
+ g.NavInitResultRectRel = ImRect();
+ NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ g.NavId = window->NavLastIds[0];
+ }
+}
+
+static ImVec2 NavCalcPreferredRefPos()
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ if (g.NavDisableHighlight || !g.NavDisableMouseHover || !g.NavWindow)
+ return ImFloor(g.IO.MousePos);
+
+ // When navigation is active and mouse is disabled, decide on an arbitrary position around the bottom left of the currently navigated item
+ const ImRect& rect_rel = g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer];
+ ImVec2 pos = g.NavWindow->Pos + ImVec2(rect_rel.Min.x + ImMin(g.Style.FramePadding.x*4, rect_rel.GetWidth()), rect_rel.Max.y - ImMin(g.Style.FramePadding.y, rect_rel.GetHeight()));
+ ImRect visible_rect = GetViewportRect();
+ return ImFloor(ImClamp(pos, visible_rect.Min, visible_rect.Max)); // ImFloor() is important because non-integer mouse position application in back-end might be lossy and result in undesirable non-zero delta.
+}
+
+static int FindWindowIndex(ImGuiWindow* window) // FIXME-OPT O(N)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ for (int i = g.Windows.Size-1; i >= 0; i--)
+ if (g.Windows[i] == window)
+ return i;
+ return -1;
+}
+
+static ImGuiWindow* FindWindowNavigable(int i_start, int i_stop, int dir) // FIXME-OPT O(N)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ for (int i = i_start; i >= 0 && i < g.Windows.Size && i != i_stop; i += dir)
+ if (ImGui::IsWindowNavFocusable(g.Windows[i]))
+ return g.Windows[i];
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+float ImGui::GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput n, ImGuiInputReadMode mode)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ if (mode == ImGuiInputReadMode_Down)
+ return g.IO.NavInputs[n]; // Instant, read analog input (0.0f..1.0f, as provided by user)
+
+ const float t = g.IO.NavInputsDownDuration[n];
+ if (t < 0.0f && mode == ImGuiInputReadMode_Released) // Return 1.0f when just released, no repeat, ignore analog input.
+ return (g.IO.NavInputsDownDurationPrev[n] >= 0.0f ? 1.0f : 0.0f);
+ if (t < 0.0f)
+ return 0.0f;
+ if (mode == ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed) // Return 1.0f when just pressed, no repeat, ignore analog input.
+ return (t == 0.0f) ? 1.0f : 0.0f;
+ if (mode == ImGuiInputReadMode_Repeat)
+ return (float)CalcTypematicPressedRepeatAmount(t, t - g.IO.DeltaTime, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay * 0.80f, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate * 0.80f);
+ if (mode == ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatSlow)
+ return (float)CalcTypematicPressedRepeatAmount(t, t - g.IO.DeltaTime, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay * 1.00f, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate * 2.00f);
+ if (mode == ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatFast)
+ return (float)CalcTypematicPressedRepeatAmount(t, t - g.IO.DeltaTime, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay * 0.80f, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate * 0.30f);
+ return 0.0f;
+}
+
+// Equivalent of IsKeyDown() for NavInputs[]
+static bool IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput n)
+{
+ return GImGui->IO.NavInputs[n] > 0.0f;
+}
+
+// Equivalent of IsKeyPressed() for NavInputs[]
+static bool IsNavInputPressed(ImGuiNavInput n, ImGuiInputReadMode mode)
+{
+ return ImGui::GetNavInputAmount(n, mode) > 0.0f;
+}
+
+static bool IsNavInputPressedAnyOfTwo(ImGuiNavInput n1, ImGuiNavInput n2, ImGuiInputReadMode mode)
+{
+ return (ImGui::GetNavInputAmount(n1, mode) + ImGui::GetNavInputAmount(n2, mode)) > 0.0f;
+}
+
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags dir_sources, ImGuiInputReadMode mode, float slow_factor, float fast_factor)
+{
+ ImVec2 delta(0.0f, 0.0f);
+ if (dir_sources & ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_Keyboard)
+ delta += ImVec2(GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_KeyRight_, mode) - GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_KeyLeft_, mode), GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_KeyDown_, mode) - GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_KeyUp_, mode));
+ if (dir_sources & ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadDPad)
+ delta += ImVec2(GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_DpadRight, mode) - GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_DpadLeft, mode), GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_DpadDown, mode) - GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_DpadUp, mode));
+ if (dir_sources & ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadLStick)
+ delta += ImVec2(GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_LStickRight, mode) - GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_LStickLeft, mode), GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_LStickDown, mode) - GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_LStickUp, mode));
+ if (slow_factor != 0.0f && IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow))
+ delta *= slow_factor;
+ if (fast_factor != 0.0f && IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_TweakFast))
+ delta *= fast_factor;
+ return delta;
+}
+
+static void NavUpdateWindowingHighlightWindow(int focus_change_dir)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindowingTarget);
+ if (g.NavWindowingTarget->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)
+ return;
+
+ const int i_current = FindWindowIndex(g.NavWindowingTarget);
+ ImGuiWindow* window_target = FindWindowNavigable(i_current + focus_change_dir, -INT_MAX, focus_change_dir);
+ if (!window_target)
+ window_target = FindWindowNavigable((focus_change_dir < 0) ? (g.Windows.Size - 1) : 0, i_current, focus_change_dir);
+ if (window_target) // Don't reset windowing target if there's a single window in the list
+ g.NavWindowingTarget = g.NavWindowingTargetAnim = window_target;
+ g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false;
+}
+
+// Window management mode (hold to: change focus/move/resize, tap to: toggle menu layer)
+static void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowing()
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiWindow* apply_focus_window = NULL;
+ bool apply_toggle_layer = false;
+
+ ImGuiWindow* modal_window = GetFrontMostPopupModal();
+ if (modal_window != NULL)
+ {
+ g.NavWindowingTarget = NULL;
+ return;
+ }
+
+ // Fade out
+ if (g.NavWindowingTargetAnim && g.NavWindowingTarget == NULL)
+ {
+ g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = ImMax(g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha - g.IO.DeltaTime * 10.0f, 0.0f);
+ if (g.DimBgRatio <= 0.0f && g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha <= 0.0f)
+ g.NavWindowingTargetAnim = NULL;
+ }
+
+ // Start CTRL-TAB or Square+L/R window selection
+ bool start_windowing_with_gamepad = !g.NavWindowingTarget && IsNavInputPressed(ImGuiNavInput_Menu, ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed);
+ bool start_windowing_with_keyboard = !g.NavWindowingTarget && g.IO.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Tab) && (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard);
+ if (start_windowing_with_gamepad || start_windowing_with_keyboard)
+ if (ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow : FindWindowNavigable(g.Windows.Size - 1, -INT_MAX, -1))
+ {
+ g.NavWindowingTarget = g.NavWindowingTargetAnim = window;
+ g.NavWindowingTimer = g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = 0.0f;
+ g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = start_windowing_with_keyboard ? false : true;
+ g.NavInputSource = start_windowing_with_keyboard ? ImGuiInputSource_NavKeyboard : ImGuiInputSource_NavGamepad;
+ }
+
+ // Gamepad update
+ g.NavWindowingTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime;
+ if (g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_NavGamepad)
+ {
+ // Highlight only appears after a brief time holding the button, so that a fast tap on PadMenu (to toggle NavLayer) doesn't add visual noise
+ g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = ImMax(g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha, ImSaturate((g.NavWindowingTimer - NAV_WINDOWING_HIGHLIGHT_DELAY) / 0.05f));
+
+ // Select window to focus
+ const int focus_change_dir = (int)IsNavInputPressed(ImGuiNavInput_FocusPrev, ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatSlow) - (int)IsNavInputPressed(ImGuiNavInput_FocusNext, ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatSlow);
+ if (focus_change_dir != 0)
+ {
+ NavUpdateWindowingHighlightWindow(focus_change_dir);
+ g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = 1.0f;
+ }
+
+ // Single press toggles NavLayer, long press with L/R apply actual focus on release (until then the window was merely rendered front-most)
+ if (!IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_Menu))
+ {
+ g.NavWindowingToggleLayer &= (g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha < 1.0f); // Once button was held long enough we don't consider it a tap-to-toggle-layer press anymore.
+ if (g.NavWindowingToggleLayer && g.NavWindow)
+ apply_toggle_layer = true;
+ else if (!g.NavWindowingToggleLayer)
+ apply_focus_window = g.NavWindowingTarget;
+ g.NavWindowingTarget = NULL;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Keyboard: Focus
+ if (g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_NavKeyboard)
+ {
+ // Visuals only appears after a brief time after pressing TAB the first time, so that a fast CTRL+TAB doesn't add visual noise
+ g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = ImMax(g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha, ImSaturate((g.NavWindowingTimer - NAV_WINDOWING_HIGHLIGHT_DELAY) / 0.05f)); // 1.0f
+ if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Tab, true))
+ NavUpdateWindowingHighlightWindow(g.IO.KeyShift ? +1 : -1);
+ if (!g.IO.KeyCtrl)
+ apply_focus_window = g.NavWindowingTarget;
+ }
+
+ // Keyboard: Press and Release ALT to toggle menu layer
+ // FIXME: We lack an explicit IO variable for "is the imgui window focused", so compare mouse validity to detect the common case of back-end clearing releases all keys on ALT-TAB
+ if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap) && IsNavInputPressed(ImGuiNavInput_KeyMenu_, ImGuiInputReadMode_Released))
+ if (IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) == IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePosPrev))
+ apply_toggle_layer = true;
+
+ // Move window
+ if (g.NavWindowingTarget && !(g.NavWindowingTarget->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove))
+ {
+ ImVec2 move_delta;
+ if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_NavKeyboard && !g.IO.KeyShift)
+ move_delta = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_Keyboard, ImGuiInputReadMode_Down);
+ if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_NavGamepad)
+ move_delta = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadLStick, ImGuiInputReadMode_Down);
+ if (move_delta.x != 0.0f || move_delta.y != 0.0f)
+ {
+ const float NAV_MOVE_SPEED = 800.0f;
+ const float move_speed = ImFloor(NAV_MOVE_SPEED * g.IO.DeltaTime * ImMin(g.IO.DisplayFramebufferScale.x, g.IO.DisplayFramebufferScale.y)); // FIXME: Doesn't code variable framerate very well
+ g.NavWindowingTarget->RootWindow->Pos += move_delta * move_speed;
+ g.NavDisableMouseHover = true;
+ MarkIniSettingsDirty(g.NavWindowingTarget);
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Apply final focus
+ if (apply_focus_window && (g.NavWindow == NULL || apply_focus_window != g.NavWindow->RootWindow))
+ {
+ g.NavDisableHighlight = false;
+ g.NavDisableMouseHover = true;
+ apply_focus_window = NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(apply_focus_window);
+ ClosePopupsOverWindow(apply_focus_window);
+ FocusWindow(apply_focus_window);
+ if (apply_focus_window->NavLastIds[0] == 0)
+ NavInitWindow(apply_focus_window, false);
+
+ // If the window only has a menu layer, select it directly
+ if (apply_focus_window->DC.NavLayerActiveMask == (1 << 1))
+ g.NavLayer = 1;
+ }
+ if (apply_focus_window)
+ g.NavWindowingTarget = NULL;
+
+ // Apply menu/layer toggle
+ if (apply_toggle_layer && g.NavWindow)
+ {
+ // Move to parent menu if necessary
+ ImGuiWindow* new_nav_window = g.NavWindow;
+ while ((new_nav_window->DC.NavLayerActiveMask & (1 << 1)) == 0 && (new_nav_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) != 0 && (new_nav_window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) == 0)
+ new_nav_window = new_nav_window->ParentWindow;
+
+ if (new_nav_window != g.NavWindow)
+ {
+ ImGuiWindow* old_nav_window = g.NavWindow;
+ FocusWindow(new_nav_window);
+ new_nav_window->NavLastChildNavWindow = old_nav_window;
+ }
+ g.NavDisableHighlight = false;
+ g.NavDisableMouseHover = true;
+ NavRestoreLayer((g.NavWindow->DC.NavLayerActiveMask & (1 << 1)) ? (g.NavLayer ^ 1) : 0);
+ }
+}
+
+// Window has already passed the IsWindowNavFocusable()
+static const char* GetFallbackWindowNameForWindowingList(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+ if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)
+ return "(Popup)";
+ if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) && strcmp(window->Name, "##MainMenuBar") == 0)
+ return "(Main menu bar)";
+ return "(Untitled)";
+}
+
+// Overlay displayed when using CTRL+TAB. Called by EndFrame().
+void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowingList()
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL);
+
+ if (g.NavWindowingTimer < NAV_WINDOWING_LIST_APPEAR_DELAY)
+ return;
+
+ if (g.NavWindowingList == NULL)
+ g.NavWindowingList = FindWindowByName("###NavWindowingList");
+ SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(g.IO.DisplaySize.x * 0.20f, g.IO.DisplaySize.y * 0.20f), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX));
+ SetNextWindowPos(g.IO.DisplaySize * 0.5f, ImGuiCond_Always, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f));
+ PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, g.Style.WindowPadding * 2.0f);
+ Begin("###NavWindowingList", NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNav | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize);
+ for (int n = g.Windows.Size - 1; n >= 0; n--)
+ {
+ ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[n];
+ if (!IsWindowNavFocusable(window))
+ continue;
+ const char* label = window->Name;
+ if (label == FindRenderedTextEnd(label))
+ label = GetFallbackWindowNameForWindowingList(window);
+ Selectable(label, g.NavWindowingTarget == window);
+ }
+ End();
+ PopStyleVar();
+}
+
+// Scroll to keep newly navigated item fully into view
+// NB: We modify rect_rel by the amount we scrolled for, so it is immediately updated.
+static void NavScrollToBringItemIntoView(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& item_rect)
+{
+ ImRect window_rect(window->InnerMainRect.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), window->InnerMainRect.Max + ImVec2(1, 1));
+ //g.OverlayDrawList.AddRect(window_rect.Min, window_rect.Max, IM_COL32_WHITE); // [DEBUG]
+ if (window_rect.Contains(item_rect))
+ return;
+
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ if (window->ScrollbarX && item_rect.Min.x < window_rect.Min.x)
+ {
+ window->ScrollTarget.x = item_rect.Min.x - window->Pos.x + window->Scroll.x - g.Style.ItemSpacing.x;
+ window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.x = 0.0f;
+ }
+ else if (window->ScrollbarX && item_rect.Max.x >= window_rect.Max.x)
+ {
+ window->ScrollTarget.x = item_rect.Max.x - window->Pos.x + window->Scroll.x + g.Style.ItemSpacing.x;
+ window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.x = 1.0f;
+ }
+ if (item_rect.Min.y < window_rect.Min.y)
+ {
+ window->ScrollTarget.y = item_rect.Min.y - window->Pos.y + window->Scroll.y - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y;
+ window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y = 0.0f;
+ }
+ else if (item_rect.Max.y >= window_rect.Max.y)
+ {
+ window->ScrollTarget.y = item_rect.Max.y - window->Pos.y + window->Scroll.y + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y;
+ window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y = 1.0f;
+ }
+}
+
+static void ImGui::NavUpdate()
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ g.IO.WantSetMousePos = false;
+
+#if 0
+ if (g.NavScoringCount > 0) printf("[%05d] NavScoringCount %d for '%s' layer %d (Init:%d, Move:%d)\n", g.FrameCount, g.NavScoringCount, g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow->Name : "NULL", g.NavLayer, g.NavInitRequest || g.NavInitResultId != 0, g.NavMoveRequest);
+#endif
+
+ bool nav_keyboard_active = (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) != 0;
+ bool nav_gamepad_active = (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0;
+
+ // Set input source as Gamepad when buttons are pressed before we map Keyboard (some features differs when used with Gamepad vs Keyboard)
+ if (nav_gamepad_active)
+ if (g.IO.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_Activate] > 0.0f || g.IO.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_Input] > 0.0f || g.IO.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_Cancel] > 0.0f || g.IO.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_Menu] > 0.0f)
+ g.NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_NavGamepad;
+
+ // Update Keyboard->Nav inputs mapping
+ if (nav_keyboard_active)
+ {
+ #define NAV_MAP_KEY(_KEY, _NAV_INPUT) if (IsKeyDown(g.IO.KeyMap[_KEY])) { g.IO.NavInputs[_NAV_INPUT] = 1.0f; g.NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_NavKeyboard; }
+ NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_Space, ImGuiNavInput_Activate );
+ NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_Enter, ImGuiNavInput_Input );
+ NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_Escape, ImGuiNavInput_Cancel );
+ NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_LeftArrow, ImGuiNavInput_KeyLeft_ );
+ NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_RightArrow,ImGuiNavInput_KeyRight_);
+ NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_UpArrow, ImGuiNavInput_KeyUp_ );
+ NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_DownArrow, ImGuiNavInput_KeyDown_ );
+ if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) g.IO.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow] = 1.0f;
+ if (g.IO.KeyShift) g.IO.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_TweakFast] = 1.0f;
+ if (g.IO.KeyAlt) g.IO.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_KeyMenu_] = 1.0f;
+ #undef NAV_MAP_KEY
+ }
+
+ memcpy(g.IO.NavInputsDownDurationPrev, g.IO.NavInputsDownDuration, sizeof(g.IO.NavInputsDownDuration));
+ for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.NavInputs); i++)
+ g.IO.NavInputsDownDuration[i] = (g.IO.NavInputs[i] > 0.0f) ? (g.IO.NavInputsDownDuration[i] < 0.0f ? 0.0f : g.IO.NavInputsDownDuration[i] + g.IO.DeltaTime) : -1.0f;
+
+ // Process navigation init request (select first/default focus)
+ if (g.NavInitResultId != 0 && (!g.NavDisableHighlight || g.NavInitRequestFromMove))
+ {
+ // Apply result from previous navigation init request (will typically select the first item, unless SetItemDefaultFocus() has been called)
+ IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindow);
+ if (g.NavInitRequestFromMove)
+ SetNavIDWithRectRel(g.NavInitResultId, g.NavLayer, g.NavInitResultRectRel);
+ else
+ SetNavID(g.NavInitResultId, g.NavLayer);
+ g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer] = g.NavInitResultRectRel;
+ }
+ g.NavInitRequest = false;
+ g.NavInitRequestFromMove = false;
+ g.NavInitResultId = 0;
+ g.NavJustMovedToId = 0;
+
+ // Process navigation move request
+ if (g.NavMoveRequest && (g.NavMoveResultLocal.ID != 0 || g.NavMoveResultOther.ID != 0))
+ {
+ // Select which result to use
+ ImGuiNavMoveResult* result = (g.NavMoveResultLocal.ID != 0) ? &g.NavMoveResultLocal : &g.NavMoveResultOther;
+
+ // PageUp/PageDown behavior first jumps to the bottom/top mostly visible item, _otherwise_ use the result from the previous/next page.
+ if (g.NavMoveRequestFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet)
+ if (g.NavMoveResultLocalVisibleSet.ID != 0 && g.NavMoveResultLocalVisibleSet.ID != g.NavId)
+ result = &g.NavMoveResultLocalVisibleSet;
+
+ // Maybe entering a flattened child from the outside? In this case solve the tie using the regular scoring rules.
+ if (result != &g.NavMoveResultOther && g.NavMoveResultOther.ID != 0 && g.NavMoveResultOther.Window->ParentWindow == g.NavWindow)
+ if ((g.NavMoveResultOther.DistBox < result->DistBox) || (g.NavMoveResultOther.DistBox == result->DistBox && g.NavMoveResultOther.DistCenter < result->DistCenter))
+ result = &g.NavMoveResultOther;
+ IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindow && result->Window);
+
+ // Scroll to keep newly navigated item fully into view.
+ if (g.NavLayer == 0)
+ {
+ ImRect rect_abs = ImRect(result->RectRel.Min + result->Window->Pos, result->RectRel.Max + result->Window->Pos);
+ NavScrollToBringItemIntoView(result->Window, rect_abs);
+
+ // Estimate upcoming scroll so we can offset our result position so mouse position can be applied immediately after in NavUpdate()
+ ImVec2 next_scroll = CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(result->Window, false);
+ ImVec2 delta_scroll = result->Window->Scroll - next_scroll;
+ result->RectRel.Translate(delta_scroll);
+
+ // Also scroll parent window to keep us into view if necessary (we could/should technically recurse back the whole the parent hierarchy).
+ if (result->Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)
+ NavScrollToBringItemIntoView(result->Window->ParentWindow, ImRect(rect_abs.Min + delta_scroll, rect_abs.Max + delta_scroll));
+ }
+
+ // Apply result from previous frame navigation directional move request
+ ClearActiveID();
+ g.NavWindow = result->Window;
+ SetNavIDWithRectRel(result->ID, g.NavLayer, result->RectRel);
+ g.NavJustMovedToId = result->ID;
+ g.NavMoveFromClampedRefRect = false;
+ }
+
+ // When a forwarded move request failed, we restore the highlight that we disabled during the forward frame
+ if (g.NavMoveRequestForward == ImGuiNavForward_ForwardActive)
+ {
+ IM_ASSERT(g.NavMoveRequest);
+ if (g.NavMoveResultLocal.ID == 0 && g.NavMoveResultOther.ID == 0)
+ g.NavDisableHighlight = false;
+ g.NavMoveRequestForward = ImGuiNavForward_None;
+ }
+
+ // Apply application mouse position movement, after we had a chance to process move request result.
+ if (g.NavMousePosDirty && g.NavIdIsAlive)
+ {
+ // Set mouse position given our knowledge of the navigated item position from last frame
+ if ((g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos) && (g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos))
+ {
+ if (!g.NavDisableHighlight && g.NavDisableMouseHover && g.NavWindow)
+ {
+ g.IO.MousePos = g.IO.MousePosPrev = NavCalcPreferredRefPos();
+ g.IO.WantSetMousePos = true;
+ }
+ }
+ g.NavMousePosDirty = false;
+ }
+ g.NavIdIsAlive = false;
+ g.NavJustTabbedId = 0;
+ IM_ASSERT(g.NavLayer == 0 || g.NavLayer == 1);
+
+ // Store our return window (for returning from Layer 1 to Layer 0) and clear it as soon as we step back in our own Layer 0
+ if (g.NavWindow)
+ NavSaveLastChildNavWindow(g.NavWindow);
+ if (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->NavLastChildNavWindow != NULL && g.NavLayer == 0)
+ g.NavWindow->NavLastChildNavWindow = NULL;
+
+ NavUpdateWindowing();
+
+ // Set output flags for user application
+ g.IO.NavActive = (nav_keyboard_active || nav_gamepad_active) && g.NavWindow && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs);
+ g.IO.NavVisible = (g.IO.NavActive && g.NavId != 0 && !g.NavDisableHighlight) || (g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL) || g.NavInitRequest;
+
+ // Process NavCancel input (to close a popup, get back to parent, clear focus)
+ if (IsNavInputPressed(ImGuiNavInput_Cancel, ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed))
+ {
+ if (g.ActiveId != 0)
+ {
+ ClearActiveID();
+ }
+ else if (g.NavWindow && (g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && g.NavWindow->ParentWindow)
+ {
+ // Exit child window
+ ImGuiWindow* child_window = g.NavWindow;
+ ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.NavWindow->ParentWindow;
+ IM_ASSERT(child_window->ChildId != 0);
+ FocusWindow(parent_window);
+ SetNavID(child_window->ChildId, 0);
+ g.NavIdIsAlive = false;
+ if (g.NavDisableMouseHover)
+ g.NavMousePosDirty = true;
+ }
+ else if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size > 0)
+ {
+ // Close open popup/menu
+ if (!(g.OpenPopupStack.back().Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal))
+ ClosePopupToLevel(g.OpenPopupStack.Size - 1);
+ }
+ else if (g.NavLayer != 0)
+ {
+ // Leave the "menu" layer
+ NavRestoreLayer(0);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // Clear NavLastId for popups but keep it for regular child window so we can leave one and come back where we were
+ if (g.NavWindow && ((g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) || !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)))
+ g.NavWindow->NavLastIds[0] = 0;
+ g.NavId = 0;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Process manual activation request
+ g.NavActivateId = g.NavActivateDownId = g.NavActivatePressedId = g.NavInputId = 0;
+ if (g.NavId != 0 && !g.NavDisableHighlight && !g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavWindow && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs))
+ {
+ bool activate_down = IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_Activate);
+ bool activate_pressed = activate_down && IsNavInputPressed(ImGuiNavInput_Activate, ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed);
+ if (g.ActiveId == 0 && activate_pressed)
+ g.NavActivateId = g.NavId;
+ if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == g.NavId) && activate_down)
+ g.NavActivateDownId = g.NavId;
+ if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == g.NavId) && activate_pressed)
+ g.NavActivatePressedId = g.NavId;
+ if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == g.NavId) && IsNavInputPressed(ImGuiNavInput_Input, ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed))
+ g.NavInputId = g.NavId;
+ }
+ if (g.NavWindow && (g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs))
+ g.NavDisableHighlight = true;
+ if (g.NavActivateId != 0)
+ IM_ASSERT(g.NavActivateDownId == g.NavActivateId);
+ g.NavMoveRequest = false;
+
+ // Process programmatic activation request
+ if (g.NavNextActivateId != 0)
+ g.NavActivateId = g.NavActivateDownId = g.NavActivatePressedId = g.NavInputId = g.NavNextActivateId;
+ g.NavNextActivateId = 0;
+
+ // Initiate directional inputs request
+ const int allowed_dir_flags = (g.ActiveId == 0) ? ~0 : g.ActiveIdAllowNavDirFlags;
+ if (g.NavMoveRequestForward == ImGuiNavForward_None)
+ {
+ g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_None;
+ g.NavMoveRequestFlags = 0;
+ if (g.NavWindow && !g.NavWindowingTarget && allowed_dir_flags && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs))
+ {
+ if ((allowed_dir_flags & (1<<ImGuiDir_Left)) && IsNavInputPressedAnyOfTwo(ImGuiNavInput_DpadLeft, ImGuiNavInput_KeyLeft_, ImGuiInputReadMode_Repeat)) g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Left;
+ if ((allowed_dir_flags & (1<<ImGuiDir_Right)) && IsNavInputPressedAnyOfTwo(ImGuiNavInput_DpadRight,ImGuiNavInput_KeyRight_,ImGuiInputReadMode_Repeat)) g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Right;
+ if ((allowed_dir_flags & (1<<ImGuiDir_Up)) && IsNavInputPressedAnyOfTwo(ImGuiNavInput_DpadUp, ImGuiNavInput_KeyUp_, ImGuiInputReadMode_Repeat)) g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Up;
+ if ((allowed_dir_flags & (1<<ImGuiDir_Down)) && IsNavInputPressedAnyOfTwo(ImGuiNavInput_DpadDown, ImGuiNavInput_KeyDown_, ImGuiInputReadMode_Repeat)) g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Down;
+ }
+ g.NavMoveClipDir = g.NavMoveDir;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // Forwarding previous request (which has been modified, e.g. wrap around menus rewrite the requests with a starting rectangle at the other side of the window)
+ // (Preserve g.NavMoveRequestFlags, g.NavMoveClipDir which were set by the NavMoveRequestForward() function)
+ IM_ASSERT(g.NavMoveDir != ImGuiDir_None && g.NavMoveClipDir != ImGuiDir_None);
+ IM_ASSERT(g.NavMoveRequestForward == ImGuiNavForward_ForwardQueued);
+ g.NavMoveRequestForward = ImGuiNavForward_ForwardActive;
+ }
+
+ // PageUp/PageDown scroll
+ float nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = 0.0f;
+ if (nav_keyboard_active && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_None && g.NavWindow && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) && !g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavLayer == 0)
+ {
+ ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow;
+ bool page_up_held = IsKeyDown(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageUp]) && (allowed_dir_flags & (1 << ImGuiDir_Up));
+ bool page_down_held = IsKeyDown(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageDown]) && (allowed_dir_flags & (1 << ImGuiDir_Down));
+ if ((page_up_held && !page_down_held) || (page_down_held && !page_up_held))
+ {
+ if (window->DC.NavLayerActiveMask == 0x00 && window->DC.NavHasScroll)
+ {
+ // Fallback manual-scroll when window has no navigable item
+ if (IsKeyPressed(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageUp], true))
+ SetWindowScrollY(window, window->Scroll.y - window->InnerClipRect.GetHeight());
+ else if (IsKeyPressed(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageDown], true))
+ SetWindowScrollY(window, window->Scroll.y + window->InnerClipRect.GetHeight());
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ const ImRect& nav_rect_rel = window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer];
+ const float page_offset_y = ImMax(0.0f, window->InnerClipRect.GetHeight() - window->CalcFontSize() * 1.0f + nav_rect_rel.GetHeight());
+ if (IsKeyPressed(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageUp], true))
+ {
+ nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = -page_offset_y;
+ g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Down; // Because our scoring rect is offset, we intentionally request the opposite direction (so we can always land on the last item)
+ g.NavMoveClipDir = ImGuiDir_Up;
+ g.NavMoveRequestFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet;
+ }
+ else if (IsKeyPressed(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageDown], true))
+ {
+ nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = +page_offset_y;
+ g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Up; // Because our scoring rect is offset, we intentionally request the opposite direction (so we can always land on the last item)
+ g.NavMoveClipDir = ImGuiDir_Down;
+ g.NavMoveRequestFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (g.NavMoveDir != ImGuiDir_None)
+ {
+ g.NavMoveRequest = true;
+ g.NavMoveDirLast = g.NavMoveDir;
+ }
+
+ // If we initiate a movement request and have no current NavId, we initiate a InitDefautRequest that will be used as a fallback if the direction fails to find a match
+ if (g.NavMoveRequest && g.NavId == 0)
+ {
+ g.NavInitRequest = g.NavInitRequestFromMove = true;
+ g.NavInitResultId = 0;
+ g.NavDisableHighlight = false;
+ }
+
+ NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();
+
+ // Scrolling
+ if (g.NavWindow && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) && !g.NavWindowingTarget)
+ {
+ // *Fallback* manual-scroll with Nav directional keys when window has no navigable item
+ ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow;
+ const float scroll_speed = ImFloor(window->CalcFontSize() * 100 * g.IO.DeltaTime + 0.5f); // We need round the scrolling speed because sub-pixel scroll isn't reliably supported.
+ if (window->DC.NavLayerActiveMask == 0x00 && window->DC.NavHasScroll && g.NavMoveRequest)
+ {
+ if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left || g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right)
+ SetWindowScrollX(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.x + ((g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) * scroll_speed));
+ if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up || g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Down)
+ SetWindowScrollY(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.y + ((g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) * scroll_speed));
+ }
+
+ // *Normal* Manual scroll with NavScrollXXX keys
+ // Next movement request will clamp the NavId reference rectangle to the visible area, so navigation will resume within those bounds.
+ ImVec2 scroll_dir = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadLStick, ImGuiInputReadMode_Down, 1.0f/10.0f, 10.0f);
+ if (scroll_dir.x != 0.0f && window->ScrollbarX)
+ {
+ SetWindowScrollX(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.x + scroll_dir.x * scroll_speed));
+ g.NavMoveFromClampedRefRect = true;
+ }
+ if (scroll_dir.y != 0.0f)
+ {
+ SetWindowScrollY(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.y + scroll_dir.y * scroll_speed));
+ g.NavMoveFromClampedRefRect = true;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Reset search results
+ g.NavMoveResultLocal.Clear();
+ g.NavMoveResultLocalVisibleSet.Clear();
+ g.NavMoveResultOther.Clear();
+
+ // When we have manually scrolled (without using navigation) and NavId becomes out of bounds, we project its bounding box to the visible area to restart navigation within visible items
+ if (g.NavMoveRequest && g.NavMoveFromClampedRefRect && g.NavLayer == 0)
+ {
+ ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow;
+ ImRect window_rect_rel(window->InnerMainRect.Min - window->Pos - ImVec2(1,1), window->InnerMainRect.Max - window->Pos + ImVec2(1,1));
+ if (!window_rect_rel.Contains(window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer]))
+ {
+ float pad = window->CalcFontSize() * 0.5f;
+ window_rect_rel.Expand(ImVec2(-ImMin(window_rect_rel.GetWidth(), pad), -ImMin(window_rect_rel.GetHeight(), pad))); // Terrible approximation for the intent of starting navigation from first fully visible item
+ window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer].ClipWith(window_rect_rel);
+ g.NavId = 0;
+ }
+ g.NavMoveFromClampedRefRect = false;
+ }
+
+ // For scoring we use a single segment on the left side our current item bounding box (not touching the edge to avoid box overlap with zero-spaced items)
+ ImRect nav_rect_rel = (g.NavWindow && !g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer].IsInverted()) ? g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer] : ImRect(0,0,0,0);
+ g.NavScoringRectScreen = g.NavWindow ? ImRect(g.NavWindow->Pos + nav_rect_rel.Min, g.NavWindow->Pos + nav_rect_rel.Max) : GetViewportRect();
+ g.NavScoringRectScreen.TranslateY(nav_scoring_rect_offset_y);
+ g.NavScoringRectScreen.Min.x = ImMin(g.NavScoringRectScreen.Min.x + 1.0f, g.NavScoringRectScreen.Max.x);
+ g.NavScoringRectScreen.Max.x = g.NavScoringRectScreen.Min.x;
+ IM_ASSERT(!g.NavScoringRectScreen.IsInverted()); // Ensure if we have a finite, non-inverted bounding box here will allows us to remove extraneous ImFabs() calls in NavScoreItem().
+ //g.OverlayDrawList.AddRect(g.NavScoringRectScreen.Min, g.NavScoringRectScreen.Max, IM_COL32(255,200,0,255)); // [DEBUG]
+ g.NavScoringCount = 0;
+#if IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_RECTS
+ if (g.NavWindow) { for (int layer = 0; layer < 2; layer++) GetOverlayDrawList()->AddRect(g.NavWindow->Pos + g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[layer].Min, g.NavWindow->Pos + g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[layer].Max, IM_COL32(255,200,0,255)); } // [DEBUG]
+ if (g.NavWindow) { ImU32 col = (g.NavWindow->HiddenFrames == 0) ? IM_COL32(255,0,255,255) : IM_COL32(255,0,0,255); ImVec2 p = NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); char buf[32]; ImFormatString(buf, 32, "%d", g.NavLayer); g.OverlayDrawList.AddCircleFilled(p, 3.0f, col); g.OverlayDrawList.AddText(NULL, 13.0f, p + ImVec2(8,-4), col, buf); }
+#endif
+}
+
+void ImGui::StartMouseMovingWindow(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+ // Set ActiveId even if the _NoMove flag is set. Without it, dragging away from a window with _NoMove would activate hover on other windows.
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ FocusWindow(window);
+ SetActiveID(window->MoveId, window);
+ g.NavDisableHighlight = true;
+ g.ActiveIdClickOffset = g.IO.MousePos - window->RootWindow->Pos;
+ if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove) && !(window->RootWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove))
+ g.MovingWindow = window;
+}
+
+// Handle mouse moving window
+// Note: moving window with the navigation keys (Square + d-pad / CTRL+TAB + Arrows) are processed in NavUpdateWindowing()
+void ImGui::UpdateMouseMovingWindow()
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ if (g.MovingWindow != NULL)
+ {
+ // We actually want to move the root window. g.MovingWindow == window we clicked on (could be a child window).
+ // We track it to preserve Focus and so that generally ActiveIdWindow == MovingWindow and ActiveId == MovingWindow->MoveId for consistency.
+ KeepAliveID(g.ActiveId);
+ IM_ASSERT(g.MovingWindow && g.MovingWindow->RootWindow);
+ ImGuiWindow* moving_window = g.MovingWindow->RootWindow;
+ if (g.IO.MouseDown[0] && IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos))
+ {
+ ImVec2 pos = g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset;
+ if (moving_window->Pos.x != pos.x || moving_window->Pos.y != pos.y)
+ {
+ MarkIniSettingsDirty(moving_window);
+ SetWindowPos(moving_window, pos, ImGuiCond_Always);
+ }
+ FocusWindow(g.MovingWindow);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ ClearActiveID();
+ g.MovingWindow = NULL;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // When clicking/dragging from a window that has the _NoMove flag, we still set the ActiveId in order to prevent hovering others.
+ if (g.ActiveIdWindow && g.ActiveIdWindow->MoveId == g.ActiveId)
+ {
+ KeepAliveID(g.ActiveId);
+ if (!g.IO.MouseDown[0])
+ ClearActiveID();
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static bool IsWindowActiveAndVisible(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+ return (window->Active) && (!window->Hidden);
+}
+
+static void ImGui::UpdateMouseInputs()
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+
+ // If mouse just appeared or disappeared (usually denoted by -FLT_MAX component, but in reality we test for -256000.0f) we cancel out movement in MouseDelta
+ if (IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) && IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePosPrev))
+ g.IO.MouseDelta = g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MousePosPrev;
+ else
+ g.IO.MouseDelta = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+ if (g.IO.MouseDelta.x != 0.0f || g.IO.MouseDelta.y != 0.0f)
+ g.NavDisableMouseHover = false;
+
+ g.IO.MousePosPrev = g.IO.MousePos;
+ for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown); i++)
+ {
+ g.IO.MouseClicked[i] = g.IO.MouseDown[i] && g.IO.MouseDownDuration[i] < 0.0f;
+ g.IO.MouseReleased[i] = !g.IO.MouseDown[i] && g.IO.MouseDownDuration[i] >= 0.0f;
+ g.IO.MouseDownDurationPrev[i] = g.IO.MouseDownDuration[i];
+ g.IO.MouseDownDuration[i] = g.IO.MouseDown[i] ? (g.IO.MouseDownDuration[i] < 0.0f ? 0.0f : g.IO.MouseDownDuration[i] + g.IO.DeltaTime) : -1.0f;
+ g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[i] = false;
+ if (g.IO.MouseClicked[i])
+ {
+ if ((float)(g.Time - g.IO.MouseClickedTime[i]) < g.IO.MouseDoubleClickTime)
+ {
+ ImVec2 delta_from_click_pos = IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) ? (g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MouseClickedPos[i]) : ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+ if (ImLengthSqr(delta_from_click_pos) < g.IO.MouseDoubleClickMaxDist * g.IO.MouseDoubleClickMaxDist)
+ g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[i] = true;
+ g.IO.MouseClickedTime[i] = -FLT_MAX; // so the third click isn't turned into a double-click
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ g.IO.MouseClickedTime[i] = g.Time;
+ }
+ g.IO.MouseClickedPos[i] = g.IO.MousePos;
+ g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[i] = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+ g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[i] = 0.0f;
+ }
+ else if (g.IO.MouseDown[i])
+ {
+ // Maintain the maximum distance we reaching from the initial click position, which is used with dragging threshold
+ ImVec2 delta_from_click_pos = IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) ? (g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MouseClickedPos[i]) : ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+ g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[i] = ImMax(g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[i], ImLengthSqr(delta_from_click_pos));
+ g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[i].x = ImMax(g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[i].x, delta_from_click_pos.x < 0.0f ? -delta_from_click_pos.x : delta_from_click_pos.x);
+ g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[i].y = ImMax(g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[i].y, delta_from_click_pos.y < 0.0f ? -delta_from_click_pos.y : delta_from_click_pos.y);
+ }
+ if (g.IO.MouseClicked[i]) // Clicking any mouse button reactivate mouse hovering which may have been deactivated by gamepad/keyboard navigation
+ g.NavDisableMouseHover = false;
+ }
+}
+
+void ImGui::UpdateMouseWheel()
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ if (!g.HoveredWindow || g.HoveredWindow->Collapsed)
+ return;
+ if (g.IO.MouseWheel == 0.0f && g.IO.MouseWheelH == 0.0f)
+ return;
+
+ // If a child window has the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse flag, we give a chance to scroll its parent (unless either ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs or ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar are also set).
+ ImGuiWindow* window = g.HoveredWindow;
+ ImGuiWindow* scroll_window = window;
+ while ((scroll_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && (scroll_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse) && !(scroll_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) && !(scroll_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs) && scroll_window->ParentWindow)
+ scroll_window = scroll_window->ParentWindow;
+ const bool scroll_allowed = !(scroll_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse) && !(scroll_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs);
+
+ if (g.IO.MouseWheel != 0.0f)
+ {
+ if (g.IO.KeyCtrl && g.IO.FontAllowUserScaling)
+ {
+ // Zoom / Scale window
+ const float new_font_scale = ImClamp(window->FontWindowScale + g.IO.MouseWheel * 0.10f, 0.50f, 2.50f);
+ const float scale = new_font_scale / window->FontWindowScale;
+ window->FontWindowScale = new_font_scale;
+
+ const ImVec2 offset = window->Size * (1.0f - scale) * (g.IO.MousePos - window->Pos) / window->Size;
+ window->Pos += offset;
+ window->Size *= scale;
+ window->SizeFull *= scale;
+ }
+ else if (!g.IO.KeyCtrl && scroll_allowed)
+ {
+ // Mouse wheel vertical scrolling
+ float scroll_amount = 5 * scroll_window->CalcFontSize();
+ scroll_amount = (float)(int)ImMin(scroll_amount, (scroll_window->ContentsRegionRect.GetHeight() + scroll_window->WindowPadding.y * 2.0f) * 0.67f);
+ SetWindowScrollY(scroll_window, scroll_window->Scroll.y - g.IO.MouseWheel * scroll_amount);
+ }
+ }
+ if (g.IO.MouseWheelH != 0.0f && scroll_allowed && !g.IO.KeyCtrl)
+ {
+ // Mouse wheel horizontal scrolling (for hardware that supports it)
+ float scroll_amount = scroll_window->CalcFontSize();
+ SetWindowScrollX(scroll_window, scroll_window->Scroll.x - g.IO.MouseWheelH * scroll_amount);
+ }
+}
+
+// The reason this is exposed in imgui_internal.h is: on touch-based system that don't have hovering, we want to dispatch inputs to the right target (imgui vs imgui+app)
+void ImGui::UpdateHoveredWindowAndCaptureFlags()
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+
+ // Find the window hovered by mouse:
+ // - Child windows can extend beyond the limit of their parent so we need to derive HoveredRootWindow from HoveredWindow.
+ // - When moving a window we can skip the search, which also conveniently bypasses the fact that window->WindowRectClipped is lagging as this point of the frame.
+ // - We also support the moved window toggling the NoInputs flag after moving has started in order to be able to detect windows below it, which is useful for e.g. docking mechanisms.
+ FindHoveredWindow();
+
+ // Modal windows prevents cursor from hovering behind them.
+ ImGuiWindow* modal_window = GetFrontMostPopupModal();
+ if (modal_window)
+ if (g.HoveredRootWindow && !IsWindowChildOf(g.HoveredRootWindow, modal_window))
+ g.HoveredRootWindow = g.HoveredWindow = NULL;
+
+ // Disabled mouse?
+ if (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse)
+ g.HoveredWindow = g.HoveredRootWindow = NULL;
+
+ // We track click ownership. When clicked outside of a window the click is owned by the application and won't report hovering nor request capture even while dragging over our windows afterward.
+ int mouse_earliest_button_down = -1;
+ bool mouse_any_down = false;
+ for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown); i++)
+ {
+ if (g.IO.MouseClicked[i])
+ g.IO.MouseDownOwned[i] = (g.HoveredWindow != NULL) || (!g.OpenPopupStack.empty());
+ mouse_any_down |= g.IO.MouseDown[i];
+ if (g.IO.MouseDown[i])
+ if (mouse_earliest_button_down == -1 || g.IO.MouseClickedTime[i] < g.IO.MouseClickedTime[mouse_earliest_button_down])
+ mouse_earliest_button_down = i;
+ }
+ const bool mouse_avail_to_imgui = (mouse_earliest_button_down == -1) || g.IO.MouseDownOwned[mouse_earliest_button_down];
+
+ // If mouse was first clicked outside of ImGui bounds we also cancel out hovering.
+ // FIXME: For patterns of drag and drop across OS windows, we may need to rework/remove this test (first committed 311c0ca9 on 2015/02)
+ const bool mouse_dragging_extern_payload = g.DragDropActive && (g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern) != 0;
+ if (!mouse_avail_to_imgui && !mouse_dragging_extern_payload)
+ g.HoveredWindow = g.HoveredRootWindow = NULL;
+
+ // Update io.WantCaptureMouse for the user application (true = dispatch mouse info to imgui, false = dispatch mouse info to imgui + app)
+ if (g.WantCaptureMouseNextFrame != -1)
+ g.IO.WantCaptureMouse = (g.WantCaptureMouseNextFrame != 0);
+ else
+ g.IO.WantCaptureMouse = (mouse_avail_to_imgui && (g.HoveredWindow != NULL || mouse_any_down)) || (!g.OpenPopupStack.empty());
+
+ // Update io.WantCaptureKeyboard for the user application (true = dispatch keyboard info to imgui, false = dispatch keyboard info to imgui + app)
+ if (g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame != -1)
+ g.IO.WantCaptureKeyboard = (g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame != 0);
+ else
+ g.IO.WantCaptureKeyboard = (g.ActiveId != 0) || (modal_window != NULL);
+ if (g.IO.NavActive && (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) && !(g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavNoCaptureKeyboard))
+ g.IO.WantCaptureKeyboard = true;
+
+ // Update io.WantTextInput flag, this is to allow systems without a keyboard (e.g. mobile, hand-held) to show a software keyboard if possible
+ g.IO.WantTextInput = (g.WantTextInputNextFrame != -1) ? (g.WantTextInputNextFrame != 0) : false;
+}
+
+void ImGui::NewFrame()
+{
+ IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL && "No current context. Did you call ImGui::CreateContext() or ImGui::SetCurrentContext()?");
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+
+ // Check user data
+ // (We pass an error message in the assert expression to make it visible to programmers who are not using a debugger, as most assert handlers display their argument)
+ IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized);
+ IM_ASSERT(g.IO.DeltaTime >= 0.0f && "Need a positive DeltaTime (zero is tolerated but will cause some timing issues)");
+ IM_ASSERT(g.IO.DisplaySize.x >= 0.0f && g.IO.DisplaySize.y >= 0.0f && "Invalid DisplaySize value");
+ IM_ASSERT(g.IO.Fonts->Fonts.Size > 0 && "Font Atlas not built. Did you call io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32() / GetTexDataAsAlpha8() ?");
+ IM_ASSERT(g.IO.Fonts->Fonts[0]->IsLoaded() && "Font Atlas not built. Did you call io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32() / GetTexDataAsAlpha8() ?");
+ IM_ASSERT(g.Style.CurveTessellationTol > 0.0f && "Invalid style setting");
+ IM_ASSERT(g.Style.Alpha >= 0.0f && g.Style.Alpha <= 1.0f && "Invalid style setting. Alpha cannot be negative (allows us to avoid a few clamps in color computations)");
+ IM_ASSERT((g.FrameCount == 0 || g.FrameCountEnded == g.FrameCount) && "Forgot to call Render() or EndFrame() at the end of the previous frame?");
+ for (int n = 0; n < ImGuiKey_COUNT; n++)
+ IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyMap[n] >= -1 && g.IO.KeyMap[n] < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.KeysDown) && "io.KeyMap[] contains an out of bound value (need to be 0..512, or -1 for unmapped key)");
+
+ // Perform simple check for required key mapping (we intentionally do NOT check all keys to not pressure user into setting up everything, but Space is required and was only recently added in 1.60 WIP)
+ if (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard)
+ IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Space] != -1 && "ImGuiKey_Space is not mapped, required for keyboard navigation.");
+
+ // The beta io.OptResizeWindowsFromEdges option requires back-end to honor mouse cursor changes and set the ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors flag accordingly.
+ if (g.IO.OptResizeWindowsFromEdges && !(g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors))
+ g.IO.OptResizeWindowsFromEdges = false;
+
+ // Load settings on first frame (if not explicitly loaded manually before)
+ if (!g.SettingsLoaded)
+ {
+ IM_ASSERT(g.SettingsWindows.empty());
+ if (g.IO.IniFilename)
+ LoadIniSettingsFromDisk(g.IO.IniFilename);
+ g.SettingsLoaded = true;
+ }
+
+ // Save settings (with a delay after the last modification, so we don't spam disk too much)
+ if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer > 0.0f)
+ {
+ g.SettingsDirtyTimer -= g.IO.DeltaTime;
+ if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer <= 0.0f)
+ {
+ if (g.IO.IniFilename != NULL)
+ SaveIniSettingsToDisk(g.IO.IniFilename);
+ else
+ g.IO.WantSaveIniSettings = true; // Let user know they can call SaveIniSettingsToMemory(). user will need to clear io.WantSaveIniSettings themselves.
+ g.SettingsDirtyTimer = 0.0f;
+ }
+ }
+
+ g.Time += g.IO.DeltaTime;
+ g.FrameCount += 1;
+ g.TooltipOverrideCount = 0;
+ g.WindowsActiveCount = 0;
+
+ // Setup current font and draw list
+ g.IO.Fonts->Locked = true;
+ SetCurrentFont(GetDefaultFont());
+ IM_ASSERT(g.Font->IsLoaded());
+ g.DrawListSharedData.ClipRectFullscreen = ImVec4(0.0f, 0.0f, g.IO.DisplaySize.x, g.IO.DisplaySize.y);
+ g.DrawListSharedData.CurveTessellationTol = g.Style.CurveTessellationTol;
+
+ g.OverlayDrawList.Clear();
+ g.OverlayDrawList.PushTextureID(g.IO.Fonts->TexID);
+ g.OverlayDrawList.PushClipRectFullScreen();
+ g.OverlayDrawList.Flags = (g.Style.AntiAliasedLines ? ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines : 0) | (g.Style.AntiAliasedFill ? ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedFill : 0);
+
+ // Mark rendering data as invalid to prevent user who may have a handle on it to use it
+ g.DrawData.Clear();
+
+ // Clear reference to active widget if the widget isn't alive anymore
+ if (!g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame)
+ g.HoveredIdTimer = 0.0f;
+ g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame = g.HoveredId;
+ g.HoveredId = 0;
+ g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = false;
+ if (!g.ActiveIdIsAlive && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == g.ActiveId && g.ActiveId != 0)
+ ClearActiveID();
+ if (g.ActiveId)
+ g.ActiveIdTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime;
+ g.LastActiveIdTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime;
+ g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame = g.ActiveId;
+ g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameWindow = g.ActiveIdWindow;
+ g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameValueChanged = g.ActiveIdValueChanged;
+ g.ActiveIdIsAlive = g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive = false;
+ g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated = false;
+ if (g.ScalarAsInputTextId && g.ActiveId != g.ScalarAsInputTextId)
+ g.ScalarAsInputTextId = 0;
+
+ // Elapse drag & drop payload
+ if (g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropPayload.DataFrameCount + 1 < g.FrameCount)
+ {
+ ClearDragDrop();
+ g.DragDropPayloadBufHeap.clear();
+ memset(&g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal, 0, sizeof(g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal));
+ }
+ g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev = g.DragDropAcceptIdCurr;
+ g.DragDropAcceptIdCurr = 0;
+ g.DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface = FLT_MAX;
+ g.DragDropWithinSourceOrTarget = false;
+
+ // Update keyboard input state
+ memcpy(g.IO.KeysDownDurationPrev, g.IO.KeysDownDuration, sizeof(g.IO.KeysDownDuration));
+ for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.KeysDown); i++)
+ g.IO.KeysDownDuration[i] = g.IO.KeysDown[i] ? (g.IO.KeysDownDuration[i] < 0.0f ? 0.0f : g.IO.KeysDownDuration[i] + g.IO.DeltaTime) : -1.0f;
+
+ // Update gamepad/keyboard directional navigation
+ NavUpdate();
+
+ // Update mouse input state
+ UpdateMouseInputs();
+
+ // Calculate frame-rate for the user, as a purely luxurious feature
+ g.FramerateSecPerFrameAccum += g.IO.DeltaTime - g.FramerateSecPerFrame[g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx];
+ g.FramerateSecPerFrame[g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx] = g.IO.DeltaTime;
+ g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx = (g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx + 1) % IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.FramerateSecPerFrame);
+ g.IO.Framerate = (g.FramerateSecPerFrameAccum > 0.0f) ? (1.0f / (g.FramerateSecPerFrameAccum / (float)IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.FramerateSecPerFrame))) : FLT_MAX;
+
+ // Handle user moving window with mouse (at the beginning of the frame to avoid input lag or sheering)
+ UpdateMouseMovingWindow();
+ UpdateHoveredWindowAndCaptureFlags();
+
+ // Background darkening/whitening
+ if (GetFrontMostPopupModal() != NULL || (g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL && g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha > 0.0f))
+ g.DimBgRatio = ImMin(g.DimBgRatio + g.IO.DeltaTime * 6.0f, 1.0f);
+ else
+ g.DimBgRatio = ImMax(g.DimBgRatio - g.IO.DeltaTime * 10.0f, 0.0f);
+
+ g.MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow;
+ g.WantCaptureMouseNextFrame = g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame = g.WantTextInputNextFrame = -1;
+ g.PlatformImePos = ImVec2(1.0f, 1.0f); // OS Input Method Editor showing on top-left of our window by default
+
+ // Mouse wheel scrolling, scale
+ UpdateMouseWheel();
+
+ // Pressing TAB activate widget focus
+ if (g.ActiveId == 0 && g.NavWindow != NULL && g.NavWindow->Active && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) && !g.IO.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Tab, false))
+ {
+ if (g.NavId != 0 && g.NavIdTabCounter != INT_MAX)
+ g.NavWindow->FocusIdxTabRequestNext = g.NavIdTabCounter + 1 + (g.IO.KeyShift ? -1 : 1);
+ else
+ g.NavWindow->FocusIdxTabRequestNext = g.IO.KeyShift ? -1 : 0;
+ }
+ g.NavIdTabCounter = INT_MAX;
+
+ // Mark all windows as not visible
+ for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++)
+ {
+ ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i];
+ window->WasActive = window->Active;
+ window->Active = false;
+ window->WriteAccessed = false;
+ }
+
+ // Closing the focused window restore focus to the first active root window in descending z-order
+ if (g.NavWindow && !g.NavWindow->WasActive)
+ FocusFrontMostActiveWindow(NULL);
+
+ // No window should be open at the beginning of the frame.
+ // But in order to allow the user to call NewFrame() multiple times without calling Render(), we are doing an explicit clear.
+ g.CurrentWindowStack.resize(0);
+ g.CurrentPopupStack.resize(0);
+ ClosePopupsOverWindow(g.NavWindow);
+
+ // Create implicit window - we will only render it if the user has added something to it.
+ // We don't use "Debug" to avoid colliding with user trying to create a "Debug" window with custom flags.
+ SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(400,400), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver);
+ Begin("Debug##Default");
+}
+
+static void* SettingsHandlerWindow_ReadOpen(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, const char* name)
+{
+ ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = ImGui::FindWindowSettings(ImHash(name, 0));
+ if (!settings)
+ settings = CreateNewWindowSettings(name);
+ return (void*)settings;
+}
+
+static void SettingsHandlerWindow_ReadLine(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, void* entry, const char* line)
+{
+ ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = (ImGuiWindowSettings*)entry;
+ float x, y;
+ int i;
+ if (sscanf(line, "Pos=%f,%f", &x, &y) == 2) settings->Pos = ImVec2(x, y);
+ else if (sscanf(line, "Size=%f,%f", &x, &y) == 2) settings->Size = ImMax(ImVec2(x, y), GImGui->Style.WindowMinSize);
+ else if (sscanf(line, "Collapsed=%d", &i) == 1) settings->Collapsed = (i != 0);
+}
+
+static void SettingsHandlerWindow_WriteAll(ImGuiContext* imgui_ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler, ImGuiTextBuffer* buf)
+{
+ // Gather data from windows that were active during this session
+ ImGuiContext& g = *imgui_ctx;
+ for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++)
+ {
+ ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i];
+ if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings)
+ continue;
+
+ ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = (window->SettingsIdx != -1) ? &g.SettingsWindows[window->SettingsIdx] : ImGui::FindWindowSettings(window->ID);
+ if (!settings)
+ {
+ settings = CreateNewWindowSettings(window->Name);
+ window->SettingsIdx = g.SettingsWindows.index_from_pointer(settings);
+ }
+ IM_ASSERT(settings->ID == window->ID);
+ settings->Pos = window->Pos;
+ settings->Size = window->SizeFull;
+ settings->Collapsed = window->Collapsed;
+ }
+
+ // Write a buffer
+ // If a window wasn't opened in this session we preserve its settings
+ buf->reserve(buf->size() + g.SettingsWindows.Size * 96); // ballpark reserve
+ for (int i = 0; i != g.SettingsWindows.Size; i++)
+ {
+ const ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = &g.SettingsWindows[i];
+ if (settings->Pos.x == FLT_MAX)
+ continue;
+ const char* name = settings->Name;
+ if (const char* p = strstr(name, "###")) // Skip to the "###" marker if any. We don't skip past to match the behavior of GetID()
+ name = p;
+ buf->appendf("[%s][%s]\n", handler->TypeName, name);
+ buf->appendf("Pos=%d,%d\n", (int)settings->Pos.x, (int)settings->Pos.y);
+ buf->appendf("Size=%d,%d\n", (int)settings->Size.x, (int)settings->Size.y);
+ buf->appendf("Collapsed=%d\n", settings->Collapsed);
+ buf->appendf("\n");
+ }
+}
+
+void ImGui::Initialize(ImGuiContext* context)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *context;
+ IM_ASSERT(!g.Initialized && !g.SettingsLoaded);
+
+ // Add .ini handle for ImGuiWindow type
+ ImGuiSettingsHandler ini_handler;
+ ini_handler.TypeName = "Window";
+ ini_handler.TypeHash = ImHash("Window", 0, 0);
+ ini_handler.ReadOpenFn = SettingsHandlerWindow_ReadOpen;
+ ini_handler.ReadLineFn = SettingsHandlerWindow_ReadLine;
+ ini_handler.WriteAllFn = SettingsHandlerWindow_WriteAll;
+ g.SettingsHandlers.push_front(ini_handler);
+
+ g.Initialized = true;
+}
+
+// This function is merely here to free heap allocations.
+void ImGui::Shutdown(ImGuiContext* context)
+{
+ // The fonts atlas can be used prior to calling NewFrame(), so we clear it even if g.Initialized is FALSE (which would happen if we never called NewFrame)
+ ImGuiContext& g = *context;
+ if (g.IO.Fonts && g.FontAtlasOwnedByContext)
+ IM_DELETE(g.IO.Fonts);
+ g.IO.Fonts = NULL;
+
+ // Cleanup of other data are conditional on actually having initialized ImGui.
+ if (!g.Initialized)
+ return;
+
+ // Save settings (unless we haven't attempted to load them: CreateContext/DestroyContext without a call to NewFrame shouldn't save an empty file)
+ if (g.SettingsLoaded && g.IO.IniFilename != NULL)
+ SaveIniSettingsToDisk(g.IO.IniFilename);
+
+ // Clear everything else
+ for (int i = 0; i < g.Windows.Size; i++)
+ IM_DELETE(g.Windows[i]);
+ g.Windows.clear();
+ g.WindowsSortBuffer.clear();
+ g.CurrentWindow = NULL;
+ g.CurrentWindowStack.clear();
+ g.WindowsById.Clear();
+ g.NavWindow = NULL;
+ g.HoveredWindow = NULL;
+ g.HoveredRootWindow = NULL;
+ g.ActiveIdWindow = g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameWindow = NULL;
+ g.MovingWindow = NULL;
+ g.ColorModifiers.clear();
+ g.StyleModifiers.clear();
+ g.FontStack.clear();
+ g.OpenPopupStack.clear();
+ g.CurrentPopupStack.clear();
+ g.DrawDataBuilder.ClearFreeMemory();
+ g.OverlayDrawList.ClearFreeMemory();
+ g.PrivateClipboard.clear();
+ g.InputTextState.Text.clear();
+ g.InputTextState.InitialText.clear();
+ g.InputTextState.TempTextBuffer.clear();
+
+ for (int i = 0; i < g.SettingsWindows.Size; i++)
+ IM_DELETE(g.SettingsWindows[i].Name);
+ g.SettingsWindows.clear();
+ g.SettingsHandlers.clear();
+
+ if (g.LogFile && g.LogFile != stdout)
+ {
+ fclose(g.LogFile);
+ g.LogFile = NULL;
+ }
+ g.LogClipboard.clear();
+
+ g.Initialized = false;
+}
+
+ImGuiWindowSettings* ImGui::FindWindowSettings(ImGuiID id)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ for (int i = 0; i != g.SettingsWindows.Size; i++)
+ if (g.SettingsWindows[i].ID == id)
+ return &g.SettingsWindows[i];
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+static ImGuiWindowSettings* CreateNewWindowSettings(const char* name)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ g.SettingsWindows.push_back(ImGuiWindowSettings());
+ ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = &g.SettingsWindows.back();
+ settings->Name = ImStrdup(name);
+ settings->ID = ImHash(name, 0);
+ return settings;
+}
+
+void ImGui::LoadIniSettingsFromDisk(const char* ini_filename)
+{
+ size_t file_data_size = 0;
+ char* file_data = (char*)ImFileLoadToMemory(ini_filename, "rb", &file_data_size);
+ if (!file_data)
+ return;
+ LoadIniSettingsFromMemory(file_data, (size_t)file_data_size);
+ ImGui::MemFree(file_data);
+}
+
+ImGuiSettingsHandler* ImGui::FindSettingsHandler(const char* type_name)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ const ImGuiID type_hash = ImHash(type_name, 0, 0);
+ for (int handler_n = 0; handler_n < g.SettingsHandlers.Size; handler_n++)
+ if (g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].TypeHash == type_hash)
+ return &g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n];
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+// Zero-tolerance, no error reporting, cheap .ini parsing
+void ImGui::LoadIniSettingsFromMemory(const char* ini_data, size_t ini_size)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized);
+ IM_ASSERT(g.SettingsLoaded == false && g.FrameCount == 0);
+
+ // For user convenience, we allow passing a non zero-terminated string (hence the ini_size parameter).
+ // For our convenience and to make the code simpler, we'll also write zero-terminators within the buffer. So let's create a writable copy..
+ if (ini_size == 0)
+ ini_size = strlen(ini_data);
+ char* buf = (char*)ImGui::MemAlloc(ini_size + 1);
+ char* buf_end = buf + ini_size;
+ memcpy(buf, ini_data, ini_size);
+ buf[ini_size] = 0;
+
+ void* entry_data = NULL;
+ ImGuiSettingsHandler* entry_handler = NULL;
+
+ char* line_end = NULL;
+ for (char* line = buf; line < buf_end; line = line_end + 1)
+ {
+ // Skip new lines markers, then find end of the line
+ while (*line == '\n' || *line == '\r')
+ line++;
+ line_end = line;
+ while (line_end < buf_end && *line_end != '\n' && *line_end != '\r')
+ line_end++;
+ line_end[0] = 0;
+
+ if (line[0] == '[' && line_end > line && line_end[-1] == ']')
+ {
+ // Parse "[Type][Name]". Note that 'Name' can itself contains [] characters, which is acceptable with the current format and parsing code.
+ line_end[-1] = 0;
+ const char* name_end = line_end - 1;
+ const char* type_start = line + 1;
+ char* type_end = (char*)(intptr_t)ImStrchrRange(type_start, name_end, ']');
+ const char* name_start = type_end ? ImStrchrRange(type_end + 1, name_end, '[') : NULL;
+ if (!type_end || !name_start)
+ {
+ name_start = type_start; // Import legacy entries that have no type
+ type_start = "Window";
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ *type_end = 0; // Overwrite first ']'
+ name_start++; // Skip second '['
+ }
+ entry_handler = FindSettingsHandler(type_start);
+ entry_data = entry_handler ? entry_handler->ReadOpenFn(&g, entry_handler, name_start) : NULL;
+ }
+ else if (entry_handler != NULL && entry_data != NULL)
+ {
+ // Let type handler parse the line
+ entry_handler->ReadLineFn(&g, entry_handler, entry_data, line);
+ }
+ }
+ ImGui::MemFree(buf);
+ g.SettingsLoaded = true;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SaveIniSettingsToDisk(const char* ini_filename)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ g.SettingsDirtyTimer = 0.0f;
+ if (!ini_filename)
+ return;
+
+ size_t ini_data_size = 0;
+ const char* ini_data = SaveIniSettingsToMemory(&ini_data_size);
+ FILE* f = ImFileOpen(ini_filename, "wt");
+ if (!f)
+ return;
+ fwrite(ini_data, sizeof(char), ini_data_size, f);
+ fclose(f);
+}
+
+// Call registered handlers (e.g. SettingsHandlerWindow_WriteAll() + custom handlers) to write their stuff into a text buffer
+const char* ImGui::SaveIniSettingsToMemory(size_t* out_size)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ g.SettingsDirtyTimer = 0.0f;
+ g.SettingsIniData.Buf.resize(0);
+ g.SettingsIniData.Buf.push_back(0);
+ for (int handler_n = 0; handler_n < g.SettingsHandlers.Size; handler_n++)
+ {
+ ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler = &g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n];
+ handler->WriteAllFn(&g, handler, &g.SettingsIniData);
+ }
+ if (out_size)
+ *out_size = (size_t)g.SettingsIniData.size();
+ return g.SettingsIniData.c_str();
+}
+
+void ImGui::MarkIniSettingsDirty()
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer <= 0.0f)
+ g.SettingsDirtyTimer = g.IO.IniSavingRate;
+}
+
+void ImGui::MarkIniSettingsDirty(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings))
+ if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer <= 0.0f)
+ g.SettingsDirtyTimer = g.IO.IniSavingRate;
+}
+
+// FIXME: Add a more explicit sort order in the window structure.
+static int IMGUI_CDECL ChildWindowComparer(const void* lhs, const void* rhs)
+{
+ const ImGuiWindow* const a = *(const ImGuiWindow* const *)lhs;
+ const ImGuiWindow* const b = *(const ImGuiWindow* const *)rhs;
+ if (int d = (a->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) - (b->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup))
+ return d;
+ if (int d = (a->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) - (b->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip))
+ return d;
+ return (a->BeginOrderWithinParent - b->BeginOrderWithinParent);
+}
+
+static void AddWindowToSortedBuffer(ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>* out_sorted_windows, ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+ out_sorted_windows->push_back(window);
+ if (window->Active)
+ {
+ int count = window->DC.ChildWindows.Size;
+ if (count > 1)
+ ImQsort(window->DC.ChildWindows.begin(), (size_t)count, sizeof(ImGuiWindow*), ChildWindowComparer);
+ for (int i = 0; i < count; i++)
+ {
+ ImGuiWindow* child = window->DC.ChildWindows[i];
+ if (child->Active)
+ AddWindowToSortedBuffer(out_sorted_windows, child);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static void AddDrawListToDrawData(ImVector<ImDrawList*>* out_list, ImDrawList* draw_list)
+{
+ if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.empty())
+ return;
+
+ // Remove trailing command if unused
+ ImDrawCmd& last_cmd = draw_list->CmdBuffer.back();
+ if (last_cmd.ElemCount == 0 && last_cmd.UserCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ draw_list->CmdBuffer.pop_back();
+ if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.empty())
+ return;
+ }
+
+ // Draw list sanity check. Detect mismatch between PrimReserve() calls and incrementing _VtxCurrentIdx, _VtxWritePtr etc. May trigger for you if you are using PrimXXX functions incorrectly.
+ IM_ASSERT(draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size == 0 || draw_list->_VtxWritePtr == draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size);
+ IM_ASSERT(draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size == 0 || draw_list->_IdxWritePtr == draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data + draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size);
+ IM_ASSERT((int)draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx == draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size);
+
+ // Check that draw_list doesn't use more vertices than indexable (default ImDrawIdx = unsigned short = 2 bytes = 64K vertices per ImDrawList = per window)
+ // If this assert triggers because you are drawing lots of stuff manually:
+ // A) Make sure you are coarse clipping, because ImDrawList let all your vertices pass. You can use the Metrics window to inspect draw list contents.
+ // B) If you need/want meshes with more than 64K vertices, uncomment the '#define ImDrawIdx unsigned int' line in imconfig.h to set the index size to 4 bytes.
+ // You'll need to handle the 4-bytes indices to your renderer. For example, the OpenGL example code detect index size at compile-time by doing:
+ // glDrawElements(GL_TRIANGLES, (GLsizei)pcmd->ElemCount, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : GL_UNSIGNED_INT, idx_buffer_offset);
+ // Your own engine or render API may use different parameters or function calls to specify index sizes. 2 and 4 bytes indices are generally supported by most API.
+ // C) If for some reason you cannot use 4 bytes indices or don't want to, a workaround is to call BeginChild()/EndChild() before reaching the 64K limit to split your draw commands in multiple draw lists.
+ if (sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2)
+ IM_ASSERT(draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx < (1 << 16) && "Too many vertices in ImDrawList using 16-bit indices. Read comment above");
+
+ out_list->push_back(draw_list);
+}
+
+static void AddWindowToDrawData(ImVector<ImDrawList*>* out_render_list, ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+ AddDrawListToDrawData(out_render_list, window->DrawList);
+ for (int i = 0; i < window->DC.ChildWindows.Size; i++)
+ {
+ ImGuiWindow* child = window->DC.ChildWindows[i];
+ if (IsWindowActiveAndVisible(child)) // clipped children may have been marked not active
+ AddWindowToDrawData(out_render_list, child);
+ }
+}
+
+static void AddWindowToDrawDataSelectLayer(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ g.IO.MetricsActiveWindows++;
+ if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)
+ AddWindowToDrawData(&g.DrawDataBuilder.Layers[1], window);
+ else
+ AddWindowToDrawData(&g.DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0], window);
+}
+
+void ImDrawDataBuilder::FlattenIntoSingleLayer()
+{
+ int n = Layers[0].Size;
+ int size = n;
+ for (int i = 1; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Layers); i++)
+ size += Layers[i].Size;
+ Layers[0].resize(size);
+ for (int layer_n = 1; layer_n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Layers); layer_n++)
+ {
+ ImVector<ImDrawList*>& layer = Layers[layer_n];
+ if (layer.empty())
+ continue;
+ memcpy(&Layers[0][n], &layer[0], layer.Size * sizeof(ImDrawList*));
+ n += layer.Size;
+ layer.resize(0);
+ }
+}
+
+static void SetupDrawData(ImVector<ImDrawList*>* draw_lists, ImDrawData* out_draw_data)
+{
+ ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+ out_draw_data->Valid = true;
+ out_draw_data->CmdLists = (draw_lists->Size > 0) ? draw_lists->Data : NULL;
+ out_draw_data->CmdListsCount = draw_lists->Size;
+ out_draw_data->TotalVtxCount = out_draw_data->TotalIdxCount = 0;
+ out_draw_data->DisplayPos = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+ out_draw_data->DisplaySize = io.DisplaySize;
+ for (int n = 0; n < draw_lists->Size; n++)
+ {
+ out_draw_data->TotalVtxCount += draw_lists->Data[n]->VtxBuffer.Size;
+ out_draw_data->TotalIdxCount += draw_lists->Data[n]->IdxBuffer.Size;
+ }
+}
+
+// When using this function it is sane to ensure that float are perfectly rounded to integer values, to that e.g. (int)(max.x-min.x) in user's render produce correct result.
+void ImGui::PushClipRect(const ImVec2& clip_rect_min, const ImVec2& clip_rect_max, bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ window->DrawList->PushClipRect(clip_rect_min, clip_rect_max, intersect_with_current_clip_rect);
+ window->ClipRect = window->DrawList->_ClipRectStack.back();
+}
+
+void ImGui::PopClipRect()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ window->DrawList->PopClipRect();
+ window->ClipRect = window->DrawList->_ClipRectStack.back();
+}
+
+// This is normally called by Render(). You may want to call it directly if you want to avoid calling Render() but the gain will be very minimal.
+void ImGui::EndFrame()
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized); // Forgot to call ImGui::NewFrame()
+ if (g.FrameCountEnded == g.FrameCount) // Don't process EndFrame() multiple times.
+ return;
+
+ // Notify OS when our Input Method Editor cursor has moved (e.g. CJK inputs using Microsoft IME)
+ if (g.IO.ImeSetInputScreenPosFn && ImLengthSqr(g.PlatformImeLastPos - g.PlatformImePos) > 0.0001f)
+ {
+ g.IO.ImeSetInputScreenPosFn((int)g.PlatformImePos.x, (int)g.PlatformImePos.y);
+ g.PlatformImeLastPos = g.PlatformImePos;
+ }
+
+ // Hide implicit "Debug" window if it hasn't been used
+ IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 1); // Mismatched Begin()/End() calls, did you forget to call end on g.CurrentWindow->Name?
+ if (g.CurrentWindow && !g.CurrentWindow->WriteAccessed)
+ g.CurrentWindow->Active = false;
+ End();
+
+ // Show CTRL+TAB list
+ if (g.NavWindowingTarget)
+ NavUpdateWindowingList();
+
+ // Initiate moving window
+ if (g.ActiveId == 0 && g.HoveredId == 0)
+ {
+ if (!g.NavWindow || !g.NavWindow->Appearing) // Unless we just made a window/popup appear
+ {
+ // Click to focus window and start moving (after we're done with all our widgets)
+ if (g.IO.MouseClicked[0])
+ {
+ if (g.HoveredRootWindow != NULL)
+ StartMouseMovingWindow(g.HoveredWindow);
+ else if (g.NavWindow != NULL && GetFrontMostPopupModal() == NULL)
+ FocusWindow(NULL); // Clicking on void disable focus
+ }
+
+ // With right mouse button we close popups without changing focus
+ // (The left mouse button path calls FocusWindow which will lead NewFrame->ClosePopupsOverWindow to trigger)
+ if (g.IO.MouseClicked[1])
+ {
+ // Find the top-most window between HoveredWindow and the front most Modal Window.
+ // This is where we can trim the popup stack.
+ ImGuiWindow* modal = GetFrontMostPopupModal();
+ bool hovered_window_above_modal = false;
+ if (modal == NULL)
+ hovered_window_above_modal = true;
+ for (int i = g.Windows.Size - 1; i >= 0 && hovered_window_above_modal == false; i--)
+ {
+ ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i];
+ if (window == modal)
+ break;
+ if (window == g.HoveredWindow)
+ hovered_window_above_modal = true;
+ }
+ ClosePopupsOverWindow(hovered_window_above_modal ? g.HoveredWindow : modal);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Sort the window list so that all child windows are after their parent
+ // We cannot do that on FocusWindow() because childs may not exist yet
+ g.WindowsSortBuffer.resize(0);
+ g.WindowsSortBuffer.reserve(g.Windows.Size);
+ for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++)
+ {
+ ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i];
+ if (window->Active && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) // if a child is active its parent will add it
+ continue;
+ AddWindowToSortedBuffer(&g.WindowsSortBuffer, window);
+ }
+
+ IM_ASSERT(g.Windows.Size == g.WindowsSortBuffer.Size); // we done something wrong
+ g.Windows.swap(g.WindowsSortBuffer);
+
+ // Unlock font atlas
+ g.IO.Fonts->Locked = false;
+
+ // Clear Input data for next frame
+ g.IO.MouseWheel = g.IO.MouseWheelH = 0.0f;
+ memset(g.IO.InputCharacters, 0, sizeof(g.IO.InputCharacters));
+ memset(g.IO.NavInputs, 0, sizeof(g.IO.NavInputs));
+
+ g.FrameCountEnded = g.FrameCount;
+}
+
+void ImGui::Render()
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized); // Forgot to call ImGui::NewFrame()
+
+ if (g.FrameCountEnded != g.FrameCount)
+ ImGui::EndFrame();
+ g.FrameCountRendered = g.FrameCount;
+
+ // Gather windows to render
+ g.IO.MetricsRenderVertices = g.IO.MetricsRenderIndices = g.IO.MetricsActiveWindows = 0;
+ g.DrawDataBuilder.Clear();
+ ImGuiWindow* windows_to_render_front_most[2];
+ windows_to_render_front_most[0] = (g.NavWindowingTarget && !(g.NavWindowingTarget->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus)) ? g.NavWindowingTarget->RootWindow : NULL;
+ windows_to_render_front_most[1] = g.NavWindowingTarget ? g.NavWindowingList : NULL;
+ for (int n = 0; n != g.Windows.Size; n++)
+ {
+ ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[n];
+ if (IsWindowActiveAndVisible(window) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) == 0 && window != windows_to_render_front_most[0] && window != windows_to_render_front_most[1])
+ AddWindowToDrawDataSelectLayer(window);
+ }
+ for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(windows_to_render_front_most); n++)
+ if (windows_to_render_front_most[n] && IsWindowActiveAndVisible(windows_to_render_front_most[n])) // NavWindowingTarget is always temporarily displayed as the front-most window
+ AddWindowToDrawDataSelectLayer(windows_to_render_front_most[n]);
+ g.DrawDataBuilder.FlattenIntoSingleLayer();
+
+ // Draw software mouse cursor if requested
+ ImVec2 offset, size, uv[4];
+ if (g.IO.MouseDrawCursor && g.IO.Fonts->GetMouseCursorTexData(g.MouseCursor, &offset, &size, &uv[0], &uv[2]))
+ {
+ const ImVec2 pos = g.IO.MousePos - offset;
+ const ImTextureID tex_id = g.IO.Fonts->TexID;
+ const float sc = g.Style.MouseCursorScale;
+ g.OverlayDrawList.PushTextureID(tex_id);
+ g.OverlayDrawList.AddImage(tex_id, pos + ImVec2(1,0)*sc, pos+ImVec2(1,0)*sc + size*sc, uv[2], uv[3], IM_COL32(0,0,0,48)); // Shadow
+ g.OverlayDrawList.AddImage(tex_id, pos + ImVec2(2,0)*sc, pos+ImVec2(2,0)*sc + size*sc, uv[2], uv[3], IM_COL32(0,0,0,48)); // Shadow
+ g.OverlayDrawList.AddImage(tex_id, pos, pos + size*sc, uv[2], uv[3], IM_COL32(0,0,0,255)); // Black border
+ g.OverlayDrawList.AddImage(tex_id, pos, pos + size*sc, uv[0], uv[1], IM_COL32(255,255,255,255)); // White fill
+ g.OverlayDrawList.PopTextureID();
+ }
+ if (!g.OverlayDrawList.VtxBuffer.empty())
+ AddDrawListToDrawData(&g.DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0], &g.OverlayDrawList);
+
+ // Setup ImDrawData structure for end-user
+ SetupDrawData(&g.DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0], &g.DrawData);
+ g.IO.MetricsRenderVertices = g.DrawData.TotalVtxCount;
+ g.IO.MetricsRenderIndices = g.DrawData.TotalIdxCount;
+
+ // Render. If user hasn't set a callback then they may retrieve the draw data via GetDrawData()
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+ if (g.DrawData.CmdListsCount > 0 && g.IO.RenderDrawListsFn != NULL)
+ g.IO.RenderDrawListsFn(&g.DrawData);
+#endif
+}
+
+const char* ImGui::FindRenderedTextEnd(const char* text, const char* text_end)
+{
+ const char* text_display_end = text;
+ if (!text_end)
+ text_end = (const char*)-1;
+
+ while (text_display_end < text_end && *text_display_end != '\0' && (text_display_end[0] != '#' || text_display_end[1] != '#'))
+ text_display_end++;
+ return text_display_end;
+}
+
+// Pass text data straight to log (without being displayed)
+void ImGui::LogText(const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ if (!g.LogEnabled)
+ return;
+
+ va_list args;
+ va_start(args, fmt);
+ if (g.LogFile)
+ vfprintf(g.LogFile, fmt, args);
+ else
+ g.LogClipboard.appendfv(fmt, args);
+ va_end(args);
+}
+
+// Internal version that takes a position to decide on newline placement and pad items according to their depth.
+// We split text into individual lines to add current tree level padding
+static void LogRenderedText(const ImVec2* ref_pos, const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+
+ if (!text_end)
+ text_end = ImGui::FindRenderedTextEnd(text, text_end);
+
+ const bool log_new_line = ref_pos && (ref_pos->y > window->DC.LogLinePosY + 1);
+ if (ref_pos)
+ window->DC.LogLinePosY = ref_pos->y;
+
+ const char* text_remaining = text;
+ if (g.LogStartDepth > window->DC.TreeDepth) // Re-adjust padding if we have popped out of our starting depth
+ g.LogStartDepth = window->DC.TreeDepth;
+ const int tree_depth = (window->DC.TreeDepth - g.LogStartDepth);
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ // Split the string. Each new line (after a '\n') is followed by spacing corresponding to the current depth of our log entry.
+ const char* line_end = text_remaining;
+ while (line_end < text_end)
+ if (*line_end == '\n')
+ break;
+ else
+ line_end++;
+ if (line_end >= text_end)
+ line_end = NULL;
+
+ const bool is_first_line = (text == text_remaining);
+ bool is_last_line = false;
+ if (line_end == NULL)
+ {
+ is_last_line = true;
+ line_end = text_end;
+ }
+ if (line_end != NULL && !(is_last_line && (line_end - text_remaining)==0))
+ {
+ const int char_count = (int)(line_end - text_remaining);
+ if (log_new_line || !is_first_line)
+ ImGui::LogText(IM_NEWLINE "%*s%.*s", tree_depth*4, "", char_count, text_remaining);
+ else
+ ImGui::LogText(" %.*s", char_count, text_remaining);
+ }
+
+ if (is_last_line)
+ break;
+ text_remaining = line_end + 1;
+ }
+}
+
+// Internal ImGui functions to render text
+// RenderText***() functions calls ImDrawList::AddText() calls ImBitmapFont::RenderText()
+void ImGui::RenderText(ImVec2 pos, const char* text, const char* text_end, bool hide_text_after_hash)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+
+ // Hide anything after a '##' string
+ const char* text_display_end;
+ if (hide_text_after_hash)
+ {
+ text_display_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(text, text_end);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (!text_end)
+ text_end = text + strlen(text); // FIXME-OPT
+ text_display_end = text_end;
+ }
+
+ if (text != text_display_end)
+ {
+ window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), text, text_display_end);
+ if (g.LogEnabled)
+ LogRenderedText(&pos, text, text_display_end);
+ }
+}
+
+void ImGui::RenderTextWrapped(ImVec2 pos, const char* text, const char* text_end, float wrap_width)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+
+ if (!text_end)
+ text_end = text + strlen(text); // FIXME-OPT
+
+ if (text != text_end)
+ {
+ window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), text, text_end, wrap_width);
+ if (g.LogEnabled)
+ LogRenderedText(&pos, text, text_end);
+ }
+}
+
+// Default clip_rect uses (pos_min,pos_max)
+// Handle clipping on CPU immediately (vs typically let the GPU clip the triangles that are overlapping the clipping rectangle edges)
+void ImGui::RenderTextClipped(const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, const char* text, const char* text_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known, const ImVec2& align, const ImRect* clip_rect)
+{
+ // Hide anything after a '##' string
+ const char* text_display_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(text, text_end);
+ const int text_len = (int)(text_display_end - text);
+ if (text_len == 0)
+ return;
+
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+
+ // Perform CPU side clipping for single clipped element to avoid using scissor state
+ ImVec2 pos = pos_min;
+ const ImVec2 text_size = text_size_if_known ? *text_size_if_known : CalcTextSize(text, text_display_end, false, 0.0f);
+
+ const ImVec2* clip_min = clip_rect ? &clip_rect->Min : &pos_min;
+ const ImVec2* clip_max = clip_rect ? &clip_rect->Max : &pos_max;
+ bool need_clipping = (pos.x + text_size.x >= clip_max->x) || (pos.y + text_size.y >= clip_max->y);
+ if (clip_rect) // If we had no explicit clipping rectangle then pos==clip_min
+ need_clipping |= (pos.x < clip_min->x) || (pos.y < clip_min->y);
+
+ // Align whole block. We should defer that to the better rendering function when we'll have support for individual line alignment.
+ if (align.x > 0.0f) pos.x = ImMax(pos.x, pos.x + (pos_max.x - pos.x - text_size.x) * align.x);
+ if (align.y > 0.0f) pos.y = ImMax(pos.y, pos.y + (pos_max.y - pos.y - text_size.y) * align.y);
+
+ // Render
+ if (need_clipping)
+ {
+ ImVec4 fine_clip_rect(clip_min->x, clip_min->y, clip_max->x, clip_max->y);
+ window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), text, text_display_end, 0.0f, &fine_clip_rect);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), text, text_display_end, 0.0f, NULL);
+ }
+ if (g.LogEnabled)
+ LogRenderedText(&pos, text, text_display_end);
+}
+
+// Render a rectangle shaped with optional rounding and borders
+void ImGui::RenderFrame(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 fill_col, bool border, float rounding)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+ window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(p_min, p_max, fill_col, rounding);
+ const float border_size = g.Style.FrameBorderSize;
+ if (border && border_size > 0.0f)
+ {
+ window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min+ImVec2(1,1), p_max+ImVec2(1,1), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_BorderShadow), rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_All, border_size);
+ window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min, p_max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_All, border_size);
+ }
+}
+
+void ImGui::RenderFrameBorder(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, float rounding)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+ const float border_size = g.Style.FrameBorderSize;
+ if (border_size > 0.0f)
+ {
+ window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min+ImVec2(1,1), p_max+ImVec2(1,1), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_BorderShadow), rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_All, border_size);
+ window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min, p_max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_All, border_size);
+ }
+}
+
+// Render an arrow. 'pos' is position of the arrow tip. half_sz.x is length from base to tip. half_sz.y is length on each side.
+void ImGui::RenderArrowPointingAt(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImVec2 half_sz, ImGuiDir direction, ImU32 col)
+{
+ switch (direction)
+ {
+ case ImGuiDir_Left: draw_list->AddTriangleFilled(ImVec2(pos.x + half_sz.x, pos.y - half_sz.y), ImVec2(pos.x + half_sz.x, pos.y + half_sz.y), pos, col); return;
+ case ImGuiDir_Right: draw_list->AddTriangleFilled(ImVec2(pos.x - half_sz.x, pos.y + half_sz.y), ImVec2(pos.x - half_sz.x, pos.y - half_sz.y), pos, col); return;
+ case ImGuiDir_Up: draw_list->AddTriangleFilled(ImVec2(pos.x + half_sz.x, pos.y + half_sz.y), ImVec2(pos.x - half_sz.x, pos.y + half_sz.y), pos, col); return;
+ case ImGuiDir_Down: draw_list->AddTriangleFilled(ImVec2(pos.x - half_sz.x, pos.y - half_sz.y), ImVec2(pos.x + half_sz.x, pos.y - half_sz.y), pos, col); return;
+ case ImGuiDir_None: case ImGuiDir_COUNT: break; // Fix warnings
+ }
+}
+
+// Render an arrow aimed to be aligned with text (p_min is a position in the same space text would be positioned). To e.g. denote expanded/collapsed state
+void ImGui::RenderArrow(ImVec2 p_min, ImGuiDir dir, float scale)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+
+ const float h = g.FontSize * 1.00f;
+ float r = h * 0.40f * scale;
+ ImVec2 center = p_min + ImVec2(h * 0.50f, h * 0.50f * scale);
+
+ ImVec2 a, b, c;
+ switch (dir)
+ {
+ case ImGuiDir_Up:
+ case ImGuiDir_Down:
+ if (dir == ImGuiDir_Up) r = -r;
+ a = ImVec2(+0.000f,+0.750f) * r;
+ b = ImVec2(-0.866f,-0.750f) * r;
+ c = ImVec2(+0.866f,-0.750f) * r;
+ break;
+ case ImGuiDir_Left:
+ case ImGuiDir_Right:
+ if (dir == ImGuiDir_Left) r = -r;
+ a = ImVec2(+0.750f,+0.000f) * r;
+ b = ImVec2(-0.750f,+0.866f) * r;
+ c = ImVec2(-0.750f,-0.866f) * r;
+ break;
+ case ImGuiDir_None:
+ case ImGuiDir_COUNT:
+ IM_ASSERT(0);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ g.CurrentWindow->DrawList->AddTriangleFilled(center + a, center + b, center + c, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text));
+}
+
+void ImGui::RenderBullet(ImVec2 pos)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+ window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(pos, GImGui->FontSize*0.20f, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), 8);
+}
+
+void ImGui::RenderCheckMark(ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, float sz)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+
+ float thickness = ImMax(sz / 5.0f, 1.0f);
+ sz -= thickness*0.5f;
+ pos += ImVec2(thickness*0.25f, thickness*0.25f);
+
+ float third = sz / 3.0f;
+ float bx = pos.x + third;
+ float by = pos.y + sz - third*0.5f;
+ window->DrawList->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bx - third, by - third));
+ window->DrawList->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bx, by));
+ window->DrawList->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bx + third*2, by - third*2));
+ window->DrawList->PathStroke(col, false, thickness);
+}
+
+void ImGui::RenderNavHighlight(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags flags)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ if (id != g.NavId)
+ return;
+ if (g.NavDisableHighlight && !(flags & ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_AlwaysDraw))
+ return;
+ ImGuiWindow* window = ImGui::GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->DC.NavHideHighlightOneFrame)
+ return;
+
+ float rounding = (flags & ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding) ? 0.0f : g.Style.FrameRounding;
+ ImRect display_rect = bb;
+ display_rect.ClipWith(window->ClipRect);
+ if (flags & ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeDefault)
+ {
+ const float THICKNESS = 2.0f;
+ const float DISTANCE = 3.0f + THICKNESS * 0.5f;
+ display_rect.Expand(ImVec2(DISTANCE,DISTANCE));
+ bool fully_visible = window->ClipRect.Contains(display_rect);
+ if (!fully_visible)
+ window->DrawList->PushClipRect(display_rect.Min, display_rect.Max);
+ window->DrawList->AddRect(display_rect.Min + ImVec2(THICKNESS*0.5f,THICKNESS*0.5f), display_rect.Max - ImVec2(THICKNESS*0.5f,THICKNESS*0.5f), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavHighlight), rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_All, THICKNESS);
+ if (!fully_visible)
+ window->DrawList->PopClipRect();
+ }
+ if (flags & ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin)
+ {
+ window->DrawList->AddRect(display_rect.Min, display_rect.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavHighlight), rounding, ~0, 1.0f);
+ }
+}
+
+// Calculate text size. Text can be multi-line. Optionally ignore text after a ## marker.
+// CalcTextSize("") should return ImVec2(0.0f, GImGui->FontSize)
+ImVec2 ImGui::CalcTextSize(const char* text, const char* text_end, bool hide_text_after_double_hash, float wrap_width)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+
+ const char* text_display_end;
+ if (hide_text_after_double_hash)
+ text_display_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(text, text_end); // Hide anything after a '##' string
+ else
+ text_display_end = text_end;
+
+ ImFont* font = g.Font;
+ const float font_size = g.FontSize;
+ if (text == text_display_end)
+ return ImVec2(0.0f, font_size);
+ ImVec2 text_size = font->CalcTextSizeA(font_size, FLT_MAX, wrap_width, text, text_display_end, NULL);
+
+ // Cancel out character spacing for the last character of a line (it is baked into glyph->AdvanceX field)
+ const float font_scale = font_size / font->FontSize;
+ const float character_spacing_x = 1.0f * font_scale;
+ if (text_size.x > 0.0f)
+ text_size.x -= character_spacing_x;
+ text_size.x = (float)(int)(text_size.x + 0.95f);
+
+ return text_size;
+}
+
+// Helper to calculate coarse clipping of large list of evenly sized items.
+// NB: Prefer using the ImGuiListClipper higher-level helper if you can! Read comments and instructions there on how those use this sort of pattern.
+// NB: 'items_count' is only used to clamp the result, if you don't know your count you can use INT_MAX
+void ImGui::CalcListClipping(int items_count, float items_height, int* out_items_display_start, int* out_items_display_end)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+ if (g.LogEnabled)
+ {
+ // If logging is active, do not perform any clipping
+ *out_items_display_start = 0;
+ *out_items_display_end = items_count;
+ return;
+ }
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ {
+ *out_items_display_start = *out_items_display_end = 0;
+ return;
+ }
+
+ // We create the union of the ClipRect and the NavScoringRect which at worst should be 1 page away from ClipRect
+ ImRect unclipped_rect = window->ClipRect;
+ if (g.NavMoveRequest)
+ unclipped_rect.Add(g.NavScoringRectScreen);
+
+ const ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+ int start = (int)((unclipped_rect.Min.y - pos.y) / items_height);
+ int end = (int)((unclipped_rect.Max.y - pos.y) / items_height);
+
+ // When performing a navigation request, ensure we have one item extra in the direction we are moving to
+ if (g.NavMoveRequest && g.NavMoveClipDir == ImGuiDir_Up)
+ start--;
+ if (g.NavMoveRequest && g.NavMoveClipDir == ImGuiDir_Down)
+ end++;
+
+ start = ImClamp(start, 0, items_count);
+ end = ImClamp(end + 1, start, items_count);
+ *out_items_display_start = start;
+ *out_items_display_end = end;
+}
+
+// Find window given position, search front-to-back
+// FIXME: Note that we have a lag here because WindowRectClipped is updated in Begin() so windows moved by user via SetWindowPos() and not SetNextWindowPos() will have that rectangle lagging by a frame at the time FindHoveredWindow() is called, aka before the next Begin(). Moving window thankfully isn't affected.
+static void FindHoveredWindow()
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+
+ ImGuiWindow* hovered_window = NULL;
+ if (g.MovingWindow && !(g.MovingWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs))
+ hovered_window = g.MovingWindow;
+
+ for (int i = g.Windows.Size - 1; i >= 0 && hovered_window == NULL; i--)
+ {
+ ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i];
+ if (!window->Active || window->Hidden)
+ continue;
+ if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs)
+ continue;
+
+ // Using the clipped AABB, a child window will typically be clipped by its parent (not always)
+ ImRect bb(window->OuterRectClipped.Min - g.Style.TouchExtraPadding, window->OuterRectClipped.Max + g.Style.TouchExtraPadding);
+ if (bb.Contains(g.IO.MousePos))
+ {
+ if (hovered_window == NULL)
+ hovered_window = window;
+ if (hovered_window)
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ g.HoveredWindow = hovered_window;
+ g.HoveredRootWindow = g.HoveredWindow ? g.HoveredWindow->RootWindow : NULL;
+
+}
+
+// Test if mouse cursor is hovering given rectangle
+// NB- Rectangle is clipped by our current clip setting
+// NB- Expand the rectangle to be generous on imprecise inputs systems (g.Style.TouchExtraPadding)
+bool ImGui::IsMouseHoveringRect(const ImVec2& r_min, const ImVec2& r_max, bool clip)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+
+ // Clip
+ ImRect rect_clipped(r_min, r_max);
+ if (clip)
+ rect_clipped.ClipWith(g.CurrentWindow->ClipRect);
+
+ // Expand for touch input
+ const ImRect rect_for_touch(rect_clipped.Min - g.Style.TouchExtraPadding, rect_clipped.Max + g.Style.TouchExtraPadding);
+ return rect_for_touch.Contains(g.IO.MousePos);
+}
+
+static bool IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey key, bool repeat)
+{
+ const int key_index = GImGui->IO.KeyMap[key];
+ return (key_index >= 0) ? ImGui::IsKeyPressed(key_index, repeat) : false;
+}
+
+int ImGui::GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey imgui_key)
+{
+ IM_ASSERT(imgui_key >= 0 && imgui_key < ImGuiKey_COUNT);
+ return GImGui->IO.KeyMap[imgui_key];
+}
+
+// Note that imgui doesn't know the semantic of each entry of io.KeysDown[]. Use your own indices/enums according to how your back-end/engine stored them into io.KeysDown[]!
+bool ImGui::IsKeyDown(int user_key_index)
+{
+ if (user_key_index < 0) return false;
+ IM_ASSERT(user_key_index >= 0 && user_key_index < IM_ARRAYSIZE(GImGui->IO.KeysDown));
+ return GImGui->IO.KeysDown[user_key_index];
+}
+
+int ImGui::CalcTypematicPressedRepeatAmount(float t, float t_prev, float repeat_delay, float repeat_rate)
+{
+ if (t == 0.0f)
+ return 1;
+ if (t <= repeat_delay || repeat_rate <= 0.0f)
+ return 0;
+ const int count = (int)((t - repeat_delay) / repeat_rate) - (int)((t_prev - repeat_delay) / repeat_rate);
+ return (count > 0) ? count : 0;
+}
+
+int ImGui::GetKeyPressedAmount(int key_index, float repeat_delay, float repeat_rate)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ if (key_index < 0) return false;
+ IM_ASSERT(key_index >= 0 && key_index < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.KeysDown));
+ const float t = g.IO.KeysDownDuration[key_index];
+ return CalcTypematicPressedRepeatAmount(t, t - g.IO.DeltaTime, repeat_delay, repeat_rate);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsKeyPressed(int user_key_index, bool repeat)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ if (user_key_index < 0) return false;
+ IM_ASSERT(user_key_index >= 0 && user_key_index < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.KeysDown));
+ const float t = g.IO.KeysDownDuration[user_key_index];
+ if (t == 0.0f)
+ return true;
+ if (repeat && t > g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay)
+ return GetKeyPressedAmount(user_key_index, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate) > 0;
+ return false;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsKeyReleased(int user_key_index)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ if (user_key_index < 0) return false;
+ IM_ASSERT(user_key_index >= 0 && user_key_index < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.KeysDown));
+ return g.IO.KeysDownDurationPrev[user_key_index] >= 0.0f && !g.IO.KeysDown[user_key_index];
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsMouseDown(int button)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
+ return g.IO.MouseDown[button];
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsAnyMouseDown()
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown); n++)
+ if (g.IO.MouseDown[n])
+ return true;
+ return false;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsMouseClicked(int button, bool repeat)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
+ const float t = g.IO.MouseDownDuration[button];
+ if (t == 0.0f)
+ return true;
+
+ if (repeat && t > g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay)
+ {
+ float delay = g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay, rate = g.IO.KeyRepeatRate;
+ if ((ImFmod(t - delay, rate) > rate*0.5f) != (ImFmod(t - delay - g.IO.DeltaTime, rate) > rate*0.5f))
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsMouseReleased(int button)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
+ return g.IO.MouseReleased[button];
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsMouseDoubleClicked(int button)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
+ return g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[button];
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsMouseDragging(int button, float lock_threshold)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
+ if (!g.IO.MouseDown[button])
+ return false;
+ if (lock_threshold < 0.0f)
+ lock_threshold = g.IO.MouseDragThreshold;
+ return g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[button] >= lock_threshold * lock_threshold;
+}
+
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetMousePos()
+{
+ return GImGui->IO.MousePos;
+}
+
+// NB: prefer to call right after BeginPopup(). At the time Selectable/MenuItem is activated, the popup is already closed!
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetMousePosOnOpeningCurrentPopup()
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ if (g.CurrentPopupStack.Size > 0)
+ return g.OpenPopupStack[g.CurrentPopupStack.Size-1].OpenMousePos;
+ return g.IO.MousePos;
+}
+
+// We typically use ImVec2(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX) to denote an invalid mouse position
+bool ImGui::IsMousePosValid(const ImVec2* mouse_pos)
+{
+ if (mouse_pos == NULL)
+ mouse_pos = &GImGui->IO.MousePos;
+ const float MOUSE_INVALID = -256000.0f;
+ return mouse_pos->x >= MOUSE_INVALID && mouse_pos->y >= MOUSE_INVALID;
+}
+
+// NB: This is only valid if IsMousePosValid(). Back-ends in theory should always keep mouse position valid when dragging even outside the client window.
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetMouseDragDelta(int button, float lock_threshold)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
+ if (lock_threshold < 0.0f)
+ lock_threshold = g.IO.MouseDragThreshold;
+ if (g.IO.MouseDown[button])
+ if (g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[button] >= lock_threshold * lock_threshold)
+ return g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MouseClickedPos[button]; // Assume we can only get active with left-mouse button (at the moment).
+ return ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+}
+
+void ImGui::ResetMouseDragDelta(int button)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
+ // NB: We don't need to reset g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr
+ g.IO.MouseClickedPos[button] = g.IO.MousePos;
+}
+
+ImGuiMouseCursor ImGui::GetMouseCursor()
+{
+ return GImGui->MouseCursor;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_type)
+{
+ GImGui->MouseCursor = cursor_type;
+}
+
+void ImGui::CaptureKeyboardFromApp(bool capture)
+{
+ GImGui->WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame = capture ? 1 : 0;
+}
+
+void ImGui::CaptureMouseFromApp(bool capture)
+{
+ GImGui->WantCaptureMouseNextFrame = capture ? 1 : 0;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsItemActive()
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ if (g.ActiveId)
+ {
+ ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+ return g.ActiveId == window->DC.LastItemId;
+ }
+ return false;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsItemDeactivated()
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+ return (g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == window->DC.LastItemId && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame != 0 && g.ActiveId != window->DC.LastItemId);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsItemDeactivatedAfterChange()
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ return IsItemDeactivated() && (g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameValueChanged || (g.ActiveId == 0 && g.ActiveIdValueChanged));
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsItemFocused()
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ return g.NavId && !g.NavDisableHighlight && g.NavId == g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemId;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsItemClicked(int mouse_button)
+{
+ return IsMouseClicked(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_None);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsAnyItemHovered()
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ return g.HoveredId != 0 || g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != 0;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsAnyItemActive()
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ return g.ActiveId != 0;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsAnyItemFocused()
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ return g.NavId != 0 && !g.NavDisableHighlight;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsItemVisible()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+ return window->ClipRect.Overlaps(window->DC.LastItemRect);
+}
+
+// Allow last item to be overlapped by a subsequent item. Both may be activated during the same frame before the later one takes priority.
+void ImGui::SetItemAllowOverlap()
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ if (g.HoveredId == g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemId)
+ g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = true;
+ if (g.ActiveId == g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemId)
+ g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = true;
+}
+
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetItemRectMin()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+ return window->DC.LastItemRect.Min;
+}
+
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetItemRectMax()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+ return window->DC.LastItemRect.Max;
+}
+
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetItemRectSize()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+ return window->DC.LastItemRect.GetSize();
+}
+
+static ImRect GetViewportRect()
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ if (g.IO.DisplayVisibleMin.x != g.IO.DisplayVisibleMax.x && g.IO.DisplayVisibleMin.y != g.IO.DisplayVisibleMax.y)
+ return ImRect(g.IO.DisplayVisibleMin, g.IO.DisplayVisibleMax);
+ return ImRect(0.0f, 0.0f, g.IO.DisplaySize.x, g.IO.DisplaySize.y);
+}
+
+// Not exposed publicly as BeginTooltip() because bool parameters are evil. Let's see if other needs arise first.
+void ImGui::BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags, bool override_previous_tooltip)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ char window_name[16];
+ ImFormatString(window_name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(window_name), "##Tooltip_%02d", g.TooltipOverrideCount);
+ if (override_previous_tooltip)
+ if (ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(window_name))
+ if (window->Active)
+ {
+ // Hide previous tooltip from being displayed. We can't easily "reset" the content of a window so we create a new one.
+ window->Hidden = true;
+ window->HiddenFramesRegular = 1;
+ ImFormatString(window_name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(window_name), "##Tooltip_%02d", ++g.TooltipOverrideCount);
+ }
+ ImGuiWindowFlags flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings|ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNav;
+ Begin(window_name, NULL, flags | extra_flags);
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetTooltipV(const char* fmt, va_list args)
+{
+ BeginTooltipEx(0, true);
+ TextV(fmt, args);
+ EndTooltip();
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetTooltip(const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+ va_list args;
+ va_start(args, fmt);
+ SetTooltipV(fmt, args);
+ va_end(args);
+}
+
+void ImGui::BeginTooltip()
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ if (g.DragDropWithinSourceOrTarget)
+ {
+ // The default tooltip position is a little offset to give space to see the context menu (it's also clamped within the current viewport/monitor)
+ // In the context of a dragging tooltip we try to reduce that offset and we enforce following the cursor.
+ // Whatever we do we want to call SetNextWindowPos() to enforce a tooltip position and disable clipping the tooltip without our display area, like regular tooltip do.
+ //ImVec2 tooltip_pos = g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset - g.Style.WindowPadding;
+ ImVec2 tooltip_pos = g.IO.MousePos + ImVec2(16 * g.Style.MouseCursorScale, 8 * g.Style.MouseCursorScale);
+ SetNextWindowPos(tooltip_pos);
+ SetNextWindowBgAlpha(g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_PopupBg].w * 0.60f);
+ //PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha, g.Style.Alpha * 0.60f); // This would be nice but e.g ColorButton with checkboard has issue with transparent colors :(
+ BeginTooltipEx(0, true);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ BeginTooltipEx(0, false);
+ }
+}
+
+void ImGui::EndTooltip()
+{
+ IM_ASSERT(GetCurrentWindowRead()->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip); // Mismatched BeginTooltip()/EndTooltip() calls
+ End();
+}
+
+// Mark popup as open (toggle toward open state).
+// Popups are closed when user click outside, or activate a pressable item, or CloseCurrentPopup() is called within a BeginPopup()/EndPopup() block.
+// Popup identifiers are relative to the current ID-stack (so OpenPopup and BeginPopup needs to be at the same level).
+// One open popup per level of the popup hierarchy (NB: when assigning we reset the Window member of ImGuiPopupRef to NULL)
+void ImGui::OpenPopupEx(ImGuiID id)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.CurrentWindow;
+ int current_stack_size = g.CurrentPopupStack.Size;
+ ImGuiPopupRef popup_ref; // Tagged as new ref as Window will be set back to NULL if we write this into OpenPopupStack.
+ popup_ref.PopupId = id;
+ popup_ref.Window = NULL;
+ popup_ref.ParentWindow = parent_window;
+ popup_ref.OpenFrameCount = g.FrameCount;
+ popup_ref.OpenParentId = parent_window->IDStack.back();
+ popup_ref.OpenMousePos = g.IO.MousePos;
+ popup_ref.OpenPopupPos = NavCalcPreferredRefPos();
+
+ //printf("[%05d] OpenPopupEx(0x%08X)\n", g.FrameCount, id);
+ if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size < current_stack_size + 1)
+ {
+ g.OpenPopupStack.push_back(popup_ref);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // Gently handle the user mistakenly calling OpenPopup() every frame. It is a programming mistake! However, if we were to run the regular code path, the ui
+ // would become completely unusable because the popup will always be in hidden-while-calculating-size state _while_ claiming focus. Which would be a very confusing
+ // situation for the programmer. Instead, we silently allow the popup to proceed, it will keep reappearing and the programming error will be more obvious to understand.
+ if (g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size].PopupId == id && g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size].OpenFrameCount == g.FrameCount - 1)
+ {
+ g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size].OpenFrameCount = popup_ref.OpenFrameCount;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // Close child popups if any, then flag popup for open/reopen
+ g.OpenPopupStack.resize(current_stack_size + 1);
+ g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size] = popup_ref;
+ }
+
+ // When reopening a popup we first refocus its parent, otherwise if its parent is itself a popup it would get closed by ClosePopupsOverWindow().
+ // This is equivalent to what ClosePopupToLevel() does.
+ //if (g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size].PopupId == id)
+ // FocusWindow(parent_window);
+ }
+}
+
+void ImGui::OpenPopup(const char* str_id)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ OpenPopupEx(g.CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id));
+}
+
+void ImGui::ClosePopupsOverWindow(ImGuiWindow* ref_window)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ if (g.OpenPopupStack.empty())
+ return;
+
+ // When popups are stacked, clicking on a lower level popups puts focus back to it and close popups above it.
+ // Don't close our own child popup windows.
+ int n = 0;
+ if (ref_window)
+ {
+ for (n = 0; n < g.OpenPopupStack.Size; n++)
+ {
+ ImGuiPopupRef& popup = g.OpenPopupStack[n];
+ if (!popup.Window)
+ continue;
+ IM_ASSERT((popup.Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0);
+ if (popup.Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)
+ continue;
+
+ // Trim the stack if popups are not direct descendant of the reference window (which is often the NavWindow)
+ bool has_focus = false;
+ for (int m = n; m < g.OpenPopupStack.Size && !has_focus; m++)
+ has_focus = (g.OpenPopupStack[m].Window && g.OpenPopupStack[m].Window->RootWindow == ref_window->RootWindow);
+ if (!has_focus)
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if (n < g.OpenPopupStack.Size) // This test is not required but it allows to set a convenient breakpoint on the block below
+ ClosePopupToLevel(n);
+}
+
+ImGuiWindow* ImGui::GetFrontMostPopupModal()
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ for (int n = g.OpenPopupStack.Size-1; n >= 0; n--)
+ if (ImGuiWindow* popup = g.OpenPopupStack.Data[n].Window)
+ if (popup->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)
+ return popup;
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+void ImGui::ClosePopupToLevel(int remaining)
+{
+ IM_ASSERT(remaining >= 0);
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiWindow* focus_window = (remaining > 0) ? g.OpenPopupStack[remaining-1].Window : g.OpenPopupStack[0].ParentWindow;
+ if (g.NavLayer == 0)
+ focus_window = NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(focus_window);
+ FocusWindow(focus_window);
+ focus_window->DC.NavHideHighlightOneFrame = true;
+ g.OpenPopupStack.resize(remaining);
+}
+
+void ImGui::ClosePopup(ImGuiID id)
+{
+ if (!IsPopupOpen(id))
+ return;
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ ClosePopupToLevel(g.OpenPopupStack.Size - 1);
+}
+
+// Close the popup we have begin-ed into.
+void ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup()
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ int popup_idx = g.CurrentPopupStack.Size - 1;
+ if (popup_idx < 0 || popup_idx >= g.OpenPopupStack.Size || g.CurrentPopupStack[popup_idx].PopupId != g.OpenPopupStack[popup_idx].PopupId)
+ return;
+ while (popup_idx > 0 && g.OpenPopupStack[popup_idx].Window && (g.OpenPopupStack[popup_idx].Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu))
+ popup_idx--;
+ ClosePopupToLevel(popup_idx);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::BeginPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ if (!IsPopupOpen(id))
+ {
+ g.NextWindowData.Clear(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ char name[20];
+ if (extra_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)
+ ImFormatString(name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), "##Menu_%02d", g.CurrentPopupStack.Size); // Recycle windows based on depth
+ else
+ ImFormatString(name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), "##Popup_%08x", id); // Not recycling, so we can close/open during the same frame
+
+ bool is_open = Begin(name, NULL, extra_flags | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup);
+ if (!is_open) // NB: Begin can return false when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display)
+ EndPopup();
+
+ return is_open;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::BeginPopup(const char* str_id, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size <= g.CurrentPopupStack.Size) // Early out for performance
+ {
+ g.NextWindowData.Clear(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values
+ return false;
+ }
+ return BeginPopupEx(g.CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id), flags|ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsPopupOpen(ImGuiID id)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ return g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.CurrentPopupStack.Size && g.OpenPopupStack[g.CurrentPopupStack.Size].PopupId == id;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsPopupOpen(const char* str_id)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ return g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.CurrentPopupStack.Size && g.OpenPopupStack[g.CurrentPopupStack.Size].PopupId == g.CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::BeginPopupModal(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+ const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(name);
+ if (!IsPopupOpen(id))
+ {
+ g.NextWindowData.Clear(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ // Center modal windows by default
+ // FIXME: Should test for (PosCond & window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags) with the upcoming window.
+ if (g.NextWindowData.PosCond == 0)
+ SetNextWindowPos(g.IO.DisplaySize * 0.5f, ImGuiCond_Appearing, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f));
+
+ bool is_open = Begin(name, p_open, flags | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings);
+ if (!is_open || (p_open && !*p_open)) // NB: is_open can be 'false' when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display)
+ {
+ EndPopup();
+ if (is_open)
+ ClosePopup(id);
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ return is_open;
+}
+
+void ImGui::NavMoveRequestForward(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiDir clip_dir, const ImRect& bb_rel, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ IM_ASSERT(g.NavMoveRequestForward == ImGuiNavForward_None);
+ ImGui::NavMoveRequestCancel();
+ g.NavMoveDir = move_dir;
+ g.NavMoveClipDir = clip_dir;
+ g.NavMoveRequestForward = ImGuiNavForward_ForwardQueued;
+ g.NavMoveRequestFlags = move_flags;
+ g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer] = bb_rel;
+}
+
+void ImGui::NavMoveRequestTryWrapping(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ if (g.NavWindow != window || !NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet() || g.NavMoveRequestForward != ImGuiNavForward_None || g.NavLayer != 0)
+ return;
+ IM_ASSERT(move_flags != 0); // No points calling this with no wrapping
+ ImRect bb_rel = window->NavRectRel[0];
+
+ ImGuiDir clip_dir = g.NavMoveDir;
+ if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX)))
+ {
+ bb_rel.Min.x = bb_rel.Max.x = ImMax(window->SizeFull.x, window->SizeContents.x) - window->Scroll.x;
+ if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX) { bb_rel.TranslateY(-bb_rel.GetHeight()); clip_dir = ImGuiDir_Up; }
+ NavMoveRequestForward(g.NavMoveDir, clip_dir, bb_rel, move_flags);
+ }
+ if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX)))
+ {
+ bb_rel.Min.x = bb_rel.Max.x = -window->Scroll.x;
+ if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX) { bb_rel.TranslateY(+bb_rel.GetHeight()); clip_dir = ImGuiDir_Down; }
+ NavMoveRequestForward(g.NavMoveDir, clip_dir, bb_rel, move_flags);
+ }
+ if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY)))
+ {
+ bb_rel.Min.y = bb_rel.Max.y = ImMax(window->SizeFull.y, window->SizeContents.y) - window->Scroll.y;
+ if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY) { bb_rel.TranslateX(-bb_rel.GetWidth()); clip_dir = ImGuiDir_Left; }
+ NavMoveRequestForward(g.NavMoveDir, clip_dir, bb_rel, move_flags);
+ }
+ if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Down && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY)))
+ {
+ bb_rel.Min.y = bb_rel.Max.y = -window->Scroll.y;
+ if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY) { bb_rel.TranslateX(+bb_rel.GetWidth()); clip_dir = ImGuiDir_Right; }
+ NavMoveRequestForward(g.NavMoveDir, clip_dir, bb_rel, move_flags);
+ }
+}
+
+void ImGui::EndPopup()
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; (void)g;
+ IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup); // Mismatched BeginPopup()/EndPopup() calls
+ IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentPopupStack.Size > 0);
+
+ // Make all menus and popups wrap around for now, may need to expose that policy.
+ NavMoveRequestTryWrapping(g.CurrentWindow, ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY);
+
+ End();
+}
+
+bool ImGui::OpenPopupOnItemClick(const char* str_id, int mouse_button)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+ if (IsMouseReleased(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup))
+ {
+ ImGuiID id = str_id ? window->GetID(str_id) : window->DC.LastItemId; // If user hasn't passed an ID, we can use the LastItemID. Using LastItemID as a Popup ID won't conflict!
+ IM_ASSERT(id != 0); // You cannot pass a NULL str_id if the last item has no identifier (e.g. a Text() item)
+ OpenPopupEx(id);
+ return true;
+ }
+ return false;
+}
+
+// This is a helper to handle the simplest case of associating one named popup to one given widget.
+// You may want to handle this on user side if you have specific needs (e.g. tweaking IsItemHovered() parameters).
+// You can pass a NULL str_id to use the identifier of the last item.
+bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem(const char* str_id, int mouse_button)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+ ImGuiID id = str_id ? window->GetID(str_id) : window->DC.LastItemId; // If user hasn't passed an ID, we can use the LastItemID. Using LastItemID as a Popup ID won't conflict!
+ IM_ASSERT(id != 0); // You cannot pass a NULL str_id if the last item has no identifier (e.g. a Text() item)
+ if (IsMouseReleased(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup))
+ OpenPopupEx(id);
+ return BeginPopupEx(id, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextWindow(const char* str_id, int mouse_button, bool also_over_items)
+{
+ if (!str_id)
+ str_id = "window_context";
+ ImGuiID id = GImGui->CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id);
+ if (IsMouseReleased(mouse_button) && IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup))
+ if (also_over_items || !IsAnyItemHovered())
+ OpenPopupEx(id);
+ return BeginPopupEx(id, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextVoid(const char* str_id, int mouse_button)
+{
+ if (!str_id)
+ str_id = "void_context";
+ ImGuiID id = GImGui->CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id);
+ if (IsMouseReleased(mouse_button) && !IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow))
+ OpenPopupEx(id);
+ return BeginPopupEx(id, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings);
+}
+
+static bool ImGui::BeginChildEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, bool border, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.CurrentWindow;
+
+ flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings|ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow;
+ flags |= (parent_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove); // Inherit the NoMove flag
+
+ // Size
+ const ImVec2 content_avail = GetContentRegionAvail();
+ ImVec2 size = ImFloor(size_arg);
+ const int auto_fit_axises = ((size.x == 0.0f) ? (1 << ImGuiAxis_X) : 0x00) | ((size.y == 0.0f) ? (1 << ImGuiAxis_Y) : 0x00);
+ if (size.x <= 0.0f)
+ size.x = ImMax(content_avail.x + size.x, 4.0f); // Arbitrary minimum child size (0.0f causing too much issues)
+ if (size.y <= 0.0f)
+ size.y = ImMax(content_avail.y + size.y, 4.0f);
+ SetNextWindowSize(size);
+
+ // Name
+ char title[256];
+ if (name)
+ ImFormatString(title, IM_ARRAYSIZE(title), "%s/%s", parent_window->Name, name);
+ else
+ ImFormatString(title, IM_ARRAYSIZE(title), "%s/%08X", parent_window->Name, id);
+
+ const float backup_border_size = g.Style.ChildBorderSize;
+ if (!border)
+ g.Style.ChildBorderSize = 0.0f;
+ bool ret = Begin(title, NULL, flags);
+ g.Style.ChildBorderSize = backup_border_size;
+
+ ImGuiWindow* child_window = g.CurrentWindow;
+ child_window->ChildId = id;
+ child_window->AutoFitChildAxises = auto_fit_axises;
+
+ // Process navigation-in immediately so NavInit can run on first frame
+ if (g.NavActivateId == id && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened) && (child_window->DC.NavLayerActiveMask != 0 || child_window->DC.NavHasScroll))
+ {
+ FocusWindow(child_window);
+ NavInitWindow(child_window, false);
+ SetActiveID(id+1, child_window); // Steal ActiveId with a dummy id so that key-press won't activate child item
+ g.ActiveIdSource = ImGuiInputSource_Nav;
+ }
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::BeginChild(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size_arg, bool border, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ return BeginChildEx(str_id, window->GetID(str_id), size_arg, border, extra_flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::BeginChild(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, bool border, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags)
+{
+ IM_ASSERT(id != 0);
+ return BeginChildEx(NULL, id, size_arg, border, extra_flags);
+}
+
+void ImGui::EndChild()
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+
+ IM_ASSERT(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow); // Mismatched BeginChild()/EndChild() callss
+ if (window->BeginCount > 1)
+ {
+ End();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ ImVec2 sz = window->Size;
+ if (window->AutoFitChildAxises & (1 << ImGuiAxis_X)) // Arbitrary minimum zero-ish child size of 4.0f causes less trouble than a 0.0f
+ sz.x = ImMax(4.0f, sz.x);
+ if (window->AutoFitChildAxises & (1 << ImGuiAxis_Y))
+ sz.y = ImMax(4.0f, sz.y);
+ End();
+
+ ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.CurrentWindow;
+ ImRect bb(parent_window->DC.CursorPos, parent_window->DC.CursorPos + sz);
+ ItemSize(sz);
+ if ((window->DC.NavLayerActiveMask != 0 || window->DC.NavHasScroll) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened))
+ {
+ ItemAdd(bb, window->ChildId);
+ RenderNavHighlight(bb, window->ChildId);
+
+ // When browsing a window that has no activable items (scroll only) we keep a highlight on the child
+ if (window->DC.NavLayerActiveMask == 0 && window == g.NavWindow)
+ RenderNavHighlight(ImRect(bb.Min - ImVec2(2,2), bb.Max + ImVec2(2,2)), g.NavId, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // Not navigable into
+ ItemAdd(bb, 0);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+// Helper to create a child window / scrolling region that looks like a normal widget frame.
+bool ImGui::BeginChildFrame(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+ PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ChildBg, style.Colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBg]);
+ PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding, style.FrameRounding);
+ PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize, style.FrameBorderSize);
+ PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, style.FramePadding);
+ bool ret = BeginChild(id, size, true, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding | extra_flags);
+ PopStyleVar(3);
+ PopStyleColor();
+ return ret;
+}
+
+void ImGui::EndChildFrame()
+{
+ EndChild();
+}
+
+// Save and compare stack sizes on Begin()/End() to detect usage errors
+static void CheckStacksSize(ImGuiWindow* window, bool write)
+{
+ // NOT checking: DC.ItemWidth, DC.AllowKeyboardFocus, DC.ButtonRepeat, DC.TextWrapPos (per window) to allow user to conveniently push once and not pop (they are cleared on Begin)
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ int* p_backup = &window->DC.StackSizesBackup[0];
+ { int current = window->IDStack.Size; if (write) *p_backup = current; else IM_ASSERT(*p_backup == current && "PushID/PopID or TreeNode/TreePop Mismatch!"); p_backup++; } // Too few or too many PopID()/TreePop()
+ { int current = window->DC.GroupStack.Size; if (write) *p_backup = current; else IM_ASSERT(*p_backup == current && "BeginGroup/EndGroup Mismatch!"); p_backup++; } // Too few or too many EndGroup()
+ { int current = g.CurrentPopupStack.Size; if (write) *p_backup = current; else IM_ASSERT(*p_backup == current && "BeginMenu/EndMenu or BeginPopup/EndPopup Mismatch"); p_backup++;}// Too few or too many EndMenu()/EndPopup()
+ // For color, style and font stacks there is an incentive to use Push/Begin/Pop/.../End patterns, so we relax our checks a little to allow them.
+ { int current = g.ColorModifiers.Size; if (write) *p_backup = current; else IM_ASSERT(*p_backup >= current && "PushStyleColor/PopStyleColor Mismatch!"); p_backup++; } // Too few or too many PopStyleColor()
+ { int current = g.StyleModifiers.Size; if (write) *p_backup = current; else IM_ASSERT(*p_backup >= current && "PushStyleVar/PopStyleVar Mismatch!"); p_backup++; } // Too few or too many PopStyleVar()
+ { int current = g.FontStack.Size; if (write) *p_backup = current; else IM_ASSERT(*p_backup >= current && "PushFont/PopFont Mismatch!"); p_backup++; } // Too few or too many PopFont()
+ IM_ASSERT(p_backup == window->DC.StackSizesBackup + IM_ARRAYSIZE(window->DC.StackSizesBackup));
+}
+
+enum ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy
+{
+ ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Default,
+ ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_ComboBox
+};
+
+static ImRect FindAllowedExtentRectForWindow(ImGuiWindow*)
+{
+ ImVec2 padding = GImGui->Style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding;
+ ImRect r_screen = GetViewportRect();
+ r_screen.Expand(ImVec2((r_screen.GetWidth() > padding.x * 2) ? -padding.x : 0.0f, (r_screen.GetHeight() > padding.y * 2) ? -padding.y : 0.0f));
+ return r_screen;
+}
+
+// r_avoid = the rectangle to avoid (e.g. for tooltip it is a rectangle around the mouse cursor which we want to avoid. for popups it's a small point around the cursor.)
+// r_outer = the visible area rectangle, minus safe area padding. If our popup size won't fit because of safe area padding we ignore it.
+static ImVec2 FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(const ImVec2& ref_pos, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDir* last_dir, const ImRect& r_outer, const ImRect& r_avoid, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy policy = ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Default)
+{
+ ImVec2 base_pos_clamped = ImClamp(ref_pos, r_outer.Min, r_outer.Max - size);
+ //GImGui->OverlayDrawList.AddRect(r_avoid.Min, r_avoid.Max, IM_COL32(255,0,0,255));
+ //GImGui->OverlayDrawList.AddRect(r_outer.Min, r_outer.Max, IM_COL32(0,255,0,255));
+
+ // Combo Box policy (we want a connecting edge)
+ if (policy == ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_ComboBox)
+ {
+ const ImGuiDir dir_prefered_order[ImGuiDir_COUNT] = { ImGuiDir_Down, ImGuiDir_Right, ImGuiDir_Left, ImGuiDir_Up };
+ for (int n = (*last_dir != ImGuiDir_None) ? -1 : 0; n < ImGuiDir_COUNT; n++)
+ {
+ const ImGuiDir dir = (n == -1) ? *last_dir : dir_prefered_order[n];
+ if (n != -1 && dir == *last_dir) // Already tried this direction?
+ continue;
+ ImVec2 pos;
+ if (dir == ImGuiDir_Down) pos = ImVec2(r_avoid.Min.x, r_avoid.Max.y); // Below, Toward Right (default)
+ if (dir == ImGuiDir_Right) pos = ImVec2(r_avoid.Min.x, r_avoid.Min.y - size.y); // Above, Toward Right
+ if (dir == ImGuiDir_Left) pos = ImVec2(r_avoid.Max.x - size.x, r_avoid.Max.y); // Below, Toward Left
+ if (dir == ImGuiDir_Up) pos = ImVec2(r_avoid.Max.x - size.x, r_avoid.Min.y - size.y); // Above, Toward Left
+ if (!r_outer.Contains(ImRect(pos, pos + size)))
+ continue;
+ *last_dir = dir;
+ return pos;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Default popup policy
+ const ImGuiDir dir_prefered_order[ImGuiDir_COUNT] = { ImGuiDir_Right, ImGuiDir_Down, ImGuiDir_Up, ImGuiDir_Left };
+ for (int n = (*last_dir != ImGuiDir_None) ? -1 : 0; n < ImGuiDir_COUNT; n++)
+ {
+ const ImGuiDir dir = (n == -1) ? *last_dir : dir_prefered_order[n];
+ if (n != -1 && dir == *last_dir) // Already tried this direction?
+ continue;
+ float avail_w = (dir == ImGuiDir_Left ? r_avoid.Min.x : r_outer.Max.x) - (dir == ImGuiDir_Right ? r_avoid.Max.x : r_outer.Min.x);
+ float avail_h = (dir == ImGuiDir_Up ? r_avoid.Min.y : r_outer.Max.y) - (dir == ImGuiDir_Down ? r_avoid.Max.y : r_outer.Min.y);
+ if (avail_w < size.x || avail_h < size.y)
+ continue;
+ ImVec2 pos;
+ pos.x = (dir == ImGuiDir_Left) ? r_avoid.Min.x - size.x : (dir == ImGuiDir_Right) ? r_avoid.Max.x : base_pos_clamped.x;
+ pos.y = (dir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? r_avoid.Min.y - size.y : (dir == ImGuiDir_Down) ? r_avoid.Max.y : base_pos_clamped.y;
+ *last_dir = dir;
+ return pos;
+ }
+
+ // Fallback, try to keep within display
+ *last_dir = ImGuiDir_None;
+ ImVec2 pos = ref_pos;
+ pos.x = ImMax(ImMin(pos.x + size.x, r_outer.Max.x) - size.x, r_outer.Min.x);
+ pos.y = ImMax(ImMin(pos.y + size.y, r_outer.Max.y) - size.y, r_outer.Min.y);
+ return pos;
+}
+
+static ImVec2 FindBestWindowPosForPopup(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+
+ ImRect r_outer = FindAllowedExtentRectForWindow(window);
+ if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)
+ {
+ // Child menus typically request _any_ position within the parent menu item, and then our FindBestWindowPosForPopup() function will move the new menu outside the parent bounds.
+ // This is how we end up with child menus appearing (most-commonly) on the right of the parent menu.
+ IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow == window);
+ ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.CurrentWindowStack[g.CurrentWindowStack.Size - 2];
+ float horizontal_overlap = g.Style.ItemSpacing.x; // We want some overlap to convey the relative depth of each menu (currently the amount of overlap is hard-coded to style.ItemSpacing.x).
+ ImRect r_avoid;
+ if (parent_window->DC.MenuBarAppending)
+ r_avoid = ImRect(-FLT_MAX, parent_window->Pos.y + parent_window->TitleBarHeight(), FLT_MAX, parent_window->Pos.y + parent_window->TitleBarHeight() + parent_window->MenuBarHeight());
+ else
+ r_avoid = ImRect(parent_window->Pos.x + horizontal_overlap, -FLT_MAX, parent_window->Pos.x + parent_window->Size.x - horizontal_overlap - parent_window->ScrollbarSizes.x, FLT_MAX);
+ return FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(window->Pos, window->Size, &window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, r_avoid);
+ }
+ if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)
+ {
+ ImRect r_avoid = ImRect(window->Pos.x - 1, window->Pos.y - 1, window->Pos.x + 1, window->Pos.y + 1);
+ return FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(window->Pos, window->Size, &window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, r_avoid);
+ }
+ if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)
+ {
+ // Position tooltip (always follows mouse)
+ float sc = g.Style.MouseCursorScale;
+ ImVec2 ref_pos = NavCalcPreferredRefPos();
+ ImRect r_avoid;
+ if (!g.NavDisableHighlight && g.NavDisableMouseHover && !(g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos))
+ r_avoid = ImRect(ref_pos.x - 16, ref_pos.y - 8, ref_pos.x + 16, ref_pos.y + 8);
+ else
+ r_avoid = ImRect(ref_pos.x - 16, ref_pos.y - 8, ref_pos.x + 24 * sc, ref_pos.y + 24 * sc); // FIXME: Hard-coded based on mouse cursor shape expectation. Exact dimension not very important.
+ ImVec2 pos = FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(ref_pos, window->Size, &window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, r_avoid);
+ if (window->AutoPosLastDirection == ImGuiDir_None)
+ pos = ref_pos + ImVec2(2, 2); // If there's not enough room, for tooltip we prefer avoiding the cursor at all cost even if it means that part of the tooltip won't be visible.
+ return pos;
+ }
+ IM_ASSERT(0);
+ return window->Pos;
+}
+
+static void SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiCond flags, bool enabled)
+{
+ window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags = enabled ? (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags | flags) : (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags & ~flags);
+ window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags = enabled ? (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags | flags) : (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & ~flags);
+ window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags = enabled ? (window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags | flags) : (window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags & ~flags);
+}
+
+ImGuiWindow* ImGui::FindWindowByName(const char* name)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiID id = ImHash(name, 0);
+ return (ImGuiWindow*)g.WindowsById.GetVoidPtr(id);
+}
+
+static ImGuiWindow* CreateNewWindow(const char* name, ImVec2 size, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+
+ // Create window the first time
+ ImGuiWindow* window = IM_NEW(ImGuiWindow)(&g, name);
+ window->Flags = flags;
+ g.WindowsById.SetVoidPtr(window->ID, window);
+
+ // Default/arbitrary window position. Use SetNextWindowPos() with the appropriate condition flag to change the initial position of a window.
+ window->Pos = ImVec2(60, 60);
+
+ // User can disable loading and saving of settings. Tooltip and child windows also don't store settings.
+ if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings))
+ if (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = ImGui::FindWindowSettings(window->ID))
+ {
+ // Retrieve settings from .ini file
+ window->SettingsIdx = g.SettingsWindows.index_from_pointer(settings);
+ SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(window, ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver, false);
+ window->Pos = ImFloor(settings->Pos);
+ window->Collapsed = settings->Collapsed;
+ if (ImLengthSqr(settings->Size) > 0.00001f)
+ size = ImFloor(settings->Size);
+ }
+ window->Size = window->SizeFull = window->SizeFullAtLastBegin = size;
+ window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->Pos; // So first call to CalcSizeContents() doesn't return crazy values
+
+ if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) != 0)
+ {
+ window->AutoFitFramesX = window->AutoFitFramesY = 2;
+ window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = false;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (window->Size.x <= 0.0f)
+ window->AutoFitFramesX = 2;
+ if (window->Size.y <= 0.0f)
+ window->AutoFitFramesY = 2;
+ window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0) || (window->AutoFitFramesY > 0);
+ }
+
+ if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus)
+ g.Windows.insert(g.Windows.begin(), window); // Quite slow but rare and only once
+ else
+ g.Windows.push_back(window);
+ return window;
+}
+
+static ImVec2 CalcSizeAfterConstraint(ImGuiWindow* window, ImVec2 new_size)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ if (g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintCond != 0)
+ {
+ // Using -1,-1 on either X/Y axis to preserve the current size.
+ ImRect cr = g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintRect;
+ new_size.x = (cr.Min.x >= 0 && cr.Max.x >= 0) ? ImClamp(new_size.x, cr.Min.x, cr.Max.x) : window->SizeFull.x;
+ new_size.y = (cr.Min.y >= 0 && cr.Max.y >= 0) ? ImClamp(new_size.y, cr.Min.y, cr.Max.y) : window->SizeFull.y;
+ if (g.NextWindowData.SizeCallback)
+ {
+ ImGuiSizeCallbackData data;
+ data.UserData = g.NextWindowData.SizeCallbackUserData;
+ data.Pos = window->Pos;
+ data.CurrentSize = window->SizeFull;
+ data.DesiredSize = new_size;
+ g.NextWindowData.SizeCallback(&data);
+ new_size = data.DesiredSize;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Minimum size
+ if (!(window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)))
+ {
+ new_size = ImMax(new_size, g.Style.WindowMinSize);
+ new_size.y = ImMax(new_size.y, window->TitleBarHeight() + window->MenuBarHeight() + ImMax(0.0f, g.Style.WindowRounding - 1.0f)); // Reduce artifacts with very small windows
+ }
+ return new_size;
+}
+
+static ImVec2 CalcSizeContents(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+ ImVec2 sz;
+ sz.x = (float)(int)((window->SizeContentsExplicit.x != 0.0f) ? window->SizeContentsExplicit.x : (window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x - window->Pos.x + window->Scroll.x));
+ sz.y = (float)(int)((window->SizeContentsExplicit.y != 0.0f) ? window->SizeContentsExplicit.y : (window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y - window->Pos.y + window->Scroll.y));
+ return sz + window->WindowPadding;
+}
+
+static ImVec2 CalcSizeAutoFit(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_contents)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+ if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)
+ {
+ // Tooltip always resize
+ return size_contents;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // When the window cannot fit all contents (either because of constraints, either because screen is too small): we are growing the size on the other axis to compensate for expected scrollbar. FIXME: Might turn bigger than DisplaySize-WindowPadding.
+ const bool is_popup = (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0;
+ const bool is_menu = (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) != 0;
+ ImVec2 size_min = style.WindowMinSize;
+ if (is_popup || is_menu) // Popups and menus bypass style.WindowMinSize by default, but we give then a non-zero minimum size to facilitate understanding problematic cases (e.g. empty popups)
+ size_min = ImMin(size_min, ImVec2(4.0f, 4.0f));
+ ImVec2 size_auto_fit = ImClamp(size_contents, size_min, ImMax(size_min, g.IO.DisplaySize - style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding * 2.0f));
+ ImVec2 size_auto_fit_after_constraint = CalcSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_auto_fit);
+ if (size_auto_fit_after_constraint.x < size_contents.x && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar))
+ size_auto_fit.y += style.ScrollbarSize;
+ if (size_auto_fit_after_constraint.y < size_contents.y && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar))
+ size_auto_fit.x += style.ScrollbarSize;
+ return size_auto_fit;
+ }
+}
+
+static float GetScrollMaxX(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+ return ImMax(0.0f, window->SizeContents.x - (window->SizeFull.x - window->ScrollbarSizes.x));
+}
+
+static float GetScrollMaxY(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+ return ImMax(0.0f, window->SizeContents.y - (window->SizeFull.y - window->ScrollbarSizes.y));
+}
+
+static ImVec2 CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(ImGuiWindow* window, bool snap_on_edges)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ ImVec2 scroll = window->Scroll;
+ if (window->ScrollTarget.x < FLT_MAX)
+ {
+ float cr_x = window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.x;
+ scroll.x = window->ScrollTarget.x - cr_x * (window->SizeFull.x - window->ScrollbarSizes.x);
+ }
+ if (window->ScrollTarget.y < FLT_MAX)
+ {
+ // 'snap_on_edges' allows for a discontinuity at the edge of scrolling limits to take account of WindowPadding so that scrolling to make the last item visible scroll far enough to see the padding.
+ float cr_y = window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y;
+ float target_y = window->ScrollTarget.y;
+ if (snap_on_edges && cr_y <= 0.0f && target_y <= window->WindowPadding.y)
+ target_y = 0.0f;
+ if (snap_on_edges && cr_y >= 1.0f && target_y >= window->SizeContents.y - window->WindowPadding.y + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y)
+ target_y = window->SizeContents.y;
+ scroll.y = target_y - (1.0f - cr_y) * (window->TitleBarHeight() + window->MenuBarHeight()) - cr_y * (window->SizeFull.y - window->ScrollbarSizes.y);
+ }
+ scroll = ImMax(scroll, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f));
+ if (!window->Collapsed && !window->SkipItems)
+ {
+ scroll.x = ImMin(scroll.x, GetScrollMaxX(window));
+ scroll.y = ImMin(scroll.y, GetScrollMaxY(window));
+ }
+ return scroll;
+}
+
+static ImGuiCol GetWindowBgColorIdxFromFlags(ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
+{
+ if (flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup))
+ return ImGuiCol_PopupBg;
+ if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)
+ return ImGuiCol_ChildBg;
+ return ImGuiCol_WindowBg;
+}
+
+static void CalcResizePosSizeFromAnyCorner(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& corner_target, const ImVec2& corner_norm, ImVec2* out_pos, ImVec2* out_size)
+{
+ ImVec2 pos_min = ImLerp(corner_target, window->Pos, corner_norm); // Expected window upper-left
+ ImVec2 pos_max = ImLerp(window->Pos + window->Size, corner_target, corner_norm); // Expected window lower-right
+ ImVec2 size_expected = pos_max - pos_min;
+ ImVec2 size_constrained = CalcSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_expected);
+ *out_pos = pos_min;
+ if (corner_norm.x == 0.0f)
+ out_pos->x -= (size_constrained.x - size_expected.x);
+ if (corner_norm.y == 0.0f)
+ out_pos->y -= (size_constrained.y - size_expected.y);
+ *out_size = size_constrained;
+}
+
+struct ImGuiResizeGripDef
+{
+ ImVec2 CornerPos;
+ ImVec2 InnerDir;
+ int AngleMin12, AngleMax12;
+};
+
+const ImGuiResizeGripDef resize_grip_def[4] =
+{
+ { ImVec2(1,1), ImVec2(-1,-1), 0, 3 }, // Lower right
+ { ImVec2(0,1), ImVec2(+1,-1), 3, 6 }, // Lower left
+ { ImVec2(0,0), ImVec2(+1,+1), 6, 9 }, // Upper left
+ { ImVec2(1,0), ImVec2(-1,+1), 9,12 }, // Upper right
+};
+
+static ImRect GetBorderRect(ImGuiWindow* window, int border_n, float perp_padding, float thickness)
+{
+ ImRect rect = window->Rect();
+ if (thickness == 0.0f) rect.Max -= ImVec2(1,1);
+ if (border_n == 0) return ImRect(rect.Min.x + perp_padding, rect.Min.y, rect.Max.x - perp_padding, rect.Min.y + thickness);
+ if (border_n == 1) return ImRect(rect.Max.x - thickness, rect.Min.y + perp_padding, rect.Max.x, rect.Max.y - perp_padding);
+ if (border_n == 2) return ImRect(rect.Min.x + perp_padding, rect.Max.y - thickness, rect.Max.x - perp_padding, rect.Max.y);
+ if (border_n == 3) return ImRect(rect.Min.x, rect.Min.y + perp_padding, rect.Min.x + thickness, rect.Max.y - perp_padding);
+ IM_ASSERT(0);
+ return ImRect();
+}
+
+// Handle resize for: Resize Grips, Borders, Gamepad
+static void ImGui::UpdateManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_auto_fit, int* border_held, int resize_grip_count, ImU32 resize_grip_col[4])
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiWindowFlags flags = window->Flags;
+ if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize) || (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) || window->AutoFitFramesX > 0 || window->AutoFitFramesY > 0)
+ return;
+
+ const int resize_border_count = g.IO.OptResizeWindowsFromEdges ? 4 : 0;
+ const float grip_draw_size = (float)(int)ImMax(g.FontSize * 1.35f, window->WindowRounding + 1.0f + g.FontSize * 0.2f);
+ const float grip_hover_size = (float)(int)(grip_draw_size * 0.75f);
+
+ ImVec2 pos_target(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);
+ ImVec2 size_target(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);
+
+ // Manual resize grips
+ PushID("#RESIZE");
+ for (int resize_grip_n = 0; resize_grip_n < resize_grip_count; resize_grip_n++)
+ {
+ const ImGuiResizeGripDef& grip = resize_grip_def[resize_grip_n];
+ const ImVec2 corner = ImLerp(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, grip.CornerPos);
+
+ // Using the FlattenChilds button flag we make the resize button accessible even if we are hovering over a child window
+ ImRect resize_rect(corner, corner + grip.InnerDir * grip_hover_size);
+ if (resize_rect.Min.x > resize_rect.Max.x) ImSwap(resize_rect.Min.x, resize_rect.Max.x);
+ if (resize_rect.Min.y > resize_rect.Max.y) ImSwap(resize_rect.Min.y, resize_rect.Max.y);
+ bool hovered, held;
+ ButtonBehavior(resize_rect, window->GetID((void*)(intptr_t)resize_grip_n), &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren | ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus);
+ if (hovered || held)
+ g.MouseCursor = (resize_grip_n & 1) ? ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW : ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE;
+
+ if (held && g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0] && resize_grip_n == 0)
+ {
+ // Manual auto-fit when double-clicking
+ size_target = CalcSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_auto_fit);
+ ClearActiveID();
+ }
+ else if (held)
+ {
+ // Resize from any of the four corners
+ // We don't use an incremental MouseDelta but rather compute an absolute target size based on mouse position
+ ImVec2 corner_target = g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset + resize_rect.GetSize() * grip.CornerPos; // Corner of the window corresponding to our corner grip
+ CalcResizePosSizeFromAnyCorner(window, corner_target, grip.CornerPos, &pos_target, &size_target);
+ }
+ if (resize_grip_n == 0 || held || hovered)
+ resize_grip_col[resize_grip_n] = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered : ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip);
+ }
+ for (int border_n = 0; border_n < resize_border_count; border_n++)
+ {
+ const float BORDER_SIZE = 5.0f; // FIXME: Only works _inside_ window because of HoveredWindow check.
+ const float BORDER_APPEAR_TIMER = 0.05f; // Reduce visual noise
+ bool hovered, held;
+ ImRect border_rect = GetBorderRect(window, border_n, grip_hover_size, BORDER_SIZE);
+ ButtonBehavior(border_rect, window->GetID((void*)(intptr_t)(border_n + 4)), &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren);
+ if ((hovered && g.HoveredIdTimer > BORDER_APPEAR_TIMER) || held)
+ {
+ g.MouseCursor = (border_n & 1) ? ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW : ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS;
+ if (held) *border_held = border_n;
+ }
+ if (held)
+ {
+ ImVec2 border_target = window->Pos;
+ ImVec2 border_posn;
+ if (border_n == 0) { border_posn = ImVec2(0, 0); border_target.y = (g.IO.MousePos.y - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.y); }
+ if (border_n == 1) { border_posn = ImVec2(1, 0); border_target.x = (g.IO.MousePos.x - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.x + BORDER_SIZE); }
+ if (border_n == 2) { border_posn = ImVec2(0, 1); border_target.y = (g.IO.MousePos.y - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.y + BORDER_SIZE); }
+ if (border_n == 3) { border_posn = ImVec2(0, 0); border_target.x = (g.IO.MousePos.x - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.x); }
+ CalcResizePosSizeFromAnyCorner(window, border_target, border_posn, &pos_target, &size_target);
+ }
+ }
+ PopID();
+
+ // Navigation resize (keyboard/gamepad)
+ if (g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavWindowingTarget->RootWindow == window)
+ {
+ ImVec2 nav_resize_delta;
+ if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_NavKeyboard && g.IO.KeyShift)
+ nav_resize_delta = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_Keyboard, ImGuiInputReadMode_Down);
+ if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_NavGamepad)
+ nav_resize_delta = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadDPad, ImGuiInputReadMode_Down);
+ if (nav_resize_delta.x != 0.0f || nav_resize_delta.y != 0.0f)
+ {
+ const float NAV_RESIZE_SPEED = 600.0f;
+ nav_resize_delta *= ImFloor(NAV_RESIZE_SPEED * g.IO.DeltaTime * ImMin(g.IO.DisplayFramebufferScale.x, g.IO.DisplayFramebufferScale.y));
+ g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false;
+ g.NavDisableMouseHover = true;
+ resize_grip_col[0] = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive);
+ // FIXME-NAV: Should store and accumulate into a separate size buffer to handle sizing constraints properly, right now a constraint will make us stuck.
+ size_target = CalcSizeAfterConstraint(window, window->SizeFull + nav_resize_delta);
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Apply back modified position/size to window
+ if (size_target.x != FLT_MAX)
+ {
+ window->SizeFull = size_target;
+ MarkIniSettingsDirty(window);
+ }
+ if (pos_target.x != FLT_MAX)
+ {
+ window->Pos = ImFloor(pos_target);
+ MarkIniSettingsDirty(window);
+ }
+
+ window->Size = window->SizeFull;
+}
+
+void ImGui::UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindowFlags flags, ImGuiWindow* parent_window)
+{
+ window->ParentWindow = parent_window;
+ window->RootWindow = window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight = window->RootWindowForNav = window;
+ if (parent_window && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip))
+ window->RootWindow = parent_window->RootWindow;
+ if (parent_window && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) && (flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)))
+ window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight = parent_window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight;
+ while (window->RootWindowForNav->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened)
+ window->RootWindowForNav = window->RootWindowForNav->ParentWindow;
+}
+
+// Push a new ImGui window to add widgets to.
+// - A default window called "Debug" is automatically stacked at the beginning of every frame so you can use widgets without explicitly calling a Begin/End pair.
+// - Begin/End can be called multiple times during the frame with the same window name to append content.
+// - The window name is used as a unique identifier to preserve window information across frames (and save rudimentary information to the .ini file).
+// You can use the "##" or "###" markers to use the same label with different id, or same id with different label. See documentation at the top of this file.
+// - Return false when window is collapsed, so you can early out in your code. You always need to call ImGui::End() even if false is returned.
+// - Passing 'bool* p_open' displays a Close button on the upper-right corner of the window, the pointed value will be set to false when the button is pressed.
+bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+ IM_ASSERT(name != NULL); // Window name required
+ IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized); // Forgot to call ImGui::NewFrame()
+ IM_ASSERT(g.FrameCountEnded != g.FrameCount); // Called ImGui::Render() or ImGui::EndFrame() and haven't called ImGui::NewFrame() again yet
+
+ // Find or create
+ ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name);
+ const bool window_just_created = (window == NULL);
+ if (window_just_created)
+ {
+ ImVec2 size_on_first_use = (g.NextWindowData.SizeCond != 0) ? g.NextWindowData.SizeVal : ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); // Any condition flag will do since we are creating a new window here.
+ window = CreateNewWindow(name, size_on_first_use, flags);
+ }
+
+ // Automatically disable manual moving/resizing when NoInputs is set
+ if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs)
+ flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize;
+
+ if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened)
+ IM_ASSERT(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow);
+
+ const int current_frame = g.FrameCount;
+ const bool first_begin_of_the_frame = (window->LastFrameActive != current_frame);
+ if (first_begin_of_the_frame)
+ window->Flags = (ImGuiWindowFlags)flags;
+ else
+ flags = window->Flags;
+
+ // Parent window is latched only on the first call to Begin() of the frame, so further append-calls can be done from a different window stack
+ ImGuiWindow* parent_window_in_stack = g.CurrentWindowStack.empty() ? NULL : g.CurrentWindowStack.back();
+ ImGuiWindow* parent_window = first_begin_of_the_frame ? ((flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) ? parent_window_in_stack : NULL) : window->ParentWindow;
+ IM_ASSERT(parent_window != NULL || !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow));
+ window->HasCloseButton = (p_open != NULL);
+
+ // Update the Appearing flag
+ bool window_just_activated_by_user = (window->LastFrameActive < current_frame - 1); // Not using !WasActive because the implicit "Debug" window would always toggle off->on
+ const bool window_just_appearing_after_hidden_for_resize = (window->HiddenFramesForResize > 0);
+ if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)
+ {
+ ImGuiPopupRef& popup_ref = g.OpenPopupStack[g.CurrentPopupStack.Size];
+ window_just_activated_by_user |= (window->PopupId != popup_ref.PopupId); // We recycle popups so treat window as activated if popup id changed
+ window_just_activated_by_user |= (window != popup_ref.Window);
+ }
+ window->Appearing = (window_just_activated_by_user || window_just_appearing_after_hidden_for_resize);
+ if (window->Appearing)
+ SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(window, ImGuiCond_Appearing, true);
+
+ // Add to stack
+ g.CurrentWindowStack.push_back(window);
+ SetCurrentWindow(window);
+ CheckStacksSize(window, true);
+ if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)
+ {
+ ImGuiPopupRef& popup_ref = g.OpenPopupStack[g.CurrentPopupStack.Size];
+ popup_ref.Window = window;
+ g.CurrentPopupStack.push_back(popup_ref);
+ window->PopupId = popup_ref.PopupId;
+ }
+
+ if (window_just_appearing_after_hidden_for_resize && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow))
+ window->NavLastIds[0] = 0;
+
+ // Process SetNextWindow***() calls
+ bool window_pos_set_by_api = false;
+ bool window_size_x_set_by_api = false, window_size_y_set_by_api = false;
+ if (g.NextWindowData.PosCond)
+ {
+ window_pos_set_by_api = (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags & g.NextWindowData.PosCond) != 0;
+ if (window_pos_set_by_api && ImLengthSqr(g.NextWindowData.PosPivotVal) > 0.00001f)
+ {
+ // May be processed on the next frame if this is our first frame and we are measuring size
+ // FIXME: Look into removing the branch so everything can go through this same code path for consistency.
+ window->SetWindowPosVal = g.NextWindowData.PosVal;
+ window->SetWindowPosPivot = g.NextWindowData.PosPivotVal;
+ window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags &= ~(ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ SetWindowPos(window, g.NextWindowData.PosVal, g.NextWindowData.PosCond);
+ }
+ }
+ if (g.NextWindowData.SizeCond)
+ {
+ window_size_x_set_by_api = (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & g.NextWindowData.SizeCond) != 0 && (g.NextWindowData.SizeVal.x > 0.0f);
+ window_size_y_set_by_api = (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & g.NextWindowData.SizeCond) != 0 && (g.NextWindowData.SizeVal.y > 0.0f);
+ SetWindowSize(window, g.NextWindowData.SizeVal, g.NextWindowData.SizeCond);
+ }
+ if (g.NextWindowData.ContentSizeCond)
+ {
+ // Adjust passed "client size" to become a "window size"
+ window->SizeContentsExplicit = g.NextWindowData.ContentSizeVal;
+ if (window->SizeContentsExplicit.y != 0.0f)
+ window->SizeContentsExplicit.y += window->TitleBarHeight() + window->MenuBarHeight();
+ }
+ else if (first_begin_of_the_frame)
+ {
+ window->SizeContentsExplicit = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+ }
+ if (g.NextWindowData.CollapsedCond)
+ SetWindowCollapsed(window, g.NextWindowData.CollapsedVal, g.NextWindowData.CollapsedCond);
+ if (g.NextWindowData.FocusCond)
+ FocusWindow(window);
+ if (window->Appearing)
+ SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(window, ImGuiCond_Appearing, false);
+
+ // When reusing window again multiple times a frame, just append content (don't need to setup again)
+ if (first_begin_of_the_frame)
+ {
+ // Initialize
+ const bool window_is_child_tooltip = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip); // FIXME-WIP: Undocumented behavior of Child+Tooltip for pinned tooltip (#1345)
+ UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(window, flags, parent_window);
+
+ window->Active = true;
+ window->BeginOrderWithinParent = 0;
+ window->BeginOrderWithinContext = g.WindowsActiveCount++;
+ window->BeginCount = 0;
+ window->ClipRect = ImVec4(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX,+FLT_MAX,+FLT_MAX);
+ window->LastFrameActive = current_frame;
+ window->IDStack.resize(1);
+
+ // UPDATE CONTENTS SIZE, UPDATE HIDDEN STATUS
+
+ // Update contents size from last frame for auto-fitting (or use explicit size)
+ window->SizeContents = CalcSizeContents(window);
+ if (window->HiddenFramesRegular > 0)
+ window->HiddenFramesRegular--;
+ if (window->HiddenFramesForResize > 0)
+ window->HiddenFramesForResize--;
+
+ // Hide new windows for one frame until they calculate their size
+ if (window_just_created && (!window_size_x_set_by_api || !window_size_y_set_by_api))
+ window->HiddenFramesForResize = 1;
+
+ // Hide popup/tooltip window when re-opening while we measure size (because we recycle the windows)
+ // We reset Size/SizeContents for reappearing popups/tooltips early in this function, so further code won't be tempted to use the old size.
+ if (window_just_activated_by_user && (flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) != 0)
+ {
+ window->HiddenFramesForResize = 1;
+ if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)
+ {
+ if (!window_size_x_set_by_api)
+ window->Size.x = window->SizeFull.x = 0.f;
+ if (!window_size_y_set_by_api)
+ window->Size.y = window->SizeFull.y = 0.f;
+ window->SizeContents = ImVec2(0.f, 0.f);
+ }
+ }
+
+ SetCurrentWindow(window);
+
+ // Lock border size and padding for the frame (so that altering them doesn't cause inconsistencies)
+ window->WindowBorderSize = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? style.ChildBorderSize : ((flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)) ? style.PopupBorderSize : style.WindowBorderSize;
+ window->WindowPadding = style.WindowPadding;
+ if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) && window->WindowBorderSize == 0.0f)
+ window->WindowPadding = ImVec2(0.0f, (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) ? style.WindowPadding.y : 0.0f);
+ window->DC.MenuBarOffset.x = ImMax(ImMax(window->WindowPadding.x, style.ItemSpacing.x), g.NextWindowData.MenuBarOffsetMinVal.x);
+ window->DC.MenuBarOffset.y = g.NextWindowData.MenuBarOffsetMinVal.y;
+
+ // Collapse window by double-clicking on title bar
+ // At this point we don't have a clipping rectangle setup yet, so we can use the title bar area for hit detection and drawing
+ if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse))
+ {
+ // We don't use a regular button+id to test for double-click on title bar (mostly due to legacy reason, could be fixed), so verify that we don't have items over the title bar.
+ ImRect title_bar_rect = window->TitleBarRect();
+ if (g.HoveredWindow == window && g.HoveredId == 0 && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame == 0 && IsMouseHoveringRect(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max) && g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0])
+ window->CollapseToggleWanted = true;
+ if (window->CollapseToggleWanted)
+ {
+ window->Collapsed = !window->Collapsed;
+ MarkIniSettingsDirty(window);
+ FocusWindow(window);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ window->Collapsed = false;
+ }
+ window->CollapseToggleWanted = false;
+
+ // SIZE
+
+ // Calculate auto-fit size, handle automatic resize
+ const ImVec2 size_auto_fit = CalcSizeAutoFit(window, window->SizeContents);
+ ImVec2 size_full_modified(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);
+ if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) && !window->Collapsed)
+ {
+ // Using SetNextWindowSize() overrides ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize, so it can be used on tooltips/popups, etc.
+ if (!window_size_x_set_by_api)
+ window->SizeFull.x = size_full_modified.x = size_auto_fit.x;
+ if (!window_size_y_set_by_api)
+ window->SizeFull.y = size_full_modified.y = size_auto_fit.y;
+ }
+ else if (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0 || window->AutoFitFramesY > 0)
+ {
+ // Auto-fit may only grow window during the first few frames
+ // We still process initial auto-fit on collapsed windows to get a window width, but otherwise don't honor ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize when collapsed.
+ if (!window_size_x_set_by_api && window->AutoFitFramesX > 0)
+ window->SizeFull.x = size_full_modified.x = window->AutoFitOnlyGrows ? ImMax(window->SizeFull.x, size_auto_fit.x) : size_auto_fit.x;
+ if (!window_size_y_set_by_api && window->AutoFitFramesY > 0)
+ window->SizeFull.y = size_full_modified.y = window->AutoFitOnlyGrows ? ImMax(window->SizeFull.y, size_auto_fit.y) : size_auto_fit.y;
+ if (!window->Collapsed)
+ MarkIniSettingsDirty(window);
+ }
+
+ // Apply minimum/maximum window size constraints and final size
+ window->SizeFull = CalcSizeAfterConstraint(window, window->SizeFull);
+ window->Size = window->Collapsed && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? window->TitleBarRect().GetSize() : window->SizeFull;
+
+ // SCROLLBAR STATUS
+
+ // Update scrollbar status (based on the Size that was effective during last frame or the auto-resized Size).
+ if (!window->Collapsed)
+ {
+ // When reading the current size we need to read it after size constraints have been applied
+ float size_x_for_scrollbars = size_full_modified.x != FLT_MAX ? window->SizeFull.x : window->SizeFullAtLastBegin.x;
+ float size_y_for_scrollbars = size_full_modified.y != FLT_MAX ? window->SizeFull.y : window->SizeFullAtLastBegin.y;
+ window->ScrollbarY = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar) || ((window->SizeContents.y > size_y_for_scrollbars) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar));
+ window->ScrollbarX = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar) || ((window->SizeContents.x > size_x_for_scrollbars - (window->ScrollbarY ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f)) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar));
+ if (window->ScrollbarX && !window->ScrollbarY)
+ window->ScrollbarY = (window->SizeContents.y > size_y_for_scrollbars - style.ScrollbarSize) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar);
+ window->ScrollbarSizes = ImVec2(window->ScrollbarY ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f, window->ScrollbarX ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f);
+ }
+
+ // POSITION
+
+ // Popup latch its initial position, will position itself when it appears next frame
+ if (window_just_activated_by_user)
+ {
+ window->AutoPosLastDirection = ImGuiDir_None;
+ if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0 && !window_pos_set_by_api)
+ window->Pos = g.CurrentPopupStack.back().OpenPopupPos;
+ }
+
+ // Position child window
+ if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)
+ {
+ window->BeginOrderWithinParent = parent_window->DC.ChildWindows.Size;
+ parent_window->DC.ChildWindows.push_back(window);
+ if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !window_pos_set_by_api && !window_is_child_tooltip)
+ window->Pos = parent_window->DC.CursorPos;
+ }
+
+ const bool window_pos_with_pivot = (window->SetWindowPosVal.x != FLT_MAX && window->HiddenFramesForResize == 0);
+ if (window_pos_with_pivot)
+ SetWindowPos(window, ImMax(style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding, window->SetWindowPosVal - window->SizeFull * window->SetWindowPosPivot), 0); // Position given a pivot (e.g. for centering)
+ else if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) != 0)
+ window->Pos = FindBestWindowPosForPopup(window);
+ else if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0 && !window_pos_set_by_api && window_just_appearing_after_hidden_for_resize)
+ window->Pos = FindBestWindowPosForPopup(window);
+ else if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) != 0 && !window_pos_set_by_api && !window_is_child_tooltip)
+ window->Pos = FindBestWindowPosForPopup(window);
+
+ // Clamp position so it stays visible
+ if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow))
+ {
+ if (!window_pos_set_by_api && window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0 && g.IO.DisplaySize.x > 0.0f && g.IO.DisplaySize.y > 0.0f) // Ignore zero-sized display explicitly to avoid losing positions if a window manager reports zero-sized window when initializing or minimizing.
+ {
+ ImVec2 padding = ImMax(style.DisplayWindowPadding, style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding);
+ window->Pos = ImMax(window->Pos + window->Size, padding) - window->Size;
+ window->Pos = ImMin(window->Pos, g.IO.DisplaySize - padding);
+ }
+ }
+ window->Pos = ImFloor(window->Pos);
+
+ // Lock window rounding for the frame (so that altering them doesn't cause inconsistencies)
+ window->WindowRounding = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? style.ChildRounding : ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)) ? style.PopupRounding : style.WindowRounding;
+
+ // Prepare for item focus requests
+ window->FocusIdxAllRequestCurrent = (window->FocusIdxAllRequestNext == INT_MAX || window->FocusIdxAllCounter == -1) ? INT_MAX : (window->FocusIdxAllRequestNext + (window->FocusIdxAllCounter+1)) % (window->FocusIdxAllCounter+1);
+ window->FocusIdxTabRequestCurrent = (window->FocusIdxTabRequestNext == INT_MAX || window->FocusIdxTabCounter == -1) ? INT_MAX : (window->FocusIdxTabRequestNext + (window->FocusIdxTabCounter+1)) % (window->FocusIdxTabCounter+1);
+ window->FocusIdxAllCounter = window->FocusIdxTabCounter = -1;
+ window->FocusIdxAllRequestNext = window->FocusIdxTabRequestNext = INT_MAX;
+
+ // Apply scrolling
+ window->Scroll = CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(window, true);
+ window->ScrollTarget = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);
+
+ // Apply window focus (new and reactivated windows are moved to front)
+ bool want_focus = false;
+ if (window_just_activated_by_user && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing))
+ if (!(flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) || (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup))
+ want_focus = true;
+
+ // Handle manual resize: Resize Grips, Borders, Gamepad
+ int border_held = -1;
+ ImU32 resize_grip_col[4] = { 0 };
+ const int resize_grip_count = g.IO.OptResizeWindowsFromEdges ? 2 : 1; // 4
+ const float grip_draw_size = (float)(int)ImMax(g.FontSize * 1.35f, window->WindowRounding + 1.0f + g.FontSize * 0.2f);
+ if (!window->Collapsed)
+ UpdateManualResize(window, size_auto_fit, &border_held, resize_grip_count, &resize_grip_col[0]);
+
+ // Default item width. Make it proportional to window size if window manually resizes
+ if (window->Size.x > 0.0f && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize))
+ window->ItemWidthDefault = (float)(int)(window->Size.x * 0.65f);
+ else
+ window->ItemWidthDefault = (float)(int)(g.FontSize * 16.0f);
+
+ // DRAWING
+
+ // Setup draw list and outer clipping rectangle
+ window->DrawList->Clear();
+ window->DrawList->Flags = (g.Style.AntiAliasedLines ? ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines : 0) | (g.Style.AntiAliasedFill ? ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedFill : 0);
+ window->DrawList->PushTextureID(g.Font->ContainerAtlas->TexID);
+ ImRect viewport_rect(GetViewportRect());
+ if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !window_is_child_tooltip)
+ PushClipRect(parent_window->ClipRect.Min, parent_window->ClipRect.Max, true);
+ else
+ PushClipRect(viewport_rect.Min, viewport_rect.Max, true);
+
+ // Draw modal window background (darkens what is behind them, all viewports)
+ const bool dim_bg_for_modal = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) && window == GetFrontMostPopupModal() && window->HiddenFramesForResize <= 0;
+ const bool dim_bg_for_window_list = g.NavWindowingTargetAnim && (window == g.NavWindowingTargetAnim->RootWindow);
+ if (dim_bg_for_modal || dim_bg_for_window_list)
+ {
+ const ImU32 dim_bg_col = GetColorU32(dim_bg_for_modal ? ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg : ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg, g.DimBgRatio);
+ window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(viewport_rect.Min, viewport_rect.Max, dim_bg_col);
+ }
+
+ // Draw navigation selection/windowing rectangle background
+ if (dim_bg_for_window_list && window == g.NavWindowingTargetAnim)
+ {
+ ImRect bb = window->Rect();
+ bb.Expand(g.FontSize);
+ if (!bb.Contains(viewport_rect)) // Avoid drawing if the window covers all the viewport anyway
+ window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight, g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha * 0.25f), g.Style.WindowRounding);
+ }
+
+ // Draw window + handle manual resize
+ const float window_rounding = window->WindowRounding;
+ const float window_border_size = window->WindowBorderSize;
+ const ImGuiWindow* window_to_highlight = g.NavWindowingTarget ? g.NavWindowingTarget : g.NavWindow;
+ const bool title_bar_is_highlight = want_focus || (window_to_highlight && window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight == window_to_highlight->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight);
+ const ImRect title_bar_rect = window->TitleBarRect();
+ if (window->Collapsed)
+ {
+ // Title bar only
+ float backup_border_size = style.FrameBorderSize;
+ g.Style.FrameBorderSize = window->WindowBorderSize;
+ ImU32 title_bar_col = GetColorU32((title_bar_is_highlight && !g.NavDisableHighlight) ? ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive : ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed);
+ RenderFrame(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max, title_bar_col, true, window_rounding);
+ g.Style.FrameBorderSize = backup_border_size;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // Window background
+ ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32(GetWindowBgColorIdxFromFlags(flags));
+ if (g.NextWindowData.BgAlphaCond != 0)
+ {
+ bg_col = (bg_col & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK) | (IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(g.NextWindowData.BgAlphaVal) << IM_COL32_A_SHIFT);
+ g.NextWindowData.BgAlphaCond = 0;
+ }
+ window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(window->Pos + ImVec2(0, window->TitleBarHeight()), window->Pos + window->Size, bg_col, window_rounding, (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? ImDrawCornerFlags_All : ImDrawCornerFlags_Bot);
+
+ // Title bar
+ ImU32 title_bar_col = GetColorU32(window->Collapsed ? ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed : title_bar_is_highlight ? ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive : ImGuiCol_TitleBg);
+ if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar))
+ window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max, title_bar_col, window_rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_Top);
+
+ // Menu bar
+ if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar)
+ {
+ ImRect menu_bar_rect = window->MenuBarRect();
+ menu_bar_rect.ClipWith(window->Rect()); // Soft clipping, in particular child window don't have minimum size covering the menu bar so this is useful for them.
+ window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(menu_bar_rect.Min, menu_bar_rect.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_MenuBarBg), (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? window_rounding : 0.0f, ImDrawCornerFlags_Top);
+ if (style.FrameBorderSize > 0.0f && menu_bar_rect.Max.y < window->Pos.y + window->Size.y)
+ window->DrawList->AddLine(menu_bar_rect.GetBL(), menu_bar_rect.GetBR(), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), style.FrameBorderSize);
+ }
+
+ // Scrollbars
+ if (window->ScrollbarX)
+ Scrollbar(ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal);
+ if (window->ScrollbarY)
+ Scrollbar(ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical);
+
+ // Render resize grips (after their input handling so we don't have a frame of latency)
+ if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize))
+ {
+ for (int resize_grip_n = 0; resize_grip_n < resize_grip_count; resize_grip_n++)
+ {
+ const ImGuiResizeGripDef& grip = resize_grip_def[resize_grip_n];
+ const ImVec2 corner = ImLerp(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, grip.CornerPos);
+ window->DrawList->PathLineTo(corner + grip.InnerDir * ((resize_grip_n & 1) ? ImVec2(window_border_size, grip_draw_size) : ImVec2(grip_draw_size, window_border_size)));
+ window->DrawList->PathLineTo(corner + grip.InnerDir * ((resize_grip_n & 1) ? ImVec2(grip_draw_size, window_border_size) : ImVec2(window_border_size, grip_draw_size)));
+ window->DrawList->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(corner.x + grip.InnerDir.x * (window_rounding + window_border_size), corner.y + grip.InnerDir.y * (window_rounding + window_border_size)), window_rounding, grip.AngleMin12, grip.AngleMax12);
+ window->DrawList->PathFillConvex(resize_grip_col[resize_grip_n]);
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Borders
+ if (window_border_size > 0.0f)
+ window->DrawList->AddRect(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), window_rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_All, window_border_size);
+ if (border_held != -1)
+ {
+ ImRect border = GetBorderRect(window, border_held, grip_draw_size, 0.0f);
+ window->DrawList->AddLine(border.Min, border.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive), ImMax(1.0f, window_border_size));
+ }
+ if (style.FrameBorderSize > 0 && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar))
+ window->DrawList->AddLine(title_bar_rect.GetBL() + ImVec2(style.WindowBorderSize, -1), title_bar_rect.GetBR() + ImVec2(-style.WindowBorderSize, -1), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), style.FrameBorderSize);
+ }
+
+ // Draw navigation selection/windowing rectangle border
+ if (g.NavWindowingTargetAnim == window)
+ {
+ float rounding = ImMax(window->WindowRounding, g.Style.WindowRounding);
+ ImRect bb = window->Rect();
+ bb.Expand(g.FontSize);
+ if (bb.Contains(viewport_rect)) // If a window fits the entire viewport, adjust its highlight inward
+ {
+ bb.Expand(-g.FontSize - 1.0f);
+ rounding = window->WindowRounding;
+ }
+ window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight, g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha), rounding, ~0, 3.0f);
+ }
+
+ // Store a backup of SizeFull which we will use next frame to decide if we need scrollbars.
+ window->SizeFullAtLastBegin = window->SizeFull;
+
+ // Update various regions. Variables they depends on are set above in this function.
+ // FIXME: window->ContentsRegionRect.Max is currently very misleading / partly faulty, but some BeginChild() patterns relies on it.
+ window->ContentsRegionRect.Min.x = window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x + window->WindowPadding.x;
+ window->ContentsRegionRect.Min.y = window->Pos.y - window->Scroll.y + window->WindowPadding.y + window->TitleBarHeight() + window->MenuBarHeight();
+ window->ContentsRegionRect.Max.x = window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x - window->WindowPadding.x + (window->SizeContentsExplicit.x != 0.0f ? window->SizeContentsExplicit.x : (window->Size.x - window->ScrollbarSizes.x));
+ window->ContentsRegionRect.Max.y = window->Pos.y - window->Scroll.y - window->WindowPadding.y + (window->SizeContentsExplicit.y != 0.0f ? window->SizeContentsExplicit.y : (window->Size.y - window->ScrollbarSizes.y));
+
+ // Setup drawing context
+ // (NB: That term "drawing context / DC" lost its meaning a long time ago. Initially was meant to hold transient data only. Nowadays difference between window-> and window->DC-> is dubious.)
+ window->DC.IndentX = 0.0f + window->WindowPadding.x - window->Scroll.x;
+ window->DC.GroupOffsetX = 0.0f;
+ window->DC.ColumnsOffsetX = 0.0f;
+ window->DC.CursorStartPos = window->Pos + ImVec2(window->DC.IndentX + window->DC.ColumnsOffsetX, window->TitleBarHeight() + window->MenuBarHeight() + window->WindowPadding.y - window->Scroll.y);
+ window->DC.CursorPos = window->DC.CursorStartPos;
+ window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine = window->DC.CursorPos;
+ window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorStartPos;
+ window->DC.CurrentLineHeight = window->DC.PrevLineHeight = 0.0f;
+ window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f;
+ window->DC.NavHideHighlightOneFrame = false;
+ window->DC.NavHasScroll = (GetScrollMaxY() > 0.0f);
+ window->DC.NavLayerActiveMask = window->DC.NavLayerActiveMaskNext;
+ window->DC.NavLayerActiveMaskNext = 0x00;
+ window->DC.MenuBarAppending = false;
+ window->DC.LogLinePosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y - 9999.0f;
+ window->DC.ChildWindows.resize(0);
+ window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical;
+ window->DC.ParentLayoutType = parent_window ? parent_window->DC.LayoutType : ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical;
+ window->DC.ItemFlags = parent_window ? parent_window->DC.ItemFlags : ImGuiItemFlags_Default_;
+ window->DC.ItemWidth = window->ItemWidthDefault;
+ window->DC.TextWrapPos = -1.0f; // disabled
+ window->DC.ItemFlagsStack.resize(0);
+ window->DC.ItemWidthStack.resize(0);
+ window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.resize(0);
+ window->DC.ColumnsSet = NULL;
+ window->DC.TreeDepth = 0;
+ window->DC.TreeDepthMayJumpToParentOnPop = 0x00;
+ window->DC.StateStorage = &window->StateStorage;
+ window->DC.GroupStack.resize(0);
+ window->MenuColumns.Update(3, style.ItemSpacing.x, window_just_activated_by_user);
+
+ if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && (window->DC.ItemFlags != parent_window->DC.ItemFlags))
+ {
+ window->DC.ItemFlags = parent_window->DC.ItemFlags;
+ window->DC.ItemFlagsStack.push_back(window->DC.ItemFlags);
+ }
+
+ if (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0)
+ window->AutoFitFramesX--;
+ if (window->AutoFitFramesY > 0)
+ window->AutoFitFramesY--;
+
+ // Apply focus (we need to call FocusWindow() AFTER setting DC.CursorStartPos so our initial navigation reference rectangle can start around there)
+ if (want_focus)
+ {
+ FocusWindow(window);
+ NavInitWindow(window, false);
+ }
+
+ // Title bar
+ if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar))
+ {
+ // Close & collapse button are on layer 1 (same as menus) and don't default focus
+ const ImGuiItemFlags item_flags_backup = window->DC.ItemFlags;
+ window->DC.ItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus;
+ window->DC.NavLayerCurrent++;
+ window->DC.NavLayerCurrentMask <<= 1;
+
+ // Collapse button
+ if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse))
+ if (CollapseButton(window->GetID("#COLLAPSE"), window->Pos + style.FramePadding))
+ window->CollapseToggleWanted = true; // Defer collapsing to next frame as we are too far in the Begin() function
+
+ // Close button
+ if (p_open != NULL)
+ {
+ const float pad = style.FramePadding.y;
+ const float rad = g.FontSize * 0.5f;
+ if (CloseButton(window->GetID("#CLOSE"), window->Rect().GetTR() + ImVec2(-pad - rad, pad + rad), rad + 1))
+ *p_open = false;
+ }
+
+ window->DC.NavLayerCurrent--;
+ window->DC.NavLayerCurrentMask >>= 1;
+ window->DC.ItemFlags = item_flags_backup;
+
+ // Title text (FIXME: refactor text alignment facilities along with RenderText helpers, this is too much code for what it does.)
+ ImVec2 text_size = CalcTextSize(name, NULL, true);
+ ImRect text_r = title_bar_rect;
+ float pad_left = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse) ? style.FramePadding.x : (style.FramePadding.x + g.FontSize + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+ float pad_right = (p_open == NULL) ? style.FramePadding.x : (style.FramePadding.x + g.FontSize + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+ if (style.WindowTitleAlign.x > 0.0f)
+ pad_right = ImLerp(pad_right, pad_left, style.WindowTitleAlign.x);
+ text_r.Min.x += pad_left;
+ text_r.Max.x -= pad_right;
+ ImRect clip_rect = text_r;
+ clip_rect.Max.x = window->Pos.x + window->Size.x - (p_open ? title_bar_rect.GetHeight() - 3 : style.FramePadding.x); // Match the size of CloseButton()
+ RenderTextClipped(text_r.Min, text_r.Max, name, NULL, &text_size, style.WindowTitleAlign, &clip_rect);
+ }
+
+ // Save clipped aabb so we can access it in constant-time in FindHoveredWindow()
+ window->OuterRectClipped = window->Rect();
+ window->OuterRectClipped.ClipWith(window->ClipRect);
+
+ // Pressing CTRL+C while holding on a window copy its content to the clipboard
+ // This works but 1. doesn't handle multiple Begin/End pairs, 2. recursing into another Begin/End pair - so we need to work that out and add better logging scope.
+ // Maybe we can support CTRL+C on every element?
+ /*
+ if (g.ActiveId == move_id)
+ if (g.IO.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_C))
+ ImGui::LogToClipboard();
+ */
+
+ // Inner rectangle
+ // We set this up after processing the resize grip so that our clip rectangle doesn't lag by a frame
+ // Note that if our window is collapsed we will end up with an inverted (~null) clipping rectangle which is the correct behavior.
+ window->InnerMainRect.Min.x = title_bar_rect.Min.x + window->WindowBorderSize;
+ window->InnerMainRect.Min.y = title_bar_rect.Max.y + window->MenuBarHeight() + (((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) || !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar)) ? style.FrameBorderSize : window->WindowBorderSize);
+ window->InnerMainRect.Max.x = window->Pos.x + window->Size.x - window->ScrollbarSizes.x - window->WindowBorderSize;
+ window->InnerMainRect.Max.y = window->Pos.y + window->Size.y - window->ScrollbarSizes.y - window->WindowBorderSize;
+ //window->DrawList->AddRect(window->InnerRect.Min, window->InnerRect.Max, IM_COL32_WHITE);
+
+ // Inner clipping rectangle
+ // Force round operator last to ensure that e.g. (int)(max.x-min.x) in user's render code produce correct result.
+ window->InnerClipRect.Min.x = ImFloor(0.5f + window->InnerMainRect.Min.x + ImMax(0.0f, ImFloor(window->WindowPadding.x*0.5f - window->WindowBorderSize)));
+ window->InnerClipRect.Min.y = ImFloor(0.5f + window->InnerMainRect.Min.y);
+ window->InnerClipRect.Max.x = ImFloor(0.5f + window->InnerMainRect.Max.x - ImMax(0.0f, ImFloor(window->WindowPadding.x*0.5f - window->WindowBorderSize)));
+ window->InnerClipRect.Max.y = ImFloor(0.5f + window->InnerMainRect.Max.y);
+
+ // After Begin() we fill the last item / hovered data based on title bar data. It is a standard behavior (to allow creation of context menus on title bar only, etc.).
+ window->DC.LastItemId = window->MoveId;
+ window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags = IsMouseHoveringRect(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max, false) ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect : 0;
+ window->DC.LastItemRect = title_bar_rect;
+ }
+
+ PushClipRect(window->InnerClipRect.Min, window->InnerClipRect.Max, true);
+
+ // Clear 'accessed' flag last thing (After PushClipRect which will set the flag. We want the flag to stay false when the default "Debug" window is unused)
+ if (first_begin_of_the_frame)
+ window->WriteAccessed = false;
+
+ window->BeginCount++;
+ g.NextWindowData.Clear();
+
+ if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)
+ {
+ // Child window can be out of sight and have "negative" clip windows.
+ // Mark them as collapsed so commands are skipped earlier (we can't manually collapse them because they have no title bar).
+ IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) != 0);
+
+ if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) && window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0)
+ if (window->OuterRectClipped.Min.x >= window->OuterRectClipped.Max.x || window->OuterRectClipped.Min.y >= window->OuterRectClipped.Max.y)
+ window->HiddenFramesRegular = 1;
+
+ // Completely hide along with parent or if parent is collapsed
+ if (parent_window && (parent_window->Collapsed || parent_window->Hidden))
+ window->HiddenFramesRegular = 1;
+ }
+
+ // Don't render if style alpha is 0.0 at the time of Begin(). This is arbitrary and inconsistent but has been there for a long while (may remove at some point)
+ if (style.Alpha <= 0.0f)
+ window->HiddenFramesRegular = 1;
+
+ // Update the Hidden flag
+ window->Hidden = (window->HiddenFramesRegular > 0) || (window->HiddenFramesForResize);
+
+ // Return false if we don't intend to display anything to allow user to perform an early out optimization
+ window->SkipItems = (window->Collapsed || !window->Active || window->Hidden) && window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0 && window->HiddenFramesForResize <= 0;
+
+ return !window->SkipItems;
+}
+
+// Old Begin() API with 5 parameters, avoid calling this version directly! Use SetNextWindowSize()/SetNextWindowBgAlpha() + Begin() instead.
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, const ImVec2& size_first_use, float bg_alpha_override, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
+{
+ // Old API feature: we could pass the initial window size as a parameter. This was misleading because it only had an effect if the window didn't have data in the .ini file.
+ if (size_first_use.x != 0.0f || size_first_use.y != 0.0f)
+ ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(size_first_use, ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver);
+
+ // Old API feature: override the window background alpha with a parameter.
+ if (bg_alpha_override >= 0.0f)
+ ImGui::SetNextWindowBgAlpha(bg_alpha_override);
+
+ return ImGui::Begin(name, p_open, flags);
+}
+#endif // IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+
+void ImGui::End()
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+
+ if (window->DC.ColumnsSet != NULL)
+ EndColumns();
+ PopClipRect(); // Inner window clip rectangle
+
+ // Stop logging
+ if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) // FIXME: add more options for scope of logging
+ LogFinish();
+
+ // Pop from window stack
+ g.CurrentWindowStack.pop_back();
+ if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)
+ g.CurrentPopupStack.pop_back();
+ CheckStacksSize(window, false);
+ SetCurrentWindow(g.CurrentWindowStack.empty() ? NULL : g.CurrentWindowStack.back());
+}
+
+// Vertical scrollbar
+// The entire piece of code below is rather confusing because:
+// - We handle absolute seeking (when first clicking outside the grab) and relative manipulation (afterward or when clicking inside the grab)
+// - We store values as normalized ratio and in a form that allows the window content to change while we are holding on a scrollbar
+// - We handle both horizontal and vertical scrollbars, which makes the terminology not ideal.
+void ImGui::Scrollbar(ImGuiLayoutType direction)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+
+ const bool horizontal = (direction == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal);
+ const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+ const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(horizontal ? "#SCROLLX" : "#SCROLLY");
+
+ // Render background
+ bool other_scrollbar = (horizontal ? window->ScrollbarY : window->ScrollbarX);
+ float other_scrollbar_size_w = other_scrollbar ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f;
+ const ImRect window_rect = window->Rect();
+ const float border_size = window->WindowBorderSize;
+ ImRect bb = horizontal
+ ? ImRect(window->Pos.x + border_size, window_rect.Max.y - style.ScrollbarSize, window_rect.Max.x - other_scrollbar_size_w - border_size, window_rect.Max.y - border_size)
+ : ImRect(window_rect.Max.x - style.ScrollbarSize, window->Pos.y + border_size, window_rect.Max.x - border_size, window_rect.Max.y - other_scrollbar_size_w - border_size);
+ if (!horizontal)
+ bb.Min.y += window->TitleBarHeight() + ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) ? window->MenuBarHeight() : 0.0f);
+ if (bb.GetWidth() <= 0.0f || bb.GetHeight() <= 0.0f)
+ return;
+
+ int window_rounding_corners;
+ if (horizontal)
+ window_rounding_corners = ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft | (other_scrollbar ? 0 : ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight);
+ else
+ window_rounding_corners = (((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar)) ? ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight : 0) | (other_scrollbar ? 0 : ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight);
+ window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_ScrollbarBg), window->WindowRounding, window_rounding_corners);
+ bb.Expand(ImVec2(-ImClamp((float)(int)((bb.Max.x - bb.Min.x - 2.0f) * 0.5f), 0.0f, 3.0f), -ImClamp((float)(int)((bb.Max.y - bb.Min.y - 2.0f) * 0.5f), 0.0f, 3.0f)));
+
+ // V denote the main, longer axis of the scrollbar (= height for a vertical scrollbar)
+ float scrollbar_size_v = horizontal ? bb.GetWidth() : bb.GetHeight();
+ float scroll_v = horizontal ? window->Scroll.x : window->Scroll.y;
+ float win_size_avail_v = (horizontal ? window->SizeFull.x : window->SizeFull.y) - other_scrollbar_size_w;
+ float win_size_contents_v = horizontal ? window->SizeContents.x : window->SizeContents.y;
+
+ // Calculate the height of our grabbable box. It generally represent the amount visible (vs the total scrollable amount)
+ // But we maintain a minimum size in pixel to allow for the user to still aim inside.
+ IM_ASSERT(ImMax(win_size_contents_v, win_size_avail_v) > 0.0f); // Adding this assert to check if the ImMax(XXX,1.0f) is still needed. PLEASE CONTACT ME if this triggers.
+ const float win_size_v = ImMax(ImMax(win_size_contents_v, win_size_avail_v), 1.0f);
+ const float grab_h_pixels = ImClamp(scrollbar_size_v * (win_size_avail_v / win_size_v), style.GrabMinSize, scrollbar_size_v);
+ const float grab_h_norm = grab_h_pixels / scrollbar_size_v;
+
+ // Handle input right away. None of the code of Begin() is relying on scrolling position before calling Scrollbar().
+ bool held = false;
+ bool hovered = false;
+ const bool previously_held = (g.ActiveId == id);
+ ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus);
+
+ float scroll_max = ImMax(1.0f, win_size_contents_v - win_size_avail_v);
+ float scroll_ratio = ImSaturate(scroll_v / scroll_max);
+ float grab_v_norm = scroll_ratio * (scrollbar_size_v - grab_h_pixels) / scrollbar_size_v;
+ if (held && grab_h_norm < 1.0f)
+ {
+ float scrollbar_pos_v = horizontal ? bb.Min.x : bb.Min.y;
+ float mouse_pos_v = horizontal ? g.IO.MousePos.x : g.IO.MousePos.y;
+ float* click_delta_to_grab_center_v = horizontal ? &g.ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter.x : &g.ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter.y;
+
+ // Click position in scrollbar normalized space (0.0f->1.0f)
+ const float clicked_v_norm = ImSaturate((mouse_pos_v - scrollbar_pos_v) / scrollbar_size_v);
+ SetHoveredID(id);
+
+ bool seek_absolute = false;
+ if (!previously_held)
+ {
+ // On initial click calculate the distance between mouse and the center of the grab
+ if (clicked_v_norm >= grab_v_norm && clicked_v_norm <= grab_v_norm + grab_h_norm)
+ {
+ *click_delta_to_grab_center_v = clicked_v_norm - grab_v_norm - grab_h_norm*0.5f;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ seek_absolute = true;
+ *click_delta_to_grab_center_v = 0.0f;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Apply scroll
+ // It is ok to modify Scroll here because we are being called in Begin() after the calculation of SizeContents and before setting up our starting position
+ const float scroll_v_norm = ImSaturate((clicked_v_norm - *click_delta_to_grab_center_v - grab_h_norm*0.5f) / (1.0f - grab_h_norm));
+ scroll_v = (float)(int)(0.5f + scroll_v_norm * scroll_max);//(win_size_contents_v - win_size_v));
+ if (horizontal)
+ window->Scroll.x = scroll_v;
+ else
+ window->Scroll.y = scroll_v;
+
+ // Update values for rendering
+ scroll_ratio = ImSaturate(scroll_v / scroll_max);
+ grab_v_norm = scroll_ratio * (scrollbar_size_v - grab_h_pixels) / scrollbar_size_v;
+
+ // Update distance to grab now that we have seeked and saturated
+ if (seek_absolute)
+ *click_delta_to_grab_center_v = clicked_v_norm - grab_v_norm - grab_h_norm*0.5f;
+ }
+
+ // Render
+ const ImU32 grab_col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabHovered : ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrab);
+ ImRect grab_rect;
+ if (horizontal)
+ grab_rect = ImRect(ImLerp(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x, grab_v_norm), bb.Min.y, ImMin(ImLerp(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x, grab_v_norm) + grab_h_pixels, window_rect.Max.x), bb.Max.y);
+ else
+ grab_rect = ImRect(bb.Min.x, ImLerp(bb.Min.y, bb.Max.y, grab_v_norm), bb.Max.x, ImMin(ImLerp(bb.Min.y, bb.Max.y, grab_v_norm) + grab_h_pixels, window_rect.Max.y));
+ window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(grab_rect.Min, grab_rect.Max, grab_col, style.ScrollbarRounding);
+}
+
+void ImGui::BringWindowToFront(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiWindow* current_front_window = g.Windows.back();
+ if (current_front_window == window || current_front_window->RootWindow == window)
+ return;
+ for (int i = g.Windows.Size - 2; i >= 0; i--) // We can ignore the front most window
+ if (g.Windows[i] == window)
+ {
+ g.Windows.erase(g.Windows.Data + i);
+ g.Windows.push_back(window);
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+void ImGui::BringWindowToBack(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ if (g.Windows[0] == window)
+ return;
+ for (int i = 0; i < g.Windows.Size; i++)
+ if (g.Windows[i] == window)
+ {
+ memmove(&g.Windows[1], &g.Windows[0], (size_t)i * sizeof(ImGuiWindow*));
+ g.Windows[0] = window;
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+// Moving window to front of display and set focus (which happens to be back of our sorted list)
+void ImGui::FocusWindow(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+
+ if (g.NavWindow != window)
+ {
+ g.NavWindow = window;
+ if (window && g.NavDisableMouseHover)
+ g.NavMousePosDirty = true;
+ g.NavInitRequest = false;
+ g.NavId = window ? window->NavLastIds[0] : 0; // Restore NavId
+ g.NavIdIsAlive = false;
+ g.NavLayer = 0;
+ //printf("[%05d] FocusWindow(\"%s\")\n", g.FrameCount, window ? window->Name : NULL);
+ }
+
+ // Passing NULL allow to disable keyboard focus
+ if (!window)
+ return;
+
+ // Move the root window to the top of the pile
+ if (window->RootWindow)
+ window = window->RootWindow;
+
+ // Steal focus on active widgets
+ if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) // FIXME: This statement should be unnecessary. Need further testing before removing it..
+ if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveIdWindow && g.ActiveIdWindow->RootWindow != window)
+ ClearActiveID();
+
+ // Bring to front
+ if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus))
+ BringWindowToFront(window);
+}
+
+void ImGui::FocusFrontMostActiveWindow(ImGuiWindow* ignore_window)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ for (int i = g.Windows.Size - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+ if (g.Windows[i] != ignore_window && g.Windows[i]->WasActive && !(g.Windows[i]->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow))
+ {
+ ImGuiWindow* focus_window = NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(g.Windows[i]);
+ FocusWindow(focus_window);
+ return;
+ }
+}
+
+void ImGui::PushItemWidth(float item_width)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ window->DC.ItemWidth = (item_width == 0.0f ? window->ItemWidthDefault : item_width);
+ window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(window->DC.ItemWidth);
+}
+
+void ImGui::PushMultiItemsWidths(int components, float w_full)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ const ImGuiStyle& style = GImGui->Style;
+ if (w_full <= 0.0f)
+ w_full = CalcItemWidth();
+ const float w_item_one = ImMax(1.0f, (float)(int)((w_full - (style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components-1)) / (float)components));
+ const float w_item_last = ImMax(1.0f, (float)(int)(w_full - (w_item_one + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components-1)));
+ window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(w_item_last);
+ for (int i = 0; i < components-1; i++)
+ window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(w_item_one);
+ window->DC.ItemWidth = window->DC.ItemWidthStack.back();
+}
+
+void ImGui::PopItemWidth()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ window->DC.ItemWidthStack.pop_back();
+ window->DC.ItemWidth = window->DC.ItemWidthStack.empty() ? window->ItemWidthDefault : window->DC.ItemWidthStack.back();
+}
+
+float ImGui::CalcItemWidth()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+ float w = window->DC.ItemWidth;
+ if (w < 0.0f)
+ {
+ // Align to a right-side limit. We include 1 frame padding in the calculation because this is how the width is always used (we add 2 frame padding to it), but we could move that responsibility to the widget as well.
+ float width_to_right_edge = GetContentRegionAvail().x;
+ w = ImMax(1.0f, width_to_right_edge + w);
+ }
+ w = (float)(int)w;
+ return w;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetCurrentFont(ImFont* font)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ IM_ASSERT(font && font->IsLoaded()); // Font Atlas not created. Did you call io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32 / GetTexDataAsAlpha8 ?
+ IM_ASSERT(font->Scale > 0.0f);
+ g.Font = font;
+ g.FontBaseSize = g.IO.FontGlobalScale * g.Font->FontSize * g.Font->Scale;
+ g.FontSize = g.CurrentWindow ? g.CurrentWindow->CalcFontSize() : 0.0f;
+
+ ImFontAtlas* atlas = g.Font->ContainerAtlas;
+ g.DrawListSharedData.TexUvWhitePixel = atlas->TexUvWhitePixel;
+ g.DrawListSharedData.Font = g.Font;
+ g.DrawListSharedData.FontSize = g.FontSize;
+}
+
+void ImGui::PushFont(ImFont* font)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ if (!font)
+ font = GetDefaultFont();
+ SetCurrentFont(font);
+ g.FontStack.push_back(font);
+ g.CurrentWindow->DrawList->PushTextureID(font->ContainerAtlas->TexID);
+}
+
+void ImGui::PopFont()
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ g.CurrentWindow->DrawList->PopTextureID();
+ g.FontStack.pop_back();
+ SetCurrentFont(g.FontStack.empty() ? GetDefaultFont() : g.FontStack.back());
+}
+
+void ImGui::PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags option, bool enabled)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (enabled)
+ window->DC.ItemFlags |= option;
+ else
+ window->DC.ItemFlags &= ~option;
+ window->DC.ItemFlagsStack.push_back(window->DC.ItemFlags);
+}
+
+void ImGui::PopItemFlag()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ window->DC.ItemFlagsStack.pop_back();
+ window->DC.ItemFlags = window->DC.ItemFlagsStack.empty() ? ImGuiItemFlags_Default_ : window->DC.ItemFlagsStack.back();
+}
+
+void ImGui::PushAllowKeyboardFocus(bool allow_keyboard_focus)
+{
+ PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_AllowKeyboardFocus, allow_keyboard_focus);
+}
+
+void ImGui::PopAllowKeyboardFocus()
+{
+ PopItemFlag();
+}
+
+void ImGui::PushButtonRepeat(bool repeat)
+{
+ PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat, repeat);
+}
+
+void ImGui::PopButtonRepeat()
+{
+ PopItemFlag();
+}
+
+void ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(float wrap_pos_x)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ window->DC.TextWrapPos = wrap_pos_x;
+ window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.push_back(wrap_pos_x);
+}
+
+void ImGui::PopTextWrapPos()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.pop_back();
+ window->DC.TextWrapPos = window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.empty() ? -1.0f : window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.back();
+}
+
+// FIXME: This may incur a round-trip (if the end user got their data from a float4) but eventually we aim to store the in-flight colors as ImU32
+void ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, ImU32 col)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiColMod backup;
+ backup.Col = idx;
+ backup.BackupValue = g.Style.Colors[idx];
+ g.ColorModifiers.push_back(backup);
+ g.Style.Colors[idx] = ColorConvertU32ToFloat4(col);
+}
+
+void ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, const ImVec4& col)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiColMod backup;
+ backup.Col = idx;
+ backup.BackupValue = g.Style.Colors[idx];
+ g.ColorModifiers.push_back(backup);
+ g.Style.Colors[idx] = col;
+}
+
+void ImGui::PopStyleColor(int count)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ while (count > 0)
+ {
+ ImGuiColMod& backup = g.ColorModifiers.back();
+ g.Style.Colors[backup.Col] = backup.BackupValue;
+ g.ColorModifiers.pop_back();
+ count--;
+ }
+}
+
+struct ImGuiStyleVarInfo
+{
+ ImGuiDataType Type;
+ ImU32 Count;
+ ImU32 Offset;
+ void* GetVarPtr(ImGuiStyle* style) const { return (void*)((unsigned char*)style + Offset); }
+};
+
+static const ImGuiStyleVarInfo GStyleVarInfo[] =
+{
+ { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, Alpha) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha
+ { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowPadding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding
+ { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding
+ { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowBorderSize
+ { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowMinSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowMinSize
+ { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowTitleAlign) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowTitleAlign
+ { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ChildRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding
+ { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ChildBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize
+ { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, PopupRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_PopupRounding
+ { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, PopupBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_PopupBorderSize
+ { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, FramePadding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding
+ { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, FrameRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_FrameRounding
+ { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, FrameBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_FrameBorderSize
+ { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ItemSpacing) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing
+ { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ItemInnerSpacing) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ItemInnerSpacing
+ { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, IndentSpacing) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_IndentSpacing
+ { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ScrollbarSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarSize
+ { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ScrollbarRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarRounding
+ { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, GrabMinSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_GrabMinSize
+ { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, GrabRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_GrabRounding
+ { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ButtonTextAlign) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ButtonTextAlign
+};
+
+static const ImGuiStyleVarInfo* GetStyleVarInfo(ImGuiStyleVar idx)
+{
+ IM_ASSERT(idx >= 0 && idx < ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT);
+ IM_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(GStyleVarInfo) == ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT);
+ return &GStyleVarInfo[idx];
+}
+
+void ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float val)
+{
+ const ImGuiStyleVarInfo* var_info = GetStyleVarInfo(idx);
+ if (var_info->Type == ImGuiDataType_Float && var_info->Count == 1)
+ {
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ float* pvar = (float*)var_info->GetVarPtr(&g.Style);
+ g.StyleModifiers.push_back(ImGuiStyleMod(idx, *pvar));
+ *pvar = val;
+ return;
+ }
+ IM_ASSERT(0); // Called function with wrong-type? Variable is not a float.
+}
+
+void ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, const ImVec2& val)
+{
+ const ImGuiStyleVarInfo* var_info = GetStyleVarInfo(idx);
+ if (var_info->Type == ImGuiDataType_Float && var_info->Count == 2)
+ {
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ ImVec2* pvar = (ImVec2*)var_info->GetVarPtr(&g.Style);
+ g.StyleModifiers.push_back(ImGuiStyleMod(idx, *pvar));
+ *pvar = val;
+ return;
+ }
+ IM_ASSERT(0); // Called function with wrong-type? Variable is not a ImVec2.
+}
+
+void ImGui::PopStyleVar(int count)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ while (count > 0)
+ {
+ // We avoid a generic memcpy(data, &backup.Backup.., GDataTypeSize[info->Type] * info->Count), the overhead in Debug is not worth it.
+ ImGuiStyleMod& backup = g.StyleModifiers.back();
+ const ImGuiStyleVarInfo* info = GetStyleVarInfo(backup.VarIdx);
+ void* data = info->GetVarPtr(&g.Style);
+ if (info->Type == ImGuiDataType_Float && info->Count == 1) { ((float*)data)[0] = backup.BackupFloat[0]; }
+ else if (info->Type == ImGuiDataType_Float && info->Count == 2) { ((float*)data)[0] = backup.BackupFloat[0]; ((float*)data)[1] = backup.BackupFloat[1]; }
+ g.StyleModifiers.pop_back();
+ count--;
+ }
+}
+
+const char* ImGui::GetStyleColorName(ImGuiCol idx)
+{
+ // Create switch-case from enum with regexp: ImGuiCol_{.*}, --> case ImGuiCol_\1: return "\1";
+ switch (idx)
+ {
+ case ImGuiCol_Text: return "Text";
+ case ImGuiCol_TextDisabled: return "TextDisabled";
+ case ImGuiCol_WindowBg: return "WindowBg";
+ case ImGuiCol_ChildBg: return "ChildBg";
+ case ImGuiCol_PopupBg: return "PopupBg";
+ case ImGuiCol_Border: return "Border";
+ case ImGuiCol_BorderShadow: return "BorderShadow";
+ case ImGuiCol_FrameBg: return "FrameBg";
+ case ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered: return "FrameBgHovered";
+ case ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive: return "FrameBgActive";
+ case ImGuiCol_TitleBg: return "TitleBg";
+ case ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive: return "TitleBgActive";
+ case ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed: return "TitleBgCollapsed";
+ case ImGuiCol_MenuBarBg: return "MenuBarBg";
+ case ImGuiCol_ScrollbarBg: return "ScrollbarBg";
+ case ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrab: return "ScrollbarGrab";
+ case ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabHovered: return "ScrollbarGrabHovered";
+ case ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabActive: return "ScrollbarGrabActive";
+ case ImGuiCol_CheckMark: return "CheckMark";
+ case ImGuiCol_SliderGrab: return "SliderGrab";
+ case ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive: return "SliderGrabActive";
+ case ImGuiCol_Button: return "Button";
+ case ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered: return "ButtonHovered";
+ case ImGuiCol_ButtonActive: return "ButtonActive";
+ case ImGuiCol_Header: return "Header";
+ case ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered: return "HeaderHovered";
+ case ImGuiCol_HeaderActive: return "HeaderActive";
+ case ImGuiCol_Separator: return "Separator";
+ case ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered: return "SeparatorHovered";
+ case ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive: return "SeparatorActive";
+ case ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip: return "ResizeGrip";
+ case ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered: return "ResizeGripHovered";
+ case ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive: return "ResizeGripActive";
+ case ImGuiCol_PlotLines: return "PlotLines";
+ case ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered: return "PlotLinesHovered";
+ case ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram: return "PlotHistogram";
+ case ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered: return "PlotHistogramHovered";
+ case ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg: return "TextSelectedBg";
+ case ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget: return "DragDropTarget";
+ case ImGuiCol_NavHighlight: return "NavHighlight";
+ case ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight: return "NavWindowingHighlight";
+ case ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg: return "NavWindowingDimBg";
+ case ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg: return "ModalWindowDimBg";
+ }
+ IM_ASSERT(0);
+ return "Unknown";
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsWindowChildOf(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* potential_parent)
+{
+ if (window->RootWindow == potential_parent)
+ return true;
+ while (window != NULL)
+ {
+ if (window == potential_parent)
+ return true;
+ window = window->ParentWindow;
+ }
+ return false;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags)
+{
+ IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped) == 0); // Flags not supported by this function
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+
+ if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow)
+ {
+ if (g.HoveredWindow == NULL)
+ return false;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ switch (flags & (ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows))
+ {
+ case ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows:
+ if (g.HoveredRootWindow != g.CurrentWindow->RootWindow)
+ return false;
+ break;
+ case ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow:
+ if (g.HoveredWindow != g.CurrentWindow->RootWindow)
+ return false;
+ break;
+ case ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows:
+ if (g.HoveredWindow == NULL || !IsWindowChildOf(g.HoveredWindow, g.CurrentWindow))
+ return false;
+ break;
+ default:
+ if (g.HoveredWindow != g.CurrentWindow)
+ return false;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!IsWindowContentHoverable(g.HoveredRootWindow, flags))
+ return false;
+ if (!(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem))
+ if (g.ActiveId != 0 && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap && g.ActiveId != g.HoveredWindow->MoveId)
+ return false;
+ return true;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags flags)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow); // Not inside a Begin()/End()
+
+ if (flags & ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow)
+ return g.NavWindow != NULL;
+
+ switch (flags & (ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows))
+ {
+ case ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows:
+ return g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->RootWindow == g.CurrentWindow->RootWindow;
+ case ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow:
+ return g.NavWindow == g.CurrentWindow->RootWindow;
+ case ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows:
+ return g.NavWindow && IsWindowChildOf(g.NavWindow, g.CurrentWindow);
+ default:
+ return g.NavWindow == g.CurrentWindow;
+ }
+}
+
+// Can we focus this window with CTRL+TAB (or PadMenu + PadFocusPrev/PadFocusNext)
+bool ImGui::IsWindowNavFocusable(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ return window->Active && window == window->RootWindow && (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus) || window == g.NavWindow);
+}
+
+float ImGui::GetWindowWidth()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+ return window->Size.x;
+}
+
+float ImGui::GetWindowHeight()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+ return window->Size.y;
+}
+
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetWindowPos()
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+ return window->Pos;
+}
+
+static void SetWindowScrollX(ImGuiWindow* window, float new_scroll_x)
+{
+ window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x += window->Scroll.x; // SizeContents is generally computed based on CursorMaxPos which is affected by scroll position, so we need to apply our change to it.
+ window->Scroll.x = new_scroll_x;
+ window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x -= window->Scroll.x;
+}
+
+static void SetWindowScrollY(ImGuiWindow* window, float new_scroll_y)
+{
+ window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y += window->Scroll.y; // SizeContents is generally computed based on CursorMaxPos which is affected by scroll position, so we need to apply our change to it.
+ window->Scroll.y = new_scroll_y;
+ window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y -= window->Scroll.y;
+}
+
+static void SetWindowPos(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond)
+{
+ // Test condition (NB: bit 0 is always true) and clear flags for next time
+ if (cond && (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags & cond) == 0)
+ return;
+
+ IM_ASSERT(cond == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(cond)); // Make sure the user doesn't attempt to combine multiple condition flags.
+ window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags &= ~(ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing);
+ window->SetWindowPosVal = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);
+
+ // Set
+ const ImVec2 old_pos = window->Pos;
+ window->Pos = ImFloor(pos);
+ window->DC.CursorPos += (window->Pos - old_pos); // As we happen to move the window while it is being appended to (which is a bad idea - will smear) let's at least offset the cursor
+ window->DC.CursorMaxPos += (window->Pos - old_pos); // And more importantly we need to adjust this so size calculation doesn't get affected.
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetWindowPos(const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+ SetWindowPos(window, pos, cond);
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetWindowPos(const char* name, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond)
+{
+ if (ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name))
+ SetWindowPos(window, pos, cond);
+}
+
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetWindowSize()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+ return window->Size;
+}
+
+static void SetWindowSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond)
+{
+ // Test condition (NB: bit 0 is always true) and clear flags for next time
+ if (cond && (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & cond) == 0)
+ return;
+
+ IM_ASSERT(cond == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(cond)); // Make sure the user doesn't attempt to combine multiple condition flags.
+ window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags &= ~(ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing);
+
+ // Set
+ if (size.x > 0.0f)
+ {
+ window->AutoFitFramesX = 0;
+ window->SizeFull.x = size.x;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ window->AutoFitFramesX = 2;
+ window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = false;
+ }
+ if (size.y > 0.0f)
+ {
+ window->AutoFitFramesY = 0;
+ window->SizeFull.y = size.y;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ window->AutoFitFramesY = 2;
+ window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = false;
+ }
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond)
+{
+ SetWindowSize(GImGui->CurrentWindow, size, cond);
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetWindowSize(const char* name, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond)
+{
+ if (ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name))
+ SetWindowSize(window, size, cond);
+}
+
+static void SetWindowCollapsed(ImGuiWindow* window, bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond)
+{
+ // Test condition (NB: bit 0 is always true) and clear flags for next time
+ if (cond && (window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags & cond) == 0)
+ return;
+ window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags &= ~(ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing);
+
+ // Set
+ window->Collapsed = collapsed;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond)
+{
+ SetWindowCollapsed(GImGui->CurrentWindow, collapsed, cond);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsWindowCollapsed()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+ return window->Collapsed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsWindowAppearing()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+ return window->Appearing;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetWindowCollapsed(const char* name, bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond)
+{
+ if (ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name))
+ SetWindowCollapsed(window, collapsed, cond);
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetWindowFocus()
+{
+ FocusWindow(GImGui->CurrentWindow);
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetWindowFocus(const char* name)
+{
+ if (name)
+ {
+ if (ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name))
+ FocusWindow(window);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ FocusWindow(NULL);
+ }
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond, const ImVec2& pivot)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ IM_ASSERT(cond == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(cond)); // Make sure the user doesn't attempt to combine multiple condition flags.
+ g.NextWindowData.PosVal = pos;
+ g.NextWindowData.PosPivotVal = pivot;
+ g.NextWindowData.PosCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiCond_Always;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ IM_ASSERT(cond == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(cond)); // Make sure the user doesn't attempt to combine multiple condition flags.
+ g.NextWindowData.SizeVal = size;
+ g.NextWindowData.SizeCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiCond_Always;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(const ImVec2& size_min, const ImVec2& size_max, ImGuiSizeCallback custom_callback, void* custom_callback_user_data)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintCond = ImGuiCond_Always;
+ g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintRect = ImRect(size_min, size_max);
+ g.NextWindowData.SizeCallback = custom_callback;
+ g.NextWindowData.SizeCallbackUserData = custom_callback_user_data;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetNextWindowContentSize(const ImVec2& size)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ g.NextWindowData.ContentSizeVal = size; // In Begin() we will add the size of window decorations (title bar, menu etc.) to that to form a SizeContents value.
+ g.NextWindowData.ContentSizeCond = ImGuiCond_Always;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetNextWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ IM_ASSERT(cond == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(cond)); // Make sure the user doesn't attempt to combine multiple condition flags.
+ g.NextWindowData.CollapsedVal = collapsed;
+ g.NextWindowData.CollapsedCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiCond_Always;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetNextWindowFocus()
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ g.NextWindowData.FocusCond = ImGuiCond_Always; // Using a Cond member for consistency (may transition all of them to single flag set for fast Clear() op)
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetNextWindowBgAlpha(float alpha)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ g.NextWindowData.BgAlphaVal = alpha;
+ g.NextWindowData.BgAlphaCond = ImGuiCond_Always; // Using a Cond member for consistency (may transition all of them to single flag set for fast Clear() op)
+}
+
+// In window space (not screen space!)
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetContentRegionMax()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+ ImVec2 mx = window->ContentsRegionRect.Max - window->Pos;
+ if (window->DC.ColumnsSet)
+ mx.x = GetColumnOffset(window->DC.ColumnsSet->Current + 1) - window->WindowPadding.x;
+ return mx;
+}
+
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+ return GetContentRegionMax() - (window->DC.CursorPos - window->Pos);
+}
+
+float ImGui::GetContentRegionAvailWidth()
+{
+ return GetContentRegionAvail().x;
+}
+
+// In window space (not screen space!)
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionMin()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+ return window->ContentsRegionRect.Min - window->Pos;
+}
+
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionMax()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+ return window->ContentsRegionRect.Max - window->Pos;
+}
+
+float ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionWidth()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+ return window->ContentsRegionRect.GetWidth();
+}
+
+float ImGui::GetTextLineHeight()
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ return g.FontSize;
+}
+
+float ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing()
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ return g.FontSize + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y;
+}
+
+float ImGui::GetFrameHeight()
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ return g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f;
+}
+
+float ImGui::GetFrameHeightWithSpacing()
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ return g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y;
+}
+
+ImDrawList* ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ return window->DrawList;
+}
+
+ImFont* ImGui::GetFont()
+{
+ return GImGui->Font;
+}
+
+float ImGui::GetFontSize()
+{
+ return GImGui->FontSize;
+}
+
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetFontTexUvWhitePixel()
+{
+ return GImGui->DrawListSharedData.TexUvWhitePixel;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetWindowFontScale(float scale)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ window->FontWindowScale = scale;
+ g.FontSize = g.DrawListSharedData.FontSize = window->CalcFontSize();
+}
+
+// User generally sees positions in window coordinates. Internally we store CursorPos in absolute screen coordinates because it is more convenient.
+// Conversion happens as we pass the value to user, but it makes our naming convention confusing because GetCursorPos() == (DC.CursorPos - window.Pos). May want to rename 'DC.CursorPos'.
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetCursorPos()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+ return window->DC.CursorPos - window->Pos + window->Scroll;
+}
+
+float ImGui::GetCursorPosX()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+ return window->DC.CursorPos.x - window->Pos.x + window->Scroll.x;
+}
+
+float ImGui::GetCursorPosY()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+ return window->DC.CursorPos.y - window->Pos.y + window->Scroll.y;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetCursorPos(const ImVec2& local_pos)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ window->DC.CursorPos = window->Pos - window->Scroll + local_pos;
+ window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, window->DC.CursorPos);
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetCursorPosX(float x)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x + x;
+ window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x, window->DC.CursorPos.x);
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetCursorPosY(float y)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ window->DC.CursorPos.y = window->Pos.y - window->Scroll.y + y;
+ window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, window->DC.CursorPos.y);
+}
+
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetCursorStartPos()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+ return window->DC.CursorStartPos - window->Pos;
+}
+
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+ return window->DC.CursorPos;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetCursorScreenPos(const ImVec2& screen_pos)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ window->DC.CursorPos = screen_pos;
+ window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, window->DC.CursorPos);
+}
+
+float ImGui::GetScrollX()
+{
+ return GImGui->CurrentWindow->Scroll.x;
+}
+
+float ImGui::GetScrollY()
+{
+ return GImGui->CurrentWindow->Scroll.y;
+}
+
+float ImGui::GetScrollMaxX()
+{
+ return GetScrollMaxX(GImGui->CurrentWindow);
+}
+
+float ImGui::GetScrollMaxY()
+{
+ return GetScrollMaxY(GImGui->CurrentWindow);
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetScrollX(float scroll_x)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ window->ScrollTarget.x = scroll_x;
+ window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.x = 0.0f;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetScrollY(float scroll_y)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ window->ScrollTarget.y = scroll_y + window->TitleBarHeight() + window->MenuBarHeight(); // title bar height canceled out when using ScrollTargetRelY
+ window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y = 0.0f;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetScrollFromPosY(float pos_y, float center_y_ratio)
+{
+ // We store a target position so centering can occur on the next frame when we are guaranteed to have a known window size
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ IM_ASSERT(center_y_ratio >= 0.0f && center_y_ratio <= 1.0f);
+ window->ScrollTarget.y = (float)(int)(pos_y + window->Scroll.y);
+ window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y = center_y_ratio;
+}
+
+// center_y_ratio: 0.0f top of last item, 0.5f vertical center of last item, 1.0f bottom of last item.
+void ImGui::SetScrollHere(float center_y_ratio)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ float target_y = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y - window->Pos.y; // Top of last item, in window space
+ target_y += (window->DC.PrevLineHeight * center_y_ratio) + (GImGui->Style.ItemSpacing.y * (center_y_ratio - 0.5f) * 2.0f); // Precisely aim above, in the middle or below the last line.
+ SetScrollFromPosY(target_y, center_y_ratio);
+}
+
+void ImGui::ActivateItem(ImGuiID id)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ g.NavNextActivateId = id;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere(int offset)
+{
+ IM_ASSERT(offset >= -1); // -1 is allowed but not below
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ window->FocusIdxAllRequestNext = window->FocusIdxAllCounter + 1 + offset;
+ window->FocusIdxTabRequestNext = INT_MAX;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetItemDefaultFocus()
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+ if (!window->Appearing)
+ return;
+ if (g.NavWindow == window->RootWindowForNav && (g.NavInitRequest || g.NavInitResultId != 0) && g.NavLayer == g.NavWindow->DC.NavLayerCurrent)
+ {
+ g.NavInitRequest = false;
+ g.NavInitResultId = g.NavWindow->DC.LastItemId;
+ g.NavInitResultRectRel = ImRect(g.NavWindow->DC.LastItemRect.Min - g.NavWindow->Pos, g.NavWindow->DC.LastItemRect.Max - g.NavWindow->Pos);
+ NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();
+ if (!IsItemVisible())
+ SetScrollHere();
+ }
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetStateStorage(ImGuiStorage* tree)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ window->DC.StateStorage = tree ? tree : &window->StateStorage;
+}
+
+ImGuiStorage* ImGui::GetStateStorage()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+ return window->DC.StateStorage;
+}
+
+void ImGui::TextV(const char* fmt, va_list args)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return;
+
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ const char* text_end = g.TempBuffer + ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), fmt, args);
+ TextUnformatted(g.TempBuffer, text_end);
+}
+
+void ImGui::Text(const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+ va_list args;
+ va_start(args, fmt);
+ TextV(fmt, args);
+ va_end(args);
+}
+
+void ImGui::TextColoredV(const ImVec4& col, const char* fmt, va_list args)
+{
+ PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, col);
+ TextV(fmt, args);
+ PopStyleColor();
+}
+
+void ImGui::TextColored(const ImVec4& col, const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+ va_list args;
+ va_start(args, fmt);
+ TextColoredV(col, fmt, args);
+ va_end(args);
+}
+
+void ImGui::TextDisabledV(const char* fmt, va_list args)
+{
+ PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, GImGui->Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]);
+ TextV(fmt, args);
+ PopStyleColor();
+}
+
+void ImGui::TextDisabled(const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+ va_list args;
+ va_start(args, fmt);
+ TextDisabledV(fmt, args);
+ va_end(args);
+}
+
+void ImGui::TextWrappedV(const char* fmt, va_list args)
+{
+ bool need_wrap = (GImGui->CurrentWindow->DC.TextWrapPos < 0.0f); // Keep existing wrap position is one ia already set
+ if (need_wrap) PushTextWrapPos(0.0f);
+ TextV(fmt, args);
+ if (need_wrap) PopTextWrapPos();
+}
+
+void ImGui::TextWrapped(const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+ va_list args;
+ va_start(args, fmt);
+ TextWrappedV(fmt, args);
+ va_end(args);
+}
+
+void ImGui::TextUnformatted(const char* text, const char* text_end)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return;
+
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ IM_ASSERT(text != NULL);
+ const char* text_begin = text;
+ if (text_end == NULL)
+ text_end = text + strlen(text); // FIXME-OPT
+
+ const ImVec2 text_pos(window->DC.CursorPos.x, window->DC.CursorPos.y + window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset);
+ const float wrap_pos_x = window->DC.TextWrapPos;
+ const bool wrap_enabled = wrap_pos_x >= 0.0f;
+ if (text_end - text > 2000 && !wrap_enabled)
+ {
+ // Long text!
+ // Perform manual coarse clipping to optimize for long multi-line text
+ // From this point we will only compute the width of lines that are visible. Optimization only available when word-wrapping is disabled.
+ // We also don't vertically center the text within the line full height, which is unlikely to matter because we are likely the biggest and only item on the line.
+ const char* line = text;
+ const float line_height = GetTextLineHeight();
+ const ImRect clip_rect = window->ClipRect;
+ ImVec2 text_size(0,0);
+
+ if (text_pos.y <= clip_rect.Max.y)
+ {
+ ImVec2 pos = text_pos;
+
+ // Lines to skip (can't skip when logging text)
+ if (!g.LogEnabled)
+ {
+ int lines_skippable = (int)((clip_rect.Min.y - text_pos.y) / line_height);
+ if (lines_skippable > 0)
+ {
+ int lines_skipped = 0;
+ while (line < text_end && lines_skipped < lines_skippable)
+ {
+ const char* line_end = strchr(line, '\n');
+ if (!line_end)
+ line_end = text_end;
+ line = line_end + 1;
+ lines_skipped++;
+ }
+ pos.y += lines_skipped * line_height;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Lines to render
+ if (line < text_end)
+ {
+ ImRect line_rect(pos, pos + ImVec2(FLT_MAX, line_height));
+ while (line < text_end)
+ {
+ const char* line_end = strchr(line, '\n');
+ if (IsClippedEx(line_rect, 0, false))
+ break;
+
+ const ImVec2 line_size = CalcTextSize(line, line_end, false);
+ text_size.x = ImMax(text_size.x, line_size.x);
+ RenderText(pos, line, line_end, false);
+ if (!line_end)
+ line_end = text_end;
+ line = line_end + 1;
+ line_rect.Min.y += line_height;
+ line_rect.Max.y += line_height;
+ pos.y += line_height;
+ }
+
+ // Count remaining lines
+ int lines_skipped = 0;
+ while (line < text_end)
+ {
+ const char* line_end = strchr(line, '\n');
+ if (!line_end)
+ line_end = text_end;
+ line = line_end + 1;
+ lines_skipped++;
+ }
+ pos.y += lines_skipped * line_height;
+ }
+
+ text_size.y += (pos - text_pos).y;
+ }
+
+ ImRect bb(text_pos, text_pos + text_size);
+ ItemSize(bb);
+ ItemAdd(bb, 0);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ const float wrap_width = wrap_enabled ? CalcWrapWidthForPos(window->DC.CursorPos, wrap_pos_x) : 0.0f;
+ const ImVec2 text_size = CalcTextSize(text_begin, text_end, false, wrap_width);
+
+ // Account of baseline offset
+ ImRect bb(text_pos, text_pos + text_size);
+ ItemSize(text_size);
+ if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0))
+ return;
+
+ // Render (we don't hide text after ## in this end-user function)
+ RenderTextWrapped(bb.Min, text_begin, text_end, wrap_width);
+ }
+}
+
+void ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return;
+
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ window->DC.CurrentLineHeight = ImMax(window->DC.CurrentLineHeight, g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2);
+ window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset = ImMax(window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset, g.Style.FramePadding.y);
+}
+
+// Add a label+text combo aligned to other label+value widgets
+void ImGui::LabelTextV(const char* label, const char* fmt, va_list args)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return;
+
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+ const float w = CalcItemWidth();
+
+ const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+ const ImRect value_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2));
+ const ImRect total_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x : 0.0f), style.FramePadding.y*2) + label_size);
+ ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
+ if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, 0))
+ return;
+
+ // Render
+ const char* value_text_begin = &g.TempBuffer[0];
+ const char* value_text_end = value_text_begin + ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), fmt, args);
+ RenderTextClipped(value_bb.Min, value_bb.Max, value_text_begin, value_text_end, NULL, ImVec2(0.0f,0.5f));
+ if (label_size.x > 0.0f)
+ RenderText(ImVec2(value_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, value_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label);
+}
+
+void ImGui::LabelText(const char* label, const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+ va_list args;
+ va_start(args, fmt);
+ LabelTextV(label, fmt, args);
+ va_end(args);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool* out_held, ImGuiButtonFlags flags)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+
+ if (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled)
+ {
+ if (out_hovered) *out_hovered = false;
+ if (out_held) *out_held = false;
+ if (g.ActiveId == id) ClearActiveID();
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ // Default behavior requires click+release on same spot
+ if ((flags & (ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick)) == 0)
+ flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease;
+
+ ImGuiWindow* backup_hovered_window = g.HoveredWindow;
+ if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren) && g.HoveredRootWindow == window)
+ g.HoveredWindow = window;
+
+ bool pressed = false;
+ bool hovered = ItemHoverable(bb, id);
+
+ // Drag source doesn't report as hovered
+ if (hovered && g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropPayload.SourceId == id && !(g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoDisableHover))
+ hovered = false;
+
+ // Special mode for Drag and Drop where holding button pressed for a long time while dragging another item triggers the button
+ if (g.DragDropActive && (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold) && !(g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoHoldToOpenOthers))
+ if (IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem))
+ {
+ hovered = true;
+ SetHoveredID(id);
+ if (CalcTypematicPressedRepeatAmount(g.HoveredIdTimer + 0.0001f, g.HoveredIdTimer + 0.0001f - g.IO.DeltaTime, 0.01f, 0.70f)) // FIXME: Our formula for CalcTypematicPressedRepeatAmount() is fishy
+ {
+ pressed = true;
+ FocusWindow(window);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren) && g.HoveredRootWindow == window)
+ g.HoveredWindow = backup_hovered_window;
+
+ // AllowOverlap mode (rarely used) requires previous frame HoveredId to be null or to match. This allows using patterns where a later submitted widget overlaps a previous one.
+ if (hovered && (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap) && (g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != id && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != 0))
+ hovered = false;
+
+ // Mouse
+ if (hovered)
+ {
+ if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoKeyModifiers) || (!g.IO.KeyCtrl && !g.IO.KeyShift && !g.IO.KeyAlt))
+ {
+ // | CLICKING | HOLDING with ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat
+ // PressedOnClickRelease | <on release>* | <on repeat> <on repeat> .. (NOT on release) <-- MOST COMMON! (*) only if both click/release were over bounds
+ // PressedOnClick | <on click> | <on click> <on repeat> <on repeat> ..
+ // PressedOnRelease | <on release> | <on repeat> <on repeat> .. (NOT on release)
+ // PressedOnDoubleClick | <on dclick> | <on dclick> <on repeat> <on repeat> ..
+ // FIXME-NAV: We don't honor those different behaviors.
+ if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease) && g.IO.MouseClicked[0])
+ {
+ SetActiveID(id, window);
+ if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus))
+ SetFocusID(id, window);
+ FocusWindow(window);
+ }
+ if (((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick) && g.IO.MouseClicked[0]) || ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick) && g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0]))
+ {
+ pressed = true;
+ if (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoldingActiveID)
+ ClearActiveID();
+ else
+ SetActiveID(id, window); // Hold on ID
+ FocusWindow(window);
+ }
+ if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease) && g.IO.MouseReleased[0])
+ {
+ if (!((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat) && g.IO.MouseDownDurationPrev[0] >= g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay)) // Repeat mode trumps <on release>
+ pressed = true;
+ ClearActiveID();
+ }
+
+ // 'Repeat' mode acts when held regardless of _PressedOn flags (see table above).
+ // Relies on repeat logic of IsMouseClicked() but we may as well do it ourselves if we end up exposing finer RepeatDelay/RepeatRate settings.
+ if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat) && g.ActiveId == id && g.IO.MouseDownDuration[0] > 0.0f && IsMouseClicked(0, true))
+ pressed = true;
+ }
+
+ if (pressed)
+ g.NavDisableHighlight = true;
+ }
+
+ // Gamepad/Keyboard navigation
+ // We report navigated item as hovered but we don't set g.HoveredId to not interfere with mouse.
+ if (g.NavId == id && !g.NavDisableHighlight && g.NavDisableMouseHover && (g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == id || g.ActiveId == window->MoveId))
+ hovered = true;
+
+ if (g.NavActivateDownId == id)
+ {
+ bool nav_activated_by_code = (g.NavActivateId == id);
+ bool nav_activated_by_inputs = IsNavInputPressed(ImGuiNavInput_Activate, (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat) ? ImGuiInputReadMode_Repeat : ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed);
+ if (nav_activated_by_code || nav_activated_by_inputs)
+ pressed = true;
+ if (nav_activated_by_code || nav_activated_by_inputs || g.ActiveId == id)
+ {
+ // Set active id so it can be queried by user via IsItemActive(), equivalent of holding the mouse button.
+ g.NavActivateId = id; // This is so SetActiveId assign a Nav source
+ SetActiveID(id, window);
+ if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus))
+ SetFocusID(id, window);
+ g.ActiveIdAllowNavDirFlags = (1 << ImGuiDir_Left) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Right) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Up) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Down);
+ }
+ }
+
+ bool held = false;
+ if (g.ActiveId == id)
+ {
+ if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Mouse)
+ {
+ if (g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated)
+ g.ActiveIdClickOffset = g.IO.MousePos - bb.Min;
+ if (g.IO.MouseDown[0])
+ {
+ held = true;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (hovered && (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease))
+ if (!((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat) && g.IO.MouseDownDurationPrev[0] >= g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay)) // Repeat mode trumps <on release>
+ if (!g.DragDropActive)
+ pressed = true;
+ ClearActiveID();
+ }
+ if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus))
+ g.NavDisableHighlight = true;
+ }
+ else if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Nav)
+ {
+ if (g.NavActivateDownId != id)
+ ClearActiveID();
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (out_hovered) *out_hovered = hovered;
+ if (out_held) *out_held = held;
+
+ return pressed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::ButtonEx(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiButtonFlags flags)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return false;
+
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+ const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
+ const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+
+ ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+ if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_AlignTextBaseLine) && style.FramePadding.y < window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset) // Try to vertically align buttons that are smaller/have no padding so that text baseline matches (bit hacky, since it shouldn't be a flag)
+ pos.y += window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset - style.FramePadding.y;
+ ImVec2 size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, label_size.x + style.FramePadding.x * 2.0f, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f);
+
+ const ImRect bb(pos, pos + size);
+ ItemSize(bb, style.FramePadding.y);
+ if (!ItemAdd(bb, id))
+ return false;
+
+ if (window->DC.ItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat)
+ flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat;
+ bool hovered, held;
+ bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, flags);
+ if (pressed)
+ MarkItemValueChanged(id);
+
+ // Render
+ const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button);
+ RenderNavHighlight(bb, id);
+ RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, true, style.FrameRounding);
+ RenderTextClipped(bb.Min + style.FramePadding, bb.Max - style.FramePadding, label, NULL, &label_size, style.ButtonTextAlign, &bb);
+
+ // Automatically close popups
+ //if (pressed && !(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_DontClosePopups) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup))
+ // CloseCurrentPopup();
+
+ return pressed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::Button(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg)
+{
+ return ButtonEx(label, size_arg, 0);
+}
+
+// Small buttons fits within text without additional vertical spacing.
+bool ImGui::SmallButton(const char* label)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ float backup_padding_y = g.Style.FramePadding.y;
+ g.Style.FramePadding.y = 0.0f;
+ bool pressed = ButtonEx(label, ImVec2(0,0), ImGuiButtonFlags_AlignTextBaseLine);
+ g.Style.FramePadding.y = backup_padding_y;
+ return pressed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::ArrowButtonEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiDir dir, ImVec2 size, ImGuiButtonFlags flags)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return false;
+
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id);
+ const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size);
+ const float default_size = GetFrameHeight();
+ ItemSize(bb, (size.y >= default_size) ? g.Style.FramePadding.y : 0.0f);
+ if (!ItemAdd(bb, id))
+ return false;
+
+ if (window->DC.ItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat)
+ flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat;
+
+ bool hovered, held;
+ bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, flags);
+
+ // Render
+ const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button);
+ RenderNavHighlight(bb, id);
+ RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, true, g.Style.FrameRounding);
+ RenderArrow(bb.Min + ImVec2(ImMax(0.0f, size.x - g.FontSize - g.Style.FramePadding.x), ImMax(0.0f, size.y - g.FontSize - g.Style.FramePadding.y)), dir);
+
+ return pressed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::ArrowButton(const char* str_id, ImGuiDir dir)
+{
+ float sz = GetFrameHeight();
+ return ArrowButtonEx(str_id, dir, ImVec2(sz, sz), 0);
+}
+
+// Tip: use ImGui::PushID()/PopID() to push indices or pointers in the ID stack.
+// Then you can keep 'str_id' empty or the same for all your buttons (instead of creating a string based on a non-string id)
+bool ImGui::InvisibleButton(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size_arg)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return false;
+
+ const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id);
+ ImVec2 size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, 0.0f, 0.0f);
+ const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size);
+ ItemSize(bb);
+ if (!ItemAdd(bb, id))
+ return false;
+
+ bool hovered, held;
+ bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held);
+
+ return pressed;
+}
+
+// Button to close a window
+bool ImGui::CloseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos, float radius)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+
+ // We intentionally allow interaction when clipped so that a mechanical Alt,Right,Validate sequence close a window.
+ // (this isn't the regular behavior of buttons, but it doesn't affect the user much because navigation tends to keep items visible).
+ const ImRect bb(pos - ImVec2(radius,radius), pos + ImVec2(radius,radius));
+ bool is_clipped = !ItemAdd(bb, id);
+
+ bool hovered, held;
+ bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held);
+ if (is_clipped)
+ return pressed;
+
+ // Render
+ ImVec2 center = bb.GetCenter();
+ if (hovered)
+ window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(center, ImMax(2.0f, radius), GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered), 9);
+
+ float cross_extent = (radius * 0.7071f) - 1.0f;
+ ImU32 cross_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text);
+ center -= ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f);
+ window->DrawList->AddLine(center + ImVec2(+cross_extent,+cross_extent), center + ImVec2(-cross_extent,-cross_extent), cross_col, 1.0f);
+ window->DrawList->AddLine(center + ImVec2(+cross_extent,-cross_extent), center + ImVec2(-cross_extent,+cross_extent), cross_col, 1.0f);
+
+ return pressed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::CollapseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+
+ ImRect bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(g.FontSize, g.FontSize));
+ ItemAdd(bb, id);
+ bool ret = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, NULL, NULL, ImGuiButtonFlags_None);
+ RenderNavHighlight(bb, id);
+ RenderArrow(bb.Min, window->Collapsed ? ImGuiDir_Right : ImGuiDir_Down, 1.0f);
+
+ // Switch to moving the window after mouse is moved beyond the initial drag threshold
+ if (IsItemActive() && IsMouseDragging())
+ StartMouseMovingWindow(window);
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+void ImGui::Image(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec4& tint_col, const ImVec4& border_col)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return;
+
+ ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size);
+ if (border_col.w > 0.0f)
+ bb.Max += ImVec2(2,2);
+ ItemSize(bb);
+ if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0))
+ return;
+
+ if (border_col.w > 0.0f)
+ {
+ window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(border_col), 0.0f);
+ window->DrawList->AddImage(user_texture_id, bb.Min+ImVec2(1,1), bb.Max-ImVec2(1,1), uv0, uv1, GetColorU32(tint_col));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ window->DrawList->AddImage(user_texture_id, bb.Min, bb.Max, uv0, uv1, GetColorU32(tint_col));
+ }
+}
+
+// frame_padding < 0: uses FramePadding from style (default)
+// frame_padding = 0: no framing
+// frame_padding > 0: set framing size
+// The color used are the button colors.
+bool ImGui::ImageButton(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, int frame_padding, const ImVec4& bg_col, const ImVec4& tint_col)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return false;
+
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+
+ // Default to using texture ID as ID. User can still push string/integer prefixes.
+ // We could hash the size/uv to create a unique ID but that would prevent the user from animating UV.
+ PushID((void *)user_texture_id);
+ const ImGuiID id = window->GetID("#image");
+ PopID();
+
+ const ImVec2 padding = (frame_padding >= 0) ? ImVec2((float)frame_padding, (float)frame_padding) : style.FramePadding;
+ const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size + padding*2);
+ const ImRect image_bb(window->DC.CursorPos + padding, window->DC.CursorPos + padding + size);
+ ItemSize(bb);
+ if (!ItemAdd(bb, id))
+ return false;
+
+ bool hovered, held;
+ bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held);
+
+ // Render
+ const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button);
+ RenderNavHighlight(bb, id);
+ RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, true, ImClamp((float)ImMin(padding.x, padding.y), 0.0f, style.FrameRounding));
+ if (bg_col.w > 0.0f)
+ window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(image_bb.Min, image_bb.Max, GetColorU32(bg_col));
+ window->DrawList->AddImage(user_texture_id, image_bb.Min, image_bb.Max, uv0, uv1, GetColorU32(tint_col));
+
+ return pressed;
+}
+
+// Start logging ImGui output to TTY
+void ImGui::LogToTTY(int max_depth)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ if (g.LogEnabled)
+ return;
+ ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+
+ IM_ASSERT(g.LogFile == NULL);
+ g.LogFile = stdout;
+ g.LogEnabled = true;
+ g.LogStartDepth = window->DC.TreeDepth;
+ if (max_depth >= 0)
+ g.LogAutoExpandMaxDepth = max_depth;
+}
+
+// Start logging ImGui output to given file
+void ImGui::LogToFile(int max_depth, const char* filename)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ if (g.LogEnabled)
+ return;
+ ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+
+ if (!filename)
+ {
+ filename = g.IO.LogFilename;
+ if (!filename)
+ return;
+ }
+
+ IM_ASSERT(g.LogFile == NULL);
+ g.LogFile = ImFileOpen(filename, "ab");
+ if (!g.LogFile)
+ {
+ IM_ASSERT(g.LogFile != NULL); // Consider this an error
+ return;
+ }
+ g.LogEnabled = true;
+ g.LogStartDepth = window->DC.TreeDepth;
+ if (max_depth >= 0)
+ g.LogAutoExpandMaxDepth = max_depth;
+}
+
+// Start logging ImGui output to clipboard
+void ImGui::LogToClipboard(int max_depth)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ if (g.LogEnabled)
+ return;
+ ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+
+ IM_ASSERT(g.LogFile == NULL);
+ g.LogFile = NULL;
+ g.LogEnabled = true;
+ g.LogStartDepth = window->DC.TreeDepth;
+ if (max_depth >= 0)
+ g.LogAutoExpandMaxDepth = max_depth;
+}
+
+void ImGui::LogFinish()
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ if (!g.LogEnabled)
+ return;
+
+ LogText(IM_NEWLINE);
+ if (g.LogFile != NULL)
+ {
+ if (g.LogFile == stdout)
+ fflush(g.LogFile);
+ else
+ fclose(g.LogFile);
+ g.LogFile = NULL;
+ }
+ if (g.LogClipboard.size() > 1)
+ {
+ SetClipboardText(g.LogClipboard.begin());
+ g.LogClipboard.clear();
+ }
+ g.LogEnabled = false;
+}
+
+// Helper to display logging buttons
+void ImGui::LogButtons()
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+
+ PushID("LogButtons");
+ const bool log_to_tty = Button("Log To TTY"); SameLine();
+ const bool log_to_file = Button("Log To File"); SameLine();
+ const bool log_to_clipboard = Button("Log To Clipboard"); SameLine();
+ PushItemWidth(80.0f);
+ PushAllowKeyboardFocus(false);
+ SliderInt("Depth", &g.LogAutoExpandMaxDepth, 0, 9, NULL);
+ PopAllowKeyboardFocus();
+ PopItemWidth();
+ PopID();
+
+ // Start logging at the end of the function so that the buttons don't appear in the log
+ if (log_to_tty)
+ LogToTTY(g.LogAutoExpandMaxDepth);
+ if (log_to_file)
+ LogToFile(g.LogAutoExpandMaxDepth, g.IO.LogFilename);
+ if (log_to_clipboard)
+ LogToClipboard(g.LogAutoExpandMaxDepth);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehaviorIsOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags)
+{
+ if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf)
+ return true;
+
+ // We only write to the tree storage if the user clicks (or explicitly use SetNextTreeNode*** functions)
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+ ImGuiStorage* storage = window->DC.StateStorage;
+
+ bool is_open;
+ if (g.NextTreeNodeOpenCond != 0)
+ {
+ if (g.NextTreeNodeOpenCond & ImGuiCond_Always)
+ {
+ is_open = g.NextTreeNodeOpenVal;
+ storage->SetInt(id, is_open);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // We treat ImGuiCond_Once and ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver the same because tree node state are not saved persistently.
+ const int stored_value = storage->GetInt(id, -1);
+ if (stored_value == -1)
+ {
+ is_open = g.NextTreeNodeOpenVal;
+ storage->SetInt(id, is_open);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ is_open = stored_value != 0;
+ }
+ }
+ g.NextTreeNodeOpenCond = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ is_open = storage->GetInt(id, (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen) ? 1 : 0) != 0;
+ }
+
+ // When logging is enabled, we automatically expand tree nodes (but *NOT* collapsing headers.. seems like sensible behavior).
+ // NB- If we are above max depth we still allow manually opened nodes to be logged.
+ if (g.LogEnabled && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoAutoOpenOnLog) && window->DC.TreeDepth < g.LogAutoExpandMaxDepth)
+ is_open = true;
+
+ return is_open;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* label, const char* label_end)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return false;
+
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+ const bool display_frame = (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Framed) != 0;
+ const ImVec2 padding = (display_frame || (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_FramePadding)) ? style.FramePadding : ImVec2(style.FramePadding.x, 0.0f);
+
+ if (!label_end)
+ label_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label);
+ const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, label_end, false);
+
+ // We vertically grow up to current line height up the typical widget height.
+ const float text_base_offset_y = ImMax(padding.y, window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset); // Latch before ItemSize changes it
+ const float frame_height = ImMax(ImMin(window->DC.CurrentLineHeight, g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.y*2), label_size.y + padding.y*2);
+ ImRect frame_bb = ImRect(window->DC.CursorPos, ImVec2(window->Pos.x + GetContentRegionMax().x, window->DC.CursorPos.y + frame_height));
+ if (display_frame)
+ {
+ // Framed header expand a little outside the default padding
+ frame_bb.Min.x -= (float)(int)(window->WindowPadding.x*0.5f) - 1;
+ frame_bb.Max.x += (float)(int)(window->WindowPadding.x*0.5f) - 1;
+ }
+
+ const float text_offset_x = (g.FontSize + (display_frame ? padding.x*3 : padding.x*2)); // Collapser arrow width + Spacing
+ const float text_width = g.FontSize + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? label_size.x + padding.x*2 : 0.0f); // Include collapser
+ ItemSize(ImVec2(text_width, frame_height), text_base_offset_y);
+
+ // For regular tree nodes, we arbitrary allow to click past 2 worth of ItemSpacing
+ // (Ideally we'd want to add a flag for the user to specify if we want the hit test to be done up to the right side of the content or not)
+ const ImRect interact_bb = display_frame ? frame_bb : ImRect(frame_bb.Min.x, frame_bb.Min.y, frame_bb.Min.x + text_width + style.ItemSpacing.x*2, frame_bb.Max.y);
+ bool is_open = TreeNodeBehaviorIsOpen(id, flags);
+
+ // Store a flag for the current depth to tell if we will allow closing this node when navigating one of its child.
+ // For this purpose we essentially compare if g.NavIdIsAlive went from 0 to 1 between TreeNode() and TreePop().
+ // This is currently only support 32 level deep and we are fine with (1 << Depth) overflowing into a zero.
+ if (is_open && !g.NavIdIsAlive && (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere) && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen))
+ window->DC.TreeDepthMayJumpToParentOnPop |= (1 << window->DC.TreeDepth);
+
+ bool item_add = ItemAdd(interact_bb, id);
+ window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect;
+ window->DC.LastItemDisplayRect = frame_bb;
+
+ if (!item_add)
+ {
+ if (is_open && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen))
+ TreePushRawID(id);
+ return is_open;
+ }
+
+ // Flags that affects opening behavior:
+ // - 0(default) ..................... single-click anywhere to open
+ // - OpenOnDoubleClick .............. double-click anywhere to open
+ // - OpenOnArrow .................... single-click on arrow to open
+ // - OpenOnDoubleClick|OpenOnArrow .. single-click on arrow or double-click anywhere to open
+ ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = ImGuiButtonFlags_NoKeyModifiers | ((flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap) ? ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap : 0);
+ if (!(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf))
+ button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold;
+ if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick)
+ button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick | ((flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow) ? ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease : 0);
+
+ bool hovered, held, pressed = ButtonBehavior(interact_bb, id, &hovered, &held, button_flags);
+ if (!(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf))
+ {
+ bool toggled = false;
+ if (pressed)
+ {
+ toggled = !(flags & (ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick)) || (g.NavActivateId == id);
+ if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow)
+ toggled |= IsMouseHoveringRect(interact_bb.Min, ImVec2(interact_bb.Min.x + text_offset_x, interact_bb.Max.y)) && (!g.NavDisableMouseHover);
+ if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick)
+ toggled |= g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0];
+ if (g.DragDropActive && is_open) // When using Drag and Drop "hold to open" we keep the node highlighted after opening, but never close it again.
+ toggled = false;
+ }
+
+ if (g.NavId == id && g.NavMoveRequest && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && is_open)
+ {
+ toggled = true;
+ NavMoveRequestCancel();
+ }
+ if (g.NavId == id && g.NavMoveRequest && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right && !is_open) // If there's something upcoming on the line we may want to give it the priority?
+ {
+ toggled = true;
+ NavMoveRequestCancel();
+ }
+
+ if (toggled)
+ {
+ is_open = !is_open;
+ window->DC.StateStorage->SetInt(id, is_open);
+ }
+ }
+ if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap)
+ SetItemAllowOverlap();
+
+ // Render
+ const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_HeaderActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered : ImGuiCol_Header);
+ const ImVec2 text_pos = frame_bb.Min + ImVec2(text_offset_x, text_base_offset_y);
+ if (display_frame)
+ {
+ // Framed type
+ RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, col, true, style.FrameRounding);
+ RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin);
+ RenderArrow(frame_bb.Min + ImVec2(padding.x, text_base_offset_y), is_open ? ImGuiDir_Down : ImGuiDir_Right, 1.0f);
+ if (g.LogEnabled)
+ {
+ // NB: '##' is normally used to hide text (as a library-wide feature), so we need to specify the text range to make sure the ## aren't stripped out here.
+ const char log_prefix[] = "\n##";
+ const char log_suffix[] = "##";
+ LogRenderedText(&text_pos, log_prefix, log_prefix+3);
+ RenderTextClipped(text_pos, frame_bb.Max, label, label_end, &label_size);
+ LogRenderedText(&text_pos, log_suffix+1, log_suffix+3);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ RenderTextClipped(text_pos, frame_bb.Max, label, label_end, &label_size);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // Unframed typed for tree nodes
+ if (hovered || (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Selected))
+ {
+ RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, col, false);
+ RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin);
+ }
+
+ if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet)
+ RenderBullet(frame_bb.Min + ImVec2(text_offset_x * 0.5f, g.FontSize*0.50f + text_base_offset_y));
+ else if (!(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf))
+ RenderArrow(frame_bb.Min + ImVec2(padding.x, g.FontSize*0.15f + text_base_offset_y), is_open ? ImGuiDir_Down : ImGuiDir_Right, 0.70f);
+ if (g.LogEnabled)
+ LogRenderedText(&text_pos, ">");
+ RenderText(text_pos, label, label_end, false);
+ }
+
+ if (is_open && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen))
+ TreePushRawID(id);
+ return is_open;
+}
+
+// CollapsingHeader returns true when opened but do not indent nor push into the ID stack (because of the ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen flag).
+// This is basically the same as calling TreeNodeEx(label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader). You can remove the _NoTreePushOnOpen flag if you want behavior closer to normal TreeNode().
+bool ImGui::CollapsingHeader(const char* label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return false;
+
+ return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(label), flags | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader, label);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::CollapsingHeader(const char* label, bool* p_open, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return false;
+
+ if (p_open && !*p_open)
+ return false;
+
+ ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
+ bool is_open = TreeNodeBehavior(id, flags | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader | (p_open ? ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap : 0), label);
+ if (p_open)
+ {
+ // Create a small overlapping close button // FIXME: We can evolve this into user accessible helpers to add extra buttons on title bars, headers, etc.
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ float button_sz = g.FontSize * 0.5f;
+ ImGuiItemHoveredDataBackup last_item_backup;
+ if (CloseButton(window->GetID((void*)(intptr_t)(id+1)), ImVec2(ImMin(window->DC.LastItemRect.Max.x, window->ClipRect.Max.x) - g.Style.FramePadding.x - button_sz, window->DC.LastItemRect.Min.y + g.Style.FramePadding.y + button_sz), button_sz))
+ *p_open = false;
+ last_item_backup.Restore();
+ }
+
+ return is_open;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::TreeNodeEx(const char* label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return false;
+
+ return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(label), flags, label, NULL);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::TreeNodeExV(const char* str_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, va_list args)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return false;
+
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ const char* label_end = g.TempBuffer + ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), fmt, args);
+ return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(str_id), flags, g.TempBuffer, label_end);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::TreeNodeExV(const void* ptr_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, va_list args)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return false;
+
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ const char* label_end = g.TempBuffer + ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), fmt, args);
+ return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(ptr_id), flags, g.TempBuffer, label_end);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::TreeNodeV(const char* str_id, const char* fmt, va_list args)
+{
+ return TreeNodeExV(str_id, 0, fmt, args);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::TreeNodeV(const void* ptr_id, const char* fmt, va_list args)
+{
+ return TreeNodeExV(ptr_id, 0, fmt, args);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::TreeNodeEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+ va_list args;
+ va_start(args, fmt);
+ bool is_open = TreeNodeExV(str_id, flags, fmt, args);
+ va_end(args);
+ return is_open;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::TreeNodeEx(const void* ptr_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+ va_list args;
+ va_start(args, fmt);
+ bool is_open = TreeNodeExV(ptr_id, flags, fmt, args);
+ va_end(args);
+ return is_open;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::TreeNode(const char* str_id, const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+ va_list args;
+ va_start(args, fmt);
+ bool is_open = TreeNodeExV(str_id, 0, fmt, args);
+ va_end(args);
+ return is_open;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::TreeNode(const void* ptr_id, const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+ va_list args;
+ va_start(args, fmt);
+ bool is_open = TreeNodeExV(ptr_id, 0, fmt, args);
+ va_end(args);
+ return is_open;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::TreeNode(const char* label)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return false;
+ return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(label), 0, label, NULL);
+}
+
+void ImGui::TreeAdvanceToLabelPos()
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ g.CurrentWindow->DC.CursorPos.x += GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing();
+}
+
+// Horizontal distance preceding label when using TreeNode() or Bullet()
+float ImGui::GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ return g.FontSize + (g.Style.FramePadding.x * 2.0f);
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetNextTreeNodeOpen(bool is_open, ImGuiCond cond)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ if (g.CurrentWindow->SkipItems)
+ return;
+ g.NextTreeNodeOpenVal = is_open;
+ g.NextTreeNodeOpenCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiCond_Always;
+}
+
+void ImGui::PushID(const char* str_id)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+ window->IDStack.push_back(window->GetID(str_id));
+}
+
+void ImGui::PushID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+ window->IDStack.push_back(window->GetID(str_id_begin, str_id_end));
+}
+
+void ImGui::PushID(const void* ptr_id)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+ window->IDStack.push_back(window->GetID(ptr_id));
+}
+
+void ImGui::PushID(int int_id)
+{
+ const void* ptr_id = (void*)(intptr_t)int_id;
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+ window->IDStack.push_back(window->GetID(ptr_id));
+}
+
+void ImGui::PopID()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+ window->IDStack.pop_back();
+}
+
+ImGuiID ImGui::GetID(const char* str_id)
+{
+ return GImGui->CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id);
+}
+
+ImGuiID ImGui::GetID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end)
+{
+ return GImGui->CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id_begin, str_id_end);
+}
+
+ImGuiID ImGui::GetID(const void* ptr_id)
+{
+ return GImGui->CurrentWindow->GetID(ptr_id);
+}
+
+void ImGui::Bullet()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return;
+
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+ const float line_height = ImMax(ImMin(window->DC.CurrentLineHeight, g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y*2), g.FontSize);
+ const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(g.FontSize, line_height));
+ ItemSize(bb);
+ if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0))
+ {
+ SameLine(0, style.FramePadding.x*2);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ // Render and stay on same line
+ RenderBullet(bb.Min + ImVec2(style.FramePadding.x + g.FontSize*0.5f, line_height*0.5f));
+ SameLine(0, style.FramePadding.x*2);
+}
+
+// Text with a little bullet aligned to the typical tree node.
+void ImGui::BulletTextV(const char* fmt, va_list args)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return;
+
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+
+ const char* text_begin = g.TempBuffer;
+ const char* text_end = text_begin + ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), fmt, args);
+ const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(text_begin, text_end, false);
+ const float text_base_offset_y = ImMax(0.0f, window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset); // Latch before ItemSize changes it
+ const float line_height = ImMax(ImMin(window->DC.CurrentLineHeight, g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y*2), g.FontSize);
+ const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(g.FontSize + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? (label_size.x + style.FramePadding.x*2) : 0.0f), ImMax(line_height, label_size.y))); // Empty text doesn't add padding
+ ItemSize(bb);
+ if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0))
+ return;
+
+ // Render
+ RenderBullet(bb.Min + ImVec2(style.FramePadding.x + g.FontSize*0.5f, line_height*0.5f));
+ RenderText(bb.Min+ImVec2(g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.x*2, text_base_offset_y), text_begin, text_end, false);
+}
+
+void ImGui::BulletText(const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+ va_list args;
+ va_start(args, fmt);
+ BulletTextV(fmt, args);
+ va_end(args);
+}
+
+static inline int DataTypeFormatString(char* buf, int buf_size, ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* data_ptr, const char* format)
+{
+ if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S32 || data_type == ImGuiDataType_U32) // Signedness doesn't matter when pushing the argument
+ return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format, *(const ImU32*)data_ptr);
+ if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S64 || data_type == ImGuiDataType_U64) // Signedness doesn't matter when pushing the argument
+ return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format, *(const ImU64*)data_ptr);
+ if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float)
+ return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format, *(const float*)data_ptr);
+ if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double)
+ return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format, *(const double*)data_ptr);
+ IM_ASSERT(0);
+ return 0;
+}
+
+// FIXME: Adding support for clamping on boundaries of the data type would be nice.
+static void DataTypeApplyOp(ImGuiDataType data_type, int op, void* output, void* arg1, const void* arg2)
+{
+ IM_ASSERT(op == '+' || op == '-');
+ switch (data_type)
+ {
+ case ImGuiDataType_S32:
+ if (op == '+') *(int*)output = *(const int*)arg1 + *(const int*)arg2;
+ else if (op == '-') *(int*)output = *(const int*)arg1 - *(const int*)arg2;
+ return;
+ case ImGuiDataType_U32:
+ if (op == '+') *(unsigned int*)output = *(const unsigned int*)arg1 + *(const ImU32*)arg2;
+ else if (op == '-') *(unsigned int*)output = *(const unsigned int*)arg1 - *(const ImU32*)arg2;
+ return;
+ case ImGuiDataType_S64:
+ if (op == '+') *(ImS64*)output = *(const ImS64*)arg1 + *(const ImS64*)arg2;
+ else if (op == '-') *(ImS64*)output = *(const ImS64*)arg1 - *(const ImS64*)arg2;
+ return;
+ case ImGuiDataType_U64:
+ if (op == '+') *(ImU64*)output = *(const ImU64*)arg1 + *(const ImU64*)arg2;
+ else if (op == '-') *(ImU64*)output = *(const ImU64*)arg1 - *(const ImU64*)arg2;
+ return;
+ case ImGuiDataType_Float:
+ if (op == '+') *(float*)output = *(const float*)arg1 + *(const float*)arg2;
+ else if (op == '-') *(float*)output = *(const float*)arg1 - *(const float*)arg2;
+ return;
+ case ImGuiDataType_Double:
+ if (op == '+') *(double*)output = *(const double*)arg1 + *(const double*)arg2;
+ else if (op == '-') *(double*)output = *(const double*)arg1 - *(const double*)arg2;
+ return;
+ case ImGuiDataType_COUNT: break;
+ }
+ IM_ASSERT(0);
+}
+
+struct ImGuiDataTypeInfo
+{
+ size_t Size;
+ const char* PrintFmt; // Unused
+ const char* ScanFmt;
+};
+
+static const ImGuiDataTypeInfo GDataTypeInfo[] =
+{
+ { sizeof(int), "%d", "%d" },
+ { sizeof(unsigned int), "%u", "%u" },
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+ { sizeof(ImS64), "%I64d","%I64d" },
+ { sizeof(ImU64), "%I64u","%I64u" },
+#else
+ { sizeof(ImS64), "%lld", "%lld" },
+ { sizeof(ImU64), "%llu", "%llu" },
+#endif
+ { sizeof(float), "%f", "%f" }, // float are promoted to double in va_arg
+ { sizeof(double), "%f", "%lf" },
+};
+IM_STATIC_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(GDataTypeInfo) == ImGuiDataType_COUNT);
+
+// User can input math operators (e.g. +100) to edit a numerical values.
+// NB: This is _not_ a full expression evaluator. We should probably add one and replace this dumb mess..
+static bool DataTypeApplyOpFromText(const char* buf, const char* initial_value_buf, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* data_ptr, const char* format)
+{
+ while (ImCharIsBlankA(*buf))
+ buf++;
+
+ // We don't support '-' op because it would conflict with inputing negative value.
+ // Instead you can use +-100 to subtract from an existing value
+ char op = buf[0];
+ if (op == '+' || op == '*' || op == '/')
+ {
+ buf++;
+ while (ImCharIsBlankA(*buf))
+ buf++;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ op = 0;
+ }
+ if (!buf[0])
+ return false;
+
+ // Copy the value in an opaque buffer so we can compare at the end of the function if it changed at all.
+ IM_ASSERT(data_type < ImGuiDataType_COUNT);
+ int data_backup[2];
+ IM_ASSERT(GDataTypeInfo[data_type].Size <= sizeof(data_backup));
+ memcpy(data_backup, data_ptr, GDataTypeInfo[data_type].Size);
+
+ if (format == NULL)
+ format = GDataTypeInfo[data_type].ScanFmt;
+
+ int arg1i = 0;
+ if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S32)
+ {
+ int* v = (int*)data_ptr;
+ int arg0i = *v;
+ float arg1f = 0.0f;
+ if (op && sscanf(initial_value_buf, format, &arg0i) < 1)
+ return false;
+ // Store operand in a float so we can use fractional value for multipliers (*1.1), but constant always parsed as integer so we can fit big integers (e.g. 2000000003) past float precision
+ if (op == '+') { if (sscanf(buf, "%d", &arg1i)) *v = (int)(arg0i + arg1i); } // Add (use "+-" to subtract)
+ else if (op == '*') { if (sscanf(buf, "%f", &arg1f)) *v = (int)(arg0i * arg1f); } // Multiply
+ else if (op == '/') { if (sscanf(buf, "%f", &arg1f) && arg1f != 0.0f) *v = (int)(arg0i / arg1f); } // Divide
+ else { if (sscanf(buf, format, &arg1i) == 1) *v = arg1i; } // Assign constant
+ }
+ else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_U32 || data_type == ImGuiDataType_S64 || data_type == ImGuiDataType_U64)
+ {
+ // Assign constant
+ // FIXME: We don't bother handling support for legacy operators since they are a little too crappy. Instead we may implement a proper expression evaluator in the future.
+ sscanf(buf, format, data_ptr);
+ }
+ else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float)
+ {
+ // For floats we have to ignore format with precision (e.g. "%.2f") because sscanf doesn't take them in
+ format = "%f";
+ float* v = (float*)data_ptr;
+ float arg0f = *v, arg1f = 0.0f;
+ if (op && sscanf(initial_value_buf, format, &arg0f) < 1)
+ return false;
+ if (sscanf(buf, format, &arg1f) < 1)
+ return false;
+ if (op == '+') { *v = arg0f + arg1f; } // Add (use "+-" to subtract)
+ else if (op == '*') { *v = arg0f * arg1f; } // Multiply
+ else if (op == '/') { if (arg1f != 0.0f) *v = arg0f / arg1f; } // Divide
+ else { *v = arg1f; } // Assign constant
+ }
+ else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double)
+ {
+ format = "%lf"; // scanf differentiate float/double unlike printf which forces everything to double because of ellipsis
+ double* v = (double*)data_ptr;
+ double arg0f = *v, arg1f = 0.0;
+ if (op && sscanf(initial_value_buf, format, &arg0f) < 1)
+ return false;
+ if (sscanf(buf, format, &arg1f) < 1)
+ return false;
+ if (op == '+') { *v = arg0f + arg1f; } // Add (use "+-" to subtract)
+ else if (op == '*') { *v = arg0f * arg1f; } // Multiply
+ else if (op == '/') { if (arg1f != 0.0f) *v = arg0f / arg1f; } // Divide
+ else { *v = arg1f; } // Assign constant
+ }
+ return memcmp(data_backup, data_ptr, GDataTypeInfo[data_type].Size) != 0;
+}
+
+// Create text input in place of a slider (when CTRL+Clicking on slider)
+// FIXME: Logic is messy and confusing.
+bool ImGui::InputScalarAsWidgetReplacement(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* data_ptr, const char* format)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+
+ // Our replacement widget will override the focus ID (registered previously to allow for a TAB focus to happen)
+ // On the first frame, g.ScalarAsInputTextId == 0, then on subsequent frames it becomes == id
+ SetActiveID(g.ScalarAsInputTextId, window);
+ g.ActiveIdAllowNavDirFlags = (1 << ImGuiDir_Up) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Down);
+ SetHoveredID(0);
+ FocusableItemUnregister(window);
+
+ char fmt_buf[32];
+ char data_buf[32];
+ format = ImParseFormatTrimDecorations(format, fmt_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(fmt_buf));
+ DataTypeFormatString(data_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(data_buf), data_type, data_ptr, format);
+ ImStrTrimBlanks(data_buf);
+ ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll | ((data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float || data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double) ? ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific : ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal);
+ bool value_changed = InputTextEx(label, data_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(data_buf), bb.GetSize(), flags);
+ if (g.ScalarAsInputTextId == 0) // First frame we started displaying the InputText widget
+ {
+ IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveId == id); // InputText ID expected to match the Slider ID
+ g.ScalarAsInputTextId = g.ActiveId;
+ SetHoveredID(id);
+ }
+ if (value_changed)
+ return DataTypeApplyOpFromText(data_buf, g.InputTextState.InitialText.begin(), data_type, data_ptr, NULL);
+ return false;
+}
+
+// We don't use strchr() because our strings are usually very short and often start with '%'
+const char* ImParseFormatFindStart(const char* fmt)
+{
+ while (char c = fmt[0])
+ {
+ if (c == '%' && fmt[1] != '%')
+ return fmt;
+ else if (c == '%')
+ fmt++;
+ fmt++;
+ }
+ return fmt;
+}
+
+const char* ImParseFormatFindEnd(const char* fmt)
+{
+ // Printf/scanf types modifiers: I/L/h/j/l/t/w/z. Other uppercase letters qualify as types aka end of the format.
+ if (fmt[0] != '%')
+ return fmt;
+ const unsigned int ignored_uppercase_mask = (1 << ('I'-'A')) | (1 << ('L'-'A'));
+ const unsigned int ignored_lowercase_mask = (1 << ('h'-'a')) | (1 << ('j'-'a')) | (1 << ('l'-'a')) | (1 << ('t'-'a')) | (1 << ('w'-'a')) | (1 << ('z'-'a'));
+ for (char c; (c = *fmt) != 0; fmt++)
+ {
+ if (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z' && ((1 << (c - 'A')) & ignored_uppercase_mask) == 0)
+ return fmt + 1;
+ if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z' && ((1 << (c - 'a')) & ignored_lowercase_mask) == 0)
+ return fmt + 1;
+ }
+ return fmt;
+}
+
+// Extract the format out of a format string with leading or trailing decorations
+// fmt = "blah blah" -> return fmt
+// fmt = "%.3f" -> return fmt
+// fmt = "hello %.3f" -> return fmt + 6
+// fmt = "%.3f hello" -> return buf written with "%.3f"
+const char* ImParseFormatTrimDecorations(const char* fmt, char* buf, int buf_size)
+{
+ const char* fmt_start = ImParseFormatFindStart(fmt);
+ if (fmt_start[0] != '%')
+ return fmt;
+ const char* fmt_end = ImParseFormatFindEnd(fmt_start);
+ if (fmt_end[0] == 0) // If we only have leading decoration, we don't need to copy the data.
+ return fmt_start;
+ ImStrncpy(buf, fmt_start, ImMin((int)(fmt_end + 1 - fmt_start), buf_size));
+ return buf;
+}
+
+// Parse display precision back from the display format string
+// FIXME: This is still used by some navigation code path to infer a minimum tweak step, but we should aim to rework widgets so it isn't needed.
+int ImParseFormatPrecision(const char* fmt, int default_precision)
+{
+ fmt = ImParseFormatFindStart(fmt);
+ if (fmt[0] != '%')
+ return default_precision;
+ fmt++;
+ while (*fmt >= '0' && *fmt <= '9')
+ fmt++;
+ int precision = INT_MAX;
+ if (*fmt == '.')
+ {
+ fmt = ImAtoi<int>(fmt + 1, &precision);
+ if (precision < 0 || precision > 99)
+ precision = default_precision;
+ }
+ if (*fmt == 'e' || *fmt == 'E') // Maximum precision with scientific notation
+ precision = -1;
+ if ((*fmt == 'g' || *fmt == 'G') && precision == INT_MAX)
+ precision = -1;
+ return (precision == INT_MAX) ? default_precision : precision;
+}
+
+static float GetMinimumStepAtDecimalPrecision(int decimal_precision)
+{
+ static const float min_steps[10] = { 1.0f, 0.1f, 0.01f, 0.001f, 0.0001f, 0.00001f, 0.000001f, 0.0000001f, 0.00000001f, 0.000000001f };
+ if (decimal_precision < 0)
+ return FLT_MIN;
+ return (decimal_precision >= 0 && decimal_precision < 10) ? min_steps[decimal_precision] : ImPow(10.0f, (float)-decimal_precision);
+}
+
+template<typename TYPE, typename SIGNEDTYPE>
+static inline TYPE RoundScalarWithFormat(const char* format, ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE v)
+{
+ const char* fmt_start = ImParseFormatFindStart(format);
+ if (fmt_start[0] != '%' || fmt_start[1] == '%') // Don't apply if the value is not visible in the format string
+ return v;
+ char v_str[64];
+ ImFormatString(v_str, IM_ARRAYSIZE(v_str), fmt_start, v);
+ const char* p = v_str;
+ while (*p == ' ')
+ p++;
+ if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float || data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double)
+ v = (TYPE)ImAtof(p);
+ else
+ ImAtoi(p, (SIGNEDTYPE*)&v);
+ return v;
+}
+
+template<typename TYPE, typename FLOATTYPE>
+static inline float SliderBehaviorCalcRatioFromValue(ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE v, TYPE v_min, TYPE v_max, float power, float linear_zero_pos)
+{
+ if (v_min == v_max)
+ return 0.0f;
+
+ const bool is_power = (power != 1.0f) && (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float || data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double);
+ const TYPE v_clamped = (v_min < v_max) ? ImClamp(v, v_min, v_max) : ImClamp(v, v_max, v_min);
+ if (is_power)
+ {
+ if (v_clamped < 0.0f)
+ {
+ const float f = 1.0f - (float)((v_clamped - v_min) / (ImMin((TYPE)0, v_max) - v_min));
+ return (1.0f - ImPow(f, 1.0f/power)) * linear_zero_pos;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ const float f = (float)((v_clamped - ImMax((TYPE)0, v_min)) / (v_max - ImMax((TYPE)0, v_min)));
+ return linear_zero_pos + ImPow(f, 1.0f/power) * (1.0f - linear_zero_pos);
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Linear slider
+ return (float)((FLOATTYPE)(v_clamped - v_min) / (FLOATTYPE)(v_max - v_min));
+}
+
+// FIXME: Move some of the code into SliderBehavior(). Current responsability is larger than what the equivalent DragBehaviorT<> does, we also do some rendering, etc.
+template<typename TYPE, typename SIGNEDTYPE, typename FLOATTYPE>
+static bool ImGui::SliderBehaviorT(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE* v, const TYPE v_min, const TYPE v_max, const char* format, float power, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+ const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+
+ const bool is_horizontal = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_Vertical) == 0;
+ const bool is_decimal = (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float) || (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double);
+ const bool is_power = (power != 1.0f) && is_decimal;
+
+ const float grab_padding = 2.0f;
+ const float slider_sz = is_horizontal ? (bb.GetWidth() - grab_padding * 2.0f) : (bb.GetHeight() - grab_padding * 2.0f);
+ float grab_sz = style.GrabMinSize;
+ SIGNEDTYPE v_range = (v_min < v_max ? v_max - v_min : v_min - v_max);
+ if (!is_decimal && v_range >= 0) // v_range < 0 may happen on integer overflows
+ grab_sz = ImMax((float)(slider_sz / (v_range + 1)), style.GrabMinSize); // For integer sliders: if possible have the grab size represent 1 unit
+ grab_sz = ImMin(grab_sz, slider_sz);
+ const float slider_usable_sz = slider_sz - grab_sz;
+ const float slider_usable_pos_min = (is_horizontal ? bb.Min.x : bb.Min.y) + grab_padding + grab_sz*0.5f;
+ const float slider_usable_pos_max = (is_horizontal ? bb.Max.x : bb.Max.y) - grab_padding - grab_sz*0.5f;
+
+ // For power curve sliders that cross over sign boundary we want the curve to be symmetric around 0.0f
+ float linear_zero_pos; // 0.0->1.0f
+ if (is_power && v_min * v_max < 0.0f)
+ {
+ // Different sign
+ const FLOATTYPE linear_dist_min_to_0 = ImPow(v_min >= 0 ? (FLOATTYPE)v_min : -(FLOATTYPE)v_min, (FLOATTYPE)1.0f/power);
+ const FLOATTYPE linear_dist_max_to_0 = ImPow(v_max >= 0 ? (FLOATTYPE)v_max : -(FLOATTYPE)v_max, (FLOATTYPE)1.0f/power);
+ linear_zero_pos = (float)(linear_dist_min_to_0 / (linear_dist_min_to_0 + linear_dist_max_to_0));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // Same sign
+ linear_zero_pos = v_min < 0.0f ? 1.0f : 0.0f;
+ }
+
+ // Process interacting with the slider
+ bool value_changed = false;
+ if (g.ActiveId == id)
+ {
+ bool set_new_value = false;
+ float clicked_t = 0.0f;
+ if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Mouse)
+ {
+ if (!g.IO.MouseDown[0])
+ {
+ ClearActiveID();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ const float mouse_abs_pos = is_horizontal ? g.IO.MousePos.x : g.IO.MousePos.y;
+ clicked_t = (slider_usable_sz > 0.0f) ? ImClamp((mouse_abs_pos - slider_usable_pos_min) / slider_usable_sz, 0.0f, 1.0f) : 0.0f;
+ if (!is_horizontal)
+ clicked_t = 1.0f - clicked_t;
+ set_new_value = true;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Nav)
+ {
+ const ImVec2 delta2 = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_Keyboard | ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadDPad, ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatFast, 0.0f, 0.0f);
+ float delta = is_horizontal ? delta2.x : -delta2.y;
+ if (g.NavActivatePressedId == id && !g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated)
+ {
+ ClearActiveID();
+ }
+ else if (delta != 0.0f)
+ {
+ clicked_t = SliderBehaviorCalcRatioFromValue<TYPE,FLOATTYPE>(data_type, *v, v_min, v_max, power, linear_zero_pos);
+ const int decimal_precision = is_decimal ? ImParseFormatPrecision(format, 3) : 0;
+ if ((decimal_precision > 0) || is_power)
+ {
+ delta /= 100.0f; // Gamepad/keyboard tweak speeds in % of slider bounds
+ if (IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow))
+ delta /= 10.0f;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if ((v_range >= -100.0f && v_range <= 100.0f) || IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow))
+ delta = ((delta < 0.0f) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) / (float)v_range; // Gamepad/keyboard tweak speeds in integer steps
+ else
+ delta /= 100.0f;
+ }
+ if (IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_TweakFast))
+ delta *= 10.0f;
+ set_new_value = true;
+ if ((clicked_t >= 1.0f && delta > 0.0f) || (clicked_t <= 0.0f && delta < 0.0f)) // This is to avoid applying the saturation when already past the limits
+ set_new_value = false;
+ else
+ clicked_t = ImSaturate(clicked_t + delta);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (set_new_value)
+ {
+ TYPE v_new;
+ if (is_power)
+ {
+ // Account for power curve scale on both sides of the zero
+ if (clicked_t < linear_zero_pos)
+ {
+ // Negative: rescale to the negative range before powering
+ float a = 1.0f - (clicked_t / linear_zero_pos);
+ a = ImPow(a, power);
+ v_new = ImLerp(ImMin(v_max, (TYPE)0), v_min, a);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // Positive: rescale to the positive range before powering
+ float a;
+ if (ImFabs(linear_zero_pos - 1.0f) > 1.e-6f)
+ a = (clicked_t - linear_zero_pos) / (1.0f - linear_zero_pos);
+ else
+ a = clicked_t;
+ a = ImPow(a, power);
+ v_new = ImLerp(ImMax(v_min, (TYPE)0), v_max, a);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // Linear slider
+ if (is_decimal)
+ {
+ v_new = ImLerp(v_min, v_max, clicked_t);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // For integer values we want the clicking position to match the grab box so we round above
+ // This code is carefully tuned to work with large values (e.g. high ranges of U64) while preserving this property..
+ FLOATTYPE v_new_off_f = (v_max - v_min) * clicked_t;
+ TYPE v_new_off_floor = (TYPE)(v_new_off_f);
+ TYPE v_new_off_round = (TYPE)(v_new_off_f + (FLOATTYPE)0.5);
+ if (!is_decimal && v_new_off_floor < v_new_off_round)
+ v_new = v_min + v_new_off_round;
+ else
+ v_new = v_min + v_new_off_floor;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Round to user desired precision based on format string
+ v_new = RoundScalarWithFormat<TYPE,SIGNEDTYPE>(format, data_type, v_new);
+
+ // Apply result
+ if (*v != v_new)
+ {
+ *v = v_new;
+ value_changed = true;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Draw
+ float grab_t = SliderBehaviorCalcRatioFromValue<TYPE,FLOATTYPE>(data_type, *v, v_min, v_max, power, linear_zero_pos);
+ if (!is_horizontal)
+ grab_t = 1.0f - grab_t;
+ const float grab_pos = ImLerp(slider_usable_pos_min, slider_usable_pos_max, grab_t);
+ ImRect grab_bb;
+ if (is_horizontal)
+ grab_bb = ImRect(grab_pos - grab_sz*0.5f, bb.Min.y + grab_padding, grab_pos + grab_sz*0.5f, bb.Max.y - grab_padding);
+ else
+ grab_bb = ImRect(bb.Min.x + grab_padding, grab_pos - grab_sz*0.5f, bb.Max.x - grab_padding, grab_pos + grab_sz*0.5f);
+ window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(grab_bb.Min, grab_bb.Max, GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive : ImGuiCol_SliderGrab), style.GrabRounding);
+
+ return value_changed;
+}
+
+// For 32-bits and larger types, slider bounds are limited to half the natural type range.
+// So e.g. an integer Slider between INT_MAX-10 and INT_MAX will fail, but an integer Slider between INT_MAX/2-10 and INT_MAX/2 will be ok.
+// It would be possible to lift that limitation with some work but it doesn't seem to be worth it for sliders.
+bool ImGui::SliderBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, const void* v_min, const void* v_max, const char* format, float power, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+ // Draw frame
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ const ImU32 frame_col = GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : g.HoveredId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg);
+ RenderNavHighlight(bb, id);
+ RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, frame_col, true, g.Style.FrameRounding);
+
+ switch (data_type)
+ {
+ case ImGuiDataType_S32:
+ IM_ASSERT(*(const ImS32*)v_min >= IM_S32_MIN/2 && *(const ImS32*)v_max <= IM_S32_MAX/2);
+ return SliderBehaviorT<ImS32, ImS32, float >(bb, id, data_type, (ImS32*)v, *(const ImS32*)v_min, *(const ImS32*)v_max, format, power, flags);
+ case ImGuiDataType_U32:
+ IM_ASSERT(*(const ImU32*)v_min <= IM_U32_MAX/2);
+ return SliderBehaviorT<ImU32, ImS32, float >(bb, id, data_type, (ImU32*)v, *(const ImU32*)v_min, *(const ImU32*)v_max, format, power, flags);
+ case ImGuiDataType_S64:
+ IM_ASSERT(*(const ImS64*)v_min >= IM_S64_MIN/2 && *(const ImS64*)v_max <= IM_S64_MAX/2);
+ return SliderBehaviorT<ImS64, ImS64, double>(bb, id, data_type, (ImS64*)v, *(const ImS64*)v_min, *(const ImS64*)v_max, format, power, flags);
+ case ImGuiDataType_U64:
+ IM_ASSERT(*(const ImU64*)v_min <= IM_U64_MAX/2);
+ return SliderBehaviorT<ImU64, ImS64, double>(bb, id, data_type, (ImU64*)v, *(const ImU64*)v_min, *(const ImU64*)v_max, format, power, flags);
+ case ImGuiDataType_Float:
+ IM_ASSERT(*(const float*)v_min >= -FLT_MAX/2.0f && *(const float*)v_max <= FLT_MAX/2.0f);
+ return SliderBehaviorT<float, float, float >(bb, id, data_type, (float*)v, *(const float*)v_min, *(const float*)v_max, format, power, flags);
+ case ImGuiDataType_Double:
+ IM_ASSERT(*(const double*)v_min >= -DBL_MAX/2.0f && *(const double*)v_max <= DBL_MAX/2.0f);
+ return SliderBehaviorT<double,double,double>(bb, id, data_type, (double*)v, *(const double*)v_min, *(const double*)v_max, format, power, flags);
+ case ImGuiDataType_COUNT: break;
+ }
+ IM_ASSERT(0);
+ return false;
+}
+
+// FIXME-LEGACY: Prior to 1.61 our DragInt() function internally used floats and because of this the compile-time default value for format was "%.0f".
+// Even though we changed the compile-time default, we expect users to have carried %f around, which would break the display of DragInt() calls.
+// To honor backward compatibility we are rewriting the format string, unless IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS is enabled. What could possibly go wrong?!
+static const char* PatchFormatStringFloatToInt(const char* fmt)
+{
+ if (fmt[0] == '%' && fmt[1] == '.' && fmt[2] == '0' && fmt[3] == 'f' && fmt[4] == 0) // Fast legacy path for "%.0f" which is expected to be the most common case.
+ return "%d";
+ const char* fmt_start = ImParseFormatFindStart(fmt); // Find % (if any, and ignore %%)
+ const char* fmt_end = ImParseFormatFindEnd(fmt_start); // Find end of format specifier, which itself is an exercise of confidence/recklessness (because snprintf is dependent on libc or user).
+ if (fmt_end > fmt_start && fmt_end[-1] == 'f')
+ {
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+ if (fmt_start == fmt && fmt_end[0] == 0)
+ return "%d";
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ ImFormatString(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), "%.*s%%d%s", (int)(fmt_start - fmt), fmt, fmt_end); // Honor leading and trailing decorations, but lose alignment/precision.
+ return g.TempBuffer;
+#else
+ IM_ASSERT(0 && "DragInt(): Invalid format string!"); // Old versions used a default parameter of "%.0f", please replace with e.g. "%d"
+#endif
+ }
+ return fmt;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, const void* v_min, const void* v_max, const char* format, float power)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return false;
+
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+ const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
+ const float w = CalcItemWidth();
+
+ const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+ const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2.0f));
+ const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f));
+
+ // NB- we don't call ItemSize() yet because we may turn into a text edit box below
+ if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb))
+ {
+ ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ // Default format string when passing NULL
+ // Patch old "%.0f" format string to use "%d", read function comments for more details.
+ IM_ASSERT(data_type >= 0 && data_type < ImGuiDataType_COUNT);
+ if (format == NULL)
+ format = GDataTypeInfo[data_type].PrintFmt;
+ else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S32 && strcmp(format, "%d") != 0)
+ format = PatchFormatStringFloatToInt(format);
+
+ // Tabbing or CTRL-clicking on Slider turns it into an input box
+ bool start_text_input = false;
+ const bool tab_focus_requested = FocusableItemRegister(window, id);
+ const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id);
+ if (tab_focus_requested || (hovered && g.IO.MouseClicked[0]) || g.NavActivateId == id || (g.NavInputId == id && g.ScalarAsInputTextId != id))
+ {
+ SetActiveID(id, window);
+ SetFocusID(id, window);
+ FocusWindow(window);
+ g.ActiveIdAllowNavDirFlags = (1 << ImGuiDir_Up) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Down);
+ if (tab_focus_requested || g.IO.KeyCtrl || g.NavInputId == id)
+ {
+ start_text_input = true;
+ g.ScalarAsInputTextId = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ if (start_text_input || (g.ActiveId == id && g.ScalarAsInputTextId == id))
+ return InputScalarAsWidgetReplacement(frame_bb, id, label, data_type, v, format);
+
+ // Actual slider behavior + render grab
+ ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
+ const bool value_changed = SliderBehavior(frame_bb, id, data_type, v, v_min, v_max, format, power);
+ if (value_changed)
+ MarkItemValueChanged(id);
+
+ // Display value using user-provided display format so user can add prefix/suffix/decorations to the value.
+ char value_buf[64];
+ const char* value_buf_end = value_buf + DataTypeFormatString(value_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(value_buf), data_type, v, format);
+ RenderTextClipped(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, value_buf, value_buf_end, NULL, ImVec2(0.5f,0.5f));
+
+ if (label_size.x > 0.0f)
+ RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label);
+
+ return value_changed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::SliderFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power)
+{
+ return SliderScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, &v_min, &v_max, format, power);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::VSliderScalar(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, const void* v_min, const void* v_max, const char* format, float power)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return false;
+
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+ const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
+
+ const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+ const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size);
+ const ImRect bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f));
+
+ ItemSize(bb, style.FramePadding.y);
+ if (!ItemAdd(frame_bb, id))
+ return false;
+
+ // Default format string when passing NULL
+ // Patch old "%.0f" format string to use "%d", read function comments for more details.
+ IM_ASSERT(data_type >= 0 && data_type < ImGuiDataType_COUNT);
+ if (format == NULL)
+ format = GDataTypeInfo[data_type].PrintFmt;
+ else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S32 && strcmp(format, "%d") != 0)
+ format = PatchFormatStringFloatToInt(format);
+
+ const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id);
+ if ((hovered && g.IO.MouseClicked[0]) || g.NavActivateId == id || g.NavInputId == id)
+ {
+ SetActiveID(id, window);
+ SetFocusID(id, window);
+ FocusWindow(window);
+ g.ActiveIdAllowNavDirFlags = (1 << ImGuiDir_Left) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Right);
+ }
+
+ // Actual slider behavior + render grab
+ const bool value_changed = SliderBehavior(frame_bb, id, data_type, v, v_min, v_max, format, power, ImGuiSliderFlags_Vertical);
+ if (value_changed)
+ MarkItemValueChanged(id);
+
+ // Display value using user-provided display format so user can add prefix/suffix/decorations to the value.
+ // For the vertical slider we allow centered text to overlap the frame padding
+ char value_buf[64];
+ const char* value_buf_end = value_buf + DataTypeFormatString(value_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(value_buf), data_type, v, format);
+ RenderTextClipped(ImVec2(frame_bb.Min.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), frame_bb.Max, value_buf, value_buf_end, NULL, ImVec2(0.5f,0.0f));
+ if (label_size.x > 0.0f)
+ RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label);
+
+ return value_changed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::SliderAngle(const char* label, float* v_rad, float v_degrees_min, float v_degrees_max)
+{
+ float v_deg = (*v_rad) * 360.0f / (2*IM_PI);
+ bool value_changed = SliderFloat(label, &v_deg, v_degrees_min, v_degrees_max, "%.0f deg", 1.0f);
+ *v_rad = v_deg * (2*IM_PI) / 360.0f;
+ return value_changed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::SliderInt(const char* label, int* v, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format)
+{
+ return SliderScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, &v_min, &v_max, format);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::VSliderFloat(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power)
+{
+ return VSliderScalar(label, size, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, &v_min, &v_max, format, power);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::VSliderInt(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, int* v, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format)
+{
+ return VSliderScalar(label, size, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, &v_min, &v_max, format);
+}
+
+// Add multiple sliders on 1 line for compact edition of multiple components
+bool ImGui::SliderScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, int components, const void* v_min, const void* v_max, const char* format, float power)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return false;
+
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ bool value_changed = false;
+ BeginGroup();
+ PushID(label);
+ PushMultiItemsWidths(components);
+ size_t type_size = GDataTypeInfo[data_type].Size;
+ for (int i = 0; i < components; i++)
+ {
+ PushID(i);
+ value_changed |= SliderScalar("##v", data_type, v, v_min, v_max, format, power);
+ SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+ PopID();
+ PopItemWidth();
+ v = (void*)((char*)v + type_size);
+ }
+ PopID();
+
+ TextUnformatted(label, FindRenderedTextEnd(label));
+ EndGroup();
+ return value_changed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::SliderFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power)
+{
+ return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 2, &v_min, &v_max, format, power);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::SliderFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power)
+{
+ return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 3, &v_min, &v_max, format, power);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::SliderFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power)
+{
+ return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, &v_min, &v_max, format, power);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::SliderInt2(const char* label, int v[2], int v_min, int v_max, const char* format)
+{
+ return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 2, &v_min, &v_max, format);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::SliderInt3(const char* label, int v[3], int v_min, int v_max, const char* format)
+{
+ return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 3, &v_min, &v_max, format);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::SliderInt4(const char* label, int v[4], int v_min, int v_max, const char* format)
+{
+ return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 4, &v_min, &v_max, format);
+}
+
+// This is called by DragBehavior() when the widget is active (held by mouse or being manipulated with Nav controls)
+template<typename TYPE, typename SIGNEDTYPE, typename FLOATTYPE>
+static bool ImGui::DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE* v, float v_speed, const TYPE v_min, const TYPE v_max, const char* format, float power)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+
+ // Default tweak speed
+ bool has_min_max = (v_min != v_max) && (v_max - v_max < FLT_MAX);
+ if (v_speed == 0.0f && has_min_max)
+ v_speed = (float)((v_max - v_min) * g.DragSpeedDefaultRatio);
+
+ // Inputs accumulates into g.DragCurrentAccum, which is flushed into the current value as soon as it makes a difference with our precision settings
+ float adjust_delta = 0.0f;
+ if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Mouse && IsMousePosValid() && g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[0] > 1.0f*1.0f)
+ {
+ adjust_delta = g.IO.MouseDelta.x;
+ if (g.IO.KeyAlt)
+ adjust_delta *= 1.0f/100.0f;
+ if (g.IO.KeyShift)
+ adjust_delta *= 10.0f;
+ }
+ else if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Nav)
+ {
+ int decimal_precision = (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float || data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double) ? ImParseFormatPrecision(format, 3) : 0;
+ adjust_delta = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_Keyboard|ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadDPad, ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatFast, 1.0f/10.0f, 10.0f).x;
+ v_speed = ImMax(v_speed, GetMinimumStepAtDecimalPrecision(decimal_precision));
+ }
+ adjust_delta *= v_speed;
+
+ // Clear current value on activation
+ // Avoid altering values and clamping when we are _already_ past the limits and heading in the same direction, so e.g. if range is 0..255, current value is 300 and we are pushing to the right side, keep the 300.
+ bool is_just_activated = g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated;
+ bool is_already_past_limits_and_pushing_outward = has_min_max && ((*v >= v_max && adjust_delta > 0.0f) || (*v <= v_min && adjust_delta < 0.0f));
+ if (is_just_activated || is_already_past_limits_and_pushing_outward)
+ {
+ g.DragCurrentAccum = 0.0f;
+ g.DragCurrentAccumDirty = false;
+ }
+ else if (adjust_delta != 0.0f)
+ {
+ g.DragCurrentAccum += adjust_delta;
+ g.DragCurrentAccumDirty = true;
+ }
+
+ if (!g.DragCurrentAccumDirty)
+ return false;
+
+ TYPE v_cur = *v;
+ FLOATTYPE v_old_ref_for_accum_remainder = (FLOATTYPE)0.0f;
+
+ const bool is_power = (power != 1.0f && (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float || data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double) && has_min_max);
+ if (is_power)
+ {
+ // Offset + round to user desired precision, with a curve on the v_min..v_max range to get more precision on one side of the range
+ FLOATTYPE v_old_norm_curved = ImPow((FLOATTYPE)(v_cur - v_min) / (FLOATTYPE)(v_max - v_min), (FLOATTYPE)1.0f / power);
+ FLOATTYPE v_new_norm_curved = v_old_norm_curved + (g.DragCurrentAccum / (v_max - v_min));
+ v_cur = v_min + (TYPE)ImPow(ImSaturate((float)v_new_norm_curved), power) * (v_max - v_min);
+ v_old_ref_for_accum_remainder = v_old_norm_curved;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ v_cur += (TYPE)g.DragCurrentAccum;
+ }
+
+ // Round to user desired precision based on format string
+ v_cur = RoundScalarWithFormat<TYPE, SIGNEDTYPE>(format, data_type, v_cur);
+
+ // Preserve remainder after rounding has been applied. This also allow slow tweaking of values.
+ g.DragCurrentAccumDirty = false;
+ if (is_power)
+ {
+ FLOATTYPE v_cur_norm_curved = ImPow((FLOATTYPE)(v_cur - v_min) / (FLOATTYPE)(v_max - v_min), (FLOATTYPE)1.0f / power);
+ g.DragCurrentAccum -= (float)(v_cur_norm_curved - v_old_ref_for_accum_remainder);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ g.DragCurrentAccum -= (float)((SIGNEDTYPE)v_cur - (SIGNEDTYPE)*v);
+ }
+
+ // Lose zero sign for float/double
+ if (v_cur == (TYPE)-0)
+ v_cur = (TYPE)0;
+
+ // Clamp values (handle overflow/wrap-around)
+ if (*v != v_cur && has_min_max)
+ {
+ if (v_cur < v_min || (v_cur > *v && adjust_delta < 0.0f))
+ v_cur = v_min;
+ if (v_cur > v_max || (v_cur < *v && adjust_delta > 0.0f))
+ v_cur = v_max;
+ }
+
+ // Apply result
+ if (*v == v_cur)
+ return false;
+ *v = v_cur;
+ return true;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::DragBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, float v_speed, const void* v_min, const void* v_max, const char* format, float power)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ if (g.ActiveId == id)
+ {
+ if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Mouse && !g.IO.MouseDown[0])
+ ClearActiveID();
+ else if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Nav && g.NavActivatePressedId == id && !g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated)
+ ClearActiveID();
+ }
+ if (g.ActiveId != id)
+ return false;
+
+ switch (data_type)
+ {
+ case ImGuiDataType_S32: return DragBehaviorT<ImS32, ImS32, float >(data_type, (ImS32*)v, v_speed, v_min ? *(const ImS32* )v_min : IM_S32_MIN, v_max ? *(const ImS32* )v_max : IM_S32_MAX, format, power);
+ case ImGuiDataType_U32: return DragBehaviorT<ImU32, ImS32, float >(data_type, (ImU32*)v, v_speed, v_min ? *(const ImU32* )v_min : IM_U32_MIN, v_max ? *(const ImU32* )v_max : IM_U32_MAX, format, power);
+ case ImGuiDataType_S64: return DragBehaviorT<ImS64, ImS64, double>(data_type, (ImS64*)v, v_speed, v_min ? *(const ImS64* )v_min : IM_S64_MIN, v_max ? *(const ImS64* )v_max : IM_S64_MAX, format, power);
+ case ImGuiDataType_U64: return DragBehaviorT<ImU64, ImS64, double>(data_type, (ImU64*)v, v_speed, v_min ? *(const ImU64* )v_min : IM_U64_MIN, v_max ? *(const ImU64* )v_max : IM_U64_MAX, format, power);
+ case ImGuiDataType_Float: return DragBehaviorT<float, float, float >(data_type, (float*)v, v_speed, v_min ? *(const float* )v_min : -FLT_MAX, v_max ? *(const float* )v_max : FLT_MAX, format, power);
+ case ImGuiDataType_Double: return DragBehaviorT<double,double,double>(data_type, (double*)v, v_speed, v_min ? *(const double*)v_min : -DBL_MAX, v_max ? *(const double*)v_max : DBL_MAX, format, power);
+ case ImGuiDataType_COUNT: break;
+ }
+ IM_ASSERT(0);
+ return false;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, float v_speed, const void* v_min, const void* v_max, const char* format, float power)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return false;
+
+ if (power != 1.0f)
+ IM_ASSERT(v_min != NULL && v_max != NULL); // When using a power curve the drag needs to have known bounds
+
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+ const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
+ const float w = CalcItemWidth();
+
+ const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+ const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2.0f));
+ const ImRect inner_bb(frame_bb.Min + style.FramePadding, frame_bb.Max - style.FramePadding);
+ const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f));
+
+ // NB- we don't call ItemSize() yet because we may turn into a text edit box below
+ if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb))
+ {
+ ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
+ return false;
+ }
+ const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id);
+
+ // Default format string when passing NULL
+ // Patch old "%.0f" format string to use "%d", read function comments for more details.
+ IM_ASSERT(data_type >= 0 && data_type < ImGuiDataType_COUNT);
+ if (format == NULL)
+ format = GDataTypeInfo[data_type].PrintFmt;
+ else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S32 && strcmp(format, "%d") != 0)
+ format = PatchFormatStringFloatToInt(format);
+
+ // Tabbing or CTRL-clicking on Drag turns it into an input box
+ bool start_text_input = false;
+ const bool tab_focus_requested = FocusableItemRegister(window, id);
+ if (tab_focus_requested || (hovered && (g.IO.MouseClicked[0] || g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0])) || g.NavActivateId == id || (g.NavInputId == id && g.ScalarAsInputTextId != id))
+ {
+ SetActiveID(id, window);
+ SetFocusID(id, window);
+ FocusWindow(window);
+ g.ActiveIdAllowNavDirFlags = (1 << ImGuiDir_Up) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Down);
+ if (tab_focus_requested || g.IO.KeyCtrl || g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0] || g.NavInputId == id)
+ {
+ start_text_input = true;
+ g.ScalarAsInputTextId = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ if (start_text_input || (g.ActiveId == id && g.ScalarAsInputTextId == id))
+ return InputScalarAsWidgetReplacement(frame_bb, id, label, data_type, v, format);
+
+ // Actual drag behavior
+ ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
+ const bool value_changed = DragBehavior(id, data_type, v, v_speed, v_min, v_max, format, power);
+ if (value_changed)
+ MarkItemValueChanged(id);
+
+ // Draw frame
+ const ImU32 frame_col = GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : g.HoveredId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg);
+ RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id);
+ RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, frame_col, true, style.FrameRounding);
+
+ // Display value using user-provided display format so user can add prefix/suffix/decorations to the value.
+ char value_buf[64];
+ const char* value_buf_end = value_buf + DataTypeFormatString(value_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(value_buf), data_type, v, format);
+ RenderTextClipped(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, value_buf, value_buf_end, NULL, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f));
+
+ if (label_size.x > 0.0f)
+ RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, inner_bb.Min.y), label);
+
+ return value_changed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::DragScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, int components, float v_speed, const void* v_min, const void* v_max, const char* format, float power)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return false;
+
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ bool value_changed = false;
+ BeginGroup();
+ PushID(label);
+ PushMultiItemsWidths(components);
+ size_t type_size = GDataTypeInfo[data_type].Size;
+ for (int i = 0; i < components; i++)
+ {
+ PushID(i);
+ value_changed |= DragScalar("##v", data_type, v, v_speed, v_min, v_max, format, power);
+ SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+ PopID();
+ PopItemWidth();
+ v = (void*)((char*)v + type_size);
+ }
+ PopID();
+
+ TextUnformatted(label, FindRenderedTextEnd(label));
+ EndGroup();
+ return value_changed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::DragFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power)
+{
+ return DragScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::DragFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power)
+{
+ return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 2, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::DragFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power)
+{
+ return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 3, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::DragFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power)
+{
+ return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::DragFloatRange2(const char* label, float* v_current_min, float* v_current_max, float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, const char* format_max, float power)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return false;
+
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ PushID(label);
+ BeginGroup();
+ PushMultiItemsWidths(2);
+
+ bool value_changed = DragFloat("##min", v_current_min, v_speed, (v_min >= v_max) ? -FLT_MAX : v_min, (v_min >= v_max) ? *v_current_max : ImMin(v_max, *v_current_max), format, power);
+ PopItemWidth();
+ SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+ value_changed |= DragFloat("##max", v_current_max, v_speed, (v_min >= v_max) ? *v_current_min : ImMax(v_min, *v_current_min), (v_min >= v_max) ? FLT_MAX : v_max, format_max ? format_max : format, power);
+ PopItemWidth();
+ SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+
+ TextUnformatted(label, FindRenderedTextEnd(label));
+ EndGroup();
+ PopID();
+ return value_changed;
+}
+
+// NB: v_speed is float to allow adjusting the drag speed with more precision
+bool ImGui::DragInt(const char* label, int* v, float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format)
+{
+ return DragScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::DragInt2(const char* label, int v[2], float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format)
+{
+ return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 2, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::DragInt3(const char* label, int v[3], float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format)
+{
+ return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 3, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::DragInt4(const char* label, int v[4], float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format)
+{
+ return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 4, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::DragIntRange2(const char* label, int* v_current_min, int* v_current_max, float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format, const char* format_max)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return false;
+
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ PushID(label);
+ BeginGroup();
+ PushMultiItemsWidths(2);
+
+ bool value_changed = DragInt("##min", v_current_min, v_speed, (v_min >= v_max) ? INT_MIN : v_min, (v_min >= v_max) ? *v_current_max : ImMin(v_max, *v_current_max), format);
+ PopItemWidth();
+ SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+ value_changed |= DragInt("##max", v_current_max, v_speed, (v_min >= v_max) ? *v_current_min : ImMax(v_min, *v_current_min), (v_min >= v_max) ? INT_MAX : v_max, format_max ? format_max : format);
+ PopItemWidth();
+ SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+
+ TextUnformatted(label, FindRenderedTextEnd(label));
+ EndGroup();
+ PopID();
+
+ return value_changed;
+}
+
+void ImGui::PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 graph_size)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return;
+
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+
+ const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+ if (graph_size.x == 0.0f)
+ graph_size.x = CalcItemWidth();
+ if (graph_size.y == 0.0f)
+ graph_size.y = label_size.y + (style.FramePadding.y * 2);
+
+ const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(graph_size.x, graph_size.y));
+ const ImRect inner_bb(frame_bb.Min + style.FramePadding, frame_bb.Max - style.FramePadding);
+ const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0));
+ ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
+ if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, 0, &frame_bb))
+ return;
+ const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(inner_bb, 0);
+
+ // Determine scale from values if not specified
+ if (scale_min == FLT_MAX || scale_max == FLT_MAX)
+ {
+ float v_min = FLT_MAX;
+ float v_max = -FLT_MAX;
+ for (int i = 0; i < values_count; i++)
+ {
+ const float v = values_getter(data, i);
+ v_min = ImMin(v_min, v);
+ v_max = ImMax(v_max, v);
+ }
+ if (scale_min == FLT_MAX)
+ scale_min = v_min;
+ if (scale_max == FLT_MAX)
+ scale_max = v_max;
+ }
+
+ RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding);
+
+ if (values_count > 0)
+ {
+ int res_w = ImMin((int)graph_size.x, values_count) + ((plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? -1 : 0);
+ int item_count = values_count + ((plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? -1 : 0);
+
+ // Tooltip on hover
+ int v_hovered = -1;
+ if (hovered)
+ {
+ const float t = ImClamp((g.IO.MousePos.x - inner_bb.Min.x) / (inner_bb.Max.x - inner_bb.Min.x), 0.0f, 0.9999f);
+ const int v_idx = (int)(t * item_count);
+ IM_ASSERT(v_idx >= 0 && v_idx < values_count);
+
+ const float v0 = values_getter(data, (v_idx + values_offset) % values_count);
+ const float v1 = values_getter(data, (v_idx + 1 + values_offset) % values_count);
+ if (plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines)
+ SetTooltip("%d: %8.4g\n%d: %8.4g", v_idx, v0, v_idx+1, v1);
+ else if (plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Histogram)
+ SetTooltip("%d: %8.4g", v_idx, v0);
+ v_hovered = v_idx;
+ }
+
+ const float t_step = 1.0f / (float)res_w;
+ const float inv_scale = (scale_min == scale_max) ? 0.0f : (1.0f / (scale_max - scale_min));
+
+ float v0 = values_getter(data, (0 + values_offset) % values_count);
+ float t0 = 0.0f;
+ ImVec2 tp0 = ImVec2( t0, 1.0f - ImSaturate((v0 - scale_min) * inv_scale) ); // Point in the normalized space of our target rectangle
+ float histogram_zero_line_t = (scale_min * scale_max < 0.0f) ? (-scale_min * inv_scale) : (scale_min < 0.0f ? 0.0f : 1.0f); // Where does the zero line stands
+
+ const ImU32 col_base = GetColorU32((plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? ImGuiCol_PlotLines : ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram);
+ const ImU32 col_hovered = GetColorU32((plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered : ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered);
+
+ for (int n = 0; n < res_w; n++)
+ {
+ const float t1 = t0 + t_step;
+ const int v1_idx = (int)(t0 * item_count + 0.5f);
+ IM_ASSERT(v1_idx >= 0 && v1_idx < values_count);
+ const float v1 = values_getter(data, (v1_idx + values_offset + 1) % values_count);
+ const ImVec2 tp1 = ImVec2( t1, 1.0f - ImSaturate((v1 - scale_min) * inv_scale) );
+
+ // NB: Draw calls are merged together by the DrawList system. Still, we should render our batch are lower level to save a bit of CPU.
+ ImVec2 pos0 = ImLerp(inner_bb.Min, inner_bb.Max, tp0);
+ ImVec2 pos1 = ImLerp(inner_bb.Min, inner_bb.Max, (plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? tp1 : ImVec2(tp1.x, histogram_zero_line_t));
+ if (plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines)
+ {
+ window->DrawList->AddLine(pos0, pos1, v_hovered == v1_idx ? col_hovered : col_base);
+ }
+ else if (plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Histogram)
+ {
+ if (pos1.x >= pos0.x + 2.0f)
+ pos1.x -= 1.0f;
+ window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(pos0, pos1, v_hovered == v1_idx ? col_hovered : col_base);
+ }
+
+ t0 = t1;
+ tp0 = tp1;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Text overlay
+ if (overlay_text)
+ RenderTextClipped(ImVec2(frame_bb.Min.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), frame_bb.Max, overlay_text, NULL, NULL, ImVec2(0.5f,0.0f));
+
+ if (label_size.x > 0.0f)
+ RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, inner_bb.Min.y), label);
+}
+
+struct ImGuiPlotArrayGetterData
+{
+ const float* Values;
+ int Stride;
+
+ ImGuiPlotArrayGetterData(const float* values, int stride) { Values = values; Stride = stride; }
+};
+
+static float Plot_ArrayGetter(void* data, int idx)
+{
+ ImGuiPlotArrayGetterData* plot_data = (ImGuiPlotArrayGetterData*)data;
+ const float v = *(const float*)(const void*)((const unsigned char*)plot_data->Values + (size_t)idx * plot_data->Stride);
+ return v;
+}
+
+void ImGui::PlotLines(const char* label, const float* values, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 graph_size, int stride)
+{
+ ImGuiPlotArrayGetterData data(values, stride);
+ PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType_Lines, label, &Plot_ArrayGetter, (void*)&data, values_count, values_offset, overlay_text, scale_min, scale_max, graph_size);
+}
+
+void ImGui::PlotLines(const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 graph_size)
+{
+ PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType_Lines, label, values_getter, data, values_count, values_offset, overlay_text, scale_min, scale_max, graph_size);
+}
+
+void ImGui::PlotHistogram(const char* label, const float* values, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 graph_size, int stride)
+{
+ ImGuiPlotArrayGetterData data(values, stride);
+ PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType_Histogram, label, &Plot_ArrayGetter, (void*)&data, values_count, values_offset, overlay_text, scale_min, scale_max, graph_size);
+}
+
+void ImGui::PlotHistogram(const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 graph_size)
+{
+ PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType_Histogram, label, values_getter, data, values_count, values_offset, overlay_text, scale_min, scale_max, graph_size);
+}
+
+// size_arg (for each axis) < 0.0f: align to end, 0.0f: auto, > 0.0f: specified size
+void ImGui::ProgressBar(float fraction, const ImVec2& size_arg, const char* overlay)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return;
+
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+
+ ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+ ImRect bb(pos, pos + CalcItemSize(size_arg, CalcItemWidth(), g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.y*2.0f));
+ ItemSize(bb, style.FramePadding.y);
+ if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0))
+ return;
+
+ // Render
+ fraction = ImSaturate(fraction);
+ RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding);
+ bb.Expand(ImVec2(-style.FrameBorderSize, -style.FrameBorderSize));
+ const ImVec2 fill_br = ImVec2(ImLerp(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x, fraction), bb.Max.y);
+ RenderRectFilledRangeH(window->DrawList, bb, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram), 0.0f, fraction, style.FrameRounding);
+
+ // Default displaying the fraction as percentage string, but user can override it
+ char overlay_buf[32];
+ if (!overlay)
+ {
+ ImFormatString(overlay_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(overlay_buf), "%.0f%%", fraction*100+0.01f);
+ overlay = overlay_buf;
+ }
+
+ ImVec2 overlay_size = CalcTextSize(overlay, NULL);
+ if (overlay_size.x > 0.0f)
+ RenderTextClipped(ImVec2(ImClamp(fill_br.x + style.ItemSpacing.x, bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x - overlay_size.x - style.ItemInnerSpacing.x), bb.Min.y), bb.Max, overlay, NULL, &overlay_size, ImVec2(0.0f,0.5f), &bb);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::Checkbox(const char* label, bool* v)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return false;
+
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+ const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
+ const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+
+ const ImRect check_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2)); // We want a square shape to we use Y twice
+ ItemSize(check_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
+
+ ImRect total_bb = check_bb;
+ if (label_size.x > 0)
+ SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+ const ImRect text_bb(window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(0,style.FramePadding.y), window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(0,style.FramePadding.y) + label_size);
+ if (label_size.x > 0)
+ {
+ ItemSize(ImVec2(text_bb.GetWidth(), check_bb.GetHeight()), style.FramePadding.y);
+ total_bb = ImRect(ImMin(check_bb.Min, text_bb.Min), ImMax(check_bb.Max, text_bb.Max));
+ }
+
+ if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id))
+ return false;
+
+ bool hovered, held;
+ bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(total_bb, id, &hovered, &held);
+ if (pressed)
+ {
+ *v = !(*v);
+ MarkItemValueChanged(id);
+ }
+
+ RenderNavHighlight(total_bb, id);
+ RenderFrame(check_bb.Min, check_bb.Max, GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding);
+ if (*v)
+ {
+ const float check_sz = ImMin(check_bb.GetWidth(), check_bb.GetHeight());
+ const float pad = ImMax(1.0f, (float)(int)(check_sz / 6.0f));
+ RenderCheckMark(check_bb.Min + ImVec2(pad,pad), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_CheckMark), check_bb.GetWidth() - pad*2.0f);
+ }
+
+ if (g.LogEnabled)
+ LogRenderedText(&text_bb.Min, *v ? "[x]" : "[ ]");
+ if (label_size.x > 0.0f)
+ RenderText(text_bb.Min, label);
+
+ return pressed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::CheckboxFlags(const char* label, unsigned int* flags, unsigned int flags_value)
+{
+ bool v = ((*flags & flags_value) == flags_value);
+ bool pressed = Checkbox(label, &v);
+ if (pressed)
+ {
+ if (v)
+ *flags |= flags_value;
+ else
+ *flags &= ~flags_value;
+ }
+
+ return pressed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::RadioButton(const char* label, bool active)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return false;
+
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+ const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
+ const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+
+ const ImRect check_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2-1, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2-1));
+ ItemSize(check_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
+
+ ImRect total_bb = check_bb;
+ if (label_size.x > 0)
+ SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+ const ImRect text_bb(window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(0, style.FramePadding.y), window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(0, style.FramePadding.y) + label_size);
+ if (label_size.x > 0)
+ {
+ ItemSize(ImVec2(text_bb.GetWidth(), check_bb.GetHeight()), style.FramePadding.y);
+ total_bb.Add(text_bb);
+ }
+
+ if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id))
+ return false;
+
+ ImVec2 center = check_bb.GetCenter();
+ center.x = (float)(int)center.x + 0.5f;
+ center.y = (float)(int)center.y + 0.5f;
+ const float radius = check_bb.GetHeight() * 0.5f;
+
+ bool hovered, held;
+ bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(total_bb, id, &hovered, &held);
+ if (pressed)
+ MarkItemValueChanged(id);
+
+ RenderNavHighlight(total_bb, id);
+ window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(center, radius, GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg), 16);
+ if (active)
+ {
+ const float check_sz = ImMin(check_bb.GetWidth(), check_bb.GetHeight());
+ const float pad = ImMax(1.0f, (float)(int)(check_sz / 6.0f));
+ window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(center, radius-pad, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_CheckMark), 16);
+ }
+
+ if (style.FrameBorderSize > 0.0f)
+ {
+ window->DrawList->AddCircle(center+ImVec2(1,1), radius, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_BorderShadow), 16, style.FrameBorderSize);
+ window->DrawList->AddCircle(center, radius, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), 16, style.FrameBorderSize);
+ }
+
+ if (g.LogEnabled)
+ LogRenderedText(&text_bb.Min, active ? "(x)" : "( )");
+ if (label_size.x > 0.0f)
+ RenderText(text_bb.Min, label);
+
+ return pressed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::RadioButton(const char* label, int* v, int v_button)
+{
+ const bool pressed = RadioButton(label, *v == v_button);
+ if (pressed)
+ *v = v_button;
+ return pressed;
+}
+
+static int InputTextCalcTextLenAndLineCount(const char* text_begin, const char** out_text_end)
+{
+ int line_count = 0;
+ const char* s = text_begin;
+ while (char c = *s++) // We are only matching for \n so we can ignore UTF-8 decoding
+ if (c == '\n')
+ line_count++;
+ s--;
+ if (s[0] != '\n' && s[0] != '\r')
+ line_count++;
+ *out_text_end = s;
+ return line_count;
+}
+
+static ImVec2 InputTextCalcTextSizeW(const ImWchar* text_begin, const ImWchar* text_end, const ImWchar** remaining, ImVec2* out_offset, bool stop_on_new_line)
+{
+ ImFont* font = GImGui->Font;
+ const float line_height = GImGui->FontSize;
+ const float scale = line_height / font->FontSize;
+
+ ImVec2 text_size = ImVec2(0,0);
+ float line_width = 0.0f;
+
+ const ImWchar* s = text_begin;
+ while (s < text_end)
+ {
+ unsigned int c = (unsigned int)(*s++);
+ if (c == '\n')
+ {
+ text_size.x = ImMax(text_size.x, line_width);
+ text_size.y += line_height;
+ line_width = 0.0f;
+ if (stop_on_new_line)
+ break;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (c == '\r')
+ continue;
+
+ const float char_width = font->GetCharAdvance((unsigned short)c) * scale;
+ line_width += char_width;
+ }
+
+ if (text_size.x < line_width)
+ text_size.x = line_width;
+
+ if (out_offset)
+ *out_offset = ImVec2(line_width, text_size.y + line_height); // offset allow for the possibility of sitting after a trailing \n
+
+ if (line_width > 0 || text_size.y == 0.0f) // whereas size.y will ignore the trailing \n
+ text_size.y += line_height;
+
+ if (remaining)
+ *remaining = s;
+
+ return text_size;
+}
+
+// Wrapper for stb_textedit.h to edit text (our wrapper is for: statically sized buffer, single-line, wchar characters. InputText converts between UTF-8 and wchar)
+namespace ImGuiStb
+{
+
+static int STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(const STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj) { return obj->CurLenW; }
+static ImWchar STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(const STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int idx) { return obj->Text[idx]; }
+static float STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int line_start_idx, int char_idx) { ImWchar c = obj->Text[line_start_idx+char_idx]; if (c == '\n') return STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE; return GImGui->Font->GetCharAdvance(c) * (GImGui->FontSize / GImGui->Font->FontSize); }
+static int STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTOTEXT(int key) { return key >= 0x10000 ? 0 : key; }
+static ImWchar STB_TEXTEDIT_NEWLINE = '\n';
+static void STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(StbTexteditRow* r, STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int line_start_idx)
+{
+ const ImWchar* text = obj->Text.Data;
+ const ImWchar* text_remaining = NULL;
+ const ImVec2 size = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(text + line_start_idx, text + obj->CurLenW, &text_remaining, NULL, true);
+ r->x0 = 0.0f;
+ r->x1 = size.x;
+ r->baseline_y_delta = size.y;
+ r->ymin = 0.0f;
+ r->ymax = size.y;
+ r->num_chars = (int)(text_remaining - (text + line_start_idx));
+}
+
+static bool is_separator(unsigned int c) { return ImCharIsBlankW(c) || c==',' || c==';' || c=='(' || c==')' || c=='{' || c=='}' || c=='[' || c==']' || c=='|'; }
+static int is_word_boundary_from_right(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int idx) { return idx > 0 ? (is_separator( obj->Text[idx-1] ) && !is_separator( obj->Text[idx] ) ) : 1; }
+static int STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT_IMPL(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int idx) { idx--; while (idx >= 0 && !is_word_boundary_from_right(obj, idx)) idx--; return idx < 0 ? 0 : idx; }
+#ifdef __APPLE__ // FIXME: Move setting to IO structure
+static int is_word_boundary_from_left(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int idx) { return idx > 0 ? (!is_separator( obj->Text[idx-1] ) && is_separator( obj->Text[idx] ) ) : 1; }
+static int STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_IMPL(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int idx) { idx++; int len = obj->CurLenW; while (idx < len && !is_word_boundary_from_left(obj, idx)) idx++; return idx > len ? len : idx; }
+#else
+static int STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_IMPL(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int idx) { idx++; int len = obj->CurLenW; while (idx < len && !is_word_boundary_from_right(obj, idx)) idx++; return idx > len ? len : idx; }
+#endif
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT_IMPL // They need to be #define for stb_textedit.h
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_IMPL
+
+static void STB_TEXTEDIT_DELETECHARS(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int pos, int n)
+{
+ ImWchar* dst = obj->Text.Data + pos;
+
+ // We maintain our buffer length in both UTF-8 and wchar formats
+ obj->CurLenA -= ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(dst, dst + n);
+ obj->CurLenW -= n;
+
+ // Offset remaining text
+ const ImWchar* src = obj->Text.Data + pos + n;
+ while (ImWchar c = *src++)
+ *dst++ = c;
+ *dst = '\0';
+}
+
+static bool STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int pos, const ImWchar* new_text, int new_text_len)
+{
+ const int text_len = obj->CurLenW;
+ IM_ASSERT(pos <= text_len);
+ if (new_text_len + text_len + 1 > obj->Text.Size)
+ return false;
+
+ const int new_text_len_utf8 = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(new_text, new_text + new_text_len);
+ if (new_text_len_utf8 + obj->CurLenA + 1 > obj->BufSizeA)
+ return false;
+
+ ImWchar* text = obj->Text.Data;
+ if (pos != text_len)
+ memmove(text + pos + new_text_len, text + pos, (size_t)(text_len - pos) * sizeof(ImWchar));
+ memcpy(text + pos, new_text, (size_t)new_text_len * sizeof(ImWchar));
+
+ obj->CurLenW += new_text_len;
+ obj->CurLenA += new_text_len_utf8;
+ obj->Text[obj->CurLenW] = '\0';
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+// We don't use an enum so we can build even with conflicting symbols (if another user of stb_textedit.h leak their STB_TEXTEDIT_K_* symbols)
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LEFT 0x10000 // keyboard input to move cursor left
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT 0x10001 // keyboard input to move cursor right
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP 0x10002 // keyboard input to move cursor up
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DOWN 0x10003 // keyboard input to move cursor down
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART 0x10004 // keyboard input to move cursor to start of line
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND 0x10005 // keyboard input to move cursor to end of line
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART 0x10006 // keyboard input to move cursor to start of text
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND 0x10007 // keyboard input to move cursor to end of text
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DELETE 0x10008 // keyboard input to delete selection or character under cursor
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_BACKSPACE 0x10009 // keyboard input to delete selection or character left of cursor
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UNDO 0x1000A // keyboard input to perform undo
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_REDO 0x1000B // keyboard input to perform redo
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT 0x1000C // keyboard input to move cursor left one word
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT 0x1000D // keyboard input to move cursor right one word
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT 0x20000
+
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_IMPLEMENTATION
+#include "stb_textedit.h"
+
+}
+
+void ImGuiTextEditState::OnKeyPressed(int key)
+{
+ stb_textedit_key(this, &StbState, key);
+ CursorFollow = true;
+ CursorAnimReset();
+}
+
+// Public API to manipulate UTF-8 text
+// We expose UTF-8 to the user (unlike the STB_TEXTEDIT_* functions which are manipulating wchar)
+// FIXME: The existence of this rarely exercised code path is a bit of a nuisance.
+void ImGuiTextEditCallbackData::DeleteChars(int pos, int bytes_count)
+{
+ IM_ASSERT(pos + bytes_count <= BufTextLen);
+ char* dst = Buf + pos;
+ const char* src = Buf + pos + bytes_count;
+ while (char c = *src++)
+ *dst++ = c;
+ *dst = '\0';
+
+ if (CursorPos + bytes_count >= pos)
+ CursorPos -= bytes_count;
+ else if (CursorPos >= pos)
+ CursorPos = pos;
+ SelectionStart = SelectionEnd = CursorPos;
+ BufDirty = true;
+ BufTextLen -= bytes_count;
+}
+
+void ImGuiTextEditCallbackData::InsertChars(int pos, const char* new_text, const char* new_text_end)
+{
+ const int new_text_len = new_text_end ? (int)(new_text_end - new_text) : (int)strlen(new_text);
+ if (new_text_len + BufTextLen + 1 >= BufSize)
+ return;
+
+ if (BufTextLen != pos)
+ memmove(Buf + pos + new_text_len, Buf + pos, (size_t)(BufTextLen - pos));
+ memcpy(Buf + pos, new_text, (size_t)new_text_len * sizeof(char));
+ Buf[BufTextLen + new_text_len] = '\0';
+
+ if (CursorPos >= pos)
+ CursorPos += new_text_len;
+ SelectionStart = SelectionEnd = CursorPos;
+ BufDirty = true;
+ BufTextLen += new_text_len;
+}
+
+// Return false to discard a character.
+static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiTextEditCallback callback, void* user_data)
+{
+ unsigned int c = *p_char;
+
+ if (c < 128 && c != ' ' && !isprint((int)(c & 0xFF)))
+ {
+ bool pass = false;
+ pass |= (c == '\n' && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline));
+ pass |= (c == '\t' && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput));
+ if (!pass)
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ if (c >= 0xE000 && c <= 0xF8FF) // Filter private Unicode range. I don't imagine anybody would want to input them. GLFW on OSX seems to send private characters for special keys like arrow keys.
+ return false;
+
+ if (flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific))
+ {
+ if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal)
+ if (!(c >= '0' && c <= '9') && (c != '.') && (c != '-') && (c != '+') && (c != '*') && (c != '/'))
+ return false;
+
+ if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific)
+ if (!(c >= '0' && c <= '9') && (c != '.') && (c != '-') && (c != '+') && (c != '*') && (c != '/') && (c != 'e') && (c != 'E'))
+ return false;
+
+ if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal)
+ if (!(c >= '0' && c <= '9') && !(c >= 'a' && c <= 'f') && !(c >= 'A' && c <= 'F'))
+ return false;
+
+ if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase)
+ if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z')
+ *p_char = (c += (unsigned int)('A'-'a'));
+
+ if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank)
+ if (ImCharIsBlankW(c))
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter)
+ {
+ ImGuiTextEditCallbackData callback_data;
+ memset(&callback_data, 0, sizeof(ImGuiTextEditCallbackData));
+ callback_data.EventFlag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter;
+ callback_data.EventChar = (ImWchar)c;
+ callback_data.Flags = flags;
+ callback_data.UserData = user_data;
+ if (callback(&callback_data) != 0)
+ return false;
+ *p_char = callback_data.EventChar;
+ if (!callback_data.EventChar)
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+// Edit a string of text
+// NB: when active, hold on a privately held copy of the text (and apply back to 'buf'). So changing 'buf' while active has no effect.
+// FIXME: Rather messy function partly because we are doing UTF8 > u16 > UTF8 conversions on the go to more easily handle stb_textedit calls. Ideally we should stay in UTF-8 all the time. See https://github.com/nothings/stb/issues/188
+bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, char* buf, int buf_size, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiTextEditCallback callback, void* user_data)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return false;
+
+ IM_ASSERT(!((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory) && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline))); // Can't use both together (they both use up/down keys)
+ IM_ASSERT(!((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion) && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput))); // Can't use both together (they both use tab key)
+
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ const ImGuiIO& io = g.IO;
+ const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+
+ const bool is_multiline = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline) != 0;
+ const bool is_editable = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly) == 0;
+ const bool is_password = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password) != 0;
+ const bool is_undoable = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoUndoRedo) == 0;
+
+ if (is_multiline) // Open group before calling GetID() because groups tracks id created within their scope,
+ BeginGroup();
+ const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
+ const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+ ImVec2 size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, CalcItemWidth(), (is_multiline ? GetTextLineHeight() * 8.0f : label_size.y) + style.FramePadding.y*2.0f); // Arbitrary default of 8 lines high for multi-line
+ const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size);
+ const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? (style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x) : 0.0f, 0.0f));
+
+ ImGuiWindow* draw_window = window;
+ if (is_multiline)
+ {
+ ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb);
+ if (!BeginChildFrame(id, frame_bb.GetSize()))
+ {
+ EndChildFrame();
+ EndGroup();
+ return false;
+ }
+ draw_window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ draw_window->DC.NavLayerActiveMaskNext |= draw_window->DC.NavLayerCurrentMask; // This is to ensure that EndChild() will display a navigation highlight
+ size.x -= draw_window->ScrollbarSizes.x;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
+ if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb))
+ return false;
+ }
+ const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id);
+ if (hovered)
+ g.MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_TextInput;
+
+ // Password pushes a temporary font with only a fallback glyph
+ if (is_password)
+ {
+ const ImFontGlyph* glyph = g.Font->FindGlyph('*');
+ ImFont* password_font = &g.InputTextPasswordFont;
+ password_font->FontSize = g.Font->FontSize;
+ password_font->Scale = g.Font->Scale;
+ password_font->DisplayOffset = g.Font->DisplayOffset;
+ password_font->Ascent = g.Font->Ascent;
+ password_font->Descent = g.Font->Descent;
+ password_font->ContainerAtlas = g.Font->ContainerAtlas;
+ password_font->FallbackGlyph = glyph;
+ password_font->FallbackAdvanceX = glyph->AdvanceX;
+ IM_ASSERT(password_font->Glyphs.empty() && password_font->IndexAdvanceX.empty() && password_font->IndexLookup.empty());
+ PushFont(password_font);
+ }
+
+ // NB: we are only allowed to access 'edit_state' if we are the active widget.
+ ImGuiTextEditState& edit_state = g.InputTextState;
+
+ const bool focus_requested = FocusableItemRegister(window, id, (flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion|ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput)) == 0); // Using completion callback disable keyboard tabbing
+ const bool focus_requested_by_code = focus_requested && (window->FocusIdxAllCounter == window->FocusIdxAllRequestCurrent);
+ const bool focus_requested_by_tab = focus_requested && !focus_requested_by_code;
+
+ const bool user_clicked = hovered && io.MouseClicked[0];
+ const bool user_scrolled = is_multiline && g.ActiveId == 0 && edit_state.Id == id && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == draw_window->GetIDNoKeepAlive("#SCROLLY");
+ const bool user_nav_input_start = (g.ActiveId != id) && ((g.NavInputId == id) || (g.NavActivateId == id && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_NavKeyboard));
+
+ bool clear_active_id = false;
+
+ bool select_all = (g.ActiveId != id) && ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll) != 0 || user_nav_input_start) && (!is_multiline);
+ if (focus_requested || user_clicked || user_scrolled || user_nav_input_start)
+ {
+ if (g.ActiveId != id)
+ {
+ // Start edition
+ // Take a copy of the initial buffer value (both in original UTF-8 format and converted to wchar)
+ // From the moment we focused we are ignoring the content of 'buf' (unless we are in read-only mode)
+ const int prev_len_w = edit_state.CurLenW;
+ edit_state.Text.resize(buf_size+1); // wchar count <= UTF-8 count. we use +1 to make sure that .Data isn't NULL so it doesn't crash.
+ edit_state.InitialText.resize(buf_size+1); // UTF-8. we use +1 to make sure that .Data isn't NULL so it doesn't crash.
+ ImStrncpy(edit_state.InitialText.Data, buf, edit_state.InitialText.Size);
+ const char* buf_end = NULL;
+ edit_state.CurLenW = ImTextStrFromUtf8(edit_state.Text.Data, edit_state.Text.Size, buf, NULL, &buf_end);
+ edit_state.CurLenA = (int)(buf_end - buf); // We can't get the result from ImFormatString() above because it is not UTF-8 aware. Here we'll cut off malformed UTF-8.
+ edit_state.CursorAnimReset();
+
+ // Preserve cursor position and undo/redo stack if we come back to same widget
+ // FIXME: We should probably compare the whole buffer to be on the safety side. Comparing buf (utf8) and edit_state.Text (wchar).
+ const bool recycle_state = (edit_state.Id == id) && (prev_len_w == edit_state.CurLenW);
+ if (recycle_state)
+ {
+ // Recycle existing cursor/selection/undo stack but clamp position
+ // Note a single mouse click will override the cursor/position immediately by calling stb_textedit_click handler.
+ edit_state.CursorClamp();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ edit_state.Id = id;
+ edit_state.ScrollX = 0.0f;
+ stb_textedit_initialize_state(&edit_state.StbState, !is_multiline);
+ if (!is_multiline && focus_requested_by_code)
+ select_all = true;
+ }
+ if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysInsertMode)
+ edit_state.StbState.insert_mode = true;
+ if (!is_multiline && (focus_requested_by_tab || (user_clicked && io.KeyCtrl)))
+ select_all = true;
+ }
+ SetActiveID(id, window);
+ SetFocusID(id, window);
+ FocusWindow(window);
+ if (!is_multiline && !(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory))
+ g.ActiveIdAllowNavDirFlags |= ((1 << ImGuiDir_Up) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Down));
+ }
+ else if (io.MouseClicked[0])
+ {
+ // Release focus when we click outside
+ clear_active_id = true;
+ }
+
+ bool value_changed = false;
+ bool enter_pressed = false;
+
+ if (g.ActiveId == id)
+ {
+ if (!is_editable && !g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated)
+ {
+ // When read-only we always use the live data passed to the function
+ edit_state.Text.resize(buf_size+1);
+ const char* buf_end = NULL;
+ edit_state.CurLenW = ImTextStrFromUtf8(edit_state.Text.Data, edit_state.Text.Size, buf, NULL, &buf_end);
+ edit_state.CurLenA = (int)(buf_end - buf);
+ edit_state.CursorClamp();
+ }
+
+ edit_state.BufSizeA = buf_size;
+
+ // Although we are active we don't prevent mouse from hovering other elements unless we are interacting right now with the widget.
+ // Down the line we should have a cleaner library-wide concept of Selected vs Active.
+ g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = !io.MouseDown[0];
+ g.WantTextInputNextFrame = 1;
+
+ // Edit in progress
+ const float mouse_x = (io.MousePos.x - frame_bb.Min.x - style.FramePadding.x) + edit_state.ScrollX;
+ const float mouse_y = (is_multiline ? (io.MousePos.y - draw_window->DC.CursorPos.y - style.FramePadding.y) : (g.FontSize*0.5f));
+
+ const bool is_osx = io.OptMacOSXBehaviors;
+ if (select_all || (hovered && !is_osx && io.MouseDoubleClicked[0]))
+ {
+ edit_state.SelectAll();
+ edit_state.SelectedAllMouseLock = true;
+ }
+ else if (hovered && is_osx && io.MouseDoubleClicked[0])
+ {
+ // Double-click select a word only, OS X style (by simulating keystrokes)
+ edit_state.OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT);
+ edit_state.OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT);
+ }
+ else if (io.MouseClicked[0] && !edit_state.SelectedAllMouseLock)
+ {
+ if (hovered)
+ {
+ stb_textedit_click(&edit_state, &edit_state.StbState, mouse_x, mouse_y);
+ edit_state.CursorAnimReset();
+ }
+ }
+ else if (io.MouseDown[0] && !edit_state.SelectedAllMouseLock && (io.MouseDelta.x != 0.0f || io.MouseDelta.y != 0.0f))
+ {
+ stb_textedit_drag(&edit_state, &edit_state.StbState, mouse_x, mouse_y);
+ edit_state.CursorAnimReset();
+ edit_state.CursorFollow = true;
+ }
+ if (edit_state.SelectedAllMouseLock && !io.MouseDown[0])
+ edit_state.SelectedAllMouseLock = false;
+
+ if (io.InputCharacters[0])
+ {
+ // Process text input (before we check for Return because using some IME will effectively send a Return?)
+ // We ignore CTRL inputs, but need to allow ALT+CTRL as some keyboards (e.g. German) use AltGR (which _is_ Alt+Ctrl) to input certain characters.
+ bool ignore_inputs = (io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeyAlt) || (is_osx && io.KeySuper);
+ if (!ignore_inputs && is_editable && !user_nav_input_start)
+ for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.InputCharacters) && io.InputCharacters[n]; n++)
+ {
+ // Insert character if they pass filtering
+ unsigned int c = (unsigned int)io.InputCharacters[n];
+ if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, user_data))
+ edit_state.OnKeyPressed((int)c);
+ }
+
+ // Consume characters
+ memset(g.IO.InputCharacters, 0, sizeof(g.IO.InputCharacters));
+ }
+ }
+
+ bool cancel_edit = false;
+ if (g.ActiveId == id && !g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated && !clear_active_id)
+ {
+ // Handle key-presses
+ const int k_mask = (io.KeyShift ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT : 0);
+ const bool is_osx = io.OptMacOSXBehaviors;
+ const bool is_shortcut_key = (is_osx ? (io.KeySuper && !io.KeyCtrl) : (io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeySuper)) && !io.KeyAlt && !io.KeyShift; // OS X style: Shortcuts using Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl
+ const bool is_osx_shift_shortcut = is_osx && io.KeySuper && io.KeyShift && !io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeyAlt;
+ const bool is_wordmove_key_down = is_osx ? io.KeyAlt : io.KeyCtrl; // OS X style: Text editing cursor movement using Alt instead of Ctrl
+ const bool is_startend_key_down = is_osx && io.KeySuper && !io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeyAlt; // OS X style: Line/Text Start and End using Cmd+Arrows instead of Home/End
+ const bool is_ctrl_key_only = io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeyShift && !io.KeyAlt && !io.KeySuper;
+ const bool is_shift_key_only = io.KeyShift && !io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeyAlt && !io.KeySuper;
+
+ const bool is_cut = ((is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_X)) || (is_shift_key_only && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Delete))) && is_editable && !is_password && (!is_multiline || edit_state.HasSelection());
+ const bool is_copy = ((is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_C)) || (is_ctrl_key_only && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Insert))) && !is_password && (!is_multiline || edit_state.HasSelection());
+ const bool is_paste = ((is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_V)) || (is_shift_key_only && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Insert))) && is_editable;
+ const bool is_undo = ((is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Z)) && is_editable && is_undoable);
+ const bool is_redo = ((is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Y)) || (is_osx_shift_shortcut && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Z))) && is_editable && is_undoable;
+
+ if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_LeftArrow)) { edit_state.OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART : is_wordmove_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LEFT) | k_mask); }
+ else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_RightArrow)) { edit_state.OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND : is_wordmove_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT) | k_mask); }
+ else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_UpArrow) && is_multiline) { if (io.KeyCtrl) SetWindowScrollY(draw_window, ImMax(draw_window->Scroll.y - g.FontSize, 0.0f)); else edit_state.OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP) | k_mask); }
+ else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_DownArrow) && is_multiline) { if (io.KeyCtrl) SetWindowScrollY(draw_window, ImMin(draw_window->Scroll.y + g.FontSize, GetScrollMaxY())); else edit_state.OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DOWN) | k_mask); }
+ else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Home)) { edit_state.OnKeyPressed(io.KeyCtrl ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART | k_mask : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART | k_mask); }
+ else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_End)) { edit_state.OnKeyPressed(io.KeyCtrl ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND | k_mask : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND | k_mask); }
+ else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Delete) && is_editable) { edit_state.OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DELETE | k_mask); }
+ else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Backspace) && is_editable)
+ {
+ if (!edit_state.HasSelection())
+ {
+ if (is_wordmove_key_down) edit_state.OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT|STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT);
+ else if (is_osx && io.KeySuper && !io.KeyAlt && !io.KeyCtrl) edit_state.OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART|STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT);
+ }
+ edit_state.OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_BACKSPACE | k_mask);
+ }
+ else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Enter))
+ {
+ bool ctrl_enter_for_new_line = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CtrlEnterForNewLine) != 0;
+ if (!is_multiline || (ctrl_enter_for_new_line && !io.KeyCtrl) || (!ctrl_enter_for_new_line && io.KeyCtrl))
+ {
+ enter_pressed = clear_active_id = true;
+ }
+ else if (is_editable)
+ {
+ unsigned int c = '\n'; // Insert new line
+ if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, user_data))
+ edit_state.OnKeyPressed((int)c);
+ }
+ }
+ else if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput) && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Tab) && !io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeyShift && !io.KeyAlt && is_editable)
+ {
+ unsigned int c = '\t'; // Insert TAB
+ if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, user_data))
+ edit_state.OnKeyPressed((int)c);
+ }
+ else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Escape))
+ {
+ clear_active_id = cancel_edit = true;
+ }
+ else if (is_undo || is_redo)
+ {
+ edit_state.OnKeyPressed(is_undo ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UNDO : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_REDO);
+ edit_state.ClearSelection();
+ }
+ else if (is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_A))
+ {
+ edit_state.SelectAll();
+ edit_state.CursorFollow = true;
+ }
+ else if (is_cut || is_copy)
+ {
+ // Cut, Copy
+ if (io.SetClipboardTextFn)
+ {
+ const int ib = edit_state.HasSelection() ? ImMin(edit_state.StbState.select_start, edit_state.StbState.select_end) : 0;
+ const int ie = edit_state.HasSelection() ? ImMax(edit_state.StbState.select_start, edit_state.StbState.select_end) : edit_state.CurLenW;
+ edit_state.TempTextBuffer.resize((ie-ib) * 4 + 1);
+ ImTextStrToUtf8(edit_state.TempTextBuffer.Data, edit_state.TempTextBuffer.Size, edit_state.Text.Data+ib, edit_state.Text.Data+ie);
+ SetClipboardText(edit_state.TempTextBuffer.Data);
+ }
+ if (is_cut)
+ {
+ if (!edit_state.HasSelection())
+ edit_state.SelectAll();
+ edit_state.CursorFollow = true;
+ stb_textedit_cut(&edit_state, &edit_state.StbState);
+ }
+ }
+ else if (is_paste)
+ {
+ if (const char* clipboard = GetClipboardText())
+ {
+ // Filter pasted buffer
+ const int clipboard_len = (int)strlen(clipboard);
+ ImWchar* clipboard_filtered = (ImWchar*)ImGui::MemAlloc((clipboard_len+1) * sizeof(ImWchar));
+ int clipboard_filtered_len = 0;
+ for (const char* s = clipboard; *s; )
+ {
+ unsigned int c;
+ s += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, s, NULL);
+ if (c == 0)
+ break;
+ if (c >= 0x10000 || !InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, user_data))
+ continue;
+ clipboard_filtered[clipboard_filtered_len++] = (ImWchar)c;
+ }
+ clipboard_filtered[clipboard_filtered_len] = 0;
+ if (clipboard_filtered_len > 0) // If everything was filtered, ignore the pasting operation
+ {
+ stb_textedit_paste(&edit_state, &edit_state.StbState, clipboard_filtered, clipboard_filtered_len);
+ edit_state.CursorFollow = true;
+ }
+ ImGui::MemFree(clipboard_filtered);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (g.ActiveId == id)
+ {
+ if (cancel_edit)
+ {
+ // Restore initial value. Only return true if restoring to the initial value changes the current buffer contents.
+ if (is_editable && strncmp(buf, edit_state.InitialText.Data, buf_size) != 0)
+ {
+ ImStrncpy(buf, edit_state.InitialText.Data, buf_size);
+ value_changed = true;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // When using 'ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue' as a special case we reapply the live buffer back to the input buffer before clearing ActiveId, even though strictly speaking it wasn't modified on this frame.
+ // If we didn't do that, code like InputInt() with ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue would fail. Also this allows the user to use InputText() with ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue without maintaining any user-side storage.
+ bool apply_edit_back_to_user_buffer = !cancel_edit || (enter_pressed && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue) != 0);
+ if (apply_edit_back_to_user_buffer)
+ {
+ // Apply new value immediately - copy modified buffer back
+ // Note that as soon as the input box is active, the in-widget value gets priority over any underlying modification of the input buffer
+ // FIXME: We actually always render 'buf' when calling DrawList->AddText, making the comment above incorrect.
+ // FIXME-OPT: CPU waste to do this every time the widget is active, should mark dirty state from the stb_textedit callbacks.
+ if (is_editable)
+ {
+ edit_state.TempTextBuffer.resize(edit_state.Text.Size * 4);
+ ImTextStrToUtf8(edit_state.TempTextBuffer.Data, edit_state.TempTextBuffer.Size, edit_state.Text.Data, NULL);
+ }
+
+ // User callback
+ if ((flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways)) != 0)
+ {
+ IM_ASSERT(callback != NULL);
+
+ // The reason we specify the usage semantic (Completion/History) is that Completion needs to disable keyboard TABBING at the moment.
+ ImGuiInputTextFlags event_flag = 0;
+ ImGuiKey event_key = ImGuiKey_COUNT;
+ if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion) != 0 && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Tab))
+ {
+ event_flag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion;
+ event_key = ImGuiKey_Tab;
+ }
+ else if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory) != 0 && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_UpArrow))
+ {
+ event_flag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory;
+ event_key = ImGuiKey_UpArrow;
+ }
+ else if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory) != 0 && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_DownArrow))
+ {
+ event_flag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory;
+ event_key = ImGuiKey_DownArrow;
+ }
+ else if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways)
+ event_flag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways;
+
+ if (event_flag)
+ {
+ ImGuiTextEditCallbackData callback_data;
+ memset(&callback_data, 0, sizeof(ImGuiTextEditCallbackData));
+ callback_data.EventFlag = event_flag;
+ callback_data.Flags = flags;
+ callback_data.UserData = user_data;
+ callback_data.ReadOnly = !is_editable;
+
+ callback_data.EventKey = event_key;
+ callback_data.Buf = edit_state.TempTextBuffer.Data;
+ callback_data.BufTextLen = edit_state.CurLenA;
+ callback_data.BufSize = edit_state.BufSizeA;
+ callback_data.BufDirty = false;
+
+ // We have to convert from wchar-positions to UTF-8-positions, which can be pretty slow (an incentive to ditch the ImWchar buffer, see https://github.com/nothings/stb/issues/188)
+ ImWchar* text = edit_state.Text.Data;
+ const int utf8_cursor_pos = callback_data.CursorPos = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(text, text + edit_state.StbState.cursor);
+ const int utf8_selection_start = callback_data.SelectionStart = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(text, text + edit_state.StbState.select_start);
+ const int utf8_selection_end = callback_data.SelectionEnd = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(text, text + edit_state.StbState.select_end);
+
+ // Call user code
+ callback(&callback_data);
+
+ // Read back what user may have modified
+ IM_ASSERT(callback_data.Buf == edit_state.TempTextBuffer.Data); // Invalid to modify those fields
+ IM_ASSERT(callback_data.BufSize == edit_state.BufSizeA);
+ IM_ASSERT(callback_data.Flags == flags);
+ if (callback_data.CursorPos != utf8_cursor_pos) edit_state.StbState.cursor = ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(callback_data.Buf, callback_data.Buf + callback_data.CursorPos);
+ if (callback_data.SelectionStart != utf8_selection_start) edit_state.StbState.select_start = ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(callback_data.Buf, callback_data.Buf + callback_data.SelectionStart);
+ if (callback_data.SelectionEnd != utf8_selection_end) edit_state.StbState.select_end = ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(callback_data.Buf, callback_data.Buf + callback_data.SelectionEnd);
+ if (callback_data.BufDirty)
+ {
+ IM_ASSERT(callback_data.BufTextLen == (int)strlen(callback_data.Buf)); // You need to maintain BufTextLen if you change the text!
+ edit_state.CurLenW = ImTextStrFromUtf8(edit_state.Text.Data, edit_state.Text.Size, callback_data.Buf, NULL);
+ edit_state.CurLenA = callback_data.BufTextLen; // Assume correct length and valid UTF-8 from user, saves us an extra strlen()
+ edit_state.CursorAnimReset();
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Copy back to user buffer
+ if (is_editable && strcmp(edit_state.TempTextBuffer.Data, buf) != 0)
+ {
+ ImStrncpy(buf, edit_state.TempTextBuffer.Data, buf_size);
+ value_changed = true;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Release active ID at the end of the function (so e.g. pressing Return still does a final application of the value)
+ if (clear_active_id && g.ActiveId == id)
+ ClearActiveID();
+
+ // Render
+ // Select which buffer we are going to display. When ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoLiveEdit is set 'buf' might still be the old value. We set buf to NULL to prevent accidental usage from now on.
+ const char* buf_display = (g.ActiveId == id && is_editable) ? edit_state.TempTextBuffer.Data : buf; buf = NULL;
+
+ if (!is_multiline)
+ {
+ RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id);
+ RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding);
+ }
+
+ const ImVec4 clip_rect(frame_bb.Min.x, frame_bb.Min.y, frame_bb.Min.x + size.x, frame_bb.Min.y + size.y); // Not using frame_bb.Max because we have adjusted size
+ ImVec2 render_pos = is_multiline ? draw_window->DC.CursorPos : frame_bb.Min + style.FramePadding;
+ ImVec2 text_size(0.f, 0.f);
+ const bool is_currently_scrolling = (edit_state.Id == id && is_multiline && g.ActiveId == draw_window->GetIDNoKeepAlive("#SCROLLY"));
+ if (g.ActiveId == id || is_currently_scrolling)
+ {
+ edit_state.CursorAnim += io.DeltaTime;
+
+ // This is going to be messy. We need to:
+ // - Display the text (this alone can be more easily clipped)
+ // - Handle scrolling, highlight selection, display cursor (those all requires some form of 1d->2d cursor position calculation)
+ // - Measure text height (for scrollbar)
+ // We are attempting to do most of that in **one main pass** to minimize the computation cost (non-negligible for large amount of text) + 2nd pass for selection rendering (we could merge them by an extra refactoring effort)
+ // FIXME: This should occur on buf_display but we'd need to maintain cursor/select_start/select_end for UTF-8.
+ const ImWchar* text_begin = edit_state.Text.Data;
+ ImVec2 cursor_offset, select_start_offset;
+
+ {
+ // Count lines + find lines numbers straddling 'cursor' and 'select_start' position.
+ const ImWchar* searches_input_ptr[2];
+ searches_input_ptr[0] = text_begin + edit_state.StbState.cursor;
+ searches_input_ptr[1] = NULL;
+ int searches_remaining = 1;
+ int searches_result_line_number[2] = { -1, -999 };
+ if (edit_state.StbState.select_start != edit_state.StbState.select_end)
+ {
+ searches_input_ptr[1] = text_begin + ImMin(edit_state.StbState.select_start, edit_state.StbState.select_end);
+ searches_result_line_number[1] = -1;
+ searches_remaining++;
+ }
+
+ // Iterate all lines to find our line numbers
+ // In multi-line mode, we never exit the loop until all lines are counted, so add one extra to the searches_remaining counter.
+ searches_remaining += is_multiline ? 1 : 0;
+ int line_count = 0;
+ for (const ImWchar* s = text_begin; *s != 0; s++)
+ if (*s == '\n')
+ {
+ line_count++;
+ if (searches_result_line_number[0] == -1 && s >= searches_input_ptr[0]) { searches_result_line_number[0] = line_count; if (--searches_remaining <= 0) break; }
+ if (searches_result_line_number[1] == -1 && s >= searches_input_ptr[1]) { searches_result_line_number[1] = line_count; if (--searches_remaining <= 0) break; }
+ }
+ line_count++;
+ if (searches_result_line_number[0] == -1) searches_result_line_number[0] = line_count;
+ if (searches_result_line_number[1] == -1) searches_result_line_number[1] = line_count;
+
+ // Calculate 2d position by finding the beginning of the line and measuring distance
+ cursor_offset.x = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(ImStrbolW(searches_input_ptr[0], text_begin), searches_input_ptr[0]).x;
+ cursor_offset.y = searches_result_line_number[0] * g.FontSize;
+ if (searches_result_line_number[1] >= 0)
+ {
+ select_start_offset.x = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(ImStrbolW(searches_input_ptr[1], text_begin), searches_input_ptr[1]).x;
+ select_start_offset.y = searches_result_line_number[1] * g.FontSize;
+ }
+
+ // Store text height (note that we haven't calculated text width at all, see GitHub issues #383, #1224)
+ if (is_multiline)
+ text_size = ImVec2(size.x, line_count * g.FontSize);
+ }
+
+ // Scroll
+ if (edit_state.CursorFollow)
+ {
+ // Horizontal scroll in chunks of quarter width
+ if (!(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoHorizontalScroll))
+ {
+ const float scroll_increment_x = size.x * 0.25f;
+ if (cursor_offset.x < edit_state.ScrollX)
+ edit_state.ScrollX = (float)(int)ImMax(0.0f, cursor_offset.x - scroll_increment_x);
+ else if (cursor_offset.x - size.x >= edit_state.ScrollX)
+ edit_state.ScrollX = (float)(int)(cursor_offset.x - size.x + scroll_increment_x);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ edit_state.ScrollX = 0.0f;
+ }
+
+ // Vertical scroll
+ if (is_multiline)
+ {
+ float scroll_y = draw_window->Scroll.y;
+ if (cursor_offset.y - g.FontSize < scroll_y)
+ scroll_y = ImMax(0.0f, cursor_offset.y - g.FontSize);
+ else if (cursor_offset.y - size.y >= scroll_y)
+ scroll_y = cursor_offset.y - size.y;
+ draw_window->DC.CursorPos.y += (draw_window->Scroll.y - scroll_y); // To avoid a frame of lag
+ draw_window->Scroll.y = scroll_y;
+ render_pos.y = draw_window->DC.CursorPos.y;
+ }
+ }
+ edit_state.CursorFollow = false;
+ const ImVec2 render_scroll = ImVec2(edit_state.ScrollX, 0.0f);
+
+ // Draw selection
+ if (edit_state.StbState.select_start != edit_state.StbState.select_end)
+ {
+ const ImWchar* text_selected_begin = text_begin + ImMin(edit_state.StbState.select_start, edit_state.StbState.select_end);
+ const ImWchar* text_selected_end = text_begin + ImMax(edit_state.StbState.select_start, edit_state.StbState.select_end);
+
+ float bg_offy_up = is_multiline ? 0.0f : -1.0f; // FIXME: those offsets should be part of the style? they don't play so well with multi-line selection.
+ float bg_offy_dn = is_multiline ? 0.0f : 2.0f;
+ ImU32 bg_color = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg);
+ ImVec2 rect_pos = render_pos + select_start_offset - render_scroll;
+ for (const ImWchar* p = text_selected_begin; p < text_selected_end; )
+ {
+ if (rect_pos.y > clip_rect.w + g.FontSize)
+ break;
+ if (rect_pos.y < clip_rect.y)
+ {
+ while (p < text_selected_end)
+ if (*p++ == '\n')
+ break;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ ImVec2 rect_size = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(p, text_selected_end, &p, NULL, true);
+ if (rect_size.x <= 0.0f) rect_size.x = (float)(int)(g.Font->GetCharAdvance((unsigned short)' ') * 0.50f); // So we can see selected empty lines
+ ImRect rect(rect_pos + ImVec2(0.0f, bg_offy_up - g.FontSize), rect_pos +ImVec2(rect_size.x, bg_offy_dn));
+ rect.ClipWith(clip_rect);
+ if (rect.Overlaps(clip_rect))
+ draw_window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(rect.Min, rect.Max, bg_color);
+ }
+ rect_pos.x = render_pos.x - render_scroll.x;
+ rect_pos.y += g.FontSize;
+ }
+ }
+
+ draw_window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize, render_pos - render_scroll, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), buf_display, buf_display + edit_state.CurLenA, 0.0f, is_multiline ? NULL : &clip_rect);
+
+ // Draw blinking cursor
+ bool cursor_is_visible = (!g.IO.OptCursorBlink) || (g.InputTextState.CursorAnim <= 0.0f) || ImFmod(g.InputTextState.CursorAnim, 1.20f) <= 0.80f;
+ ImVec2 cursor_screen_pos = render_pos + cursor_offset - render_scroll;
+ ImRect cursor_screen_rect(cursor_screen_pos.x, cursor_screen_pos.y-g.FontSize+0.5f, cursor_screen_pos.x+1.0f, cursor_screen_pos.y-1.5f);
+ if (cursor_is_visible && cursor_screen_rect.Overlaps(clip_rect))
+ draw_window->DrawList->AddLine(cursor_screen_rect.Min, cursor_screen_rect.GetBL(), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text));
+
+ // Notify OS of text input position for advanced IME (-1 x offset so that Windows IME can cover our cursor. Bit of an extra nicety.)
+ if (is_editable)
+ g.PlatformImePos = ImVec2(cursor_screen_pos.x - 1, cursor_screen_pos.y - g.FontSize);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // Render text only
+ const char* buf_end = NULL;
+ if (is_multiline)
+ text_size = ImVec2(size.x, InputTextCalcTextLenAndLineCount(buf_display, &buf_end) * g.FontSize); // We don't need width
+ draw_window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize, render_pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), buf_display, buf_end, 0.0f, is_multiline ? NULL : &clip_rect);
+ }
+
+ if (is_multiline)
+ {
+ Dummy(text_size + ImVec2(0.0f, g.FontSize)); // Always add room to scroll an extra line
+ EndChildFrame();
+ EndGroup();
+ }
+
+ if (is_password)
+ PopFont();
+
+ // Log as text
+ if (g.LogEnabled && !is_password)
+ LogRenderedText(&render_pos, buf_display, NULL);
+
+ if (label_size.x > 0)
+ RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label);
+
+ if (value_changed)
+ MarkItemValueChanged(id);
+
+ if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue) != 0)
+ return enter_pressed;
+ else
+ return value_changed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::InputText(const char* label, char* buf, size_t buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiTextEditCallback callback, void* user_data)
+{
+ IM_ASSERT(!(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline)); // call InputTextMultiline()
+ return InputTextEx(label, buf, (int)buf_size, ImVec2(0,0), flags, callback, user_data);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::InputTextMultiline(const char* label, char* buf, size_t buf_size, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiTextEditCallback callback, void* user_data)
+{
+ return InputTextEx(label, buf, (int)buf_size, size, flags | ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline, callback, user_data);
+}
+
+// NB: format here must be a simple "%xx" format string with no prefix/suffix (unlike the Drag/Slider functions "format" argument)
+bool ImGui::InputScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* data_ptr, const void* step, const void* step_fast, const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return false;
+
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+
+ IM_ASSERT(data_type >= 0 && data_type < ImGuiDataType_COUNT);
+ if (format == NULL)
+ format = GDataTypeInfo[data_type].PrintFmt;
+
+ char buf[64];
+ DataTypeFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), data_type, data_ptr, format);
+
+ bool value_changed = false;
+ if ((extra_flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific)) == 0)
+ extra_flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal;
+ extra_flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll;
+
+ if (step != NULL)
+ {
+ const float button_size = GetFrameHeight();
+
+ BeginGroup(); // The only purpose of the group here is to allow the caller to query item data e.g. IsItemActive()
+ PushID(label);
+ PushItemWidth(ImMax(1.0f, CalcItemWidth() - (button_size + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * 2));
+ if (InputText("", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), extra_flags)) // PushId(label) + "" gives us the expected ID from outside point of view
+ value_changed = DataTypeApplyOpFromText(buf, g.InputTextState.InitialText.Data, data_type, data_ptr, format);
+ PopItemWidth();
+
+ // Step buttons
+ SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+ if (ButtonEx("-", ImVec2(button_size, button_size), ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat | ImGuiButtonFlags_DontClosePopups))
+ {
+ DataTypeApplyOp(data_type, '-', data_ptr, data_ptr, g.IO.KeyCtrl && step_fast ? step_fast : step);
+ value_changed = true;
+ }
+ SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+ if (ButtonEx("+", ImVec2(button_size, button_size), ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat | ImGuiButtonFlags_DontClosePopups))
+ {
+ DataTypeApplyOp(data_type, '+', data_ptr, data_ptr, g.IO.KeyCtrl && step_fast ? step_fast : step);
+ value_changed = true;
+ }
+ SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+ TextUnformatted(label, FindRenderedTextEnd(label));
+
+ PopID();
+ EndGroup();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (InputText(label, buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), extra_flags))
+ value_changed = DataTypeApplyOpFromText(buf, g.InputTextState.InitialText.Data, data_type, data_ptr, format);
+ }
+
+ return value_changed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::InputFloat(const char* label, float* v, float step, float step_fast, const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags)
+{
+ extra_flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific;
+ return InputScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, (void*)v, (void*)(step>0.0f ? &step : NULL), (void*)(step_fast>0.0f ? &step_fast : NULL), format, extra_flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::InputDouble(const char* label, double* v, double step, double step_fast, const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags)
+{
+ extra_flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific;
+ return InputScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Double, (void*)v, (void*)(step>0.0 ? &step : NULL), (void*)(step_fast>0.0 ? &step_fast : NULL), format, extra_flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::InputInt(const char* label, int* v, int step, int step_fast, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags)
+{
+ // Hexadecimal input provided as a convenience but the flag name is awkward. Typically you'd use InputText() to parse your own data, if you want to handle prefixes.
+ const char* format = (extra_flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal) ? "%08X" : "%d";
+ return InputScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, (void*)v, (void*)(step>0 ? &step : NULL), (void*)(step_fast>0 ? &step_fast : NULL), format, extra_flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::InputScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, int components, const void* step, const void* step_fast, const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return false;
+
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ bool value_changed = false;
+ BeginGroup();
+ PushID(label);
+ PushMultiItemsWidths(components);
+ size_t type_size = GDataTypeInfo[data_type].Size;
+ for (int i = 0; i < components; i++)
+ {
+ PushID(i);
+ value_changed |= InputScalar("##v", data_type, v, step, step_fast, format, extra_flags);
+ SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+ PopID();
+ PopItemWidth();
+ v = (void*)((char*)v + type_size);
+ }
+ PopID();
+
+ TextUnformatted(label, FindRenderedTextEnd(label));
+ EndGroup();
+ return value_changed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::InputFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags)
+{
+ return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 2, NULL, NULL, format, extra_flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::InputFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags)
+{
+ return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 3, NULL, NULL, format, extra_flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::InputFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags)
+{
+ return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, NULL, NULL, format, extra_flags);
+}
+
+// Prefer using "const char* format" directly, which is more flexible and consistent with other API.
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+bool ImGui::InputFloat(const char* label, float* v, float step, float step_fast, int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags)
+{
+ char format[16] = "%f";
+ if (decimal_precision >= 0)
+ ImFormatString(format, IM_ARRAYSIZE(format), "%%.%df", decimal_precision);
+ return InputFloat(label, v, step, step_fast, format, extra_flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::InputFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags)
+{
+ char format[16] = "%f";
+ if (decimal_precision >= 0)
+ ImFormatString(format, IM_ARRAYSIZE(format), "%%.%df", decimal_precision);
+ return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 2, NULL, NULL, format, extra_flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::InputFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags)
+{
+ char format[16] = "%f";
+ if (decimal_precision >= 0)
+ ImFormatString(format, IM_ARRAYSIZE(format), "%%.%df", decimal_precision);
+ return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 3, NULL, NULL, format, extra_flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::InputFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags)
+{
+ char format[16] = "%f";
+ if (decimal_precision >= 0)
+ ImFormatString(format, IM_ARRAYSIZE(format), "%%.%df", decimal_precision);
+ return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, NULL, NULL, format, extra_flags);
+}
+#endif // IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+
+bool ImGui::InputInt2(const char* label, int v[2], ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags)
+{
+ return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 2, NULL, NULL, "%d", extra_flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::InputInt3(const char* label, int v[3], ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags)
+{
+ return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 3, NULL, NULL, "%d", extra_flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::InputInt4(const char* label, int v[4], ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags)
+{
+ return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 4, NULL, NULL, "%d", extra_flags);
+}
+
+static float CalcMaxPopupHeightFromItemCount(int items_count)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ if (items_count <= 0)
+ return FLT_MAX;
+ return (g.FontSize + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y) * items_count - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y + (g.Style.WindowPadding.y * 2);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::BeginCombo(const char* label, const char* preview_value, ImGuiComboFlags flags)
+{
+ // Always consume the SetNextWindowSizeConstraint() call in our early return paths
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiCond backup_next_window_size_constraint = g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintCond;
+ g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintCond = 0;
+
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return false;
+
+ IM_ASSERT((flags & (ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton | ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview)) != (ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton | ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview)); // Can't use both flags together
+
+ const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+ const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
+
+ const float arrow_size = (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton) ? 0.0f : GetFrameHeight();
+ const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+ const float w = (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview) ? arrow_size : CalcItemWidth();
+ const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2.0f));
+ const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f));
+ ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
+ if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb))
+ return false;
+
+ bool hovered, held;
+ bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(frame_bb, id, &hovered, &held);
+ bool popup_open = IsPopupOpen(id);
+
+ const ImRect value_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max - ImVec2(arrow_size, 0.0f));
+ const ImU32 frame_col = GetColorU32(hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg);
+ RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id);
+ if (!(flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview))
+ window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(frame_bb.Min, ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x - arrow_size, frame_bb.Max.y), frame_col, style.FrameRounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_Left);
+ if (!(flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton))
+ {
+ window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x - arrow_size, frame_bb.Min.y), frame_bb.Max, GetColorU32((popup_open || hovered) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button), style.FrameRounding, (w <= arrow_size) ? ImDrawCornerFlags_All : ImDrawCornerFlags_Right);
+ RenderArrow(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x - arrow_size + style.FramePadding.y, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), ImGuiDir_Down);
+ }
+ RenderFrameBorder(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, style.FrameRounding);
+ if (preview_value != NULL && !(flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview))
+ RenderTextClipped(frame_bb.Min + style.FramePadding, value_bb.Max, preview_value, NULL, NULL, ImVec2(0.0f,0.0f));
+ if (label_size.x > 0)
+ RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label);
+
+ if ((pressed || g.NavActivateId == id) && !popup_open)
+ {
+ if (window->DC.NavLayerCurrent == 0)
+ window->NavLastIds[0] = id;
+ OpenPopupEx(id);
+ popup_open = true;
+ }
+
+ if (!popup_open)
+ return false;
+
+ if (backup_next_window_size_constraint)
+ {
+ g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintCond = backup_next_window_size_constraint;
+ g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintRect.Min.x = ImMax(g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintRect.Min.x, w);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if ((flags & ImGuiComboFlags_HeightMask_) == 0)
+ flags |= ImGuiComboFlags_HeightRegular;
+ IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiComboFlags_HeightMask_)); // Only one
+ int popup_max_height_in_items = -1;
+ if (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_HeightRegular) popup_max_height_in_items = 8;
+ else if (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_HeightSmall) popup_max_height_in_items = 4;
+ else if (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLarge) popup_max_height_in_items = 20;
+ SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(w, 0.0f), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, CalcMaxPopupHeightFromItemCount(popup_max_height_in_items)));
+ }
+
+ char name[16];
+ ImFormatString(name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), "##Combo_%02d", g.CurrentPopupStack.Size); // Recycle windows based on depth
+
+ // Peak into expected window size so we can position it
+ if (ImGuiWindow* popup_window = FindWindowByName(name))
+ if (popup_window->WasActive)
+ {
+ ImVec2 size_contents = CalcSizeContents(popup_window);
+ ImVec2 size_expected = CalcSizeAfterConstraint(popup_window, CalcSizeAutoFit(popup_window, size_contents));
+ if (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_PopupAlignLeft)
+ popup_window->AutoPosLastDirection = ImGuiDir_Left;
+ ImRect r_outer = FindAllowedExtentRectForWindow(popup_window);
+ ImVec2 pos = FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(frame_bb.GetBL(), size_expected, &popup_window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, frame_bb, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_ComboBox);
+ SetNextWindowPos(pos);
+ }
+
+ // Horizontally align ourselves with the framed text
+ ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings;
+ PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, ImVec2(style.FramePadding.x, style.WindowPadding.y));
+ bool ret = Begin(name, NULL, window_flags);
+ PopStyleVar();
+ if (!ret)
+ {
+ EndPopup();
+ IM_ASSERT(0); // This should never happen as we tested for IsPopupOpen() above
+ return false;
+ }
+ return true;
+}
+
+void ImGui::EndCombo()
+{
+ EndPopup();
+}
+
+// Getter for the old Combo() API: const char*[]
+static bool Items_ArrayGetter(void* data, int idx, const char** out_text)
+{
+ const char* const* items = (const char* const*)data;
+ if (out_text)
+ *out_text = items[idx];
+ return true;
+}
+
+// Getter for the old Combo() API: "item1\0item2\0item3\0"
+static bool Items_SingleStringGetter(void* data, int idx, const char** out_text)
+{
+ // FIXME-OPT: we could pre-compute the indices to fasten this. But only 1 active combo means the waste is limited.
+ const char* items_separated_by_zeros = (const char*)data;
+ int items_count = 0;
+ const char* p = items_separated_by_zeros;
+ while (*p)
+ {
+ if (idx == items_count)
+ break;
+ p += strlen(p) + 1;
+ items_count++;
+ }
+ if (!*p)
+ return false;
+ if (out_text)
+ *out_text = p;
+ return true;
+}
+
+// Old API, prefer using BeginCombo() nowadays if you can.
+bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(void*, int, const char**), void* data, int items_count, int popup_max_height_in_items)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+
+ // Call the getter to obtain the preview string which is a parameter to BeginCombo()
+ const char* preview_value = NULL;
+ if (*current_item >= 0 && *current_item < items_count)
+ items_getter(data, *current_item, &preview_value);
+
+ // The old Combo() API exposed "popup_max_height_in_items". The new more general BeginCombo() API doesn't have/need it, but we emulate it here.
+ if (popup_max_height_in_items != -1 && !g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintCond)
+ SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0,0), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, CalcMaxPopupHeightFromItemCount(popup_max_height_in_items)));
+
+ if (!BeginCombo(label, preview_value, ImGuiComboFlags_None))
+ return false;
+
+ // Display items
+ // FIXME-OPT: Use clipper (but we need to disable it on the appearing frame to make sure our call to SetItemDefaultFocus() is processed)
+ bool value_changed = false;
+ for (int i = 0; i < items_count; i++)
+ {
+ PushID((void*)(intptr_t)i);
+ const bool item_selected = (i == *current_item);
+ const char* item_text;
+ if (!items_getter(data, i, &item_text))
+ item_text = "*Unknown item*";
+ if (Selectable(item_text, item_selected))
+ {
+ value_changed = true;
+ *current_item = i;
+ }
+ if (item_selected)
+ SetItemDefaultFocus();
+ PopID();
+ }
+
+ EndCombo();
+ return value_changed;
+}
+
+// Combo box helper allowing to pass an array of strings.
+bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* const items[], int items_count, int height_in_items)
+{
+ const bool value_changed = Combo(label, current_item, Items_ArrayGetter, (void*)items, items_count, height_in_items);
+ return value_changed;
+}
+
+// Combo box helper allowing to pass all items in a single string literal holding multiple zero-terminated items "item1\0item2\0"
+bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* items_separated_by_zeros, int height_in_items)
+{
+ int items_count = 0;
+ const char* p = items_separated_by_zeros; // FIXME-OPT: Avoid computing this, or at least only when combo is open
+ while (*p)
+ {
+ p += strlen(p) + 1;
+ items_count++;
+ }
+ bool value_changed = Combo(label, current_item, Items_SingleStringGetter, (void*)items_separated_by_zeros, items_count, height_in_items);
+ return value_changed;
+}
+
+// Tip: pass an empty label (e.g. "##dummy") then you can use the space to draw other text or image.
+// But you need to make sure the ID is unique, e.g. enclose calls in PushID/PopID or use ##unique_id.
+bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags, const ImVec2& size_arg)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return false;
+
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+
+ if ((flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns) && window->DC.ColumnsSet) // FIXME-OPT: Avoid if vertically clipped.
+ PopClipRect();
+
+ ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
+ ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+ ImVec2 size(size_arg.x != 0.0f ? size_arg.x : label_size.x, size_arg.y != 0.0f ? size_arg.y : label_size.y);
+ ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+ pos.y += window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset;
+ ImRect bb_inner(pos, pos + size);
+ ItemSize(bb_inner);
+
+ // Fill horizontal space.
+ ImVec2 window_padding = window->WindowPadding;
+ float max_x = (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns) ? GetWindowContentRegionMax().x : GetContentRegionMax().x;
+ float w_draw = ImMax(label_size.x, window->Pos.x + max_x - window_padding.x - window->DC.CursorPos.x);
+ ImVec2 size_draw((size_arg.x != 0 && !(flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_DrawFillAvailWidth)) ? size_arg.x : w_draw, size_arg.y != 0.0f ? size_arg.y : size.y);
+ ImRect bb(pos, pos + size_draw);
+ if (size_arg.x == 0.0f || (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_DrawFillAvailWidth))
+ bb.Max.x += window_padding.x;
+
+ // Selectables are tightly packed together, we extend the box to cover spacing between selectable.
+ float spacing_L = (float)(int)(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f);
+ float spacing_U = (float)(int)(style.ItemSpacing.y * 0.5f);
+ float spacing_R = style.ItemSpacing.x - spacing_L;
+ float spacing_D = style.ItemSpacing.y - spacing_U;
+ bb.Min.x -= spacing_L;
+ bb.Min.y -= spacing_U;
+ bb.Max.x += spacing_R;
+ bb.Max.y += spacing_D;
+ if (!ItemAdd(bb, (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) ? 0 : id))
+ {
+ if ((flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns) && window->DC.ColumnsSet)
+ PushColumnClipRect();
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ // We use NoHoldingActiveID on menus so user can click and _hold_ on a menu then drag to browse child entries
+ ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = 0;
+ if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID) button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoldingActiveID;
+ if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_PressedOnClick) button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick;
+ if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_PressedOnRelease) button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease;
+ if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled;
+ if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowDoubleClick) button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick;
+ bool hovered, held;
+ bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, button_flags);
+ if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled)
+ selected = false;
+
+ // Hovering selectable with mouse updates NavId accordingly so navigation can be resumed with gamepad/keyboard (this doesn't happen on most widgets)
+ if (pressed || hovered)
+ if (!g.NavDisableMouseHover && g.NavWindow == window && g.NavLayer == window->DC.NavLayerCurrent)
+ {
+ g.NavDisableHighlight = true;
+ SetNavID(id, window->DC.NavLayerCurrent);
+ }
+ if (pressed)
+ MarkItemValueChanged(id);
+
+ // Render
+ if (hovered || selected)
+ {
+ const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_HeaderActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered : ImGuiCol_Header);
+ RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, false, 0.0f);
+ RenderNavHighlight(bb, id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin | ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding);
+ }
+
+ if ((flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns) && window->DC.ColumnsSet)
+ {
+ PushColumnClipRect();
+ bb.Max.x -= (GetContentRegionMax().x - max_x);
+ }
+
+ if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]);
+ RenderTextClipped(bb_inner.Min, bb.Max, label, NULL, &label_size, ImVec2(0.0f,0.0f));
+ if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) PopStyleColor();
+
+ // Automatically close popups
+ if (pressed && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !(flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups) && !(window->DC.ItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_SelectableDontClosePopup))
+ CloseCurrentPopup();
+ return pressed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool* p_selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags, const ImVec2& size_arg)
+{
+ if (Selectable(label, *p_selected, flags, size_arg))
+ {
+ *p_selected = !*p_selected;
+ return true;
+ }
+ return false;
+}
+
+// FIXME: Rename to BeginListBox()
+// Helper to calculate the size of a listbox and display a label on the right.
+// Tip: To have a list filling the entire window width, PushItemWidth(-1) and pass an empty label "##empty"
+bool ImGui::ListBoxHeader(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return false;
+
+ const ImGuiStyle& style = GetStyle();
+ const ImGuiID id = GetID(label);
+ const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+
+ // Size default to hold ~7 items. Fractional number of items helps seeing that we can scroll down/up without looking at scrollbar.
+ ImVec2 size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, CalcItemWidth(), GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 7.4f + style.ItemSpacing.y);
+ ImVec2 frame_size = ImVec2(size.x, ImMax(size.y, label_size.y));
+ ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + frame_size);
+ ImRect bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f));
+ window->DC.LastItemRect = bb; // Forward storage for ListBoxFooter.. dodgy.
+
+ BeginGroup();
+ if (label_size.x > 0)
+ RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label);
+
+ BeginChildFrame(id, frame_bb.GetSize());
+ return true;
+}
+
+// FIXME: Rename to BeginListBox()
+bool ImGui::ListBoxHeader(const char* label, int items_count, int height_in_items)
+{
+ // Size default to hold ~7 items. Fractional number of items helps seeing that we can scroll down/up without looking at scrollbar.
+ // We don't add +0.40f if items_count <= height_in_items. It is slightly dodgy, because it means a dynamic list of items will make the widget resize occasionally when it crosses that size.
+ // I am expecting that someone will come and complain about this behavior in a remote future, then we can advise on a better solution.
+ if (height_in_items < 0)
+ height_in_items = ImMin(items_count, 7);
+ float height_in_items_f = height_in_items < items_count ? (height_in_items + 0.40f) : (height_in_items + 0.00f);
+
+ // We include ItemSpacing.y so that a list sized for the exact number of items doesn't make a scrollbar appears. We could also enforce that by passing a flag to BeginChild().
+ ImVec2 size;
+ size.x = 0.0f;
+ size.y = GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * height_in_items_f + GetStyle().ItemSpacing.y;
+ return ListBoxHeader(label, size);
+}
+
+// FIXME: Rename to EndListBox()
+void ImGui::ListBoxFooter()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* parent_window = GetCurrentWindow()->ParentWindow;
+ const ImRect bb = parent_window->DC.LastItemRect;
+ const ImGuiStyle& style = GetStyle();
+
+ EndChildFrame();
+
+ // Redeclare item size so that it includes the label (we have stored the full size in LastItemRect)
+ // We call SameLine() to restore DC.CurrentLine* data
+ SameLine();
+ parent_window->DC.CursorPos = bb.Min;
+ ItemSize(bb, style.FramePadding.y);
+ EndGroup();
+}
+
+bool ImGui::ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* const items[], int items_count, int height_items)
+{
+ const bool value_changed = ListBox(label, current_item, Items_ArrayGetter, (void*)items, items_count, height_items);
+ return value_changed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(void*, int, const char**), void* data, int items_count, int height_in_items)
+{
+ if (!ListBoxHeader(label, items_count, height_in_items))
+ return false;
+
+ // Assume all items have even height (= 1 line of text). If you need items of different or variable sizes you can create a custom version of ListBox() in your code without using the clipper.
+ bool value_changed = false;
+ ImGuiListClipper clipper(items_count, GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing()); // We know exactly our line height here so we pass it as a minor optimization, but generally you don't need to.
+ while (clipper.Step())
+ for (int i = clipper.DisplayStart; i < clipper.DisplayEnd; i++)
+ {
+ const bool item_selected = (i == *current_item);
+ const char* item_text;
+ if (!items_getter(data, i, &item_text))
+ item_text = "*Unknown item*";
+
+ PushID(i);
+ if (Selectable(item_text, item_selected))
+ {
+ *current_item = i;
+ value_changed = true;
+ }
+ if (item_selected)
+ SetItemDefaultFocus();
+ PopID();
+ }
+ ListBoxFooter();
+ return value_changed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool selected, bool enabled)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return false;
+
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+ ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+ ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+
+ ImGuiSelectableFlags flags = ImGuiSelectableFlags_PressedOnRelease | (enabled ? 0 : ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled);
+ bool pressed;
+ if (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal)
+ {
+ // Mimic the exact layout spacing of BeginMenu() to allow MenuItem() inside a menu bar, which is a little misleading but may be useful
+ // Note that in this situation we render neither the shortcut neither the selected tick mark
+ float w = label_size.x;
+ window->DC.CursorPos.x += (float)(int)(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f);
+ PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, style.ItemSpacing * 2.0f);
+ pressed = Selectable(label, false, flags, ImVec2(w, 0.0f));
+ PopStyleVar();
+ window->DC.CursorPos.x += (float)(int)(style.ItemSpacing.x * (-1.0f + 0.5f)); // -1 spacing to compensate the spacing added when Selectable() did a SameLine(). It would also work to call SameLine() ourselves after the PopStyleVar().
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ ImVec2 shortcut_size = shortcut ? CalcTextSize(shortcut, NULL) : ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+ float w = window->MenuColumns.DeclColumns(label_size.x, shortcut_size.x, (float)(int)(g.FontSize * 1.20f)); // Feedback for next frame
+ float extra_w = ImMax(0.0f, GetContentRegionAvail().x - w);
+ pressed = Selectable(label, false, flags | ImGuiSelectableFlags_DrawFillAvailWidth, ImVec2(w, 0.0f));
+ if (shortcut_size.x > 0.0f)
+ {
+ PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]);
+ RenderText(pos + ImVec2(window->MenuColumns.Pos[1] + extra_w, 0.0f), shortcut, NULL, false);
+ PopStyleColor();
+ }
+ if (selected)
+ RenderCheckMark(pos + ImVec2(window->MenuColumns.Pos[2] + extra_w + g.FontSize * 0.40f, g.FontSize * 0.134f * 0.5f), GetColorU32(enabled ? ImGuiCol_Text : ImGuiCol_TextDisabled), g.FontSize * 0.866f);
+ }
+ return pressed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool* p_selected, bool enabled)
+{
+ if (MenuItem(label, shortcut, p_selected ? *p_selected : false, enabled))
+ {
+ if (p_selected)
+ *p_selected = !*p_selected;
+ return true;
+ }
+ return false;
+}
+
+// For the main menu bar, which cannot be moved, we honor g.Style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding to ensure text can be visible on a TV set.
+bool ImGui::BeginMainMenuBar()
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ g.NextWindowData.MenuBarOffsetMinVal = ImVec2(g.Style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding.x, ImMax(g.Style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding.y - g.Style.FramePadding.y, 0.0f));
+ SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f));
+ SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(g.IO.DisplaySize.x, g.NextWindowData.MenuBarOffsetMinVal.y + g.FontBaseSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y));
+ PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding, 0.0f);
+ PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowMinSize, ImVec2(0,0));
+ ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar;
+ bool is_open = Begin("##MainMenuBar", NULL, window_flags) && BeginMenuBar();
+ PopStyleVar(2);
+ g.NextWindowData.MenuBarOffsetMinVal = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+ if (!is_open)
+ {
+ End();
+ return false;
+ }
+ return true;
+}
+
+void ImGui::EndMainMenuBar()
+{
+ EndMenuBar();
+
+ // When the user has left the menu layer (typically: closed menus through activation of an item), we restore focus to the previous window
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ if (g.CurrentWindow == g.NavWindow && g.NavLayer == 0)
+ FocusFrontMostActiveWindow(g.NavWindow);
+
+ End();
+}
+
+bool ImGui::BeginMenuBar()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return false;
+ if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar))
+ return false;
+
+ IM_ASSERT(!window->DC.MenuBarAppending);
+ BeginGroup(); // Backup position on layer 0
+ PushID("##menubar");
+
+ // We don't clip with current window clipping rectangle as it is already set to the area below. However we clip with window full rect.
+ // We remove 1 worth of rounding to Max.x to that text in long menus and small windows don't tend to display over the lower-right rounded area, which looks particularly glitchy.
+ ImRect bar_rect = window->MenuBarRect();
+ ImRect clip_rect(ImFloor(bar_rect.Min.x + 0.5f), ImFloor(bar_rect.Min.y + window->WindowBorderSize + 0.5f), ImFloor(ImMax(bar_rect.Min.x, bar_rect.Max.x - window->WindowRounding) + 0.5f), ImFloor(bar_rect.Max.y + 0.5f));
+ clip_rect.ClipWith(window->OuterRectClipped);
+ PushClipRect(clip_rect.Min, clip_rect.Max, false);
+
+ window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2(bar_rect.Min.x + window->DC.MenuBarOffset.x, bar_rect.Min.y + window->DC.MenuBarOffset.y);
+ window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal;
+ window->DC.NavLayerCurrent++;
+ window->DC.NavLayerCurrentMask <<= 1;
+ window->DC.MenuBarAppending = true;
+ AlignTextToFramePadding();
+ return true;
+}
+
+void ImGui::EndMenuBar()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return;
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+
+ // Nav: When a move request within one of our child menu failed, capture the request to navigate among our siblings.
+ if (NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet() && (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left || g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right) && (g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu))
+ {
+ ImGuiWindow* nav_earliest_child = g.NavWindow;
+ while (nav_earliest_child->ParentWindow && (nav_earliest_child->ParentWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu))
+ nav_earliest_child = nav_earliest_child->ParentWindow;
+ if (nav_earliest_child->ParentWindow == window && nav_earliest_child->DC.ParentLayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal && g.NavMoveRequestForward == ImGuiNavForward_None)
+ {
+ // To do so we claim focus back, restore NavId and then process the movement request for yet another frame.
+ // This involve a one-frame delay which isn't very problematic in this situation. We could remove it by scoring in advance for multiple window (probably not worth the hassle/cost)
+ IM_ASSERT(window->DC.NavLayerActiveMaskNext & 0x02); // Sanity check
+ FocusWindow(window);
+ SetNavIDWithRectRel(window->NavLastIds[1], 1, window->NavRectRel[1]);
+ g.NavLayer = 1;
+ g.NavDisableHighlight = true; // Hide highlight for the current frame so we don't see the intermediary selection.
+ g.NavMoveRequestForward = ImGuiNavForward_ForwardQueued;
+ NavMoveRequestCancel();
+ }
+ }
+
+ IM_ASSERT(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar);
+ IM_ASSERT(window->DC.MenuBarAppending);
+ PopClipRect();
+ PopID();
+ window->DC.MenuBarOffset.x = window->DC.CursorPos.x - window->MenuBarRect().Min.x; // Save horizontal position so next append can reuse it. This is kinda equivalent to a per-layer CursorPos.
+ window->DC.GroupStack.back().AdvanceCursor = false;
+ EndGroup(); // Restore position on layer 0
+ window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical;
+ window->DC.NavLayerCurrent--;
+ window->DC.NavLayerCurrentMask >>= 1;
+ window->DC.MenuBarAppending = false;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::BeginMenu(const char* label, bool enabled)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return false;
+
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+ const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
+
+ ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+
+ bool pressed;
+ bool menu_is_open = IsPopupOpen(id);
+ bool menuset_is_open = !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && (g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.CurrentPopupStack.Size && g.OpenPopupStack[g.CurrentPopupStack.Size].OpenParentId == window->IDStack.back());
+ ImGuiWindow* backed_nav_window = g.NavWindow;
+ if (menuset_is_open)
+ g.NavWindow = window; // Odd hack to allow hovering across menus of a same menu-set (otherwise we wouldn't be able to hover parent)
+
+ // The reference position stored in popup_pos will be used by Begin() to find a suitable position for the child menu (using FindBestWindowPosForPopup).
+ ImVec2 popup_pos, pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+ if (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal)
+ {
+ // Menu inside an horizontal menu bar
+ // Selectable extend their highlight by half ItemSpacing in each direction.
+ // For ChildMenu, the popup position will be overwritten by the call to FindBestWindowPosForPopup() in Begin()
+ popup_pos = ImVec2(pos.x - window->WindowPadding.x, pos.y - style.FramePadding.y + window->MenuBarHeight());
+ window->DC.CursorPos.x += (float)(int)(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f);
+ PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, style.ItemSpacing * 2.0f);
+ float w = label_size.x;
+ pressed = Selectable(label, menu_is_open, ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID | ImGuiSelectableFlags_PressedOnClick | ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups | (!enabled ? ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled : 0), ImVec2(w, 0.0f));
+ PopStyleVar();
+ window->DC.CursorPos.x += (float)(int)(style.ItemSpacing.x * (-1.0f + 0.5f)); // -1 spacing to compensate the spacing added when Selectable() did a SameLine(). It would also work to call SameLine() ourselves after the PopStyleVar().
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // Menu inside a menu
+ popup_pos = ImVec2(pos.x, pos.y - style.WindowPadding.y);
+ float w = window->MenuColumns.DeclColumns(label_size.x, 0.0f, (float)(int)(g.FontSize * 1.20f)); // Feedback to next frame
+ float extra_w = ImMax(0.0f, GetContentRegionAvail().x - w);
+ pressed = Selectable(label, menu_is_open, ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID | ImGuiSelectableFlags_PressedOnClick | ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups | ImGuiSelectableFlags_DrawFillAvailWidth | (!enabled ? ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled : 0), ImVec2(w, 0.0f));
+ if (!enabled) PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]);
+ RenderArrow(pos + ImVec2(window->MenuColumns.Pos[2] + extra_w + g.FontSize * 0.30f, 0.0f), ImGuiDir_Right);
+ if (!enabled) PopStyleColor();
+ }
+
+ const bool hovered = enabled && ItemHoverable(window->DC.LastItemRect, id);
+ if (menuset_is_open)
+ g.NavWindow = backed_nav_window;
+
+ bool want_open = false, want_close = false;
+ if (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical) // (window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup|ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu))
+ {
+ // Implement http://bjk5.com/post/44698559168/breaking-down-amazons-mega-dropdown to avoid using timers, so menus feels more reactive.
+ bool moving_within_opened_triangle = false;
+ if (g.HoveredWindow == window && g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.CurrentPopupStack.Size && g.OpenPopupStack[g.CurrentPopupStack.Size].ParentWindow == window && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar))
+ {
+ if (ImGuiWindow* next_window = g.OpenPopupStack[g.CurrentPopupStack.Size].Window)
+ {
+ ImRect next_window_rect = next_window->Rect();
+ ImVec2 ta = g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MouseDelta;
+ ImVec2 tb = (window->Pos.x < next_window->Pos.x) ? next_window_rect.GetTL() : next_window_rect.GetTR();
+ ImVec2 tc = (window->Pos.x < next_window->Pos.x) ? next_window_rect.GetBL() : next_window_rect.GetBR();
+ float extra = ImClamp(ImFabs(ta.x - tb.x) * 0.30f, 5.0f, 30.0f); // add a bit of extra slack.
+ ta.x += (window->Pos.x < next_window->Pos.x) ? -0.5f : +0.5f; // to avoid numerical issues
+ tb.y = ta.y + ImMax((tb.y - extra) - ta.y, -100.0f); // triangle is maximum 200 high to limit the slope and the bias toward large sub-menus // FIXME: Multiply by fb_scale?
+ tc.y = ta.y + ImMin((tc.y + extra) - ta.y, +100.0f);
+ moving_within_opened_triangle = ImTriangleContainsPoint(ta, tb, tc, g.IO.MousePos);
+ //window->DrawList->PushClipRectFullScreen(); window->DrawList->AddTriangleFilled(ta, tb, tc, moving_within_opened_triangle ? IM_COL32(0,128,0,128) : IM_COL32(128,0,0,128)); window->DrawList->PopClipRect(); // Debug
+ }
+ }
+
+ want_close = (menu_is_open && !hovered && g.HoveredWindow == window && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != 0 && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != id && !moving_within_opened_triangle);
+ want_open = (!menu_is_open && hovered && !moving_within_opened_triangle) || (!menu_is_open && hovered && pressed);
+
+ if (g.NavActivateId == id)
+ {
+ want_close = menu_is_open;
+ want_open = !menu_is_open;
+ }
+ if (g.NavId == id && g.NavMoveRequest && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right) // Nav-Right to open
+ {
+ want_open = true;
+ NavMoveRequestCancel();
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // Menu bar
+ if (menu_is_open && pressed && menuset_is_open) // Click an open menu again to close it
+ {
+ want_close = true;
+ want_open = menu_is_open = false;
+ }
+ else if (pressed || (hovered && menuset_is_open && !menu_is_open)) // First click to open, then hover to open others
+ {
+ want_open = true;
+ }
+ else if (g.NavId == id && g.NavMoveRequest && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Down) // Nav-Down to open
+ {
+ want_open = true;
+ NavMoveRequestCancel();
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!enabled) // explicitly close if an open menu becomes disabled, facilitate users code a lot in pattern such as 'if (BeginMenu("options", has_object)) { ..use object.. }'
+ want_close = true;
+ if (want_close && IsPopupOpen(id))
+ ClosePopupToLevel(g.CurrentPopupStack.Size);
+
+ if (!menu_is_open && want_open && g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.CurrentPopupStack.Size)
+ {
+ // Don't recycle same menu level in the same frame, first close the other menu and yield for a frame.
+ OpenPopup(label);
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ menu_is_open |= want_open;
+ if (want_open)
+ OpenPopup(label);
+
+ if (menu_is_open)
+ {
+ // Sub-menus are ChildWindow so that mouse can be hovering across them (otherwise top-most popup menu would steal focus and not allow hovering on parent menu)
+ SetNextWindowPos(popup_pos, ImGuiCond_Always);
+ ImGuiWindowFlags flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ((window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup|ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) ? ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu|ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow : ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu);
+ menu_is_open = BeginPopupEx(id, flags); // menu_is_open can be 'false' when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display)
+ }
+
+ return menu_is_open;
+}
+
+void ImGui::EndMenu()
+{
+ // Nav: When a left move request _within our child menu_ failed, close the menu.
+ // A menu doesn't close itself because EndMenuBar() wants the catch the last Left<>Right inputs.
+ // However, it means that with the current code, a BeginMenu() from outside another menu or a menu-bar won't be closable with the Left direction.
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+ if (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->ParentWindow == window && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet() && window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical)
+ {
+ ClosePopupToLevel(g.OpenPopupStack.Size - 1);
+ NavMoveRequestCancel();
+ }
+
+ EndPopup();
+}
+
+// Note: only access 3 floats if ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha flag is set.
+void ImGui::ColorTooltip(const char* text, const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+
+ int cr = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[0]), cg = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[1]), cb = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[2]), ca = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 255 : IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[3]);
+ BeginTooltipEx(0, true);
+
+ const char* text_end = text ? FindRenderedTextEnd(text, NULL) : text;
+ if (text_end > text)
+ {
+ TextUnformatted(text, text_end);
+ Separator();
+ }
+
+ ImVec2 sz(g.FontSize * 3 + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2, g.FontSize * 3 + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2);
+ ColorButton("##preview", ImVec4(col[0], col[1], col[2], col[3]), (flags & (ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf)) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip, sz);
+ SameLine();
+ if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha)
+ Text("#%02X%02X%02X\nR: %d, G: %d, B: %d\n(%.3f, %.3f, %.3f)", cr, cg, cb, cr, cg, cb, col[0], col[1], col[2]);
+ else
+ Text("#%02X%02X%02X%02X\nR:%d, G:%d, B:%d, A:%d\n(%.3f, %.3f, %.3f, %.3f)", cr, cg, cb, ca, cr, cg, cb, ca, col[0], col[1], col[2], col[3]);
+ EndTooltip();
+}
+
+static inline ImU32 ImAlphaBlendColor(ImU32 col_a, ImU32 col_b)
+{
+ float t = ((col_b >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT) & 0xFF) / 255.f;
+ int r = ImLerp((int)(col_a >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF, (int)(col_b >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF, t);
+ int g = ImLerp((int)(col_a >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF, (int)(col_b >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF, t);
+ int b = ImLerp((int)(col_a >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF, (int)(col_b >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF, t);
+ return IM_COL32(r, g, b, 0xFF);
+}
+
+// NB: This is rather brittle and will show artifact when rounding this enabled if rounded corners overlap multiple cells. Caller currently responsible for avoiding that.
+// I spent a non reasonable amount of time trying to getting this right for ColorButton with rounding+anti-aliasing+ImGuiColorEditFlags_HalfAlphaPreview flag + various grid sizes and offsets, and eventually gave up... probably more reasonable to disable rounding alltogether.
+void ImGui::RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 col, float grid_step, ImVec2 grid_off, float rounding, int rounding_corners_flags)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT) < 0xFF)
+ {
+ ImU32 col_bg1 = GetColorU32(ImAlphaBlendColor(IM_COL32(204,204,204,255), col));
+ ImU32 col_bg2 = GetColorU32(ImAlphaBlendColor(IM_COL32(128,128,128,255), col));
+ window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(p_min, p_max, col_bg1, rounding, rounding_corners_flags);
+
+ int yi = 0;
+ for (float y = p_min.y + grid_off.y; y < p_max.y; y += grid_step, yi++)
+ {
+ float y1 = ImClamp(y, p_min.y, p_max.y), y2 = ImMin(y + grid_step, p_max.y);
+ if (y2 <= y1)
+ continue;
+ for (float x = p_min.x + grid_off.x + (yi & 1) * grid_step; x < p_max.x; x += grid_step * 2.0f)
+ {
+ float x1 = ImClamp(x, p_min.x, p_max.x), x2 = ImMin(x + grid_step, p_max.x);
+ if (x2 <= x1)
+ continue;
+ int rounding_corners_flags_cell = 0;
+ if (y1 <= p_min.y) { if (x1 <= p_min.x) rounding_corners_flags_cell |= ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft; if (x2 >= p_max.x) rounding_corners_flags_cell |= ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight; }
+ if (y2 >= p_max.y) { if (x1 <= p_min.x) rounding_corners_flags_cell |= ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft; if (x2 >= p_max.x) rounding_corners_flags_cell |= ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight; }
+ rounding_corners_flags_cell &= rounding_corners_flags;
+ window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x1,y1), ImVec2(x2,y2), col_bg2, rounding_corners_flags_cell ? rounding : 0.0f, rounding_corners_flags_cell);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(p_min, p_max, col, rounding, rounding_corners_flags);
+ }
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetColorEditOptions(ImGuiColorEditFlags flags)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask) == 0)
+ flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask;
+ if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask) == 0)
+ flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask;
+ if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask) == 0)
+ flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask;
+ IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo((int)(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask))); // Check only 1 option is selected
+ IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo((int)(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask))); // Check only 1 option is selected
+ IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo((int)(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask))); // Check only 1 option is selected
+ g.ColorEditOptions = flags;
+}
+
+// A little colored square. Return true when clicked.
+// FIXME: May want to display/ignore the alpha component in the color display? Yet show it in the tooltip.
+// 'desc_id' is not called 'label' because we don't display it next to the button, but only in the tooltip.
+bool ImGui::ColorButton(const char* desc_id, const ImVec4& col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags, ImVec2 size)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return false;
+
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(desc_id);
+ float default_size = GetFrameHeight();
+ if (size.x == 0.0f)
+ size.x = default_size;
+ if (size.y == 0.0f)
+ size.y = default_size;
+ const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size);
+ ItemSize(bb, (size.y >= default_size) ? g.Style.FramePadding.y : 0.0f);
+ if (!ItemAdd(bb, id))
+ return false;
+
+ bool hovered, held;
+ bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held);
+
+ if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha)
+ flags &= ~(ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf);
+
+ ImVec4 col_without_alpha(col.x, col.y, col.z, 1.0f);
+ float grid_step = ImMin(size.x, size.y) / 2.99f;
+ float rounding = ImMin(g.Style.FrameRounding, grid_step * 0.5f);
+ ImRect bb_inner = bb;
+ float off = -0.75f; // The border (using Col_FrameBg) tends to look off when color is near-opaque and rounding is enabled. This offset seemed like a good middle ground to reduce those artifacts.
+ bb_inner.Expand(off);
+ if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf) && col.w < 1.0f)
+ {
+ float mid_x = (float)(int)((bb_inner.Min.x + bb_inner.Max.x) * 0.5f + 0.5f);
+ RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(ImVec2(bb_inner.Min.x + grid_step, bb_inner.Min.y), bb_inner.Max, GetColorU32(col), grid_step, ImVec2(-grid_step + off, off), rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight| ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight);
+ window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb_inner.Min, ImVec2(mid_x, bb_inner.Max.y), GetColorU32(col_without_alpha), rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft|ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // Because GetColorU32() multiplies by the global style Alpha and we don't want to display a checkerboard if the source code had no alpha
+ ImVec4 col_source = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview) ? col : col_without_alpha;
+ if (col_source.w < 1.0f)
+ RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(bb_inner.Min, bb_inner.Max, GetColorU32(col_source), grid_step, ImVec2(off, off), rounding);
+ else
+ window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb_inner.Min, bb_inner.Max, GetColorU32(col_source), rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_All);
+ }
+ RenderNavHighlight(bb, id);
+ if (g.Style.FrameBorderSize > 0.0f)
+ RenderFrameBorder(bb.Min, bb.Max, rounding);
+ else
+ window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_FrameBg), rounding); // Color button are often in need of some sort of border
+
+ // Drag and Drop Source
+ // NB: The ActiveId test is merely an optional micro-optimization, BeginDragDropSource() does the same test.
+ if (g.ActiveId == id && !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop) && BeginDragDropSource())
+ {
+ if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha)
+ SetDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_3F, &col, sizeof(float) * 3, ImGuiCond_Once);
+ else
+ SetDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_4F, &col, sizeof(float) * 4, ImGuiCond_Once);
+ ColorButton(desc_id, col, flags);
+ SameLine();
+ TextUnformatted("Color");
+ EndDragDropSource();
+ }
+
+ // Tooltip
+ if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip) && hovered)
+ ColorTooltip(desc_id, &col.x, flags & (ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf));
+
+ if (pressed)
+ MarkItemValueChanged(id);
+
+ return pressed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::ColorEdit3(const char* label, float col[3], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags)
+{
+ return ColorEdit4(label, col, flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha);
+}
+
+void ImGui::ColorEditOptionsPopup(const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags)
+{
+ bool allow_opt_inputs = !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask);
+ bool allow_opt_datatype = !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask);
+ if ((!allow_opt_inputs && !allow_opt_datatype) || !BeginPopup("context"))
+ return;
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiColorEditFlags opts = g.ColorEditOptions;
+ if (allow_opt_inputs)
+ {
+ if (RadioButton("RGB", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB;
+ if (RadioButton("HSV", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV;
+ if (RadioButton("HEX", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_HEX) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HEX;
+ }
+ if (allow_opt_datatype)
+ {
+ if (allow_opt_inputs) Separator();
+ if (RadioButton("0..255", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8;
+ if (RadioButton("0.00..1.00", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float;
+ }
+
+ if (allow_opt_inputs || allow_opt_datatype)
+ Separator();
+ if (Button("Copy as..", ImVec2(-1,0)))
+ OpenPopup("Copy");
+ if (BeginPopup("Copy"))
+ {
+ int cr = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[0]), cg = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[1]), cb = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[2]), ca = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 255 : IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[3]);
+ char buf[64];
+ ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "(%.3ff, %.3ff, %.3ff, %.3ff)", col[0], col[1], col[2], (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 1.0f : col[3]);
+ if (Selectable(buf))
+ SetClipboardText(buf);
+ ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "(%d,%d,%d,%d)", cr, cg, cb, ca);
+ if (Selectable(buf))
+ SetClipboardText(buf);
+ if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha)
+ ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "0x%02X%02X%02X", cr, cg, cb);
+ else
+ ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "0x%02X%02X%02X%02X", cr, cg, cb, ca);
+ if (Selectable(buf))
+ SetClipboardText(buf);
+ EndPopup();
+ }
+
+ g.ColorEditOptions = opts;
+ EndPopup();
+}
+
+static void ColorPickerOptionsPopup(ImGuiColorEditFlags flags, const float* ref_col)
+{
+ bool allow_opt_picker = !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask);
+ bool allow_opt_alpha_bar = !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) && !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar);
+ if ((!allow_opt_picker && !allow_opt_alpha_bar) || !ImGui::BeginPopup("context"))
+ return;
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ if (allow_opt_picker)
+ {
+ ImVec2 picker_size(g.FontSize * 8, ImMax(g.FontSize * 8 - (ImGui::GetFrameHeight() + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x), 1.0f)); // FIXME: Picker size copied from main picker function
+ ImGui::PushItemWidth(picker_size.x);
+ for (int picker_type = 0; picker_type < 2; picker_type++)
+ {
+ // Draw small/thumbnail version of each picker type (over an invisible button for selection)
+ if (picker_type > 0) ImGui::Separator();
+ ImGui::PushID(picker_type);
+ ImGuiColorEditFlags picker_flags = ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs|ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions|ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel|ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview|(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha);
+ if (picker_type == 0) picker_flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar;
+ if (picker_type == 1) picker_flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel;
+ ImVec2 backup_pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos();
+ if (ImGui::Selectable("##selectable", false, 0, picker_size)) // By default, Selectable() is closing popup
+ g.ColorEditOptions = (g.ColorEditOptions & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask) | (picker_flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask);
+ ImGui::SetCursorScreenPos(backup_pos);
+ ImVec4 dummy_ref_col;
+ memcpy(&dummy_ref_col.x, ref_col, sizeof(float) * (picker_flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha ? 3 : 4));
+ ImGui::ColorPicker4("##dummypicker", &dummy_ref_col.x, picker_flags);
+ ImGui::PopID();
+ }
+ ImGui::PopItemWidth();
+ }
+ if (allow_opt_alpha_bar)
+ {
+ if (allow_opt_picker) ImGui::Separator();
+ ImGui::CheckboxFlags("Alpha Bar", (unsigned int*)&g.ColorEditOptions, ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar);
+ }
+ ImGui::EndPopup();
+}
+
+// Edit colors components (each component in 0.0f..1.0f range).
+// See enum ImGuiColorEditFlags_ for available options. e.g. Only access 3 floats if ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha flag is set.
+// With typical options: Left-click on colored square to open color picker. Right-click to open option menu. CTRL-Click over input fields to edit them and TAB to go to next item.
+bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return false;
+
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+ const float square_sz = GetFrameHeight();
+ const float w_extra = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview) ? 0.0f : (square_sz + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+ const float w_items_all = CalcItemWidth() - w_extra;
+ const char* label_display_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label);
+
+ BeginGroup();
+ PushID(label);
+
+ // If we're not showing any slider there's no point in doing any HSV conversions
+ const ImGuiColorEditFlags flags_untouched = flags;
+ if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs)
+ flags = (flags & (~ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask)) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions;
+
+ // Context menu: display and modify options (before defaults are applied)
+ if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions))
+ ColorEditOptionsPopup(col, flags);
+
+ // Read stored options
+ if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask))
+ flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask);
+ if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask))
+ flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask);
+ if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask))
+ flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask);
+ flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ~(ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask));
+
+ const bool alpha = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) == 0;
+ const bool hdr = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR) != 0;
+ const int components = alpha ? 4 : 3;
+
+ // Convert to the formats we need
+ float f[4] = { col[0], col[1], col[2], alpha ? col[3] : 1.0f };
+ if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV)
+ ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(f[0], f[1], f[2], f[0], f[1], f[2]);
+ int i[4] = { IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(f[0]), IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(f[1]), IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(f[2]), IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(f[3]) };
+
+ bool value_changed = false;
+ bool value_changed_as_float = false;
+
+ if ((flags & (ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV)) != 0 && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs) == 0)
+ {
+ // RGB/HSV 0..255 Sliders
+ const float w_item_one = ImMax(1.0f, (float)(int)((w_items_all - (style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components-1)) / (float)components));
+ const float w_item_last = ImMax(1.0f, (float)(int)(w_items_all - (w_item_one + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components-1)));
+
+ const bool hide_prefix = (w_item_one <= CalcTextSize((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float) ? "M:0.000" : "M:000").x);
+ const char* ids[4] = { "##X", "##Y", "##Z", "##W" };
+ const char* fmt_table_int[3][4] =
+ {
+ { "%3d", "%3d", "%3d", "%3d" }, // Short display
+ { "R:%3d", "G:%3d", "B:%3d", "A:%3d" }, // Long display for RGBA
+ { "H:%3d", "S:%3d", "V:%3d", "A:%3d" } // Long display for HSVA
+ };
+ const char* fmt_table_float[3][4] =
+ {
+ { "%0.3f", "%0.3f", "%0.3f", "%0.3f" }, // Short display
+ { "R:%0.3f", "G:%0.3f", "B:%0.3f", "A:%0.3f" }, // Long display for RGBA
+ { "H:%0.3f", "S:%0.3f", "V:%0.3f", "A:%0.3f" } // Long display for HSVA
+ };
+ const int fmt_idx = hide_prefix ? 0 : (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV) ? 2 : 1;
+
+ PushItemWidth(w_item_one);
+ for (int n = 0; n < components; n++)
+ {
+ if (n > 0)
+ SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+ if (n + 1 == components)
+ PushItemWidth(w_item_last);
+ if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float)
+ value_changed = value_changed_as_float = value_changed | DragFloat(ids[n], &f[n], 1.0f/255.0f, 0.0f, hdr ? 0.0f : 1.0f, fmt_table_float[fmt_idx][n]);
+ else
+ value_changed |= DragInt(ids[n], &i[n], 1.0f, 0, hdr ? 0 : 255, fmt_table_int[fmt_idx][n]);
+ if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions))
+ OpenPopupOnItemClick("context");
+ }
+ PopItemWidth();
+ PopItemWidth();
+ }
+ else if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_HEX) != 0 && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs) == 0)
+ {
+ // RGB Hexadecimal Input
+ char buf[64];
+ if (alpha)
+ ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "#%02X%02X%02X%02X", ImClamp(i[0],0,255), ImClamp(i[1],0,255), ImClamp(i[2],0,255), ImClamp(i[3],0,255));
+ else
+ ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "#%02X%02X%02X", ImClamp(i[0],0,255), ImClamp(i[1],0,255), ImClamp(i[2],0,255));
+ PushItemWidth(w_items_all);
+ if (InputText("##Text", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase))
+ {
+ value_changed = true;
+ char* p = buf;
+ while (*p == '#' || ImCharIsBlankA(*p))
+ p++;
+ i[0] = i[1] = i[2] = i[3] = 0;
+ if (alpha)
+ sscanf(p, "%02X%02X%02X%02X", (unsigned int*)&i[0], (unsigned int*)&i[1], (unsigned int*)&i[2], (unsigned int*)&i[3]); // Treat at unsigned (%X is unsigned)
+ else
+ sscanf(p, "%02X%02X%02X", (unsigned int*)&i[0], (unsigned int*)&i[1], (unsigned int*)&i[2]);
+ }
+ if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions))
+ OpenPopupOnItemClick("context");
+ PopItemWidth();
+ }
+
+ ImGuiWindow* picker_active_window = NULL;
+ if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview))
+ {
+ if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs))
+ SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+
+ const ImVec4 col_v4(col[0], col[1], col[2], alpha ? col[3] : 1.0f);
+ if (ColorButton("##ColorButton", col_v4, flags))
+ {
+ if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoPicker))
+ {
+ // Store current color and open a picker
+ g.ColorPickerRef = col_v4;
+ OpenPopup("picker");
+ SetNextWindowPos(window->DC.LastItemRect.GetBL() + ImVec2(-1,style.ItemSpacing.y));
+ }
+ }
+ if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions))
+ OpenPopupOnItemClick("context");
+
+ if (BeginPopup("picker"))
+ {
+ picker_active_window = g.CurrentWindow;
+ if (label != label_display_end)
+ {
+ TextUnformatted(label, label_display_end);
+ Separator();
+ }
+ ImGuiColorEditFlags picker_flags_to_forward = ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar;
+ ImGuiColorEditFlags picker_flags = (flags_untouched & picker_flags_to_forward) | ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf;
+ PushItemWidth(square_sz * 12.0f); // Use 256 + bar sizes?
+ value_changed |= ColorPicker4("##picker", col, picker_flags, &g.ColorPickerRef.x);
+ PopItemWidth();
+ EndPopup();
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (label != label_display_end && !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel))
+ {
+ SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+ TextUnformatted(label, label_display_end);
+ }
+
+ // Convert back
+ if (picker_active_window == NULL)
+ {
+ if (!value_changed_as_float)
+ for (int n = 0; n < 4; n++)
+ f[n] = i[n] / 255.0f;
+ if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV)
+ ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(f[0], f[1], f[2], f[0], f[1], f[2]);
+ if (value_changed)
+ {
+ col[0] = f[0];
+ col[1] = f[1];
+ col[2] = f[2];
+ if (alpha)
+ col[3] = f[3];
+ }
+ }
+
+ PopID();
+ EndGroup();
+
+ // Drag and Drop Target
+ // NB: The flag test is merely an optional micro-optimization, BeginDragDropTarget() does the same test.
+ if ((window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect) && !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop) && BeginDragDropTarget())
+ {
+ if (const ImGuiPayload* payload = AcceptDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_3F))
+ {
+ memcpy((float*)col, payload->Data, sizeof(float) * 3);
+ value_changed = true;
+ }
+ if (const ImGuiPayload* payload = AcceptDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_4F))
+ {
+ memcpy((float*)col, payload->Data, sizeof(float) * components);
+ value_changed = true;
+ }
+ EndDragDropTarget();
+ }
+
+ // When picker is being actively used, use its active id so IsItemActive() will function on ColorEdit4().
+ if (picker_active_window && g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveIdWindow == picker_active_window)
+ window->DC.LastItemId = g.ActiveId;
+
+ if (value_changed)
+ MarkItemValueChanged(window->DC.LastItemId);
+
+ return value_changed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::ColorPicker3(const char* label, float col[3], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags)
+{
+ float col4[4] = { col[0], col[1], col[2], 1.0f };
+ if (!ColorPicker4(label, col4, flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha))
+ return false;
+ col[0] = col4[0]; col[1] = col4[1]; col[2] = col4[2];
+ return true;
+}
+
+static void RenderArrowsForVerticalBar(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImVec2 half_sz, float bar_w)
+{
+ ImGui::RenderArrowPointingAt(draw_list, ImVec2(pos.x + half_sz.x + 1, pos.y), ImVec2(half_sz.x + 2, half_sz.y + 1), ImGuiDir_Right, IM_COL32_BLACK);
+ ImGui::RenderArrowPointingAt(draw_list, ImVec2(pos.x + half_sz.x, pos.y), half_sz, ImGuiDir_Right, IM_COL32_WHITE);
+ ImGui::RenderArrowPointingAt(draw_list, ImVec2(pos.x + bar_w - half_sz.x - 1, pos.y), ImVec2(half_sz.x + 2, half_sz.y + 1), ImGuiDir_Left, IM_COL32_BLACK);
+ ImGui::RenderArrowPointingAt(draw_list, ImVec2(pos.x + bar_w - half_sz.x, pos.y), half_sz, ImGuiDir_Left, IM_COL32_WHITE);
+}
+
+// ColorPicker
+// Note: only access 3 floats if ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha flag is set.
+// FIXME: we adjust the big color square height based on item width, which may cause a flickering feedback loop (if automatic height makes a vertical scrollbar appears, affecting automatic width..)
+bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags, const float* ref_col)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ ImDrawList* draw_list = window->DrawList;
+
+ ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+ ImGuiIO& io = g.IO;
+
+ PushID(label);
+ BeginGroup();
+
+ if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview))
+ flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview;
+
+ // Context menu: display and store options.
+ if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions))
+ ColorPickerOptionsPopup(flags, col);
+
+ // Read stored options
+ if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask))
+ flags |= ((g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask) ? g.ColorEditOptions : ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault) & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask;
+ IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo((int)(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask))); // Check that only 1 is selected
+ if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions))
+ flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar);
+
+ // Setup
+ int components = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 3 : 4;
+ bool alpha_bar = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar) && !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha);
+ ImVec2 picker_pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+ float square_sz = GetFrameHeight();
+ float bars_width = square_sz; // Arbitrary smallish width of Hue/Alpha picking bars
+ float sv_picker_size = ImMax(bars_width * 1, CalcItemWidth() - (alpha_bar ? 2 : 1) * (bars_width + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x)); // Saturation/Value picking box
+ float bar0_pos_x = picker_pos.x + sv_picker_size + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x;
+ float bar1_pos_x = bar0_pos_x + bars_width + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x;
+ float bars_triangles_half_sz = (float)(int)(bars_width * 0.20f);
+
+ float backup_initial_col[4];
+ memcpy(backup_initial_col, col, components * sizeof(float));
+
+ float wheel_thickness = sv_picker_size * 0.08f;
+ float wheel_r_outer = sv_picker_size * 0.50f;
+ float wheel_r_inner = wheel_r_outer - wheel_thickness;
+ ImVec2 wheel_center(picker_pos.x + (sv_picker_size + bars_width)*0.5f, picker_pos.y + sv_picker_size*0.5f);
+
+ // Note: the triangle is displayed rotated with triangle_pa pointing to Hue, but most coordinates stays unrotated for logic.
+ float triangle_r = wheel_r_inner - (int)(sv_picker_size * 0.027f);
+ ImVec2 triangle_pa = ImVec2(triangle_r, 0.0f); // Hue point.
+ ImVec2 triangle_pb = ImVec2(triangle_r * -0.5f, triangle_r * -0.866025f); // Black point.
+ ImVec2 triangle_pc = ImVec2(triangle_r * -0.5f, triangle_r * +0.866025f); // White point.
+
+ float H,S,V;
+ ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(col[0], col[1], col[2], H, S, V);
+
+ bool value_changed = false, value_changed_h = false, value_changed_sv = false;
+
+ PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav, true);
+ if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel)
+ {
+ // Hue wheel + SV triangle logic
+ InvisibleButton("hsv", ImVec2(sv_picker_size + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + bars_width, sv_picker_size));
+ if (IsItemActive())
+ {
+ ImVec2 initial_off = g.IO.MouseClickedPos[0] - wheel_center;
+ ImVec2 current_off = g.IO.MousePos - wheel_center;
+ float initial_dist2 = ImLengthSqr(initial_off);
+ if (initial_dist2 >= (wheel_r_inner-1)*(wheel_r_inner-1) && initial_dist2 <= (wheel_r_outer+1)*(wheel_r_outer+1))
+ {
+ // Interactive with Hue wheel
+ H = ImAtan2(current_off.y, current_off.x) / IM_PI*0.5f;
+ if (H < 0.0f)
+ H += 1.0f;
+ value_changed = value_changed_h = true;
+ }
+ float cos_hue_angle = ImCos(-H * 2.0f * IM_PI);
+ float sin_hue_angle = ImSin(-H * 2.0f * IM_PI);
+ if (ImTriangleContainsPoint(triangle_pa, triangle_pb, triangle_pc, ImRotate(initial_off, cos_hue_angle, sin_hue_angle)))
+ {
+ // Interacting with SV triangle
+ ImVec2 current_off_unrotated = ImRotate(current_off, cos_hue_angle, sin_hue_angle);
+ if (!ImTriangleContainsPoint(triangle_pa, triangle_pb, triangle_pc, current_off_unrotated))
+ current_off_unrotated = ImTriangleClosestPoint(triangle_pa, triangle_pb, triangle_pc, current_off_unrotated);
+ float uu, vv, ww;
+ ImTriangleBarycentricCoords(triangle_pa, triangle_pb, triangle_pc, current_off_unrotated, uu, vv, ww);
+ V = ImClamp(1.0f - vv, 0.0001f, 1.0f);
+ S = ImClamp(uu / V, 0.0001f, 1.0f);
+ value_changed = value_changed_sv = true;
+ }
+ }
+ if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions))
+ OpenPopupOnItemClick("context");
+ }
+ else if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar)
+ {
+ // SV rectangle logic
+ InvisibleButton("sv", ImVec2(sv_picker_size, sv_picker_size));
+ if (IsItemActive())
+ {
+ S = ImSaturate((io.MousePos.x - picker_pos.x) / (sv_picker_size-1));
+ V = 1.0f - ImSaturate((io.MousePos.y - picker_pos.y) / (sv_picker_size-1));
+ value_changed = value_changed_sv = true;
+ }
+ if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions))
+ OpenPopupOnItemClick("context");
+
+ // Hue bar logic
+ SetCursorScreenPos(ImVec2(bar0_pos_x, picker_pos.y));
+ InvisibleButton("hue", ImVec2(bars_width, sv_picker_size));
+ if (IsItemActive())
+ {
+ H = ImSaturate((io.MousePos.y - picker_pos.y) / (sv_picker_size-1));
+ value_changed = value_changed_h = true;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Alpha bar logic
+ if (alpha_bar)
+ {
+ SetCursorScreenPos(ImVec2(bar1_pos_x, picker_pos.y));
+ InvisibleButton("alpha", ImVec2(bars_width, sv_picker_size));
+ if (IsItemActive())
+ {
+ col[3] = 1.0f - ImSaturate((io.MousePos.y - picker_pos.y) / (sv_picker_size-1));
+ value_changed = true;
+ }
+ }
+ PopItemFlag(); // ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav
+
+ if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview))
+ {
+ SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+ BeginGroup();
+ }
+
+ if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel))
+ {
+ const char* label_display_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label);
+ if (label != label_display_end)
+ {
+ if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview))
+ SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+ TextUnformatted(label, label_display_end);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview))
+ {
+ PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus, true);
+ ImVec4 col_v4(col[0], col[1], col[2], (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 1.0f : col[3]);
+ if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel))
+ Text("Current");
+ ColorButton("##current", col_v4, (flags & (ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR|ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview|ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf|ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip)), ImVec2(square_sz * 3, square_sz * 2));
+ if (ref_col != NULL)
+ {
+ Text("Original");
+ ImVec4 ref_col_v4(ref_col[0], ref_col[1], ref_col[2], (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 1.0f : ref_col[3]);
+ if (ColorButton("##original", ref_col_v4, (flags & (ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR|ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview|ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf|ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip)), ImVec2(square_sz * 3, square_sz * 2)))
+ {
+ memcpy(col, ref_col, components * sizeof(float));
+ value_changed = true;
+ }
+ }
+ PopItemFlag();
+ EndGroup();
+ }
+
+ // Convert back color to RGB
+ if (value_changed_h || value_changed_sv)
+ ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(H >= 1.0f ? H - 10 * 1e-6f : H, S > 0.0f ? S : 10*1e-6f, V > 0.0f ? V : 1e-6f, col[0], col[1], col[2]);
+
+ // R,G,B and H,S,V slider color editor
+ if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs) == 0)
+ {
+ PushItemWidth((alpha_bar ? bar1_pos_x : bar0_pos_x) + bars_width - picker_pos.x);
+ ImGuiColorEditFlags sub_flags_to_forward = ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf;
+ ImGuiColorEditFlags sub_flags = (flags & sub_flags_to_forward) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoPicker;
+ if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB || (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask) == 0)
+ value_changed |= ColorEdit4("##rgb", col, sub_flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB);
+ if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV || (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask) == 0)
+ value_changed |= ColorEdit4("##hsv", col, sub_flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV);
+ if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_HEX || (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask) == 0)
+ value_changed |= ColorEdit4("##hex", col, sub_flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HEX);
+ PopItemWidth();
+ }
+
+ // Try to cancel hue wrap (after ColorEdit), if any
+ if (value_changed)
+ {
+ float new_H, new_S, new_V;
+ ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(col[0], col[1], col[2], new_H, new_S, new_V);
+ if (new_H <= 0 && H > 0)
+ {
+ if (new_V <= 0 && V != new_V)
+ ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(H, S, new_V <= 0 ? V * 0.5f : new_V, col[0], col[1], col[2]);
+ else if (new_S <= 0)
+ ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(H, new_S <= 0 ? S * 0.5f : new_S, new_V, col[0], col[1], col[2]);
+ }
+ }
+
+ ImVec4 hue_color_f(1, 1, 1, 1); ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(H, 1, 1, hue_color_f.x, hue_color_f.y, hue_color_f.z);
+ ImU32 hue_color32 = ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(hue_color_f);
+ ImU32 col32_no_alpha = ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(ImVec4(col[0], col[1], col[2], 1.0f));
+
+ const ImU32 hue_colors[6+1] = { IM_COL32(255,0,0,255), IM_COL32(255,255,0,255), IM_COL32(0,255,0,255), IM_COL32(0,255,255,255), IM_COL32(0,0,255,255), IM_COL32(255,0,255,255), IM_COL32(255,0,0,255) };
+ ImVec2 sv_cursor_pos;
+
+ if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel)
+ {
+ // Render Hue Wheel
+ const float aeps = 1.5f / wheel_r_outer; // Half a pixel arc length in radians (2pi cancels out).
+ const int segment_per_arc = ImMax(4, (int)wheel_r_outer / 12);
+ for (int n = 0; n < 6; n++)
+ {
+ const float a0 = (n) /6.0f * 2.0f * IM_PI - aeps;
+ const float a1 = (n+1.0f)/6.0f * 2.0f * IM_PI + aeps;
+ const int vert_start_idx = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size;
+ draw_list->PathArcTo(wheel_center, (wheel_r_inner + wheel_r_outer)*0.5f, a0, a1, segment_per_arc);
+ draw_list->PathStroke(IM_COL32_WHITE, false, wheel_thickness);
+ const int vert_end_idx = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size;
+
+ // Paint colors over existing vertices
+ ImVec2 gradient_p0(wheel_center.x + ImCos(a0) * wheel_r_inner, wheel_center.y + ImSin(a0) * wheel_r_inner);
+ ImVec2 gradient_p1(wheel_center.x + ImCos(a1) * wheel_r_inner, wheel_center.y + ImSin(a1) * wheel_r_inner);
+ ShadeVertsLinearColorGradientKeepAlpha(draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + vert_start_idx, draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + vert_end_idx, gradient_p0, gradient_p1, hue_colors[n], hue_colors[n+1]);
+ }
+
+ // Render Cursor + preview on Hue Wheel
+ float cos_hue_angle = ImCos(H * 2.0f * IM_PI);
+ float sin_hue_angle = ImSin(H * 2.0f * IM_PI);
+ ImVec2 hue_cursor_pos(wheel_center.x + cos_hue_angle * (wheel_r_inner+wheel_r_outer)*0.5f, wheel_center.y + sin_hue_angle * (wheel_r_inner+wheel_r_outer)*0.5f);
+ float hue_cursor_rad = value_changed_h ? wheel_thickness * 0.65f : wheel_thickness * 0.55f;
+ int hue_cursor_segments = ImClamp((int)(hue_cursor_rad / 1.4f), 9, 32);
+ draw_list->AddCircleFilled(hue_cursor_pos, hue_cursor_rad, hue_color32, hue_cursor_segments);
+ draw_list->AddCircle(hue_cursor_pos, hue_cursor_rad+1, IM_COL32(128,128,128,255), hue_cursor_segments);
+ draw_list->AddCircle(hue_cursor_pos, hue_cursor_rad, IM_COL32_WHITE, hue_cursor_segments);
+
+ // Render SV triangle (rotated according to hue)
+ ImVec2 tra = wheel_center + ImRotate(triangle_pa, cos_hue_angle, sin_hue_angle);
+ ImVec2 trb = wheel_center + ImRotate(triangle_pb, cos_hue_angle, sin_hue_angle);
+ ImVec2 trc = wheel_center + ImRotate(triangle_pc, cos_hue_angle, sin_hue_angle);
+ ImVec2 uv_white = GetFontTexUvWhitePixel();
+ draw_list->PrimReserve(6, 6);
+ draw_list->PrimVtx(tra, uv_white, hue_color32);
+ draw_list->PrimVtx(trb, uv_white, hue_color32);
+ draw_list->PrimVtx(trc, uv_white, IM_COL32_WHITE);
+ draw_list->PrimVtx(tra, uv_white, IM_COL32_BLACK_TRANS);
+ draw_list->PrimVtx(trb, uv_white, IM_COL32_BLACK);
+ draw_list->PrimVtx(trc, uv_white, IM_COL32_BLACK_TRANS);
+ draw_list->AddTriangle(tra, trb, trc, IM_COL32(128,128,128,255), 1.5f);
+ sv_cursor_pos = ImLerp(ImLerp(trc, tra, ImSaturate(S)), trb, ImSaturate(1 - V));
+ }
+ else if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar)
+ {
+ // Render SV Square
+ draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(picker_pos, picker_pos + ImVec2(sv_picker_size,sv_picker_size), IM_COL32_WHITE, hue_color32, hue_color32, IM_COL32_WHITE);
+ draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(picker_pos, picker_pos + ImVec2(sv_picker_size,sv_picker_size), IM_COL32_BLACK_TRANS, IM_COL32_BLACK_TRANS, IM_COL32_BLACK, IM_COL32_BLACK);
+ RenderFrameBorder(picker_pos, picker_pos + ImVec2(sv_picker_size,sv_picker_size), 0.0f);
+ sv_cursor_pos.x = ImClamp((float)(int)(picker_pos.x + ImSaturate(S) * sv_picker_size + 0.5f), picker_pos.x + 2, picker_pos.x + sv_picker_size - 2); // Sneakily prevent the circle to stick out too much
+ sv_cursor_pos.y = ImClamp((float)(int)(picker_pos.y + ImSaturate(1 - V) * sv_picker_size + 0.5f), picker_pos.y + 2, picker_pos.y + sv_picker_size - 2);
+
+ // Render Hue Bar
+ for (int i = 0; i < 6; ++i)
+ draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(ImVec2(bar0_pos_x, picker_pos.y + i * (sv_picker_size / 6)), ImVec2(bar0_pos_x + bars_width, picker_pos.y + (i + 1) * (sv_picker_size / 6)), hue_colors[i], hue_colors[i], hue_colors[i + 1], hue_colors[i + 1]);
+ float bar0_line_y = (float)(int)(picker_pos.y + H * sv_picker_size + 0.5f);
+ RenderFrameBorder(ImVec2(bar0_pos_x, picker_pos.y), ImVec2(bar0_pos_x + bars_width, picker_pos.y + sv_picker_size), 0.0f);
+ RenderArrowsForVerticalBar(draw_list, ImVec2(bar0_pos_x - 1, bar0_line_y), ImVec2(bars_triangles_half_sz + 1, bars_triangles_half_sz), bars_width + 2.0f);
+ }
+
+ // Render cursor/preview circle (clamp S/V within 0..1 range because floating points colors may lead HSV values to be out of range)
+ float sv_cursor_rad = value_changed_sv ? 10.0f : 6.0f;
+ draw_list->AddCircleFilled(sv_cursor_pos, sv_cursor_rad, col32_no_alpha, 12);
+ draw_list->AddCircle(sv_cursor_pos, sv_cursor_rad+1, IM_COL32(128,128,128,255), 12);
+ draw_list->AddCircle(sv_cursor_pos, sv_cursor_rad, IM_COL32_WHITE, 12);
+
+ // Render alpha bar
+ if (alpha_bar)
+ {
+ float alpha = ImSaturate(col[3]);
+ ImRect bar1_bb(bar1_pos_x, picker_pos.y, bar1_pos_x + bars_width, picker_pos.y + sv_picker_size);
+ RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(bar1_bb.Min, bar1_bb.Max, IM_COL32(0,0,0,0), bar1_bb.GetWidth() / 2.0f, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f));
+ draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(bar1_bb.Min, bar1_bb.Max, col32_no_alpha, col32_no_alpha, col32_no_alpha & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK, col32_no_alpha & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK);
+ float bar1_line_y = (float)(int)(picker_pos.y + (1.0f - alpha) * sv_picker_size + 0.5f);
+ RenderFrameBorder(bar1_bb.Min, bar1_bb.Max, 0.0f);
+ RenderArrowsForVerticalBar(draw_list, ImVec2(bar1_pos_x - 1, bar1_line_y), ImVec2(bars_triangles_half_sz + 1, bars_triangles_half_sz), bars_width + 2.0f);
+ }
+
+ EndGroup();
+
+ if (value_changed && memcmp(backup_initial_col, col, components * sizeof(float)) == 0)
+ value_changed = false;
+ if (value_changed)
+ MarkItemValueChanged(window->DC.LastItemId);
+
+ PopID();
+
+ return value_changed;
+}
+
+// Horizontal/vertical separating line
+void ImGui::Separator()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return;
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+
+ // Those flags should eventually be overridable by the user
+ ImGuiSeparatorFlags flags = (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal) ? ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical : ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Horizontal;
+ IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo((int)(flags & (ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Horizontal | ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical)))); // Check that only 1 option is selected
+ if (flags & ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical)
+ {
+ VerticalSeparator();
+ return;
+ }
+
+ // Horizontal Separator
+ if (window->DC.ColumnsSet)
+ PopClipRect();
+
+ float x1 = window->Pos.x;
+ float x2 = window->Pos.x + window->Size.x;
+ if (!window->DC.GroupStack.empty())
+ x1 += window->DC.IndentX;
+
+ const ImRect bb(ImVec2(x1, window->DC.CursorPos.y), ImVec2(x2, window->DC.CursorPos.y+1.0f));
+ ItemSize(ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f)); // NB: we don't provide our width so that it doesn't get feed back into AutoFit, we don't provide height to not alter layout.
+ if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0))
+ {
+ if (window->DC.ColumnsSet)
+ PushColumnClipRect();
+ return;
+ }
+
+ window->DrawList->AddLine(bb.Min, ImVec2(bb.Max.x,bb.Min.y), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Separator));
+
+ if (g.LogEnabled)
+ LogRenderedText(NULL, IM_NEWLINE "--------------------------------");
+
+ if (window->DC.ColumnsSet)
+ {
+ PushColumnClipRect();
+ window->DC.ColumnsSet->LineMinY = window->DC.CursorPos.y;
+ }
+}
+
+void ImGui::VerticalSeparator()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return;
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+
+ float y1 = window->DC.CursorPos.y;
+ float y2 = window->DC.CursorPos.y + window->DC.CurrentLineHeight;
+ const ImRect bb(ImVec2(window->DC.CursorPos.x, y1), ImVec2(window->DC.CursorPos.x + 1.0f, y2));
+ ItemSize(ImVec2(bb.GetWidth(), 0.0f));
+ if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0))
+ return;
+
+ window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(bb.Min.x, bb.Min.y), ImVec2(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.y), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Separator));
+ if (g.LogEnabled)
+ LogText(" |");
+}
+
+// Using 'hover_visibility_delay' allows us to hide the highlight and mouse cursor for a short time, which can be convenient to reduce visual noise.
+bool ImGui::SplitterBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, float* size1, float* size2, float min_size1, float min_size2, float hover_extend, float hover_visibility_delay)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+
+ const ImGuiItemFlags item_flags_backup = window->DC.ItemFlags;
+ window->DC.ItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav | ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus;
+ bool item_add = ItemAdd(bb, id);
+ window->DC.ItemFlags = item_flags_backup;
+ if (!item_add)
+ return false;
+
+ bool hovered, held;
+ ImRect bb_interact = bb;
+ bb_interact.Expand(axis == ImGuiAxis_Y ? ImVec2(0.0f, hover_extend) : ImVec2(hover_extend, 0.0f));
+ ButtonBehavior(bb_interact, id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren | ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap);
+ if (g.ActiveId != id)
+ SetItemAllowOverlap();
+
+ if (held || (g.HoveredId == id && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame == id && g.HoveredIdTimer >= hover_visibility_delay))
+ SetMouseCursor(axis == ImGuiAxis_Y ? ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS : ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW);
+
+ ImRect bb_render = bb;
+ if (held)
+ {
+ ImVec2 mouse_delta_2d = g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset - bb_interact.Min;
+ float mouse_delta = (axis == ImGuiAxis_Y) ? mouse_delta_2d.y : mouse_delta_2d.x;
+
+ // Minimum pane size
+ if (mouse_delta < min_size1 - *size1)
+ mouse_delta = min_size1 - *size1;
+ if (mouse_delta > *size2 - min_size2)
+ mouse_delta = *size2 - min_size2;
+
+ // Apply resize
+ *size1 += mouse_delta;
+ *size2 -= mouse_delta;
+ bb_render.Translate((axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? ImVec2(mouse_delta, 0.0f) : ImVec2(0.0f, mouse_delta));
+
+ MarkItemValueChanged(id);
+ }
+
+ // Render
+ const ImU32 col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive : (hovered && g.HoveredIdTimer >= hover_visibility_delay) ? ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered : ImGuiCol_Separator);
+ window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb_render.Min, bb_render.Max, col, g.Style.FrameRounding);
+
+ return held;
+}
+
+void ImGui::Spacing()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return;
+ ItemSize(ImVec2(0,0));
+}
+
+void ImGui::Dummy(const ImVec2& size)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return;
+
+ const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size);
+ ItemSize(bb);
+ ItemAdd(bb, 0);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& size)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+ return window->ClipRect.Overlaps(ImRect(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size));
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+ return window->ClipRect.Overlaps(ImRect(rect_min, rect_max));
+}
+
+// Lock horizontal starting position + capture group bounding box into one "item" (so you can use IsItemHovered() or layout primitives such as SameLine() on whole group, etc.)
+void ImGui::BeginGroup()
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+
+ window->DC.GroupStack.resize(window->DC.GroupStack.Size + 1);
+ ImGuiGroupData& group_data = window->DC.GroupStack.back();
+ group_data.BackupCursorPos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+ group_data.BackupCursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos;
+ group_data.BackupIndentX = window->DC.IndentX;
+ group_data.BackupGroupOffsetX = window->DC.GroupOffsetX;
+ group_data.BackupCurrentLineHeight = window->DC.CurrentLineHeight;
+ group_data.BackupCurrentLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset;
+ group_data.BackupLogLinePosY = window->DC.LogLinePosY;
+ group_data.BackupActiveIdIsAlive = g.ActiveIdIsAlive;
+ group_data.BackupActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive = g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive;
+ group_data.AdvanceCursor = true;
+
+ window->DC.GroupOffsetX = window->DC.CursorPos.x - window->Pos.x - window->DC.ColumnsOffsetX;
+ window->DC.IndentX = window->DC.GroupOffsetX;
+ window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+ window->DC.CurrentLineHeight = 0.0f;
+ window->DC.LogLinePosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y - 9999.0f; // To enforce Log carriage return
+}
+
+void ImGui::EndGroup()
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ IM_ASSERT(!window->DC.GroupStack.empty()); // Mismatched BeginGroup()/EndGroup() calls
+
+ ImGuiGroupData& group_data = window->DC.GroupStack.back();
+
+ ImRect group_bb(group_data.BackupCursorPos, window->DC.CursorMaxPos);
+ group_bb.Max = ImMax(group_bb.Min, group_bb.Max);
+
+ window->DC.CursorPos = group_data.BackupCursorPos;
+ window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(group_data.BackupCursorMaxPos, window->DC.CursorMaxPos);
+ window->DC.IndentX = group_data.BackupIndentX;
+ window->DC.GroupOffsetX = group_data.BackupGroupOffsetX;
+ window->DC.CurrentLineHeight = group_data.BackupCurrentLineHeight;
+ window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset = group_data.BackupCurrentLineTextBaseOffset;
+ window->DC.LogLinePosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y - 9999.0f; // To enforce Log carriage return
+
+ if (group_data.AdvanceCursor)
+ {
+ window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset = ImMax(window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset, group_data.BackupCurrentLineTextBaseOffset); // FIXME: Incorrect, we should grab the base offset from the *first line* of the group but it is hard to obtain now.
+ ItemSize(group_bb.GetSize(), group_data.BackupCurrentLineTextBaseOffset);
+ ItemAdd(group_bb, 0);
+ }
+
+ // If the current ActiveId was declared within the boundary of our group, we copy it to LastItemId so IsItemActive(), IsItemDeactivated() etc. will be functional on the entire group.
+ // It would be be neater if we replaced window.DC.LastItemId by e.g. 'bool LastItemIsActive', but put a little more burden on individual widgets.
+ // (and if you grep for LastItemId you'll notice it is only used in that context.
+ if (!group_data.BackupActiveIdIsAlive && g.ActiveIdIsAlive && g.ActiveId) // && g.ActiveIdWindow->RootWindow == window->RootWindow)
+ window->DC.LastItemId = g.ActiveId;
+ else if (!group_data.BackupActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive) // && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameWindow->RootWindow == window->RootWindow)
+ window->DC.LastItemId = g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame;
+ window->DC.LastItemRect = group_bb;
+
+ window->DC.GroupStack.pop_back();
+
+ //window->DrawList->AddRect(group_bb.Min, group_bb.Max, IM_COL32(255,0,255,255)); // [Debug]
+}
+
+// Gets back to previous line and continue with horizontal layout
+// pos_x == 0 : follow right after previous item
+// pos_x != 0 : align to specified x position (relative to window/group left)
+// spacing_w < 0 : use default spacing if pos_x == 0, no spacing if pos_x != 0
+// spacing_w >= 0 : enforce spacing amount
+void ImGui::SameLine(float pos_x, float spacing_w)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return;
+
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ if (pos_x != 0.0f)
+ {
+ if (spacing_w < 0.0f) spacing_w = 0.0f;
+ window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x + pos_x + spacing_w + window->DC.GroupOffsetX + window->DC.ColumnsOffsetX;
+ window->DC.CursorPos.y = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (spacing_w < 0.0f) spacing_w = g.Style.ItemSpacing.x;
+ window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x + spacing_w;
+ window->DC.CursorPos.y = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y;
+ }
+ window->DC.CurrentLineHeight = window->DC.PrevLineHeight;
+ window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset;
+}
+
+void ImGui::NewLine()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return;
+
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ const ImGuiLayoutType backup_layout_type = window->DC.LayoutType;
+ window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical;
+ if (window->DC.CurrentLineHeight > 0.0f) // In the event that we are on a line with items that is smaller that FontSize high, we will preserve its height.
+ ItemSize(ImVec2(0,0));
+ else
+ ItemSize(ImVec2(0.0f, g.FontSize));
+ window->DC.LayoutType = backup_layout_type;
+}
+
+void ImGui::NextColumn()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems || window->DC.ColumnsSet == NULL)
+ return;
+
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ PopItemWidth();
+ PopClipRect();
+
+ ImGuiColumnsSet* columns = window->DC.ColumnsSet;
+ columns->LineMaxY = ImMax(columns->LineMaxY, window->DC.CursorPos.y);
+ if (++columns->Current < columns->Count)
+ {
+ // Columns 1+ cancel out IndentX
+ window->DC.ColumnsOffsetX = GetColumnOffset(columns->Current) - window->DC.IndentX + g.Style.ItemSpacing.x;
+ window->DrawList->ChannelsSetCurrent(columns->Current);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ window->DC.ColumnsOffsetX = 0.0f;
+ window->DrawList->ChannelsSetCurrent(0);
+ columns->Current = 0;
+ columns->LineMinY = columns->LineMaxY;
+ }
+ window->DC.CursorPos.x = (float)(int)(window->Pos.x + window->DC.IndentX + window->DC.ColumnsOffsetX);
+ window->DC.CursorPos.y = columns->LineMinY;
+ window->DC.CurrentLineHeight = 0.0f;
+ window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f;
+
+ PushColumnClipRect();
+ PushItemWidth(GetColumnWidth() * 0.65f); // FIXME: Move on columns setup
+}
+
+int ImGui::GetColumnIndex()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+ return window->DC.ColumnsSet ? window->DC.ColumnsSet->Current : 0;
+}
+
+int ImGui::GetColumnsCount()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+ return window->DC.ColumnsSet ? window->DC.ColumnsSet->Count : 1;
+}
+
+static float OffsetNormToPixels(const ImGuiColumnsSet* columns, float offset_norm)
+{
+ return offset_norm * (columns->MaxX - columns->MinX);
+}
+
+static float PixelsToOffsetNorm(const ImGuiColumnsSet* columns, float offset)
+{
+ return offset / (columns->MaxX - columns->MinX);
+}
+
+static inline float GetColumnsRectHalfWidth() { return 4.0f; }
+
+static float GetDraggedColumnOffset(ImGuiColumnsSet* columns, int column_index)
+{
+ // Active (dragged) column always follow mouse. The reason we need this is that dragging a column to the right edge of an auto-resizing
+ // window creates a feedback loop because we store normalized positions. So while dragging we enforce absolute positioning.
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+ IM_ASSERT(column_index > 0); // We are not supposed to drag column 0.
+ IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveId == columns->ID + ImGuiID(column_index));
+
+ float x = g.IO.MousePos.x - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.x + GetColumnsRectHalfWidth() - window->Pos.x;
+ x = ImMax(x, ImGui::GetColumnOffset(column_index - 1) + g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing);
+ if ((columns->Flags & ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoPreserveWidths))
+ x = ImMin(x, ImGui::GetColumnOffset(column_index + 1) - g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing);
+
+ return x;
+}
+
+float ImGui::GetColumnOffset(int column_index)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+ ImGuiColumnsSet* columns = window->DC.ColumnsSet;
+ IM_ASSERT(columns != NULL);
+
+ if (column_index < 0)
+ column_index = columns->Current;
+ IM_ASSERT(column_index < columns->Columns.Size);
+
+ const float t = columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNorm;
+ const float x_offset = ImLerp(columns->MinX, columns->MaxX, t);
+ return x_offset;
+}
+
+static float GetColumnWidthEx(ImGuiColumnsSet* columns, int column_index, bool before_resize = false)
+{
+ if (column_index < 0)
+ column_index = columns->Current;
+
+ float offset_norm;
+ if (before_resize)
+ offset_norm = columns->Columns[column_index + 1].OffsetNormBeforeResize - columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNormBeforeResize;
+ else
+ offset_norm = columns->Columns[column_index + 1].OffsetNorm - columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNorm;
+ return OffsetNormToPixels(columns, offset_norm);
+}
+
+float ImGui::GetColumnWidth(int column_index)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+ ImGuiColumnsSet* columns = window->DC.ColumnsSet;
+ IM_ASSERT(columns != NULL);
+
+ if (column_index < 0)
+ column_index = columns->Current;
+ return OffsetNormToPixels(columns, columns->Columns[column_index + 1].OffsetNorm - columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNorm);
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetColumnOffset(int column_index, float offset)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+ ImGuiColumnsSet* columns = window->DC.ColumnsSet;
+ IM_ASSERT(columns != NULL);
+
+ if (column_index < 0)
+ column_index = columns->Current;
+ IM_ASSERT(column_index < columns->Columns.Size);
+
+ const bool preserve_width = !(columns->Flags & ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoPreserveWidths) && (column_index < columns->Count-1);
+ const float width = preserve_width ? GetColumnWidthEx(columns, column_index, columns->IsBeingResized) : 0.0f;
+
+ if (!(columns->Flags & ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoForceWithinWindow))
+ offset = ImMin(offset, columns->MaxX - g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing * (columns->Count - column_index));
+ columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNorm = PixelsToOffsetNorm(columns, offset - columns->MinX);
+
+ if (preserve_width)
+ SetColumnOffset(column_index + 1, offset + ImMax(g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing, width));
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetColumnWidth(int column_index, float width)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+ ImGuiColumnsSet* columns = window->DC.ColumnsSet;
+ IM_ASSERT(columns != NULL);
+
+ if (column_index < 0)
+ column_index = columns->Current;
+ SetColumnOffset(column_index + 1, GetColumnOffset(column_index) + width);
+}
+
+void ImGui::PushColumnClipRect(int column_index)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+ ImGuiColumnsSet* columns = window->DC.ColumnsSet;
+ if (column_index < 0)
+ column_index = columns->Current;
+
+ PushClipRect(columns->Columns[column_index].ClipRect.Min, columns->Columns[column_index].ClipRect.Max, false);
+}
+
+static ImGuiColumnsSet* FindOrAddColumnsSet(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id)
+{
+ for (int n = 0; n < window->ColumnsStorage.Size; n++)
+ if (window->ColumnsStorage[n].ID == id)
+ return &window->ColumnsStorage[n];
+
+ window->ColumnsStorage.push_back(ImGuiColumnsSet());
+ ImGuiColumnsSet* columns = &window->ColumnsStorage.back();
+ columns->ID = id;
+ return columns;
+}
+
+void ImGui::BeginColumns(const char* str_id, int columns_count, ImGuiColumnsFlags flags)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+
+ IM_ASSERT(columns_count > 1);
+ IM_ASSERT(window->DC.ColumnsSet == NULL); // Nested columns are currently not supported
+
+ // Differentiate column ID with an arbitrary prefix for cases where users name their columns set the same as another widget.
+ // In addition, when an identifier isn't explicitly provided we include the number of columns in the hash to make it uniquer.
+ PushID(0x11223347 + (str_id ? 0 : columns_count));
+ ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id ? str_id : "columns");
+ PopID();
+
+ // Acquire storage for the columns set
+ ImGuiColumnsSet* columns = FindOrAddColumnsSet(window, id);
+ IM_ASSERT(columns->ID == id);
+ columns->Current = 0;
+ columns->Count = columns_count;
+ columns->Flags = flags;
+ window->DC.ColumnsSet = columns;
+
+ // Set state for first column
+ const float content_region_width = (window->SizeContentsExplicit.x != 0.0f) ? (window->SizeContentsExplicit.x) : (window->InnerClipRect.Max.x - window->Pos.x);
+ columns->MinX = window->DC.IndentX - g.Style.ItemSpacing.x; // Lock our horizontal range
+ columns->MaxX = ImMax(content_region_width - window->Scroll.x, columns->MinX + 1.0f);
+ columns->StartPosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y;
+ columns->StartMaxPosX = window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x;
+ columns->LineMinY = columns->LineMaxY = window->DC.CursorPos.y;
+ window->DC.ColumnsOffsetX = 0.0f;
+ window->DC.CursorPos.x = (float)(int)(window->Pos.x + window->DC.IndentX + window->DC.ColumnsOffsetX);
+
+ // Clear data if columns count changed
+ if (columns->Columns.Size != 0 && columns->Columns.Size != columns_count + 1)
+ columns->Columns.resize(0);
+
+ // Initialize defaults
+ columns->IsFirstFrame = (columns->Columns.Size == 0);
+ if (columns->Columns.Size == 0)
+ {
+ columns->Columns.reserve(columns_count + 1);
+ for (int n = 0; n < columns_count + 1; n++)
+ {
+ ImGuiColumnData column;
+ column.OffsetNorm = n / (float)columns_count;
+ columns->Columns.push_back(column);
+ }
+ }
+
+ for (int n = 0; n < columns_count; n++)
+ {
+ // Compute clipping rectangle
+ ImGuiColumnData* column = &columns->Columns[n];
+ float clip_x1 = ImFloor(0.5f + window->Pos.x + GetColumnOffset(n) - 1.0f);
+ float clip_x2 = ImFloor(0.5f + window->Pos.x + GetColumnOffset(n + 1) - 1.0f);
+ column->ClipRect = ImRect(clip_x1, -FLT_MAX, clip_x2, +FLT_MAX);
+ column->ClipRect.ClipWith(window->ClipRect);
+ }
+
+ window->DrawList->ChannelsSplit(columns->Count);
+ PushColumnClipRect();
+ PushItemWidth(GetColumnWidth() * 0.65f);
+}
+
+void ImGui::EndColumns()
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ ImGuiColumnsSet* columns = window->DC.ColumnsSet;
+ IM_ASSERT(columns != NULL);
+
+ PopItemWidth();
+ PopClipRect();
+ window->DrawList->ChannelsMerge();
+
+ columns->LineMaxY = ImMax(columns->LineMaxY, window->DC.CursorPos.y);
+ window->DC.CursorPos.y = columns->LineMaxY;
+ if (!(columns->Flags & ImGuiColumnsFlags_GrowParentContentsSize))
+ window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = columns->StartMaxPosX; // Restore cursor max pos, as columns don't grow parent
+
+ // Draw columns borders and handle resize
+ bool is_being_resized = false;
+ if (!(columns->Flags & ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoBorder) && !window->SkipItems)
+ {
+ const float y1 = columns->StartPosY;
+ const float y2 = window->DC.CursorPos.y;
+ int dragging_column = -1;
+ for (int n = 1; n < columns->Count; n++)
+ {
+ float x = window->Pos.x + GetColumnOffset(n);
+ const ImGuiID column_id = columns->ID + ImGuiID(n);
+ const float column_hw = GetColumnsRectHalfWidth(); // Half-width for interaction
+ const ImRect column_rect(ImVec2(x - column_hw, y1), ImVec2(x + column_hw, y2));
+ KeepAliveID(column_id);
+ if (IsClippedEx(column_rect, column_id, false))
+ continue;
+
+ bool hovered = false, held = false;
+ if (!(columns->Flags & ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoResize))
+ {
+ ButtonBehavior(column_rect, column_id, &hovered, &held);
+ if (hovered || held)
+ g.MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW;
+ if (held && !(columns->Columns[n].Flags & ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoResize))
+ dragging_column = n;
+ }
+
+ // Draw column (we clip the Y boundaries CPU side because very long triangles are mishandled by some GPU drivers.)
+ const ImU32 col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered : ImGuiCol_Separator);
+ const float xi = (float)(int)x;
+ window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(xi, ImMax(y1 + 1.0f, window->ClipRect.Min.y)), ImVec2(xi, ImMin(y2, window->ClipRect.Max.y)), col);
+ }
+
+ // Apply dragging after drawing the column lines, so our rendered lines are in sync with how items were displayed during the frame.
+ if (dragging_column != -1)
+ {
+ if (!columns->IsBeingResized)
+ for (int n = 0; n < columns->Count + 1; n++)
+ columns->Columns[n].OffsetNormBeforeResize = columns->Columns[n].OffsetNorm;
+ columns->IsBeingResized = is_being_resized = true;
+ float x = GetDraggedColumnOffset(columns, dragging_column);
+ SetColumnOffset(dragging_column, x);
+ }
+ }
+ columns->IsBeingResized = is_being_resized;
+
+ window->DC.ColumnsSet = NULL;
+ window->DC.ColumnsOffsetX = 0.0f;
+ window->DC.CursorPos.x = (float)(int)(window->Pos.x + window->DC.IndentX + window->DC.ColumnsOffsetX);
+}
+
+// [2018-03: This is currently the only public API, while we are working on making BeginColumns/EndColumns user-facing]
+void ImGui::Columns(int columns_count, const char* id, bool border)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ IM_ASSERT(columns_count >= 1);
+
+ ImGuiColumnsFlags flags = (border ? 0 : ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoBorder);
+ //flags |= ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoPreserveWidths; // NB: Legacy behavior
+ if (window->DC.ColumnsSet != NULL && window->DC.ColumnsSet->Count == columns_count && window->DC.ColumnsSet->Flags == flags)
+ return;
+
+ if (window->DC.ColumnsSet != NULL)
+ EndColumns();
+
+ if (columns_count != 1)
+ BeginColumns(id, columns_count, flags);
+}
+
+void ImGui::Indent(float indent_w)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ window->DC.IndentX += (indent_w != 0.0f) ? indent_w : g.Style.IndentSpacing;
+ window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->Pos.x + window->DC.IndentX + window->DC.ColumnsOffsetX;
+}
+
+void ImGui::Unindent(float indent_w)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ window->DC.IndentX -= (indent_w != 0.0f) ? indent_w : g.Style.IndentSpacing;
+ window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->Pos.x + window->DC.IndentX + window->DC.ColumnsOffsetX;
+}
+
+void ImGui::TreePush(const char* str_id)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ Indent();
+ window->DC.TreeDepth++;
+ PushID(str_id ? str_id : "#TreePush");
+}
+
+void ImGui::TreePush(const void* ptr_id)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ Indent();
+ window->DC.TreeDepth++;
+ PushID(ptr_id ? ptr_id : (const void*)"#TreePush");
+}
+
+void ImGui::TreePushRawID(ImGuiID id)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ Indent();
+ window->DC.TreeDepth++;
+ window->IDStack.push_back(id);
+}
+
+void ImGui::TreePop()
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+ Unindent();
+
+ window->DC.TreeDepth--;
+ if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && g.NavWindow == window && NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet())
+ if (g.NavIdIsAlive && (window->DC.TreeDepthMayJumpToParentOnPop & (1 << window->DC.TreeDepth)))
+ {
+ SetNavID(window->IDStack.back(), g.NavLayer);
+ NavMoveRequestCancel();
+ }
+ window->DC.TreeDepthMayJumpToParentOnPop &= (1 << window->DC.TreeDepth) - 1;
+
+ IM_ASSERT(window->IDStack.Size > 1); // There should always be 1 element in the IDStack (pushed during window creation). If this triggers you called TreePop/PopID too much.
+ PopID();
+}
+
+void ImGui::Value(const char* prefix, bool b)
+{
+ Text("%s: %s", prefix, (b ? "true" : "false"));
+}
+
+void ImGui::Value(const char* prefix, int v)
+{
+ Text("%s: %d", prefix, v);
+}
+
+void ImGui::Value(const char* prefix, unsigned int v)
+{
+ Text("%s: %d", prefix, v);
+}
+
+void ImGui::Value(const char* prefix, float v, const char* float_format)
+{
+ if (float_format)
+ {
+ char fmt[64];
+ ImFormatString(fmt, IM_ARRAYSIZE(fmt), "%%s: %s", float_format);
+ Text(fmt, prefix, v);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ Text("%s: %.3f", prefix, v);
+ }
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// DRAG AND DROP
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void ImGui::ClearDragDrop()
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ g.DragDropActive = false;
+ g.DragDropPayload.Clear();
+ g.DragDropAcceptFlags = 0;
+ g.DragDropAcceptIdCurr = g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev = 0;
+ g.DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface = FLT_MAX;
+ g.DragDropAcceptFrameCount = -1;
+}
+
+// Call when current ID is active.
+// When this returns true you need to: a) call SetDragDropPayload() exactly once, b) you may render the payload visual/description, c) call EndDragDropSource()
+bool ImGui::BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags flags)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+
+ bool source_drag_active = false;
+ ImGuiID source_id = 0;
+ ImGuiID source_parent_id = 0;
+ int mouse_button = 0;
+ if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern))
+ {
+ source_id = window->DC.LastItemId;
+ if (source_id != 0 && g.ActiveId != source_id) // Early out for most common case
+ return false;
+ if (g.IO.MouseDown[mouse_button] == false)
+ return false;
+
+ if (source_id == 0)
+ {
+ // If you want to use BeginDragDropSource() on an item with no unique identifier for interaction, such as Text() or Image(), you need to:
+ // A) Read the explanation below, B) Use the ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAllowNullID flag, C) Swallow your programmer pride.
+ if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAllowNullID))
+ {
+ IM_ASSERT(0);
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ // Magic fallback (=somehow reprehensible) to handle items with no assigned ID, e.g. Text(), Image()
+ // We build a throwaway ID based on current ID stack + relative AABB of items in window.
+ // THE IDENTIFIER WON'T SURVIVE ANY REPOSITIONING OF THE WIDGET, so if your widget moves your dragging operation will be canceled.
+ // We don't need to maintain/call ClearActiveID() as releasing the button will early out this function and trigger !ActiveIdIsAlive.
+ bool is_hovered = (window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect) != 0;
+ if (!is_hovered && (g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveIdWindow != window))
+ return false;
+ source_id = window->DC.LastItemId = window->GetIDFromRectangle(window->DC.LastItemRect);
+ if (is_hovered)
+ SetHoveredID(source_id);
+ if (is_hovered && g.IO.MouseClicked[mouse_button])
+ {
+ SetActiveID(source_id, window);
+ FocusWindow(window);
+ }
+ if (g.ActiveId == source_id) // Allow the underlying widget to display/return hovered during the mouse release frame, else we would get a flicker.
+ g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = is_hovered;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = false;
+ }
+ if (g.ActiveId != source_id)
+ return false;
+ source_parent_id = window->IDStack.back();
+ source_drag_active = IsMouseDragging(mouse_button);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ window = NULL;
+ source_id = ImHash("#SourceExtern", 0);
+ source_drag_active = true;
+ }
+
+ if (source_drag_active)
+ {
+ if (!g.DragDropActive)
+ {
+ IM_ASSERT(source_id != 0);
+ ClearDragDrop();
+ ImGuiPayload& payload = g.DragDropPayload;
+ payload.SourceId = source_id;
+ payload.SourceParentId = source_parent_id;
+ g.DragDropActive = true;
+ g.DragDropSourceFlags = flags;
+ g.DragDropMouseButton = mouse_button;
+ }
+ g.DragDropWithinSourceOrTarget = true;
+
+ if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoPreviewTooltip))
+ {
+ // Target can request the Source to not display its tooltip (we use a dedicated flag to make this request explicit)
+ // We unfortunately can't just modify the source flags and skip the call to BeginTooltip, as caller may be emitting contents.
+ BeginTooltip();
+ if (g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev && (g.DragDropAcceptFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoPreviewTooltip))
+ {
+ ImGuiWindow* tooltip_window = g.CurrentWindow;
+ tooltip_window->SkipItems = true;
+ tooltip_window->HiddenFramesRegular = 1;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoDisableHover) && !(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern))
+ window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags &= ~ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect;
+
+ return true;
+ }
+ return false;
+}
+
+void ImGui::EndDragDropSource()
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropActive);
+ IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropWithinSourceOrTarget && "Not after a BeginDragDropSource()?");
+
+ if (!(g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoPreviewTooltip))
+ EndTooltip();
+
+ // Discard the drag if have not called SetDragDropPayload()
+ if (g.DragDropPayload.DataFrameCount == -1)
+ ClearDragDrop();
+ g.DragDropWithinSourceOrTarget = false;
+}
+
+// Use 'cond' to choose to submit payload on drag start or every frame
+bool ImGui::SetDragDropPayload(const char* type, const void* data, size_t data_size, ImGuiCond cond)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiPayload& payload = g.DragDropPayload;
+ if (cond == 0)
+ cond = ImGuiCond_Always;
+
+ IM_ASSERT(type != NULL);
+ IM_ASSERT(strlen(type) < IM_ARRAYSIZE(payload.DataType) && "Payload type can be at most 32 characters long");
+ IM_ASSERT((data != NULL && data_size > 0) || (data == NULL && data_size == 0));
+ IM_ASSERT(cond == ImGuiCond_Always || cond == ImGuiCond_Once);
+ IM_ASSERT(payload.SourceId != 0); // Not called between BeginDragDropSource() and EndDragDropSource()
+
+ if (cond == ImGuiCond_Always || payload.DataFrameCount == -1)
+ {
+ // Copy payload
+ ImStrncpy(payload.DataType, type, IM_ARRAYSIZE(payload.DataType));
+ g.DragDropPayloadBufHeap.resize(0);
+ if (data_size > sizeof(g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal))
+ {
+ // Store in heap
+ g.DragDropPayloadBufHeap.resize((int)data_size);
+ payload.Data = g.DragDropPayloadBufHeap.Data;
+ memcpy(payload.Data, data, data_size);
+ }
+ else if (data_size > 0)
+ {
+ // Store locally
+ memset(&g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal, 0, sizeof(g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal));
+ payload.Data = g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal;
+ memcpy(payload.Data, data, data_size);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ payload.Data = NULL;
+ }
+ payload.DataSize = (int)data_size;
+ }
+ payload.DataFrameCount = g.FrameCount;
+
+ return (g.DragDropAcceptFrameCount == g.FrameCount) || (g.DragDropAcceptFrameCount == g.FrameCount - 1);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::BeginDragDropTargetCustom(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ if (!g.DragDropActive)
+ return false;
+
+ ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+ if (g.HoveredWindow == NULL || window->RootWindow != g.HoveredWindow->RootWindow)
+ return false;
+ IM_ASSERT(id != 0);
+ if (!IsMouseHoveringRect(bb.Min, bb.Max) || (id == g.DragDropPayload.SourceId))
+ return false;
+
+ IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropWithinSourceOrTarget == false);
+ g.DragDropTargetRect = bb;
+ g.DragDropTargetId = id;
+ g.DragDropWithinSourceOrTarget = true;
+ return true;
+}
+
+// We don't use BeginDragDropTargetCustom() and duplicate its code because:
+// 1) we use LastItemRectHoveredRect which handles items that pushes a temporarily clip rectangle in their code. Calling BeginDragDropTargetCustom(LastItemRect) would not handle them.
+// 2) and it's faster. as this code may be very frequently called, we want to early out as fast as we can.
+// Also note how the HoveredWindow test is positioned differently in both functions (in both functions we optimize for the cheapest early out case)
+bool ImGui::BeginDragDropTarget()
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ if (!g.DragDropActive)
+ return false;
+
+ ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+ if (!(window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect))
+ return false;
+ if (g.HoveredWindow == NULL || window->RootWindow != g.HoveredWindow->RootWindow)
+ return false;
+
+ const ImRect& display_rect = (window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect) ? window->DC.LastItemDisplayRect : window->DC.LastItemRect;
+ ImGuiID id = window->DC.LastItemId;
+ if (id == 0)
+ id = window->GetIDFromRectangle(display_rect);
+ if (g.DragDropPayload.SourceId == id)
+ return false;
+
+ IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropWithinSourceOrTarget == false);
+ g.DragDropTargetRect = display_rect;
+ g.DragDropTargetId = id;
+ g.DragDropWithinSourceOrTarget = true;
+ return true;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsDragDropPayloadBeingAccepted()
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ return g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev != 0;
+}
+
+const ImGuiPayload* ImGui::AcceptDragDropPayload(const char* type, ImGuiDragDropFlags flags)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+ ImGuiPayload& payload = g.DragDropPayload;
+ IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropActive); // Not called between BeginDragDropTarget() and EndDragDropTarget() ?
+ IM_ASSERT(payload.DataFrameCount != -1); // Forgot to call EndDragDropTarget() ?
+ if (type != NULL && !payload.IsDataType(type))
+ return NULL;
+
+ // Accept smallest drag target bounding box, this allows us to nest drag targets conveniently without ordering constraints.
+ // NB: We currently accept NULL id as target. However, overlapping targets requires a unique ID to function!
+ const bool was_accepted_previously = (g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev == g.DragDropTargetId);
+ ImRect r = g.DragDropTargetRect;
+ float r_surface = r.GetWidth() * r.GetHeight();
+ if (r_surface < g.DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface)
+ {
+ g.DragDropAcceptFlags = flags;
+ g.DragDropAcceptIdCurr = g.DragDropTargetId;
+ g.DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface = r_surface;
+ }
+
+ // Render default drop visuals
+ payload.Preview = was_accepted_previously;
+ flags |= (g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect); // Source can also inhibit the preview (useful for external sources that lives for 1 frame)
+ if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect) && payload.Preview)
+ {
+ // FIXME-DRAG: Settle on a proper default visuals for drop target.
+ r.Expand(3.5f);
+ bool push_clip_rect = !window->ClipRect.Contains(r);
+ if (push_clip_rect) window->DrawList->PushClipRect(r.Min-ImVec2(1,1), r.Max+ImVec2(1,1));
+ window->DrawList->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget), 0.0f, ~0, 2.0f);
+ if (push_clip_rect) window->DrawList->PopClipRect();
+ }
+
+ g.DragDropAcceptFrameCount = g.FrameCount;
+ payload.Delivery = was_accepted_previously && !IsMouseDown(g.DragDropMouseButton); // For extern drag sources affecting os window focus, it's easier to just test !IsMouseDown() instead of IsMouseReleased()
+ if (!payload.Delivery && !(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptBeforeDelivery))
+ return NULL;
+
+ return &payload;
+}
+
+// We don't really use/need this now, but added it for the sake of consistency and because we might need it later.
+void ImGui::EndDragDropTarget()
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropActive);
+ IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropWithinSourceOrTarget);
+ g.DragDropWithinSourceOrTarget = false;
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PLATFORM DEPENDENT HELPERS
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(_WINDOWS_) && (!defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS) || !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS))
+#undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+#ifndef __MINGW32__
+#include <Windows.h>
+#else
+#include <windows.h>
+#endif
+#endif
+
+// Win32 API clipboard implementation
+#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS)
+
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+#pragma comment(lib, "user32")
+#endif
+
+static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*)
+{
+ static ImVector<char> buf_local;
+ buf_local.clear();
+ if (!::OpenClipboard(NULL))
+ return NULL;
+ HANDLE wbuf_handle = ::GetClipboardData(CF_UNICODETEXT);
+ if (wbuf_handle == NULL)
+ {
+ ::CloseClipboard();
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ if (ImWchar* wbuf_global = (ImWchar*)::GlobalLock(wbuf_handle))
+ {
+ int buf_len = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(wbuf_global, NULL) + 1;
+ buf_local.resize(buf_len);
+ ImTextStrToUtf8(buf_local.Data, buf_len, wbuf_global, NULL);
+ }
+ ::GlobalUnlock(wbuf_handle);
+ ::CloseClipboard();
+ return buf_local.Data;
+}
+
+static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*, const char* text)
+{
+ if (!::OpenClipboard(NULL))
+ return;
+ const int wbuf_length = ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(text, NULL) + 1;
+ HGLOBAL wbuf_handle = ::GlobalAlloc(GMEM_MOVEABLE, (SIZE_T)wbuf_length * sizeof(ImWchar));
+ if (wbuf_handle == NULL)
+ {
+ ::CloseClipboard();
+ return;
+ }
+ ImWchar* wbuf_global = (ImWchar*)::GlobalLock(wbuf_handle);
+ ImTextStrFromUtf8(wbuf_global, wbuf_length, text, NULL);
+ ::GlobalUnlock(wbuf_handle);
+ ::EmptyClipboard();
+ if (::SetClipboardData(CF_UNICODETEXT, wbuf_handle) == NULL)
+ ::GlobalFree(wbuf_handle);
+ ::CloseClipboard();
+}
+
+#else
+
+// Local ImGui-only clipboard implementation, if user hasn't defined better clipboard handlers
+static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ return g.PrivateClipboard.empty() ? NULL : g.PrivateClipboard.begin();
+}
+
+// Local ImGui-only clipboard implementation, if user hasn't defined better clipboard handlers
+static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*, const char* text)
+{
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ g.PrivateClipboard.clear();
+ const char* text_end = text + strlen(text);
+ g.PrivateClipboard.resize((int)(text_end - text) + 1);
+ memcpy(&g.PrivateClipboard[0], text, (size_t)(text_end - text));
+ g.PrivateClipboard[(int)(text_end - text)] = 0;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+// Win32 API IME support (for Asian languages, etc.)
+#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS)
+
+#include <imm.h>
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+#pragma comment(lib, "imm32")
+#endif
+
+static void ImeSetInputScreenPosFn_DefaultImpl(int x, int y)
+{
+ // Notify OS Input Method Editor of text input position
+ if (HWND hwnd = (HWND)GImGui->IO.ImeWindowHandle)
+ if (HIMC himc = ::ImmGetContext(hwnd))
+ {
+ COMPOSITIONFORM cf;
+ cf.ptCurrentPos.x = x;
+ cf.ptCurrentPos.y = y;
+ cf.dwStyle = CFS_FORCE_POSITION;
+ ::ImmSetCompositionWindow(himc, &cf);
+ ::ImmReleaseContext(hwnd, himc);
+ }
+}
+
+#else
+
+static void ImeSetInputScreenPosFn_DefaultImpl(int, int) {}
+
+#endif
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// HELP, METRICS
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open)
+{
+ if (ImGui::Begin("ImGui Metrics", p_open))
+ {
+ static bool show_draw_cmd_clip_rects = true;
+ static bool show_window_begin_order = false;
+ ImGui::Text("Dear ImGui %s", ImGui::GetVersion());
+ ImGui::Text("Application average %.3f ms/frame (%.1f FPS)", 1000.0f / ImGui::GetIO().Framerate, ImGui::GetIO().Framerate);
+ ImGui::Text("%d vertices, %d indices (%d triangles)", ImGui::GetIO().MetricsRenderVertices, ImGui::GetIO().MetricsRenderIndices, ImGui::GetIO().MetricsRenderIndices / 3);
+ ImGui::Text("%d allocations", (int)GImAllocatorActiveAllocationsCount);
+ ImGui::Checkbox("Show clipping rectangles when hovering draw commands", &show_draw_cmd_clip_rects);
+ ImGui::Checkbox("Ctrl shows window begin order", &show_window_begin_order);
+
+ ImGui::Separator();
+
+ struct Funcs
+ {
+ static void NodeDrawList(ImGuiWindow* window, ImDrawList* draw_list, const char* label)
+ {
+ bool node_open = ImGui::TreeNode(draw_list, "%s: '%s' %d vtx, %d indices, %d cmds", label, draw_list->_OwnerName ? draw_list->_OwnerName : "", draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size, draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size, draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size);
+ if (draw_list == ImGui::GetWindowDrawList())
+ {
+ ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::TextColored(ImColor(255,100,100), "CURRENTLY APPENDING"); // Can't display stats for active draw list! (we don't have the data double-buffered)
+ if (node_open) ImGui::TreePop();
+ return;
+ }
+
+ ImDrawList* overlay_draw_list = GetOverlayDrawList(); // Render additional visuals into the top-most draw list
+ if (window && IsItemHovered())
+ overlay_draw_list->AddRect(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));
+ if (!node_open)
+ return;
+
+ int elem_offset = 0;
+ for (const ImDrawCmd* pcmd = draw_list->CmdBuffer.begin(); pcmd < draw_list->CmdBuffer.end(); elem_offset += pcmd->ElemCount, pcmd++)
+ {
+ if (pcmd->UserCallback == NULL && pcmd->ElemCount == 0)
+ continue;
+ if (pcmd->UserCallback)
+ {
+ ImGui::BulletText("Callback %p, user_data %p", pcmd->UserCallback, pcmd->UserCallbackData);
+ continue;
+ }
+ ImDrawIdx* idx_buffer = (draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size > 0) ? draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data : NULL;
+ bool pcmd_node_open = ImGui::TreeNode((void*)(pcmd - draw_list->CmdBuffer.begin()), "Draw %4d %s vtx, tex 0x%p, clip_rect (%4.0f,%4.0f)-(%4.0f,%4.0f)", pcmd->ElemCount, draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size > 0 ? "indexed" : "non-indexed", pcmd->TextureId, pcmd->ClipRect.x, pcmd->ClipRect.y, pcmd->ClipRect.z, pcmd->ClipRect.w);
+ if (show_draw_cmd_clip_rects && ImGui::IsItemHovered())
+ {
+ ImRect clip_rect = pcmd->ClipRect;
+ ImRect vtxs_rect;
+ for (int i = elem_offset; i < elem_offset + (int)pcmd->ElemCount; i++)
+ vtxs_rect.Add(draw_list->VtxBuffer[idx_buffer ? idx_buffer[i] : i].pos);
+ clip_rect.Floor(); overlay_draw_list->AddRect(clip_rect.Min, clip_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255,255,0,255));
+ vtxs_rect.Floor(); overlay_draw_list->AddRect(vtxs_rect.Min, vtxs_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255,0,255,255));
+ }
+ if (!pcmd_node_open)
+ continue;
+
+ // Display individual triangles/vertices. Hover on to get the corresponding triangle highlighted.
+ ImGuiListClipper clipper(pcmd->ElemCount/3); // Manually coarse clip our print out of individual vertices to save CPU, only items that may be visible.
+ while (clipper.Step())
+ for (int prim = clipper.DisplayStart, vtx_i = elem_offset + clipper.DisplayStart*3; prim < clipper.DisplayEnd; prim++)
+ {
+ char buf[300];
+ char *buf_p = buf, *buf_end = buf + IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf);
+ ImVec2 triangles_pos[3];
+ for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++, vtx_i++)
+ {
+ ImDrawVert& v = draw_list->VtxBuffer[idx_buffer ? idx_buffer[vtx_i] : vtx_i];
+ triangles_pos[n] = v.pos;
+ buf_p += ImFormatString(buf_p, (int)(buf_end - buf_p), "%s %04d: pos (%8.2f,%8.2f), uv (%.6f,%.6f), col %08X\n", (n == 0) ? "vtx" : " ", vtx_i, v.pos.x, v.pos.y, v.uv.x, v.uv.y, v.col);
+ }
+ ImGui::Selectable(buf, false);
+ if (ImGui::IsItemHovered())
+ {
+ ImDrawListFlags backup_flags = overlay_draw_list->Flags;
+ overlay_draw_list->Flags &= ~ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines; // Disable AA on triangle outlines at is more readable for very large and thin triangles.
+ overlay_draw_list->AddPolyline(triangles_pos, 3, IM_COL32(255,255,0,255), true, 1.0f);
+ overlay_draw_list->Flags = backup_flags;
+ }
+ }
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+
+ static void NodeWindows(ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>& windows, const char* label)
+ {
+ if (!ImGui::TreeNode(label, "%s (%d)", label, windows.Size))
+ return;
+ for (int i = 0; i < windows.Size; i++)
+ Funcs::NodeWindow(windows[i], "Window");
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+
+ static void NodeWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, const char* label)
+ {
+ if (!ImGui::TreeNode(window, "%s '%s', %d @ 0x%p", label, window->Name, window->Active || window->WasActive, window))
+ return;
+ ImGuiWindowFlags flags = window->Flags;
+ NodeDrawList(window, window->DrawList, "DrawList");
+ ImGui::BulletText("Pos: (%.1f,%.1f), Size: (%.1f,%.1f), SizeContents (%.1f,%.1f)", window->Pos.x, window->Pos.y, window->Size.x, window->Size.y, window->SizeContents.x, window->SizeContents.y);
+ ImGui::BulletText("Flags: 0x%08X (%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s..)", flags,
+ (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? "Child " : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) ? "Tooltip " : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) ? "Popup " : "",
+ (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) ? "Modal " : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) ? "ChildMenu " : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings) ? "NoSavedSettings " : "",
+ (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs) ? "NoInputs":"", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) ? "AlwaysAutoResize" : "");
+ ImGui::BulletText("Scroll: (%.2f/%.2f,%.2f/%.2f)", window->Scroll.x, GetScrollMaxX(window), window->Scroll.y, GetScrollMaxY(window));
+ ImGui::BulletText("Active: %d/%d, WriteAccessed: %d, BeginOrderWithinContext: %d", window->Active, window->WasActive, window->WriteAccessed, (window->Active || window->WasActive) ? window->BeginOrderWithinContext : -1);
+ ImGui::BulletText("Appearing: %d, Hidden: %d (Reg %d Resize %d), SkipItems: %d", window->Appearing, window->Hidden, window->HiddenFramesRegular, window->HiddenFramesForResize, window->SkipItems);
+ ImGui::BulletText("NavLastIds: 0x%08X,0x%08X, NavLayerActiveMask: %X", window->NavLastIds[0], window->NavLastIds[1], window->DC.NavLayerActiveMask);
+ ImGui::BulletText("NavLastChildNavWindow: %s", window->NavLastChildNavWindow ? window->NavLastChildNavWindow->Name : "NULL");
+ if (!window->NavRectRel[0].IsInverted())
+ ImGui::BulletText("NavRectRel[0]: (%.1f,%.1f)(%.1f,%.1f)", window->NavRectRel[0].Min.x, window->NavRectRel[0].Min.y, window->NavRectRel[0].Max.x, window->NavRectRel[0].Max.y);
+ else
+ ImGui::BulletText("NavRectRel[0]: <None>");
+ if (window->RootWindow != window) NodeWindow(window->RootWindow, "RootWindow");
+ if (window->ParentWindow != NULL) NodeWindow(window->ParentWindow, "ParentWindow");
+ if (window->DC.ChildWindows.Size > 0) NodeWindows(window->DC.ChildWindows, "ChildWindows");
+ if (window->ColumnsStorage.Size > 0 && ImGui::TreeNode("Columns", "Columns sets (%d)", window->ColumnsStorage.Size))
+ {
+ for (int n = 0; n < window->ColumnsStorage.Size; n++)
+ {
+ const ImGuiColumnsSet* columns = &window->ColumnsStorage[n];
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode((void*)(uintptr_t)columns->ID, "Columns Id: 0x%08X, Count: %d, Flags: 0x%04X", columns->ID, columns->Count, columns->Flags))
+ {
+ ImGui::BulletText("Width: %.1f (MinX: %.1f, MaxX: %.1f)", columns->MaxX - columns->MinX, columns->MinX, columns->MaxX);
+ for (int column_n = 0; column_n < columns->Columns.Size; column_n++)
+ ImGui::BulletText("Column %02d: OffsetNorm %.3f (= %.1f px)", column_n, columns->Columns[column_n].OffsetNorm, OffsetNormToPixels(columns, columns->Columns[column_n].OffsetNorm));
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+ }
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+ ImGui::BulletText("Storage: %d bytes", window->StateStorage.Data.Size * (int)sizeof(ImGuiStorage::Pair));
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+ };
+
+ // Access private state, we are going to display the draw lists from last frame
+ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+ Funcs::NodeWindows(g.Windows, "Windows");
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("DrawList", "Active DrawLists (%d)", g.DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0].Size))
+ {
+ for (int i = 0; i < g.DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0].Size; i++)
+ Funcs::NodeDrawList(NULL, g.DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0][i], "DrawList");
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Popups", "Popups (%d)", g.OpenPopupStack.Size))
+ {
+ for (int i = 0; i < g.OpenPopupStack.Size; i++)
+ {
+ ImGuiWindow* window = g.OpenPopupStack[i].Window;
+ ImGui::BulletText("PopupID: %08x, Window: '%s'%s%s", g.OpenPopupStack[i].PopupId, window ? window->Name : "NULL", window && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? " ChildWindow" : "", window && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) ? " ChildMenu" : "");
+ }
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Internal state"))
+ {
+ const char* input_source_names[] = { "None", "Mouse", "Nav", "NavKeyboard", "NavGamepad" }; IM_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(input_source_names) == ImGuiInputSource_COUNT);
+ ImGui::Text("HoveredWindow: '%s'", g.HoveredWindow ? g.HoveredWindow->Name : "NULL");
+ ImGui::Text("HoveredRootWindow: '%s'", g.HoveredRootWindow ? g.HoveredRootWindow->Name : "NULL");
+ ImGui::Text("HoveredId: 0x%08X/0x%08X (%.2f sec), AllowOverlap: %d", g.HoveredId, g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame, g.HoveredIdTimer, g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap); // Data is "in-flight" so depending on when the Metrics window is called we may see current frame information or not
+ ImGui::Text("ActiveId: 0x%08X/0x%08X (%.2f sec), AllowOverlap: %d, Source: %s", g.ActiveId, g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame, g.ActiveIdTimer, g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap, input_source_names[g.ActiveIdSource]);
+ ImGui::Text("ActiveIdWindow: '%s'", g.ActiveIdWindow ? g.ActiveIdWindow->Name : "NULL");
+ ImGui::Text("MovingWindow: '%s'", g.MovingWindow ? g.MovingWindow->Name : "NULL");
+ ImGui::Text("NavWindow: '%s'", g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow->Name : "NULL");
+ ImGui::Text("NavId: 0x%08X, NavLayer: %d", g.NavId, g.NavLayer);
+ ImGui::Text("NavInputSource: %s", input_source_names[g.NavInputSource]);
+ ImGui::Text("NavActive: %d, NavVisible: %d", g.IO.NavActive, g.IO.NavVisible);
+ ImGui::Text("NavActivateId: 0x%08X, NavInputId: 0x%08X", g.NavActivateId, g.NavInputId);
+ ImGui::Text("NavDisableHighlight: %d, NavDisableMouseHover: %d", g.NavDisableHighlight, g.NavDisableMouseHover);
+ ImGui::Text("NavWindowingTarget: '%s'", g.NavWindowingTarget ? g.NavWindowingTarget->Name : "NULL");
+ ImGui::Text("DragDrop: %d, SourceId = 0x%08X, Payload \"%s\" (%d bytes)", g.DragDropActive, g.DragDropPayload.SourceId, g.DragDropPayload.DataType, g.DragDropPayload.DataSize);
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+
+
+ if (g.IO.KeyCtrl && show_window_begin_order)
+ {
+ for (int n = 0; n < g.Windows.Size; n++)
+ {
+ ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[n];
+ if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) || !window->WasActive)
+ continue;
+ char buf[32];
+ ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "%d", window->BeginOrderWithinContext);
+ float font_size = ImGui::GetFontSize() * 2;
+ ImDrawList* overlay_draw_list = GetOverlayDrawList();
+ overlay_draw_list->AddRectFilled(window->Pos, window->Pos + ImVec2(font_size, font_size), IM_COL32(200, 100, 100, 255));
+ overlay_draw_list->AddText(NULL, font_size, window->Pos, IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 255), buf);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ ImGui::End();
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Include imgui_user.inl at the end of imgui.cpp to access private data/functions that aren't exposed.
+// Prefer just including imgui_internal.h from your code rather than using this define. If a declaration is missing from imgui_internal.h add it or request it on the github.
+#ifdef IMGUI_INCLUDE_IMGUI_USER_INL
+#include "imgui_user.inl"
+#endif
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/src/intel/tools/imgui/imgui.h b/src/intel/tools/imgui/imgui.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..0b963c13d33
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/intel/tools/imgui/imgui.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1936 @@
+// dear imgui, v1.63 WIP
+// (headers)
+
+// See imgui.cpp file for documentation.
+// Call and read ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() in imgui_demo.cpp for demo code.
+// Read 'Programmer guide' in imgui.cpp for notes on how to setup ImGui in your codebase.
+// Get latest version at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui
+
+#pragma once
+
+// Configuration file (edit imconfig.h or define IMGUI_USER_CONFIG to set your own filename)
+#ifdef IMGUI_USER_CONFIG
+#include IMGUI_USER_CONFIG
+#endif
+#if !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_INCLUDE_IMCONFIG_H) || defined(IMGUI_INCLUDE_IMCONFIG_H)
+#include "imconfig.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <float.h> // FLT_MAX
+#include <stdarg.h> // va_list
+#include <stddef.h> // ptrdiff_t, NULL
+#include <string.h> // memset, memmove, memcpy, strlen, strchr, strcpy, strcmp
+
+// Version
+#define IMGUI_VERSION "1.63 WIP"
+#define IMGUI_CHECKVERSION() ImGui::DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(IMGUI_VERSION, sizeof(ImGuiIO), sizeof(ImGuiStyle), sizeof(ImVec2), sizeof(ImVec4), sizeof(ImDrawVert))
+
+// Define attributes of all API symbols declarations (e.g. for DLL under Windows)
+// IMGUI_API is used for core imgui functions, IMGUI_IMPL_API is used for the default bindings files (imgui_impl_xxx.h)
+#ifndef IMGUI_API
+#define IMGUI_API
+#endif
+#ifndef IMGUI_IMPL_API
+#define IMGUI_IMPL_API IMGUI_API
+#endif
+
+// Helpers
+#ifndef IM_ASSERT
+#include <assert.h>
+#define IM_ASSERT(_EXPR) assert(_EXPR) // You can override the default assert handler by editing imconfig.h
+#endif
+#if defined(__clang__) || defined(__GNUC__)
+#define IM_FMTARGS(FMT) __attribute__((format(printf, FMT, FMT+1))) // Apply printf-style warnings to user functions.
+#define IM_FMTLIST(FMT) __attribute__((format(printf, FMT, 0)))
+#else
+#define IM_FMTARGS(FMT)
+#define IM_FMTLIST(FMT)
+#endif
+#define IM_ARRAYSIZE(_ARR) ((int)(sizeof(_ARR)/sizeof(*_ARR))) // Size of a static C-style array. Don't use on pointers!
+#define IM_OFFSETOF(_TYPE,_MEMBER) ((size_t)&(((_TYPE*)0)->_MEMBER)) // Offset of _MEMBER within _TYPE. Standardized as offsetof() in modern C++.
+
+#if defined(__clang__)
+#pragma clang diagnostic push
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast"
+#elif defined(__GNUC__) && __GNUC__ >= 8
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess"
+#endif
+
+// Forward declarations
+struct ImDrawChannel; // Temporary storage for outputting drawing commands out of order, used by ImDrawList::ChannelsSplit()
+struct ImDrawCmd; // A single draw command within a parent ImDrawList (generally maps to 1 GPU draw call)
+struct ImDrawData; // All draw command lists required to render the frame
+struct ImDrawList; // A single draw command list (generally one per window, conceptually you may see this as a dynamic "mesh" builder)
+struct ImDrawListSharedData; // Data shared among multiple draw lists (typically owned by parent ImGui context, but you may create one yourself)
+struct ImDrawVert; // A single vertex (20 bytes by default, override layout with IMGUI_OVERRIDE_DRAWVERT_STRUCT_LAYOUT)
+struct ImFont; // Runtime data for a single font within a parent ImFontAtlas
+struct ImFontAtlas; // Runtime data for multiple fonts, bake multiple fonts into a single texture, TTF/OTF font loader
+struct ImFontConfig; // Configuration data when adding a font or merging fonts
+struct ImColor; // Helper functions to create a color that can be converted to either u32 or float4 (*obsolete* please avoid using)
+struct ImGuiIO; // Main configuration and I/O between your application and ImGui
+struct ImGuiOnceUponAFrame; // Simple helper for running a block of code not more than once a frame, used by IMGUI_ONCE_UPON_A_FRAME macro
+struct ImGuiStorage; // Simple custom key value storage
+struct ImGuiStyle; // Runtime data for styling/colors
+struct ImGuiTextFilter; // Parse and apply text filters. In format "aaaaa[,bbbb][,ccccc]"
+struct ImGuiTextBuffer; // Text buffer for logging/accumulating text
+struct ImGuiTextEditCallbackData; // Shared state of ImGui::InputText() when using custom ImGuiTextEditCallback (rare/advanced use)
+struct ImGuiSizeCallbackData; // Structure used to constraint window size in custom ways when using custom ImGuiSizeCallback (rare/advanced use)
+struct ImGuiListClipper; // Helper to manually clip large list of items
+struct ImGuiPayload; // User data payload for drag and drop operations
+struct ImGuiContext; // ImGui context (opaque)
+#ifndef ImTextureID
+typedef void* ImTextureID; // User data to identify a texture (this is whatever to you want it to be! read the FAQ about ImTextureID in imgui.cpp)
+#endif
+
+// Typedefs and Enumerations (declared as int for compatibility with old C++ and to not pollute the top of this file)
+// Use your programming IDE "Go to definition" facility on the names of the right-most columns to find the actual flags/enum lists.
+typedef unsigned int ImGuiID; // Unique ID used by widgets (typically hashed from a stack of string)
+typedef unsigned short ImWchar; // Character for keyboard input/display
+typedef int ImGuiCol; // enum: a color identifier for styling // enum ImGuiCol_
+typedef int ImGuiDataType; // enum: a primary data type // enum ImGuiDataType_
+typedef int ImGuiDir; // enum: a cardinal direction // enum ImGuiDir_
+typedef int ImGuiCond; // enum: a condition for Set*() // enum ImGuiCond_
+typedef int ImGuiKey; // enum: a key identifier (ImGui-side enum) // enum ImGuiKey_
+typedef int ImGuiNavInput; // enum: an input identifier for navigation // enum ImGuiNavInput_
+typedef int ImGuiMouseCursor; // enum: a mouse cursor identifier // enum ImGuiMouseCursor_
+typedef int ImGuiStyleVar; // enum: a variable identifier for styling // enum ImGuiStyleVar_
+typedef int ImDrawCornerFlags; // flags: for ImDrawList::AddRect*() etc. // enum ImDrawCornerFlags_
+typedef int ImDrawListFlags; // flags: for ImDrawList // enum ImDrawListFlags_
+typedef int ImFontAtlasFlags; // flags: for ImFontAtlas // enum ImFontAtlasFlags_
+typedef int ImGuiBackendFlags; // flags: for io.BackendFlags // enum ImGuiBackendFlags_
+typedef int ImGuiColorEditFlags; // flags: for ColorEdit*(), ColorPicker*() // enum ImGuiColorEditFlags_
+typedef int ImGuiColumnsFlags; // flags: for *Columns*() // enum ImGuiColumnsFlags_
+typedef int ImGuiConfigFlags; // flags: for io.ConfigFlags // enum ImGuiConfigFlags_
+typedef int ImGuiComboFlags; // flags: for BeginCombo() // enum ImGuiComboFlags_
+typedef int ImGuiDragDropFlags; // flags: for *DragDrop*() // enum ImGuiDragDropFlags_
+typedef int ImGuiFocusedFlags; // flags: for IsWindowFocused() // enum ImGuiFocusedFlags_
+typedef int ImGuiHoveredFlags; // flags: for IsItemHovered() etc. // enum ImGuiHoveredFlags_
+typedef int ImGuiInputTextFlags; // flags: for InputText*() // enum ImGuiInputTextFlags_
+typedef int ImGuiSelectableFlags; // flags: for Selectable() // enum ImGuiSelectableFlags_
+typedef int ImGuiTreeNodeFlags; // flags: for TreeNode*(),CollapsingHeader()// enum ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_
+typedef int ImGuiWindowFlags; // flags: for Begin*() // enum ImGuiWindowFlags_
+typedef int (*ImGuiTextEditCallback)(ImGuiTextEditCallbackData *data);
+typedef void (*ImGuiSizeCallback)(ImGuiSizeCallbackData* data);
+
+// Scalar data types
+typedef signed int ImS32; // 32-bit signed integer == int
+typedef unsigned int ImU32; // 32-bit unsigned integer (often used to store packed colors)
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(__clang__)
+typedef signed __int64 ImS64; // 64-bit signed integer
+typedef unsigned __int64 ImU64; // 64-bit unsigned integer
+#else
+typedef signed long long ImS64; // 64-bit signed integer
+typedef unsigned long long ImU64; // 64-bit unsigned integer
+#endif
+
+// 2D vector (often used to store positions, sizes, etc.)
+struct ImVec2
+{
+ float x, y;
+ ImVec2() { x = y = 0.0f; }
+ ImVec2(float _x, float _y) { x = _x; y = _y; }
+ float operator[] (size_t i) const { IM_ASSERT(i <= 1); return (&x)[i]; } // We very rarely use this [] operator, the assert overhead is fine.
+#ifdef IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA
+ IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA // Define additional constructors and implicit cast operators in imconfig.h to convert back and forth between your math types and ImVec2.
+#endif
+};
+
+// 4D vector (often used to store floating-point colors)
+struct ImVec4
+{
+ float x, y, z, w;
+ ImVec4() { x = y = z = w = 0.0f; }
+ ImVec4(float _x, float _y, float _z, float _w) { x = _x; y = _y; z = _z; w = _w; }
+#ifdef IM_VEC4_CLASS_EXTRA
+ IM_VEC4_CLASS_EXTRA // Define additional constructors and implicit cast operators in imconfig.h to convert back and forth between your math types and ImVec4.
+#endif
+};
+
+// Dear ImGui end-user API
+// (In a namespace so you can add extra functions in your own separate file. Please don't modify imgui.cpp/.h!)
+namespace ImGui
+{
+ // Context creation and access
+ // Each context create its own ImFontAtlas by default. You may instance one yourself and pass it to CreateContext() to share a font atlas between imgui contexts.
+ // All those functions are not reliant on the current context.
+ IMGUI_API ImGuiContext* CreateContext(ImFontAtlas* shared_font_atlas = NULL);
+ IMGUI_API void DestroyContext(ImGuiContext* ctx = NULL); // NULL = destroy current context
+ IMGUI_API ImGuiContext* GetCurrentContext();
+ IMGUI_API void SetCurrentContext(ImGuiContext* ctx);
+ IMGUI_API bool DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(const char* version_str, size_t sz_io, size_t sz_style, size_t sz_vec2, size_t sz_vec4, size_t sz_drawvert);
+
+ // Main
+ IMGUI_API ImGuiIO& GetIO(); // access the IO structure (mouse/keyboard/gamepad inputs, time, various configuration options/flags)
+ IMGUI_API ImGuiStyle& GetStyle(); // access the Style structure (colors, sizes). Always use PushStyleCol(), PushStyleVar() to modify style mid-frame.
+ IMGUI_API void NewFrame(); // start a new ImGui frame, you can submit any command from this point until Render()/EndFrame().
+ IMGUI_API void EndFrame(); // ends the ImGui frame. automatically called by Render(), you likely don't need to call that yourself directly. If you don't need to render data (skipping rendering) you may call EndFrame() but you'll have wasted CPU already! If you don't need to render, better to not create any imgui windows and not call NewFrame() at all!
+ IMGUI_API void Render(); // ends the ImGui frame, finalize the draw data. (Obsolete: optionally call io.RenderDrawListsFn if set. Nowadays, prefer calling your render function yourself.)
+ IMGUI_API ImDrawData* GetDrawData(); // valid after Render() and until the next call to NewFrame(). this is what you have to render. (Obsolete: this used to be passed to your io.RenderDrawListsFn() function.)
+
+ // Demo, Debug, Information
+ IMGUI_API void ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open = NULL); // create demo/test window (previously called ShowTestWindow). demonstrate most ImGui features. call this to learn about the library! try to make it always available in your application!
+ IMGUI_API void ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open = NULL); // create metrics window. display ImGui internals: draw commands (with individual draw calls and vertices), window list, basic internal state, etc.
+ IMGUI_API void ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref = NULL); // add style editor block (not a window). you can pass in a reference ImGuiStyle structure to compare to, revert to and save to (else it uses the default style)
+ IMGUI_API bool ShowStyleSelector(const char* label); // add style selector block (not a window), essentially a combo listing the default styles.
+ IMGUI_API void ShowFontSelector(const char* label); // add font selector block (not a window), essentially a combo listing the loaded fonts.
+ IMGUI_API void ShowUserGuide(); // add basic help/info block (not a window): how to manipulate ImGui as a end-user (mouse/keyboard controls).
+ IMGUI_API const char* GetVersion(); // get a version string e.g. "1.23"
+
+ // Styles
+ IMGUI_API void StyleColorsDark(ImGuiStyle* dst = NULL); // new, recommended style (default)
+ IMGUI_API void StyleColorsClassic(ImGuiStyle* dst = NULL); // classic imgui style
+ IMGUI_API void StyleColorsLight(ImGuiStyle* dst = NULL); // best used with borders and a custom, thicker font
+
+ // Windows
+ // (Begin = push window to the stack and start appending to it. End = pop window from the stack. You may append multiple times to the same window during the same frame)
+ // Begin()/BeginChild() return false to indicate the window being collapsed or fully clipped, so you may early out and omit submitting anything to the window.
+ // You need to always call a matching End()/EndChild() for a Begin()/BeginChild() call, regardless of its return value (this is due to legacy reason and is inconsistent with BeginMenu/EndMenu, BeginPopup/EndPopup and other functions where the End call should only be called if the corresponding Begin function returned true.)
+ // Passing 'bool* p_open != NULL' shows a close widget in the upper-right corner of the window, which when clicking will set the boolean to false.
+ // Use child windows to introduce independent scrolling/clipping regions within a host window. Child windows can embed their own child.
+ IMGUI_API bool Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open = NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0);
+ IMGUI_API void End();
+ IMGUI_API bool BeginChild(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0,0), bool border = false, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); // Begin a scrolling region. size==0.0f: use remaining window size, size<0.0f: use remaining window size minus abs(size). size>0.0f: fixed size. each axis can use a different mode, e.g. ImVec2(0,400).
+ IMGUI_API bool BeginChild(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0,0), bool border = false, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0);
+ IMGUI_API void EndChild();
+
+ // Windows Utilities
+ IMGUI_API bool IsWindowAppearing();
+ IMGUI_API bool IsWindowCollapsed();
+ IMGUI_API bool IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags flags=0); // is current window focused? or its root/child, depending on flags. see flags for options.
+ IMGUI_API bool IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags=0); // is current window hovered (and typically: not blocked by a popup/modal)? see flags for options. NB: If you are trying to check whether your mouse should be dispatched to imgui or to your app, you should use the 'io.WantCaptureMouse' boolean for that! Please read the FAQ!
+ IMGUI_API ImDrawList* GetWindowDrawList(); // get draw list associated to the window, to append your own drawing primitives
+ IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowPos(); // get current window position in screen space (useful if you want to do your own drawing via the DrawList API)
+ IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowSize(); // get current window size
+ IMGUI_API float GetWindowWidth(); // get current window width (shortcut for GetWindowSize().x)
+ IMGUI_API float GetWindowHeight(); // get current window height (shortcut for GetWindowSize().y)
+ IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetContentRegionMax(); // current content boundaries (typically window boundaries including scrolling, or current column boundaries), in windows coordinates
+ IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetContentRegionAvail(); // == GetContentRegionMax() - GetCursorPos()
+ IMGUI_API float GetContentRegionAvailWidth(); //
+ IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowContentRegionMin(); // content boundaries min (roughly (0,0)-Scroll), in window coordinates
+ IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowContentRegionMax(); // content boundaries max (roughly (0,0)+Size-Scroll) where Size can be override with SetNextWindowContentSize(), in window coordinates
+ IMGUI_API float GetWindowContentRegionWidth(); //
+
+ IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowPos(const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond = 0, const ImVec2& pivot = ImVec2(0,0)); // set next window position. call before Begin(). use pivot=(0.5f,0.5f) to center on given point, etc.
+ IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // set next window size. set axis to 0.0f to force an auto-fit on this axis. call before Begin()
+ IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(const ImVec2& size_min, const ImVec2& size_max, ImGuiSizeCallback custom_callback = NULL, void* custom_callback_data = NULL); // set next window size limits. use -1,-1 on either X/Y axis to preserve the current size. Use callback to apply non-trivial programmatic constraints.
+ IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowContentSize(const ImVec2& size); // set next window content size (~ enforce the range of scrollbars). not including window decorations (title bar, menu bar, etc.). set an axis to 0.0f to leave it automatic. call before Begin()
+ IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // set next window collapsed state. call before Begin()
+ IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowFocus(); // set next window to be focused / front-most. call before Begin()
+ IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowBgAlpha(float alpha); // set next window background color alpha. helper to easily modify ImGuiCol_WindowBg/ChildBg/PopupBg.
+ IMGUI_API void SetWindowPos(const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // (not recommended) set current window position - call within Begin()/End(). prefer using SetNextWindowPos(), as this may incur tearing and side-effects.
+ IMGUI_API void SetWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // (not recommended) set current window size - call within Begin()/End(). set to ImVec2(0,0) to force an auto-fit. prefer using SetNextWindowSize(), as this may incur tearing and minor side-effects.
+ IMGUI_API void SetWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // (not recommended) set current window collapsed state. prefer using SetNextWindowCollapsed().
+ IMGUI_API void SetWindowFocus(); // (not recommended) set current window to be focused / front-most. prefer using SetNextWindowFocus().
+ IMGUI_API void SetWindowFontScale(float scale); // set font scale. Adjust IO.FontGlobalScale if you want to scale all windows
+ IMGUI_API void SetWindowPos(const char* name, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // set named window position.
+ IMGUI_API void SetWindowSize(const char* name, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // set named window size. set axis to 0.0f to force an auto-fit on this axis.
+ IMGUI_API void SetWindowCollapsed(const char* name, bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // set named window collapsed state
+ IMGUI_API void SetWindowFocus(const char* name); // set named window to be focused / front-most. use NULL to remove focus.
+
+ // Windows Scrolling
+ IMGUI_API float GetScrollX(); // get scrolling amount [0..GetScrollMaxX()]
+ IMGUI_API float GetScrollY(); // get scrolling amount [0..GetScrollMaxY()]
+ IMGUI_API float GetScrollMaxX(); // get maximum scrolling amount ~~ ContentSize.X - WindowSize.X
+ IMGUI_API float GetScrollMaxY(); // get maximum scrolling amount ~~ ContentSize.Y - WindowSize.Y
+ IMGUI_API void SetScrollX(float scroll_x); // set scrolling amount [0..GetScrollMaxX()]
+ IMGUI_API void SetScrollY(float scroll_y); // set scrolling amount [0..GetScrollMaxY()]
+ IMGUI_API void SetScrollHere(float center_y_ratio = 0.5f); // adjust scrolling amount to make current cursor position visible. center_y_ratio=0.0: top, 0.5: center, 1.0: bottom. When using to make a "default/current item" visible, consider using SetItemDefaultFocus() instead.
+ IMGUI_API void SetScrollFromPosY(float pos_y, float center_y_ratio = 0.5f); // adjust scrolling amount to make given position valid. use GetCursorPos() or GetCursorStartPos()+offset to get valid positions.
+
+ // Parameters stacks (shared)
+ IMGUI_API void PushFont(ImFont* font); // use NULL as a shortcut to push default font
+ IMGUI_API void PopFont();
+ IMGUI_API void PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, ImU32 col);
+ IMGUI_API void PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, const ImVec4& col);
+ IMGUI_API void PopStyleColor(int count = 1);
+ IMGUI_API void PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float val);
+ IMGUI_API void PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, const ImVec2& val);
+ IMGUI_API void PopStyleVar(int count = 1);
+ IMGUI_API const ImVec4& GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol idx); // retrieve style color as stored in ImGuiStyle structure. use to feed back into PushStyleColor(), otherwise use GetColorU32() to get style color with style alpha baked in.
+ IMGUI_API ImFont* GetFont(); // get current font
+ IMGUI_API float GetFontSize(); // get current font size (= height in pixels) of current font with current scale applied
+ IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetFontTexUvWhitePixel(); // get UV coordinate for a while pixel, useful to draw custom shapes via the ImDrawList API
+ IMGUI_API ImU32 GetColorU32(ImGuiCol idx, float alpha_mul = 1.0f); // retrieve given style color with style alpha applied and optional extra alpha multiplier
+ IMGUI_API ImU32 GetColorU32(const ImVec4& col); // retrieve given color with style alpha applied
+ IMGUI_API ImU32 GetColorU32(ImU32 col); // retrieve given color with style alpha applied
+
+ // Parameters stacks (current window)
+ IMGUI_API void PushItemWidth(float item_width); // width of items for the common item+label case, pixels. 0.0f = default to ~2/3 of windows width, >0.0f: width in pixels, <0.0f align xx pixels to the right of window (so -1.0f always align width to the right side)
+ IMGUI_API void PopItemWidth();
+ IMGUI_API float CalcItemWidth(); // width of item given pushed settings and current cursor position
+ IMGUI_API void PushTextWrapPos(float wrap_pos_x = 0.0f); // word-wrapping for Text*() commands. < 0.0f: no wrapping; 0.0f: wrap to end of window (or column); > 0.0f: wrap at 'wrap_pos_x' position in window local space
+ IMGUI_API void PopTextWrapPos();
+ IMGUI_API void PushAllowKeyboardFocus(bool allow_keyboard_focus); // allow focusing using TAB/Shift-TAB, enabled by default but you can disable it for certain widgets
+ IMGUI_API void PopAllowKeyboardFocus();
+ IMGUI_API void PushButtonRepeat(bool repeat); // in 'repeat' mode, Button*() functions return repeated true in a typematic manner (using io.KeyRepeatDelay/io.KeyRepeatRate setting). Note that you can call IsItemActive() after any Button() to tell if the button is held in the current frame.
+ IMGUI_API void PopButtonRepeat();
+
+ // Cursor / Layout
+ IMGUI_API void Separator(); // separator, generally horizontal. inside a menu bar or in horizontal layout mode, this becomes a vertical separator.
+ IMGUI_API void SameLine(float pos_x = 0.0f, float spacing_w = -1.0f); // call between widgets or groups to layout them horizontally
+ IMGUI_API void NewLine(); // undo a SameLine()
+ IMGUI_API void Spacing(); // add vertical spacing
+ IMGUI_API void Dummy(const ImVec2& size); // add a dummy item of given size
+ IMGUI_API void Indent(float indent_w = 0.0f); // move content position toward the right, by style.IndentSpacing or indent_w if != 0
+ IMGUI_API void Unindent(float indent_w = 0.0f); // move content position back to the left, by style.IndentSpacing or indent_w if != 0
+ IMGUI_API void BeginGroup(); // lock horizontal starting position + capture group bounding box into one "item" (so you can use IsItemHovered() or layout primitives such as SameLine() on whole group, etc.)
+ IMGUI_API void EndGroup();
+ IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetCursorPos(); // cursor position is relative to window position
+ IMGUI_API float GetCursorPosX(); // "
+ IMGUI_API float GetCursorPosY(); // "
+ IMGUI_API void SetCursorPos(const ImVec2& local_pos); // "
+ IMGUI_API void SetCursorPosX(float x); // "
+ IMGUI_API void SetCursorPosY(float y); // "
+ IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetCursorStartPos(); // initial cursor position
+ IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetCursorScreenPos(); // cursor position in absolute screen coordinates [0..io.DisplaySize] (useful to work with ImDrawList API)
+ IMGUI_API void SetCursorScreenPos(const ImVec2& screen_pos); // cursor position in absolute screen coordinates [0..io.DisplaySize]
+ IMGUI_API void AlignTextToFramePadding(); // vertically align upcoming text baseline to FramePadding.y so that it will align properly to regularly framed items (call if you have text on a line before a framed item)
+ IMGUI_API float GetTextLineHeight(); // ~ FontSize
+ IMGUI_API float GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing(); // ~ FontSize + style.ItemSpacing.y (distance in pixels between 2 consecutive lines of text)
+ IMGUI_API float GetFrameHeight(); // ~ FontSize + style.FramePadding.y * 2
+ IMGUI_API float GetFrameHeightWithSpacing(); // ~ FontSize + style.FramePadding.y * 2 + style.ItemSpacing.y (distance in pixels between 2 consecutive lines of framed widgets)
+
+ // ID stack/scopes
+ // Read the FAQ for more details about how ID are handled in dear imgui. If you are creating widgets in a loop you most
+ // likely want to push a unique identifier (e.g. object pointer, loop index) to uniquely differentiate them.
+ // You can also use the "##foobar" syntax within widget label to distinguish them from each others.
+ // In this header file we use the "label"/"name" terminology to denote a string that will be displayed and used as an ID,
+ // whereas "str_id" denote a string that is only used as an ID and not aimed to be displayed.
+ IMGUI_API void PushID(const char* str_id); // push identifier into the ID stack. IDs are hash of the entire stack!
+ IMGUI_API void PushID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end);
+ IMGUI_API void PushID(const void* ptr_id);
+ IMGUI_API void PushID(int int_id);
+ IMGUI_API void PopID();
+ IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetID(const char* str_id); // calculate unique ID (hash of whole ID stack + given parameter). e.g. if you want to query into ImGuiStorage yourself
+ IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end);
+ IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetID(const void* ptr_id);
+
+ // Widgets: Text
+ IMGUI_API void TextUnformatted(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL); // raw text without formatting. Roughly equivalent to Text("%s", text) but: A) doesn't require null terminated string if 'text_end' is specified, B) it's faster, no memory copy is done, no buffer size limits, recommended for long chunks of text.
+ IMGUI_API void Text(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1); // simple formatted text
+ IMGUI_API void TextV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1);
+ IMGUI_API void TextColored(const ImVec4& col, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(2); // shortcut for PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, col); Text(fmt, ...); PopStyleColor();
+ IMGUI_API void TextColoredV(const ImVec4& col, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(2);
+ IMGUI_API void TextDisabled(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1); // shortcut for PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]); Text(fmt, ...); PopStyleColor();
+ IMGUI_API void TextDisabledV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1);
+ IMGUI_API void TextWrapped(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1); // shortcut for PushTextWrapPos(0.0f); Text(fmt, ...); PopTextWrapPos();. Note that this won't work on an auto-resizing window if there's no other widgets to extend the window width, yoy may need to set a size using SetNextWindowSize().
+ IMGUI_API void TextWrappedV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1);
+ IMGUI_API void LabelText(const char* label, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(2); // display text+label aligned the same way as value+label widgets
+ IMGUI_API void LabelTextV(const char* label, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(2);
+ IMGUI_API void BulletText(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1); // shortcut for Bullet()+Text()
+ IMGUI_API void BulletTextV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1);
+
+ // Widgets: Main
+ // Most widgets return true when the value has been changed or when pressed/selected
+ IMGUI_API bool Button(const char* label, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0,0)); // button
+ IMGUI_API bool SmallButton(const char* label); // button with FramePadding=(0,0) to easily embed within text
+ IMGUI_API bool InvisibleButton(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size); // button behavior without the visuals, useful to build custom behaviors using the public api (along with IsItemActive, IsItemHovered, etc.)
+ IMGUI_API bool ArrowButton(const char* str_id, ImGuiDir dir); // square button with an arrow shape
+ IMGUI_API void Image(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0,0), const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1,1), const ImVec4& tint_col = ImVec4(1,1,1,1), const ImVec4& border_col = ImVec4(0,0,0,0));
+ IMGUI_API bool ImageButton(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0,0), const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1,1), int frame_padding = -1, const ImVec4& bg_col = ImVec4(0,0,0,0), const ImVec4& tint_col = ImVec4(1,1,1,1)); // <0 frame_padding uses default frame padding settings. 0 for no padding
+ IMGUI_API bool Checkbox(const char* label, bool* v);
+ IMGUI_API bool CheckboxFlags(const char* label, unsigned int* flags, unsigned int flags_value);
+ IMGUI_API bool RadioButton(const char* label, bool active); // use with e.g. if (RadioButton("one", my_value==1)) { my_value = 1; }
+ IMGUI_API bool RadioButton(const char* label, int* v, int v_button); // shortcut to handle the above pattern when value is an integer
+ IMGUI_API void PlotLines(const char* label, const float* values, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0,0), int stride = sizeof(float));
+ IMGUI_API void PlotLines(const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0,0));
+ IMGUI_API void PlotHistogram(const char* label, const float* values, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0,0), int stride = sizeof(float));
+ IMGUI_API void PlotHistogram(const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0,0));
+ IMGUI_API void ProgressBar(float fraction, const ImVec2& size_arg = ImVec2(-1,0), const char* overlay = NULL);
+ IMGUI_API void Bullet(); // draw a small circle and keep the cursor on the same line. advance cursor x position by GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing(), same distance that TreeNode() uses
+
+ // Widgets: Combo Box
+ // The new BeginCombo()/EndCombo() api allows you to manage your contents and selection state however you want it, by creating e.g. Selectable() items.
+ // The old Combo() api are helpers over BeginCombo()/EndCombo() which are kept available for convenience purpose.
+ IMGUI_API bool BeginCombo(const char* label, const char* preview_value, ImGuiComboFlags flags = 0);
+ IMGUI_API void EndCombo(); // only call EndCombo() if BeginCombo() returns true!
+ IMGUI_API bool Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* const items[], int items_count, int popup_max_height_in_items = -1);
+ IMGUI_API bool Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* items_separated_by_zeros, int popup_max_height_in_items = -1); // Separate items with \0 within a string, end item-list with \0\0. e.g. "One\0Two\0Three\0"
+ IMGUI_API bool Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, bool(*items_getter)(void* data, int idx, const char** out_text), void* data, int items_count, int popup_max_height_in_items = -1);
+
+ // Widgets: Drags (tip: ctrl+click on a drag box to input with keyboard. manually input values aren't clamped, can go off-bounds)
+ // For all the Float2/Float3/Float4/Int2/Int3/Int4 versions of every functions, note that a 'float v[X]' function argument is the same as 'float* v', the array syntax is just a way to document the number of elements that are expected to be accessible. You can pass address of your first element out of a contiguous set, e.g. &myvector.x
+ // Adjust format string to decorate the value with a prefix, a suffix, or adapt the editing and display precision e.g. "%.3f" -> 1.234; "%5.2f secs" -> 01.23 secs; "Biscuit: %.0f" -> Biscuit: 1; etc.
+ // Speed are per-pixel of mouse movement (v_speed=0.2f: mouse needs to move by 5 pixels to increase value by 1). For gamepad/keyboard navigation, minimum speed is Max(v_speed, minimum_step_at_given_precision).
+ IMGUI_API bool DragFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f); // If v_min >= v_max we have no bound
+ IMGUI_API bool DragFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f);
+ IMGUI_API bool DragFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f);
+ IMGUI_API bool DragFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f);
+ IMGUI_API bool DragFloatRange2(const char* label, float* v_current_min, float* v_current_max, float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", const char* format_max = NULL, float power = 1.0f);
+ IMGUI_API bool DragInt(const char* label, int* v, float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* format = "%d"); // If v_min >= v_max we have no bound
+ IMGUI_API bool DragInt2(const char* label, int v[2], float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* format = "%d");
+ IMGUI_API bool DragInt3(const char* label, int v[3], float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* format = "%d");
+ IMGUI_API bool DragInt4(const char* label, int v[4], float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* format = "%d");
+ IMGUI_API bool DragIntRange2(const char* label, int* v_current_min, int* v_current_max, float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* format = "%d", const char* format_max = NULL);
+ IMGUI_API bool DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, float v_speed, const void* v_min = NULL, const void* v_max = NULL, const char* format = NULL, float power = 1.0f);
+ IMGUI_API bool DragScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, int components, float v_speed, const void* v_min = NULL, const void* v_max = NULL, const char* format = NULL, float power = 1.0f);
+
+ // Widgets: Input with Keyboard
+ IMGUI_API bool InputText(const char* label, char* buf, size_t buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0, ImGuiTextEditCallback callback = NULL, void* user_data = NULL);
+ IMGUI_API bool InputTextMultiline(const char* label, char* buf, size_t buf_size, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0,0), ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0, ImGuiTextEditCallback callback = NULL, void* user_data = NULL);
+ IMGUI_API bool InputFloat(const char* label, float* v, float step = 0.0f, float step_fast = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0);
+ IMGUI_API bool InputFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0);
+ IMGUI_API bool InputFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0);
+ IMGUI_API bool InputFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0);
+ IMGUI_API bool InputInt(const char* label, int* v, int step = 1, int step_fast = 100, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0);
+ IMGUI_API bool InputInt2(const char* label, int v[2], ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0);
+ IMGUI_API bool InputInt3(const char* label, int v[3], ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0);
+ IMGUI_API bool InputInt4(const char* label, int v[4], ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0);
+ IMGUI_API bool InputDouble(const char* label, double* v, double step = 0.0f, double step_fast = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.6f", ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0);
+ IMGUI_API bool InputScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, const void* step = NULL, const void* step_fast = NULL, const char* format = NULL, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0);
+ IMGUI_API bool InputScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, int components, const void* step = NULL, const void* step_fast = NULL, const char* format = NULL, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0);
+
+ // Widgets: Sliders (tip: ctrl+click on a slider to input with keyboard. manually input values aren't clamped, can go off-bounds)
+ // Adjust format string to decorate the value with a prefix, a suffix, or adapt the editing and display precision e.g. "%.3f" -> 1.234; "%5.2f secs" -> 01.23 secs; "Biscuit: %.0f" -> Biscuit: 1; etc.
+ IMGUI_API bool SliderFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f); // adjust format to decorate the value with a prefix or a suffix for in-slider labels or unit display. Use power!=1.0 for power curve sliders
+ IMGUI_API bool SliderFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f);
+ IMGUI_API bool SliderFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f);
+ IMGUI_API bool SliderFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f);
+ IMGUI_API bool SliderAngle(const char* label, float* v_rad, float v_degrees_min = -360.0f, float v_degrees_max = +360.0f);
+ IMGUI_API bool SliderInt(const char* label, int* v, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format = "%d");
+ IMGUI_API bool SliderInt2(const char* label, int v[2], int v_min, int v_max, const char* format = "%d");
+ IMGUI_API bool SliderInt3(const char* label, int v[3], int v_min, int v_max, const char* format = "%d");
+ IMGUI_API bool SliderInt4(const char* label, int v[4], int v_min, int v_max, const char* format = "%d");
+ IMGUI_API bool SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, const void* v_min, const void* v_max, const char* format = NULL, float power = 1.0f);
+ IMGUI_API bool SliderScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, int components, const void* v_min, const void* v_max, const char* format = NULL, float power = 1.0f);
+ IMGUI_API bool VSliderFloat(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f);
+ IMGUI_API bool VSliderInt(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, int* v, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format = "%d");
+ IMGUI_API bool VSliderScalar(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, const void* v_min, const void* v_max, const char* format = NULL, float power = 1.0f);
+
+ // Widgets: Color Editor/Picker (tip: the ColorEdit* functions have a little colored preview square that can be left-clicked to open a picker, and right-clicked to open an option menu.)
+ // Note that a 'float v[X]' function argument is the same as 'float* v', the array syntax is just a way to document the number of elements that are expected to be accessible. You can the pass the address of a first float element out of a contiguous structure, e.g. &myvector.x
+ IMGUI_API bool ColorEdit3(const char* label, float col[3], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0);
+ IMGUI_API bool ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0);
+ IMGUI_API bool ColorPicker3(const char* label, float col[3], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0);
+ IMGUI_API bool ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0, const float* ref_col = NULL);
+ IMGUI_API bool ColorButton(const char* desc_id, const ImVec4& col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0, ImVec2 size = ImVec2(0,0)); // display a colored square/button, hover for details, return true when pressed.
+ IMGUI_API void SetColorEditOptions(ImGuiColorEditFlags flags); // initialize current options (generally on application startup) if you want to select a default format, picker type, etc. User will be able to change many settings, unless you pass the _NoOptions flag to your calls.
+
+ // Widgets: Trees
+ // TreeNode functions return true when the node is open, in which case you need to also call TreePop() when you are finished displaying the tree node contents.
+ IMGUI_API bool TreeNode(const char* label);
+ IMGUI_API bool TreeNode(const char* str_id, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(2); // helper variation to completely decorelate the id from the displayed string. Read the FAQ about why and how to use ID. to align arbitrary text at the same level as a TreeNode() you can use Bullet().
+ IMGUI_API bool TreeNode(const void* ptr_id, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(2); // "
+ IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeV(const char* str_id, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(2);
+ IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeV(const void* ptr_id, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(2);
+ IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeEx(const char* label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0);
+ IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(3);
+ IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeEx(const void* ptr_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(3);
+ IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeExV(const char* str_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(3);
+ IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeExV(const void* ptr_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(3);
+ IMGUI_API void TreePush(const char* str_id); // ~ Indent()+PushId(). Already called by TreeNode() when returning true, but you can call TreePush/TreePop yourself if desired.
+ IMGUI_API void TreePush(const void* ptr_id = NULL); // "
+ IMGUI_API void TreePop(); // ~ Unindent()+PopId()
+ IMGUI_API void TreeAdvanceToLabelPos(); // advance cursor x position by GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()
+ IMGUI_API float GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing(); // horizontal distance preceding label when using TreeNode*() or Bullet() == (g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.x*2) for a regular unframed TreeNode
+ IMGUI_API void SetNextTreeNodeOpen(bool is_open, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // set next TreeNode/CollapsingHeader open state.
+ IMGUI_API bool CollapsingHeader(const char* label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0); // if returning 'true' the header is open. doesn't indent nor push on ID stack. user doesn't have to call TreePop().
+ IMGUI_API bool CollapsingHeader(const char* label, bool* p_open, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0); // when 'p_open' isn't NULL, display an additional small close button on upper right of the header
+
+ // Widgets: Selectable / Lists
+ IMGUI_API bool Selectable(const char* label, bool selected = false, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0,0)); // "bool selected" carry the selection state (read-only). Selectable() is clicked is returns true so you can modify your selection state. size.x==0.0: use remaining width, size.x>0.0: specify width. size.y==0.0: use label height, size.y>0.0: specify height
+ IMGUI_API bool Selectable(const char* label, bool* p_selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0,0)); // "bool* p_selected" point to the selection state (read-write), as a convenient helper.
+ IMGUI_API bool ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* const items[], int items_count, int height_in_items = -1);
+ IMGUI_API bool ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(void* data, int idx, const char** out_text), void* data, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1);
+ IMGUI_API bool ListBoxHeader(const char* label, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0,0)); // use if you want to reimplement ListBox() will custom data or interactions. if the function return true, you can output elements then call ListBoxFooter() afterwards.
+ IMGUI_API bool ListBoxHeader(const char* label, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1); // "
+ IMGUI_API void ListBoxFooter(); // terminate the scrolling region. only call ListBoxFooter() if ListBoxHeader() returned true!
+
+ // Widgets: Value() Helpers. Output single value in "name: value" format (tip: freely declare more in your code to handle your types. you can add functions to the ImGui namespace)
+ IMGUI_API void Value(const char* prefix, bool b);
+ IMGUI_API void Value(const char* prefix, int v);
+ IMGUI_API void Value(const char* prefix, unsigned int v);
+ IMGUI_API void Value(const char* prefix, float v, const char* float_format = NULL);
+
+ // Tooltips
+ IMGUI_API void BeginTooltip(); // begin/append a tooltip window. to create full-featured tooltip (with any kind of items).
+ IMGUI_API void EndTooltip();
+ IMGUI_API void SetTooltip(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1); // set a text-only tooltip, typically use with ImGui::IsItemHovered(). overidde any previous call to SetTooltip().
+ IMGUI_API void SetTooltipV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1);
+
+ // Menus
+ IMGUI_API bool BeginMainMenuBar(); // create and append to a full screen menu-bar.
+ IMGUI_API void EndMainMenuBar(); // only call EndMainMenuBar() if BeginMainMenuBar() returns true!
+ IMGUI_API bool BeginMenuBar(); // append to menu-bar of current window (requires ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar flag set on parent window).
+ IMGUI_API void EndMenuBar(); // only call EndMenuBar() if BeginMenuBar() returns true!
+ IMGUI_API bool BeginMenu(const char* label, bool enabled = true); // create a sub-menu entry. only call EndMenu() if this returns true!
+ IMGUI_API void EndMenu(); // only call EndMenu() if BeginMenu() returns true!
+ IMGUI_API bool MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut = NULL, bool selected = false, bool enabled = true); // return true when activated. shortcuts are displayed for convenience but not processed by ImGui at the moment
+ IMGUI_API bool MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool* p_selected, bool enabled = true); // return true when activated + toggle (*p_selected) if p_selected != NULL
+
+ // Popups
+ IMGUI_API void OpenPopup(const char* str_id); // call to mark popup as open (don't call every frame!). popups are closed when user click outside, or if CloseCurrentPopup() is called within a BeginPopup()/EndPopup() block. By default, Selectable()/MenuItem() are calling CloseCurrentPopup(). Popup identifiers are relative to the current ID-stack (so OpenPopup and BeginPopup needs to be at the same level).
+ IMGUI_API bool BeginPopup(const char* str_id, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); // return true if the popup is open, and you can start outputting to it. only call EndPopup() if BeginPopup() returns true!
+ IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupContextItem(const char* str_id = NULL, int mouse_button = 1); // helper to open and begin popup when clicked on last item. if you can pass a NULL str_id only if the previous item had an id. If you want to use that on a non-interactive item such as Text() you need to pass in an explicit ID here. read comments in .cpp!
+ IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupContextWindow(const char* str_id = NULL, int mouse_button = 1, bool also_over_items = true); // helper to open and begin popup when clicked on current window.
+ IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupContextVoid(const char* str_id = NULL, int mouse_button = 1); // helper to open and begin popup when clicked in void (where there are no imgui windows).
+ IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupModal(const char* name, bool* p_open = NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); // modal dialog (regular window with title bar, block interactions behind the modal window, can't close the modal window by clicking outside)
+ IMGUI_API void EndPopup(); // only call EndPopup() if BeginPopupXXX() returns true!
+ IMGUI_API bool OpenPopupOnItemClick(const char* str_id = NULL, int mouse_button = 1); // helper to open popup when clicked on last item. return true when just opened.
+ IMGUI_API bool IsPopupOpen(const char* str_id); // return true if the popup is open
+ IMGUI_API void CloseCurrentPopup(); // close the popup we have begin-ed into. clicking on a MenuItem or Selectable automatically close the current popup.
+
+ // Columns
+ // You can also use SameLine(pos_x) for simplified columns. The columns API is still work-in-progress and rather lacking.
+ IMGUI_API void Columns(int count = 1, const char* id = NULL, bool border = true);
+ IMGUI_API void NextColumn(); // next column, defaults to current row or next row if the current row is finished
+ IMGUI_API int GetColumnIndex(); // get current column index
+ IMGUI_API float GetColumnWidth(int column_index = -1); // get column width (in pixels). pass -1 to use current column
+ IMGUI_API void SetColumnWidth(int column_index, float width); // set column width (in pixels). pass -1 to use current column
+ IMGUI_API float GetColumnOffset(int column_index = -1); // get position of column line (in pixels, from the left side of the contents region). pass -1 to use current column, otherwise 0..GetColumnsCount() inclusive. column 0 is typically 0.0f
+ IMGUI_API void SetColumnOffset(int column_index, float offset_x); // set position of column line (in pixels, from the left side of the contents region). pass -1 to use current column
+ IMGUI_API int GetColumnsCount();
+
+ // Logging/Capture: all text output from interface is captured to tty/file/clipboard. By default, tree nodes are automatically opened during logging.
+ IMGUI_API void LogToTTY(int max_depth = -1); // start logging to tty
+ IMGUI_API void LogToFile(int max_depth = -1, const char* filename = NULL); // start logging to file
+ IMGUI_API void LogToClipboard(int max_depth = -1); // start logging to OS clipboard
+ IMGUI_API void LogFinish(); // stop logging (close file, etc.)
+ IMGUI_API void LogButtons(); // helper to display buttons for logging to tty/file/clipboard
+ IMGUI_API void LogText(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1); // pass text data straight to log (without being displayed)
+
+ // Drag and Drop
+ // [BETA API] Missing Demo code. API may evolve.
+ IMGUI_API bool BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags flags = 0); // call when the current item is active. If this return true, you can call SetDragDropPayload() + EndDragDropSource()
+ IMGUI_API bool SetDragDropPayload(const char* type, const void* data, size_t size, ImGuiCond cond = 0);// type is a user defined string of maximum 32 characters. Strings starting with '_' are reserved for dear imgui internal types. Data is copied and held by imgui.
+ IMGUI_API void EndDragDropSource(); // only call EndDragDropSource() if BeginDragDropSource() returns true!
+ IMGUI_API bool BeginDragDropTarget(); // call after submitting an item that may receive an item. If this returns true, you can call AcceptDragDropPayload() + EndDragDropTarget()
+ IMGUI_API const ImGuiPayload* AcceptDragDropPayload(const char* type, ImGuiDragDropFlags flags = 0); // accept contents of a given type. If ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptBeforeDelivery is set you can peek into the payload before the mouse button is released.
+ IMGUI_API void EndDragDropTarget(); // only call EndDragDropTarget() if BeginDragDropTarget() returns true!
+
+ // Clipping
+ IMGUI_API void PushClipRect(const ImVec2& clip_rect_min, const ImVec2& clip_rect_max, bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect);
+ IMGUI_API void PopClipRect();
+
+ // Focus, Activation
+ // (Prefer using "SetItemDefaultFocus()" over "if (IsWindowAppearing()) SetScrollHere()" when applicable, to make your code more forward compatible when navigation branch is merged)
+ IMGUI_API void SetItemDefaultFocus(); // make last item the default focused item of a window. Please use instead of "if (IsWindowAppearing()) SetScrollHere()" to signify "default item".
+ IMGUI_API void SetKeyboardFocusHere(int offset = 0); // focus keyboard on the next widget. Use positive 'offset' to access sub components of a multiple component widget. Use -1 to access previous widget.
+
+ // Utilities
+ IMGUI_API bool IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags = 0); // is the last item hovered? (and usable, aka not blocked by a popup, etc.). See ImGuiHoveredFlags for more options.
+ IMGUI_API bool IsItemActive(); // is the last item active? (e.g. button being held, text field being edited. This will continuously return true while holding mouse button on an item. Items that don't interact will always return false)
+ IMGUI_API bool IsItemFocused(); // is the last item focused for keyboard/gamepad navigation?
+ IMGUI_API bool IsItemClicked(int mouse_button = 0); // is the last item clicked? (e.g. button/node just clicked on) == IsMouseClicked(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered()
+ IMGUI_API bool IsItemVisible(); // is the last item visible? (items may be out of sight because of clipping/scrolling)
+ IMGUI_API bool IsItemDeactivated(); // was the last item just made inactive (item was previously active). Useful for Undo/Redo patterns with widgets that requires continuous editing.
+ IMGUI_API bool IsItemDeactivatedAfterChange(); // was the last item just made inactive and made a value change when it was active? (e.g. Slider/Drag moved). Useful for Undo/Redo patterns with widgets that requires continuous editing. Note that you may get false positives (some widgets such as Combo()/ListBox()/Selectable() will return true even when clicking an already selected item).
+ IMGUI_API bool IsAnyItemHovered();
+ IMGUI_API bool IsAnyItemActive();
+ IMGUI_API bool IsAnyItemFocused();
+ IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetItemRectMin(); // get bounding rectangle of last item, in screen space
+ IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetItemRectMax(); // "
+ IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetItemRectSize(); // get size of last item, in screen space
+ IMGUI_API void SetItemAllowOverlap(); // allow last item to be overlapped by a subsequent item. sometimes useful with invisible buttons, selectables, etc. to catch unused area.
+ IMGUI_API bool IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& size); // test if rectangle (of given size, starting from cursor position) is visible / not clipped.
+ IMGUI_API bool IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max); // test if rectangle (in screen space) is visible / not clipped. to perform coarse clipping on user's side.
+ IMGUI_API double GetTime();
+ IMGUI_API int GetFrameCount();
+ IMGUI_API ImDrawList* GetOverlayDrawList(); // this draw list will be the last rendered one, useful to quickly draw overlays shapes/text
+ IMGUI_API ImDrawListSharedData* GetDrawListSharedData(); // you may use this when creating your own ImDrawList instances
+ IMGUI_API const char* GetStyleColorName(ImGuiCol idx);
+ IMGUI_API void SetStateStorage(ImGuiStorage* storage); // replace current window storage with our own (if you want to manipulate it yourself, typically clear subsection of it)
+ IMGUI_API ImGuiStorage* GetStateStorage();
+ IMGUI_API ImVec2 CalcTextSize(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL, bool hide_text_after_double_hash = false, float wrap_width = -1.0f);
+ IMGUI_API void CalcListClipping(int items_count, float items_height, int* out_items_display_start, int* out_items_display_end); // calculate coarse clipping for large list of evenly sized items. Prefer using the ImGuiListClipper higher-level helper if you can.
+
+ IMGUI_API bool BeginChildFrame(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); // helper to create a child window / scrolling region that looks like a normal widget frame
+ IMGUI_API void EndChildFrame(); // always call EndChildFrame() regardless of BeginChildFrame() return values (which indicates a collapsed/clipped window)
+
+ IMGUI_API ImVec4 ColorConvertU32ToFloat4(ImU32 in);
+ IMGUI_API ImU32 ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(const ImVec4& in);
+ IMGUI_API void ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(float r, float g, float b, float& out_h, float& out_s, float& out_v);
+ IMGUI_API void ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(float h, float s, float v, float& out_r, float& out_g, float& out_b);
+
+ // Inputs
+ IMGUI_API int GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey imgui_key); // map ImGuiKey_* values into user's key index. == io.KeyMap[key]
+ IMGUI_API bool IsKeyDown(int user_key_index); // is key being held. == io.KeysDown[user_key_index]. note that imgui doesn't know the semantic of each entry of io.KeysDown[]. Use your own indices/enums according to how your backend/engine stored them into io.KeysDown[]!
+ IMGUI_API bool IsKeyPressed(int user_key_index, bool repeat = true); // was key pressed (went from !Down to Down). if repeat=true, uses io.KeyRepeatDelay / KeyRepeatRate
+ IMGUI_API bool IsKeyReleased(int user_key_index); // was key released (went from Down to !Down)..
+ IMGUI_API int GetKeyPressedAmount(int key_index, float repeat_delay, float rate); // uses provided repeat rate/delay. return a count, most often 0 or 1 but might be >1 if RepeatRate is small enough that DeltaTime > RepeatRate
+ IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDown(int button); // is mouse button held (0=left, 1=right, 2=middle)
+ IMGUI_API bool IsAnyMouseDown(); // is any mouse button held
+ IMGUI_API bool IsMouseClicked(int button, bool repeat = false); // did mouse button clicked (went from !Down to Down) (0=left, 1=right, 2=middle)
+ IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDoubleClicked(int button); // did mouse button double-clicked. a double-click returns false in IsMouseClicked(). uses io.MouseDoubleClickTime.
+ IMGUI_API bool IsMouseReleased(int button); // did mouse button released (went from Down to !Down)
+ IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDragging(int button = 0, float lock_threshold = -1.0f); // is mouse dragging. if lock_threshold < -1.0f uses io.MouseDraggingThreshold
+ IMGUI_API bool IsMouseHoveringRect(const ImVec2& r_min, const ImVec2& r_max, bool clip = true); // is mouse hovering given bounding rect (in screen space). clipped by current clipping settings. disregarding of consideration of focus/window ordering/blocked by a popup.
+ IMGUI_API bool IsMousePosValid(const ImVec2* mouse_pos = NULL); //
+ IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetMousePos(); // shortcut to ImGui::GetIO().MousePos provided by user, to be consistent with other calls
+ IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetMousePosOnOpeningCurrentPopup(); // retrieve backup of mouse position at the time of opening popup we have BeginPopup() into
+ IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetMouseDragDelta(int button = 0, float lock_threshold = -1.0f); // dragging amount since clicking. if lock_threshold < -1.0f uses io.MouseDraggingThreshold
+ IMGUI_API void ResetMouseDragDelta(int button = 0); //
+ IMGUI_API ImGuiMouseCursor GetMouseCursor(); // get desired cursor type, reset in ImGui::NewFrame(), this is updated during the frame. valid before Render(). If you use software rendering by setting io.MouseDrawCursor ImGui will render those for you
+ IMGUI_API void SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor type); // set desired cursor type
+ IMGUI_API void CaptureKeyboardFromApp(bool capture = true); // manually override io.WantCaptureKeyboard flag next frame (said flag is entirely left for your application to handle). e.g. force capture keyboard when your widget is being hovered.
+ IMGUI_API void CaptureMouseFromApp(bool capture = true); // manually override io.WantCaptureMouse flag next frame (said flag is entirely left for your application to handle).
+
+ // Clipboard Utilities (also see the LogToClipboard() function to capture or output text data to the clipboard)
+ IMGUI_API const char* GetClipboardText();
+ IMGUI_API void SetClipboardText(const char* text);
+
+ // Settings/.Ini Utilities
+ // The disk functions are automatically called if io.IniFilename != NULL (default is "imgui.ini").
+ // Set io.IniFilename to NULL to load/save manually. Read io.WantSaveIniSettings description about handling .ini saving manually.
+ IMGUI_API void LoadIniSettingsFromDisk(const char* ini_filename); // call after CreateContext() and before the first call to NewFrame(). NewFrame() automatically calls LoadIniSettingsFromDisk(io.IniFilename).
+ IMGUI_API void LoadIniSettingsFromMemory(const char* ini_data, size_t ini_size=0); // call after CreateContext() and before the first call to NewFrame() to provide .ini data from your own data source.
+ IMGUI_API void SaveIniSettingsToDisk(const char* ini_filename);
+ IMGUI_API const char* SaveIniSettingsToMemory(size_t* out_ini_size = NULL); // return a zero-terminated string with the .ini data which you can save by your own mean. call when io.WantSaveIniSettings is set, then save data by your own mean and clear io.WantSaveIniSettings.
+
+ // Memory Utilities
+ // All those functions are not reliant on the current context.
+ // If you reload the contents of imgui.cpp at runtime, you may need to call SetCurrentContext() + SetAllocatorFunctions() again.
+ IMGUI_API void SetAllocatorFunctions(void* (*alloc_func)(size_t sz, void* user_data), void(*free_func)(void* ptr, void* user_data), void* user_data = NULL);
+ IMGUI_API void* MemAlloc(size_t size);
+ IMGUI_API void MemFree(void* ptr);
+
+} // namespace ImGui
+
+// Flags for ImGui::Begin()
+enum ImGuiWindowFlags_
+{
+ ImGuiWindowFlags_None = 0,
+ ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar = 1 << 0, // Disable title-bar
+ ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize = 1 << 1, // Disable user resizing with the lower-right grip
+ ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove = 1 << 2, // Disable user moving the window
+ ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar = 1 << 3, // Disable scrollbars (window can still scroll with mouse or programatically)
+ ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse = 1 << 4, // Disable user vertically scrolling with mouse wheel. On child window, mouse wheel will be forwarded to the parent unless NoScrollbar is also set.
+ ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse = 1 << 5, // Disable user collapsing window by double-clicking on it
+ ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize = 1 << 6, // Resize every window to its content every frame
+ ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings = 1 << 8, // Never load/save settings in .ini file
+ ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs = 1 << 9, // Disable catching mouse or keyboard inputs, hovering test with pass through.
+ ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar = 1 << 10, // Has a menu-bar
+ ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar = 1 << 11, // Allow horizontal scrollbar to appear (off by default). You may use SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(width,0.0f)); prior to calling Begin() to specify width. Read code in imgui_demo in the "Horizontal Scrolling" section.
+ ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing = 1 << 12, // Disable taking focus when transitioning from hidden to visible state
+ ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus = 1 << 13, // Disable bringing window to front when taking focus (e.g. clicking on it or programatically giving it focus)
+ ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar= 1 << 14, // Always show vertical scrollbar (even if ContentSize.y < Size.y)
+ ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar=1<< 15, // Always show horizontal scrollbar (even if ContentSize.x < Size.x)
+ ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding = 1 << 16, // Ensure child windows without border uses style.WindowPadding (ignored by default for non-bordered child windows, because more convenient)
+ ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs = 1 << 18, // No gamepad/keyboard navigation within the window
+ ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus = 1 << 19, // No focusing toward this window with gamepad/keyboard navigation (e.g. skipped by CTRL+TAB)
+ ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNav = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus,
+
+ // [Internal]
+ ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened = 1 << 23, // [BETA] Allow gamepad/keyboard navigation to cross over parent border to this child (only use on child that have no scrolling!)
+ ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow = 1 << 24, // Don't use! For internal use by BeginChild()
+ ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip = 1 << 25, // Don't use! For internal use by BeginTooltip()
+ ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup = 1 << 26, // Don't use! For internal use by BeginPopup()
+ ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal = 1 << 27, // Don't use! For internal use by BeginPopupModal()
+ ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu = 1 << 28 // Don't use! For internal use by BeginMenu()
+
+ // [Obsolete]
+ //ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders = 1 << 7, // --> Set style.FrameBorderSize=1.0f / style.WindowBorderSize=1.0f to enable borders around windows and items
+ //ImGuiWindowFlags_ResizeFromAnySide = 1 << 17, // --> Set io.OptResizeWindowsFromEdges and make sure mouse cursors are supported by back-end (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors)
+};
+
+// Flags for ImGui::InputText()
+enum ImGuiInputTextFlags_
+{
+ ImGuiInputTextFlags_None = 0,
+ ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal = 1 << 0, // Allow 0123456789.+-*/
+ ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal = 1 << 1, // Allow 0123456789ABCDEFabcdef
+ ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase = 1 << 2, // Turn a..z into A..Z
+ ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank = 1 << 3, // Filter out spaces, tabs
+ ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll = 1 << 4, // Select entire text when first taking mouse focus
+ ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue = 1 << 5, // Return 'true' when Enter is pressed (as opposed to when the value was modified)
+ ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion = 1 << 6, // Call user function on pressing TAB (for completion handling)
+ ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory = 1 << 7, // Call user function on pressing Up/Down arrows (for history handling)
+ ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways = 1 << 8, // Call user function every time. User code may query cursor position, modify text buffer.
+ ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter = 1 << 9, // Call user function to filter character. Modify data->EventChar to replace/filter input, or return 1 to discard character.
+ ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput = 1 << 10, // Pressing TAB input a '\t' character into the text field
+ ImGuiInputTextFlags_CtrlEnterForNewLine = 1 << 11, // In multi-line mode, unfocus with Enter, add new line with Ctrl+Enter (default is opposite: unfocus with Ctrl+Enter, add line with Enter).
+ ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoHorizontalScroll = 1 << 12, // Disable following the cursor horizontally
+ ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysInsertMode = 1 << 13, // Insert mode
+ ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly = 1 << 14, // Read-only mode
+ ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password = 1 << 15, // Password mode, display all characters as '*'
+ ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoUndoRedo = 1 << 16, // Disable undo/redo. Note that input text owns the text data while active, if you want to provide your own undo/redo stack you need e.g. to call ClearActiveID().
+ ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific = 1 << 17, // Allow 0123456789.+-*/eE (Scientific notation input)
+ // [Internal]
+ ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline = 1 << 20 // For internal use by InputTextMultiline()
+};
+
+// Flags for ImGui::TreeNodeEx(), ImGui::CollapsingHeader*()
+enum ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_
+{
+ ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_None = 0,
+ ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Selected = 1 << 0, // Draw as selected
+ ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Framed = 1 << 1, // Full colored frame (e.g. for CollapsingHeader)
+ ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap = 1 << 2, // Hit testing to allow subsequent widgets to overlap this one
+ ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen = 1 << 3, // Don't do a TreePush() when open (e.g. for CollapsingHeader) = no extra indent nor pushing on ID stack
+ ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoAutoOpenOnLog = 1 << 4, // Don't automatically and temporarily open node when Logging is active (by default logging will automatically open tree nodes)
+ ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen = 1 << 5, // Default node to be open
+ ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick = 1 << 6, // Need double-click to open node
+ ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow = 1 << 7, // Only open when clicking on the arrow part. If ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick is also set, single-click arrow or double-click all box to open.
+ ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf = 1 << 8, // No collapsing, no arrow (use as a convenience for leaf nodes).
+ ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet = 1 << 9, // Display a bullet instead of arrow
+ ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_FramePadding = 1 << 10, // Use FramePadding (even for an unframed text node) to vertically align text baseline to regular widget height. Equivalent to calling AlignTextToFramePadding().
+ //ImGuITreeNodeFlags_SpanAllAvailWidth = 1 << 11, // FIXME: TODO: Extend hit box horizontally even if not framed
+ //ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoScrollOnOpen = 1 << 12, // FIXME: TODO: Disable automatic scroll on TreePop() if node got just open and contents is not visible
+ ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere = 1 << 13, // (WIP) Nav: left direction may move to this TreeNode() from any of its child (items submitted between TreeNode and TreePop)
+ ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Framed | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoAutoOpenOnLog
+
+ // Obsolete names (will be removed)
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+ , ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlapMode = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap
+#endif
+};
+
+// Flags for ImGui::Selectable()
+enum ImGuiSelectableFlags_
+{
+ ImGuiSelectableFlags_None = 0,
+ ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups = 1 << 0, // Clicking this don't close parent popup window
+ ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns = 1 << 1, // Selectable frame can span all columns (text will still fit in current column)
+ ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowDoubleClick = 1 << 2 // Generate press events on double clicks too
+};
+
+// Flags for ImGui::BeginCombo()
+enum ImGuiComboFlags_
+{
+ ImGuiComboFlags_None = 0,
+ ImGuiComboFlags_PopupAlignLeft = 1 << 0, // Align the popup toward the left by default
+ ImGuiComboFlags_HeightSmall = 1 << 1, // Max ~4 items visible. Tip: If you want your combo popup to be a specific size you can use SetNextWindowSizeConstraints() prior to calling BeginCombo()
+ ImGuiComboFlags_HeightRegular = 1 << 2, // Max ~8 items visible (default)
+ ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLarge = 1 << 3, // Max ~20 items visible
+ ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLargest = 1 << 4, // As many fitting items as possible
+ ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton = 1 << 5, // Display on the preview box without the square arrow button
+ ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview = 1 << 6, // Display only a square arrow button
+ ImGuiComboFlags_HeightMask_ = ImGuiComboFlags_HeightSmall | ImGuiComboFlags_HeightRegular | ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLarge | ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLargest
+};
+
+// Flags for ImGui::IsWindowFocused()
+enum ImGuiFocusedFlags_
+{
+ ImGuiFocusedFlags_None = 0,
+ ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows = 1 << 0, // IsWindowFocused(): Return true if any children of the window is focused
+ ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow = 1 << 1, // IsWindowFocused(): Test from root window (top most parent of the current hierarchy)
+ ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow = 1 << 2, // IsWindowFocused(): Return true if any window is focused
+ ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootAndChildWindows = ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows
+};
+
+// Flags for ImGui::IsItemHovered(), ImGui::IsWindowHovered()
+// Note: if you are trying to check whether your mouse should be dispatched to imgui or to your app, you should use the 'io.WantCaptureMouse' boolean for that. Please read the FAQ!
+// Note: windows with the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs flag are ignored by IsWindowHovered() calls.
+enum ImGuiHoveredFlags_
+{
+ ImGuiHoveredFlags_None = 0, // Return true if directly over the item/window, not obstructed by another window, not obstructed by an active popup or modal blocking inputs under them.
+ ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows = 1 << 0, // IsWindowHovered() only: Return true if any children of the window is hovered
+ ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow = 1 << 1, // IsWindowHovered() only: Test from root window (top most parent of the current hierarchy)
+ ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow = 1 << 2, // IsWindowHovered() only: Return true if any window is hovered
+ ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup = 1 << 3, // Return true even if a popup window is normally blocking access to this item/window
+ //ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByModal = 1 << 4, // Return true even if a modal popup window is normally blocking access to this item/window. FIXME-TODO: Unavailable yet.
+ ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem = 1 << 5, // Return true even if an active item is blocking access to this item/window. Useful for Drag and Drop patterns.
+ ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped = 1 << 6, // Return true even if the position is overlapped by another window
+ ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled = 1 << 7, // Return true even if the item is disabled
+ ImGuiHoveredFlags_RectOnly = ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped,
+ ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootAndChildWindows = ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows
+};
+
+// Flags for ImGui::BeginDragDropSource(), ImGui::AcceptDragDropPayload()
+enum ImGuiDragDropFlags_
+{
+ ImGuiDragDropFlags_None = 0,
+ // BeginDragDropSource() flags
+ ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoPreviewTooltip = 1 << 0, // By default, a successful call to BeginDragDropSource opens a tooltip so you can display a preview or description of the source contents. This flag disable this behavior.
+ ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoDisableHover = 1 << 1, // By default, when dragging we clear data so that IsItemHovered() will return false, to avoid subsequent user code submitting tooltips. This flag disable this behavior so you can still call IsItemHovered() on the source item.
+ ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoHoldToOpenOthers = 1 << 2, // Disable the behavior that allows to open tree nodes and collapsing header by holding over them while dragging a source item.
+ ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAllowNullID = 1 << 3, // Allow items such as Text(), Image() that have no unique identifier to be used as drag source, by manufacturing a temporary identifier based on their window-relative position. This is extremely unusual within the dear imgui ecosystem and so we made it explicit.
+ ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern = 1 << 4, // External source (from outside of imgui), won't attempt to read current item/window info. Will always return true. Only one Extern source can be active simultaneously.
+ // AcceptDragDropPayload() flags
+ ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptBeforeDelivery = 1 << 10, // AcceptDragDropPayload() will returns true even before the mouse button is released. You can then call IsDelivery() to test if the payload needs to be delivered.
+ ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect = 1 << 11, // Do not draw the default highlight rectangle when hovering over target.
+ ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoPreviewTooltip = 1 << 12, // Request hiding the BeginDragDropSource tooltip from the BeginDragDropTarget site.
+ ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptPeekOnly = ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptBeforeDelivery | ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect // For peeking ahead and inspecting the payload before delivery.
+};
+
+// Standard Drag and Drop payload types. You can define you own payload types using short strings. Types starting with '_' are defined by Dear ImGui.
+#define IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_3F "_COL3F" // float[3]: Standard type for colors, without alpha. User code may use this type.
+#define IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_4F "_COL4F" // float[4]: Standard type for colors. User code may use this type.
+
+// A primary data type
+enum ImGuiDataType_
+{
+ ImGuiDataType_S32, // int
+ ImGuiDataType_U32, // unsigned int
+ ImGuiDataType_S64, // long long, __int64
+ ImGuiDataType_U64, // unsigned long long, unsigned __int64
+ ImGuiDataType_Float, // float
+ ImGuiDataType_Double, // double
+ ImGuiDataType_COUNT
+};
+
+// A cardinal direction
+enum ImGuiDir_
+{
+ ImGuiDir_None = -1,
+ ImGuiDir_Left = 0,
+ ImGuiDir_Right = 1,
+ ImGuiDir_Up = 2,
+ ImGuiDir_Down = 3,
+ ImGuiDir_COUNT
+};
+
+// User fill ImGuiIO.KeyMap[] array with indices into the ImGuiIO.KeysDown[512] array
+enum ImGuiKey_
+{
+ ImGuiKey_Tab,
+ ImGuiKey_LeftArrow,
+ ImGuiKey_RightArrow,
+ ImGuiKey_UpArrow,
+ ImGuiKey_DownArrow,
+ ImGuiKey_PageUp,
+ ImGuiKey_PageDown,
+ ImGuiKey_Home,
+ ImGuiKey_End,
+ ImGuiKey_Insert,
+ ImGuiKey_Delete,
+ ImGuiKey_Backspace,
+ ImGuiKey_Space,
+ ImGuiKey_Enter,
+ ImGuiKey_Escape,
+ ImGuiKey_A, // for text edit CTRL+A: select all
+ ImGuiKey_C, // for text edit CTRL+C: copy
+ ImGuiKey_V, // for text edit CTRL+V: paste
+ ImGuiKey_X, // for text edit CTRL+X: cut
+ ImGuiKey_Y, // for text edit CTRL+Y: redo
+ ImGuiKey_Z, // for text edit CTRL+Z: undo
+ ImGuiKey_COUNT
+};
+
+// [BETA] Gamepad/Keyboard directional navigation
+// Keyboard: Set io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard to enable. NewFrame() will automatically fill io.NavInputs[] based on your io.KeysDown[] + io.KeyMap[] arrays.
+// Gamepad: Set io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad to enable. Back-end: set ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad and fill the io.NavInputs[] fields before calling NewFrame(). Note that io.NavInputs[] is cleared by EndFrame().
+// Read instructions in imgui.cpp for more details. Download PNG/PSD at goo.gl/9LgVZW.
+enum ImGuiNavInput_
+{
+ // Gamepad Mapping
+ ImGuiNavInput_Activate, // activate / open / toggle / tweak value // e.g. Cross (PS4), A (Xbox), A (Switch), Space (Keyboard)
+ ImGuiNavInput_Cancel, // cancel / close / exit // e.g. Circle (PS4), B (Xbox), B (Switch), Escape (Keyboard)
+ ImGuiNavInput_Input, // text input / on-screen keyboard // e.g. Triang.(PS4), Y (Xbox), X (Switch), Return (Keyboard)
+ ImGuiNavInput_Menu, // tap: toggle menu / hold: focus, move, resize // e.g. Square (PS4), X (Xbox), Y (Switch), Alt (Keyboard)
+ ImGuiNavInput_DpadLeft, // move / tweak / resize window (w/ PadMenu) // e.g. D-pad Left/Right/Up/Down (Gamepads), Arrow keys (Keyboard)
+ ImGuiNavInput_DpadRight, //
+ ImGuiNavInput_DpadUp, //
+ ImGuiNavInput_DpadDown, //
+ ImGuiNavInput_LStickLeft, // scroll / move window (w/ PadMenu) // e.g. Left Analog Stick Left/Right/Up/Down
+ ImGuiNavInput_LStickRight, //
+ ImGuiNavInput_LStickUp, //
+ ImGuiNavInput_LStickDown, //
+ ImGuiNavInput_FocusPrev, // next window (w/ PadMenu) // e.g. L1 or L2 (PS4), LB or LT (Xbox), L or ZL (Switch)
+ ImGuiNavInput_FocusNext, // prev window (w/ PadMenu) // e.g. R1 or R2 (PS4), RB or RT (Xbox), R or ZL (Switch)
+ ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow, // slower tweaks // e.g. L1 or L2 (PS4), LB or LT (Xbox), L or ZL (Switch)
+ ImGuiNavInput_TweakFast, // faster tweaks // e.g. R1 or R2 (PS4), RB or RT (Xbox), R or ZL (Switch)
+
+ // [Internal] Don't use directly! This is used internally to differentiate keyboard from gamepad inputs for behaviors that require to differentiate them.
+ // Keyboard behavior that have no corresponding gamepad mapping (e.g. CTRL+TAB) will be directly reading from io.KeysDown[] instead of io.NavInputs[].
+ ImGuiNavInput_KeyMenu_, // toggle menu // = io.KeyAlt
+ ImGuiNavInput_KeyLeft_, // move left // = Arrow keys
+ ImGuiNavInput_KeyRight_, // move right
+ ImGuiNavInput_KeyUp_, // move up
+ ImGuiNavInput_KeyDown_, // move down
+ ImGuiNavInput_COUNT,
+ ImGuiNavInput_InternalStart_ = ImGuiNavInput_KeyMenu_
+};
+
+// Configuration flags stored in io.ConfigFlags. Set by user/application.
+enum ImGuiConfigFlags_
+{
+ ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard = 1 << 0, // Master keyboard navigation enable flag. NewFrame() will automatically fill io.NavInputs[] based on io.KeysDown[].
+ ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad = 1 << 1, // Master gamepad navigation enable flag. This is mostly to instruct your imgui back-end to fill io.NavInputs[]. Back-end also needs to set ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad.
+ ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos = 1 << 2, // Instruct navigation to move the mouse cursor. May be useful on TV/console systems where moving a virtual mouse is awkward. Will update io.MousePos and set io.WantSetMousePos=true. If enabled you MUST honor io.WantSetMousePos requests in your binding, otherwise ImGui will react as if the mouse is jumping around back and forth.
+ ImGuiConfigFlags_NavNoCaptureKeyboard = 1 << 3, // Instruct navigation to not set the io.WantCaptureKeyboard flag when io.NavActive is set.
+ ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse = 1 << 4, // Instruct imgui to clear mouse position/buttons in NewFrame(). This allows ignoring the mouse information set by the back-end.
+ ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange = 1 << 5, // Instruct back-end to not alter mouse cursor shape and visibility. Use if the back-end cursor changes are interfering with yours and you don't want to use SetMouseCursor() to change mouse cursor. You may want to honor requests from imgui by reading GetMouseCursor() yourself instead.
+
+ // User storage (to allow your back-end/engine to communicate to code that may be shared between multiple projects. Those flags are not used by core ImGui)
+ ImGuiConfigFlags_IsSRGB = 1 << 20, // Application is SRGB-aware.
+ ImGuiConfigFlags_IsTouchScreen = 1 << 21 // Application is using a touch screen instead of a mouse.
+};
+
+// Back-end capabilities flags stored in io.BackendFlags. Set by imgui_impl_xxx or custom back-end.
+enum ImGuiBackendFlags_
+{
+ ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad = 1 << 0, // Back-end supports gamepad and currently has one connected.
+ ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors = 1 << 1, // Back-end supports honoring GetMouseCursor() value to change the OS cursor shape.
+ ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos = 1 << 2 // Back-end supports io.WantSetMousePos requests to reposition the OS mouse position (only used if ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos is set).
+};
+
+// Enumeration for PushStyleColor() / PopStyleColor()
+enum ImGuiCol_
+{
+ ImGuiCol_Text,
+ ImGuiCol_TextDisabled,
+ ImGuiCol_WindowBg, // Background of normal windows
+ ImGuiCol_ChildBg, // Background of child windows
+ ImGuiCol_PopupBg, // Background of popups, menus, tooltips windows
+ ImGuiCol_Border,
+ ImGuiCol_BorderShadow,
+ ImGuiCol_FrameBg, // Background of checkbox, radio button, plot, slider, text input
+ ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered,
+ ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive,
+ ImGuiCol_TitleBg,
+ ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive,
+ ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed,
+ ImGuiCol_MenuBarBg,
+ ImGuiCol_ScrollbarBg,
+ ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrab,
+ ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabHovered,
+ ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabActive,
+ ImGuiCol_CheckMark,
+ ImGuiCol_SliderGrab,
+ ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive,
+ ImGuiCol_Button,
+ ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered,
+ ImGuiCol_ButtonActive,
+ ImGuiCol_Header,
+ ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered,
+ ImGuiCol_HeaderActive,
+ ImGuiCol_Separator,
+ ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered,
+ ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive,
+ ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip,
+ ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered,
+ ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive,
+ ImGuiCol_PlotLines,
+ ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered,
+ ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram,
+ ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered,
+ ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg,
+ ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget,
+ ImGuiCol_NavHighlight, // Gamepad/keyboard: current highlighted item
+ ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight, // Highlight window when using CTRL+TAB
+ ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg, // Darken/colorize entire screen behind the CTRL+TAB window list, when active
+ ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg, // Darken/colorize entire screen behind a modal window, when one is active
+ ImGuiCol_COUNT
+
+ // Obsolete names (will be removed)
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+ , ImGuiCol_ChildWindowBg = ImGuiCol_ChildBg, ImGuiCol_Column = ImGuiCol_Separator, ImGuiCol_ColumnHovered = ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered, ImGuiCol_ColumnActive = ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive
+ , ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDarkening = ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg
+ //ImGuiCol_CloseButton, ImGuiCol_CloseButtonActive, ImGuiCol_CloseButtonHovered, // [unused since 1.60+] the close button now uses regular button colors.
+ //ImGuiCol_ComboBg, // [unused since 1.53+] ComboBg has been merged with PopupBg, so a redirect isn't accurate.
+#endif
+};
+
+// Enumeration for PushStyleVar() / PopStyleVar() to temporarily modify the ImGuiStyle structure.
+// NB: the enum only refers to fields of ImGuiStyle which makes sense to be pushed/popped inside UI code. During initialization, feel free to just poke into ImGuiStyle directly.
+// NB: if changing this enum, you need to update the associated internal table GStyleVarInfo[] accordingly. This is where we link enum values to members offset/type.
+enum ImGuiStyleVar_
+{
+ // Enum name ......................// Member in ImGuiStyle structure (see ImGuiStyle for descriptions)
+ ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha, // float Alpha
+ ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, // ImVec2 WindowPadding
+ ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding, // float WindowRounding
+ ImGuiStyleVar_WindowBorderSize, // float WindowBorderSize
+ ImGuiStyleVar_WindowMinSize, // ImVec2 WindowMinSize
+ ImGuiStyleVar_WindowTitleAlign, // ImVec2 WindowTitleAlign
+ ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding, // float ChildRounding
+ ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize, // float ChildBorderSize
+ ImGuiStyleVar_PopupRounding, // float PopupRounding
+ ImGuiStyleVar_PopupBorderSize, // float PopupBorderSize
+ ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, // ImVec2 FramePadding
+ ImGuiStyleVar_FrameRounding, // float FrameRounding
+ ImGuiStyleVar_FrameBorderSize, // float FrameBorderSize
+ ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, // ImVec2 ItemSpacing
+ ImGuiStyleVar_ItemInnerSpacing, // ImVec2 ItemInnerSpacing
+ ImGuiStyleVar_IndentSpacing, // float IndentSpacing
+ ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarSize, // float ScrollbarSize
+ ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarRounding, // float ScrollbarRounding
+ ImGuiStyleVar_GrabMinSize, // float GrabMinSize
+ ImGuiStyleVar_GrabRounding, // float GrabRounding
+ ImGuiStyleVar_ButtonTextAlign, // ImVec2 ButtonTextAlign
+ ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT
+
+ // Obsolete names (will be removed)
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+ , ImGuiStyleVar_Count_ = ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT, ImGuiStyleVar_ChildWindowRounding = ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding
+#endif
+};
+
+// Enumeration for ColorEdit3() / ColorEdit4() / ColorPicker3() / ColorPicker4() / ColorButton()
+enum ImGuiColorEditFlags_
+{
+ ImGuiColorEditFlags_None = 0,
+ ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha = 1 << 1, // // ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton: ignore Alpha component (read 3 components from the input pointer).
+ ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoPicker = 1 << 2, // // ColorEdit: disable picker when clicking on colored square.
+ ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions = 1 << 3, // // ColorEdit: disable toggling options menu when right-clicking on inputs/small preview.
+ ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview = 1 << 4, // // ColorEdit, ColorPicker: disable colored square preview next to the inputs. (e.g. to show only the inputs)
+ ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs = 1 << 5, // // ColorEdit, ColorPicker: disable inputs sliders/text widgets (e.g. to show only the small preview colored square).
+ ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip = 1 << 6, // // ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton: disable tooltip when hovering the preview.
+ ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel = 1 << 7, // // ColorEdit, ColorPicker: disable display of inline text label (the label is still forwarded to the tooltip and picker).
+ ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview = 1 << 8, // // ColorPicker: disable bigger color preview on right side of the picker, use small colored square preview instead.
+ ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop = 1 << 9, // // ColorEdit: disable drag and drop target. ColorButton: disable drag and drop source.
+
+ // User Options (right-click on widget to change some of them). You can set application defaults using SetColorEditOptions(). The idea is that you probably don't want to override them in most of your calls, let the user choose and/or call SetColorEditOptions() during startup.
+ ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar = 1 << 16, // // ColorEdit, ColorPicker: show vertical alpha bar/gradient in picker.
+ ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview = 1 << 17, // // ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton: display preview as a transparent color over a checkerboard, instead of opaque.
+ ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf= 1 << 18, // // ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton: display half opaque / half checkerboard, instead of opaque.
+ ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR = 1 << 19, // // (WIP) ColorEdit: Currently only disable 0.0f..1.0f limits in RGBA edition (note: you probably want to use ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float flag as well).
+ ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB = 1 << 20, // [Inputs] // ColorEdit: choose one among RGB/HSV/HEX. ColorPicker: choose any combination using RGB/HSV/HEX.
+ ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV = 1 << 21, // [Inputs] // "
+ ImGuiColorEditFlags_HEX = 1 << 22, // [Inputs] // "
+ ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8 = 1 << 23, // [DataType] // ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton: _display_ values formatted as 0..255.
+ ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float = 1 << 24, // [DataType] // ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton: _display_ values formatted as 0.0f..1.0f floats instead of 0..255 integers. No round-trip of value via integers.
+ ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar = 1 << 25, // [PickerMode] // ColorPicker: bar for Hue, rectangle for Sat/Value.
+ ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel = 1 << 26, // [PickerMode] // ColorPicker: wheel for Hue, triangle for Sat/Value.
+
+ // [Internal] Masks
+ ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask = ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB|ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV|ImGuiColorEditFlags_HEX,
+ ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask = ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8|ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float,
+ ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask = ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel|ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar,
+ ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault = ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8|ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB|ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar // Change application default using SetColorEditOptions()
+};
+
+// Enumeration for GetMouseCursor()
+// User code may request binding to display given cursor by calling SetMouseCursor(), which is why we have some cursors that are marked unused here
+enum ImGuiMouseCursor_
+{
+ ImGuiMouseCursor_None = -1,
+ ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow = 0,
+ ImGuiMouseCursor_TextInput, // When hovering over InputText, etc.
+ ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeAll, // (Unused by imgui functions)
+ ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS, // When hovering over an horizontal border
+ ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW, // When hovering over a vertical border or a column
+ ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW, // When hovering over the bottom-left corner of a window
+ ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE, // When hovering over the bottom-right corner of a window
+ ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand, // (Unused by imgui functions. Use for e.g. hyperlinks)
+ ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT
+
+ // Obsolete names (will be removed)
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+ , ImGuiMouseCursor_Count_ = ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT
+#endif
+};
+
+// Condition for ImGui::SetWindow***(), SetNextWindow***(), SetNextTreeNode***() functions
+// Important: Treat as a regular enum! Do NOT combine multiple values using binary operators! All the functions above treat 0 as a shortcut to ImGuiCond_Always.
+enum ImGuiCond_
+{
+ ImGuiCond_Always = 1 << 0, // Set the variable
+ ImGuiCond_Once = 1 << 1, // Set the variable once per runtime session (only the first call with succeed)
+ ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver = 1 << 2, // Set the variable if the object/window has no persistently saved data (no entry in .ini file)
+ ImGuiCond_Appearing = 1 << 3 // Set the variable if the object/window is appearing after being hidden/inactive (or the first time)
+
+ // Obsolete names (will be removed)
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+ , ImGuiSetCond_Always = ImGuiCond_Always, ImGuiSetCond_Once = ImGuiCond_Once, ImGuiSetCond_FirstUseEver = ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver, ImGuiSetCond_Appearing = ImGuiCond_Appearing
+#endif
+};
+
+// You may modify the ImGui::GetStyle() main instance during initialization and before NewFrame().
+// During the frame, use ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_XXXX)/PopStyleVar() to alter the main style values, and ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_XXX)/PopStyleColor() for colors.
+struct ImGuiStyle
+{
+ float Alpha; // Global alpha applies to everything in ImGui.
+ ImVec2 WindowPadding; // Padding within a window.
+ float WindowRounding; // Radius of window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular windows.
+ float WindowBorderSize; // Thickness of border around windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. (Other values are not well tested and more CPU/GPU costly).
+ ImVec2 WindowMinSize; // Minimum window size. This is a global setting. If you want to constraint individual windows, use SetNextWindowSizeConstraints().
+ ImVec2 WindowTitleAlign; // Alignment for title bar text. Defaults to (0.0f,0.5f) for left-aligned,vertically centered.
+ float ChildRounding; // Radius of child window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular windows.
+ float ChildBorderSize; // Thickness of border around child windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. (Other values are not well tested and more CPU/GPU costly).
+ float PopupRounding; // Radius of popup window corners rounding. (Note that tooltip windows use WindowRounding)
+ float PopupBorderSize; // Thickness of border around popup/tooltip windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. (Other values are not well tested and more CPU/GPU costly).
+ ImVec2 FramePadding; // Padding within a framed rectangle (used by most widgets).
+ float FrameRounding; // Radius of frame corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular frame (used by most widgets).
+ float FrameBorderSize; // Thickness of border around frames. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. (Other values are not well tested and more CPU/GPU costly).
+ ImVec2 ItemSpacing; // Horizontal and vertical spacing between widgets/lines.
+ ImVec2 ItemInnerSpacing; // Horizontal and vertical spacing between within elements of a composed widget (e.g. a slider and its label).
+ ImVec2 TouchExtraPadding; // Expand reactive bounding box for touch-based system where touch position is not accurate enough. Unfortunately we don't sort widgets so priority on overlap will always be given to the first widget. So don't grow this too much!
+ float IndentSpacing; // Horizontal indentation when e.g. entering a tree node. Generally == (FontSize + FramePadding.x*2).
+ float ColumnsMinSpacing; // Minimum horizontal spacing between two columns.
+ float ScrollbarSize; // Width of the vertical scrollbar, Height of the horizontal scrollbar.
+ float ScrollbarRounding; // Radius of grab corners for scrollbar.
+ float GrabMinSize; // Minimum width/height of a grab box for slider/scrollbar.
+ float GrabRounding; // Radius of grabs corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular slider grabs.
+ ImVec2 ButtonTextAlign; // Alignment of button text when button is larger than text. Defaults to (0.5f,0.5f) for horizontally+vertically centered.
+ ImVec2 DisplayWindowPadding; // Window positions are clamped to be visible within the display area by at least this amount. Only covers regular windows.
+ ImVec2 DisplaySafeAreaPadding; // If you cannot see the edges of your screen (e.g. on a TV) increase the safe area padding. Apply to popups/tooltips as well regular windows. NB: Prefer configuring your TV sets correctly!
+ float MouseCursorScale; // Scale software rendered mouse cursor (when io.MouseDrawCursor is enabled). May be removed later.
+ bool AntiAliasedLines; // Enable anti-aliasing on lines/borders. Disable if you are really tight on CPU/GPU.
+ bool AntiAliasedFill; // Enable anti-aliasing on filled shapes (rounded rectangles, circles, etc.)
+ float CurveTessellationTol; // Tessellation tolerance when using PathBezierCurveTo() without a specific number of segments. Decrease for highly tessellated curves (higher quality, more polygons), increase to reduce quality.
+ ImVec4 Colors[ImGuiCol_COUNT];
+
+ IMGUI_API ImGuiStyle();
+ IMGUI_API void ScaleAllSizes(float scale_factor);
+};
+
+// This is where your app communicate with ImGui. Access via ImGui::GetIO().
+// Read 'Programmer guide' section in .cpp file for general usage.
+struct ImGuiIO
+{
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Settings (fill once) // Default value:
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ ImGuiConfigFlags ConfigFlags; // = 0 // See ImGuiConfigFlags_ enum. Set by user/application. Gamepad/keyboard navigation options, etc.
+ ImGuiBackendFlags BackendFlags; // = 0 // Set ImGuiBackendFlags_ enum. Set by imgui_impl_xxx files or custom back-end to communicate features supported by the back-end.
+ ImVec2 DisplaySize; // <unset> // Display size, in pixels. For clamping windows positions.
+ float DeltaTime; // = 1.0f/60.0f // Time elapsed since last frame, in seconds.
+ float IniSavingRate; // = 5.0f // Minimum time between saving positions/sizes to .ini file, in seconds.
+ const char* IniFilename; // = "imgui.ini" // Path to .ini file. Set NULL to disable automatic .ini loading/saving, if e.g. you want to manually load/save from memory.
+ const char* LogFilename; // = "imgui_log.txt" // Path to .log file (default parameter to ImGui::LogToFile when no file is specified).
+ float MouseDoubleClickTime; // = 0.30f // Time for a double-click, in seconds.
+ float MouseDoubleClickMaxDist; // = 6.0f // Distance threshold to stay in to validate a double-click, in pixels.
+ float MouseDragThreshold; // = 6.0f // Distance threshold before considering we are dragging.
+ int KeyMap[ImGuiKey_COUNT]; // <unset> // Map of indices into the KeysDown[512] entries array which represent your "native" keyboard state.
+ float KeyRepeatDelay; // = 0.250f // When holding a key/button, time before it starts repeating, in seconds (for buttons in Repeat mode, etc.).
+ float KeyRepeatRate; // = 0.050f // When holding a key/button, rate at which it repeats, in seconds.
+ void* UserData; // = NULL // Store your own data for retrieval by callbacks.
+
+ ImFontAtlas* Fonts; // <auto> // Load and assemble one or more fonts into a single tightly packed texture. Output to Fonts array.
+ float FontGlobalScale; // = 1.0f // Global scale all fonts
+ bool FontAllowUserScaling; // = false // Allow user scaling text of individual window with CTRL+Wheel.
+ ImFont* FontDefault; // = NULL // Font to use on NewFrame(). Use NULL to uses Fonts->Fonts[0].
+ ImVec2 DisplayFramebufferScale; // = (1.0f,1.0f) // For retina display or other situations where window coordinates are different from framebuffer coordinates. User storage only, presently not used by ImGui.
+ ImVec2 DisplayVisibleMin; // <unset> (0.0f,0.0f) // If you use DisplaySize as a virtual space larger than your screen, set DisplayVisibleMin/Max to the visible area.
+ ImVec2 DisplayVisibleMax; // <unset> (0.0f,0.0f) // If the values are the same, we defaults to Min=(0.0f) and Max=DisplaySize
+
+ // Miscellaneous options
+ bool OptMacOSXBehaviors; // = defined(__APPLE__) // OS X style: Text editing cursor movement using Alt instead of Ctrl, Shortcuts using Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl, Line/Text Start and End using Cmd+Arrows instead of Home/End, Double click selects by word instead of selecting whole text, Multi-selection in lists uses Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl
+ bool OptCursorBlink; // = true // Enable blinking cursor, for users who consider it annoying.
+ bool OptResizeWindowsFromEdges;// = false // [BETA] Enable resizing of windows from their edges and from the lower-left corner. This requires (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors) because it needs mouse cursor feedback. (This used to be the ImGuiWindowFlags_ResizeFromAnySide flag)
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Settings (User Functions)
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ // Optional: access OS clipboard
+ // (default to use native Win32 clipboard on Windows, otherwise uses a private clipboard. Override to access OS clipboard on other architectures)
+ const char* (*GetClipboardTextFn)(void* user_data);
+ void (*SetClipboardTextFn)(void* user_data, const char* text);
+ void* ClipboardUserData;
+
+ // Optional: notify OS Input Method Editor of the screen position of your cursor for text input position (e.g. when using Japanese/Chinese IME in Windows)
+ // (default to use native imm32 api on Windows)
+ void (*ImeSetInputScreenPosFn)(int x, int y);
+ void* ImeWindowHandle; // (Windows) Set this to your HWND to get automatic IME cursor positioning.
+
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+ // [OBSOLETE] Rendering function, will be automatically called in Render(). Please call your rendering function yourself now!
+ // You can obtain the ImDrawData* by calling ImGui::GetDrawData() after Render(). See example applications if you are unsure of how to implement this.
+ void (*RenderDrawListsFn)(ImDrawData* data);
+#else
+ // This is only here to keep ImGuiIO the same size, so that IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS can exceptionally be used outside of imconfig.h.
+ void* RenderDrawListsFnDummy;
+#endif
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Input - Fill before calling NewFrame()
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ ImVec2 MousePos; // Mouse position, in pixels. Set to ImVec2(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX) if mouse is unavailable (on another screen, etc.)
+ bool MouseDown[5]; // Mouse buttons: 0=left, 1=right, 2=middle + extras. ImGui itself mostly only uses left button (BeginPopupContext** are using right button). Others buttons allows us to track if the mouse is being used by your application + available to user as a convenience via IsMouse** API.
+ float MouseWheel; // Mouse wheel Vertical: 1 unit scrolls about 5 lines text.
+ float MouseWheelH; // Mouse wheel Horizontal. Most users don't have a mouse with an horizontal wheel, may not be filled by all back-ends.
+ bool MouseDrawCursor; // Request ImGui to draw a mouse cursor for you (if you are on a platform without a mouse cursor).
+ bool KeyCtrl; // Keyboard modifier pressed: Control
+ bool KeyShift; // Keyboard modifier pressed: Shift
+ bool KeyAlt; // Keyboard modifier pressed: Alt
+ bool KeySuper; // Keyboard modifier pressed: Cmd/Super/Windows
+ bool KeysDown[512]; // Keyboard keys that are pressed (ideally left in the "native" order your engine has access to keyboard keys, so you can use your own defines/enums for keys).
+ ImWchar InputCharacters[16+1]; // List of characters input (translated by user from keypress+keyboard state). Fill using AddInputCharacter() helper.
+ float NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_COUNT]; // Gamepad inputs (keyboard keys will be auto-mapped and be written here by ImGui::NewFrame, all values will be cleared back to zero in ImGui::EndFrame)
+
+ // Functions
+ IMGUI_API void AddInputCharacter(ImWchar c); // Add new character into InputCharacters[]
+ IMGUI_API void AddInputCharactersUTF8(const char* utf8_chars); // Add new characters into InputCharacters[] from an UTF-8 string
+ inline void ClearInputCharacters() { InputCharacters[0] = 0; } // Clear the text input buffer manually
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Output - Retrieve after calling NewFrame()
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ bool WantCaptureMouse; // When io.WantCaptureMouse is true, imgui will use the mouse inputs, do not dispatch them to your main game/application (in both cases, always pass on mouse inputs to imgui). (e.g. unclicked mouse is hovering over an imgui window, widget is active, mouse was clicked over an imgui window, etc.).
+ bool WantCaptureKeyboard; // When io.WantCaptureKeyboard is true, imgui will use the keyboard inputs, do not dispatch them to your main game/application (in both cases, always pass keyboard inputs to imgui). (e.g. InputText active, or an imgui window is focused and navigation is enabled, etc.).
+ bool WantTextInput; // Mobile/console: when io.WantTextInput is true, you may display an on-screen keyboard. This is set by ImGui when it wants textual keyboard input to happen (e.g. when a InputText widget is active).
+ bool WantSetMousePos; // MousePos has been altered, back-end should reposition mouse on next frame. Set only when ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos flag is enabled.
+ bool WantSaveIniSettings; // When manual .ini load/save is active (io.IniFilename == NULL), this will be set to notify your application that you can call SaveIniSettingsToMemory() and save yourself. IMPORTANT: You need to clear io.WantSaveIniSettings yourself.
+ bool NavActive; // Directional navigation is currently allowed (will handle ImGuiKey_NavXXX events) = a window is focused and it doesn't use the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs flag.
+ bool NavVisible; // Directional navigation is visible and allowed (will handle ImGuiKey_NavXXX events).
+ float Framerate; // Application framerate estimation, in frame per second. Solely for convenience. Rolling average estimation based on IO.DeltaTime over 120 frames
+ int MetricsRenderVertices; // Vertices output during last call to Render()
+ int MetricsRenderIndices; // Indices output during last call to Render() = number of triangles * 3
+ int MetricsActiveWindows; // Number of visible root windows (exclude child windows)
+ ImVec2 MouseDelta; // Mouse delta. Note that this is zero if either current or previous position are invalid (-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX), so a disappearing/reappearing mouse won't have a huge delta.
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // [Internal] ImGui will maintain those fields. Forward compatibility not guaranteed!
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ ImVec2 MousePosPrev; // Previous mouse position temporary storage (nb: not for public use, set to MousePos in NewFrame())
+ ImVec2 MouseClickedPos[5]; // Position at time of clicking
+ double MouseClickedTime[5]; // Time of last click (used to figure out double-click)
+ bool MouseClicked[5]; // Mouse button went from !Down to Down
+ bool MouseDoubleClicked[5]; // Has mouse button been double-clicked?
+ bool MouseReleased[5]; // Mouse button went from Down to !Down
+ bool MouseDownOwned[5]; // Track if button was clicked inside a window. We don't request mouse capture from the application if click started outside ImGui bounds.
+ float MouseDownDuration[5]; // Duration the mouse button has been down (0.0f == just clicked)
+ float MouseDownDurationPrev[5]; // Previous time the mouse button has been down
+ ImVec2 MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[5]; // Maximum distance, absolute, on each axis, of how much mouse has traveled from the clicking point
+ float MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[5]; // Squared maximum distance of how much mouse has traveled from the clicking point
+ float KeysDownDuration[512]; // Duration the keyboard key has been down (0.0f == just pressed)
+ float KeysDownDurationPrev[512]; // Previous duration the key has been down
+ float NavInputsDownDuration[ImGuiNavInput_COUNT];
+ float NavInputsDownDurationPrev[ImGuiNavInput_COUNT];
+
+ IMGUI_API ImGuiIO();
+};
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Obsolete functions (Will be removed! Read 'API BREAKING CHANGES' section in imgui.cpp for details)
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+namespace ImGui
+{
+ // OBSOLETED in 1.61 (from Apr 2018)
+ IMGUI_API bool InputFloat(const char* label, float* v, float step, float step_fast, int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0); // Use the 'const char* format' version instead of 'decimal_precision'!
+ IMGUI_API bool InputFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0);
+ IMGUI_API bool InputFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0);
+ IMGUI_API bool InputFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0);
+ // OBSOLETED in 1.60 (from Dec 2017)
+ static inline bool IsAnyWindowFocused() { return IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow); }
+ static inline bool IsAnyWindowHovered() { return IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow); }
+ static inline ImVec2 CalcItemRectClosestPoint(const ImVec2& pos, bool on_edge = false, float outward = 0.f) { (void)on_edge; (void)outward; IM_ASSERT(0); return pos; }
+ // OBSOLETED in 1.53 (between Oct 2017 and Dec 2017)
+ static inline void ShowTestWindow() { return ShowDemoWindow(); }
+ static inline bool IsRootWindowFocused() { return IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow); }
+ static inline bool IsRootWindowOrAnyChildFocused() { return IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootAndChildWindows); }
+ static inline void SetNextWindowContentWidth(float w) { SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(w, 0.0f)); }
+ static inline float GetItemsLineHeightWithSpacing() { return GetFrameHeightWithSpacing(); }
+ // OBSOLETED in 1.52 (between Aug 2017 and Oct 2017)
+ IMGUI_API bool Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, const ImVec2& size_on_first_use, float bg_alpha_override = -1.0f, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); // Use SetNextWindowSize(size, ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver) + SetNextWindowBgAlpha() instead.
+ static inline bool IsRootWindowOrAnyChildHovered() { return IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootAndChildWindows); }
+ static inline void AlignFirstTextHeightToWidgets() { AlignTextToFramePadding(); }
+ static inline void SetNextWindowPosCenter(ImGuiCond c=0) { ImGuiIO& io = GetIO(); SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(io.DisplaySize.x * 0.5f, io.DisplaySize.y * 0.5f), c, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f)); }
+ // OBSOLETED in 1.51 (between Jun 2017 and Aug 2017)
+ static inline bool IsItemHoveredRect() { return IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RectOnly); }
+ static inline bool IsPosHoveringAnyWindow(const ImVec2&) { IM_ASSERT(0); return false; } // This was misleading and partly broken. You probably want to use the ImGui::GetIO().WantCaptureMouse flag instead.
+ static inline bool IsMouseHoveringAnyWindow() { return IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow); }
+ static inline bool IsMouseHoveringWindow() { return IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem); }
+ // OBSOLETED IN 1.49 (between Apr 2016 and May 2016)
+ static inline bool CollapsingHeader(const char* label, const char* str_id, bool framed = true, bool default_open = false) { (void)str_id; (void)framed; ImGuiTreeNodeFlags default_open_flags = 1 << 5; return CollapsingHeader(label, (default_open ? default_open_flags : 0)); }
+}
+#endif
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Helpers
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Helper: Lightweight std::vector<> like class to avoid dragging dependencies (also: Windows implementation of STL with debug enabled is absurdly slow, so let's bypass it so our code runs fast in debug).
+// *Important* Our implementation does NOT call C++ constructors/destructors. This is intentional, we do not require it but you have to be mindful of that. Do _not_ use this class as a std::vector replacement in your code!
+template<typename T>
+class ImVector
+{
+public:
+ int Size;
+ int Capacity;
+ T* Data;
+
+ typedef T value_type;
+ typedef value_type* iterator;
+ typedef const value_type* const_iterator;
+
+ inline ImVector() { Size = Capacity = 0; Data = NULL; }
+ inline ~ImVector() { if (Data) ImGui::MemFree(Data); }
+ inline ImVector(const ImVector<T>& src) { Size = Capacity = 0; Data = NULL; operator=(src); }
+ inline ImVector& operator=(const ImVector<T>& src) { clear(); resize(src.Size); memcpy(Data, src.Data, (size_t)Size * sizeof(value_type)); return *this; }
+
+ inline bool empty() const { return Size == 0; }
+ inline int size() const { return Size; }
+ inline int capacity() const { return Capacity; }
+ inline value_type& operator[](int i) { IM_ASSERT(i < Size); return Data[i]; }
+ inline const value_type& operator[](int i) const { IM_ASSERT(i < Size); return Data[i]; }
+
+ inline void clear() { if (Data) { Size = Capacity = 0; ImGui::MemFree(Data); Data = NULL; } }
+ inline iterator begin() { return Data; }
+ inline const_iterator begin() const { return Data; }
+ inline iterator end() { return Data + Size; }
+ inline const_iterator end() const { return Data + Size; }
+ inline value_type& front() { IM_ASSERT(Size > 0); return Data[0]; }
+ inline const value_type& front() const { IM_ASSERT(Size > 0); return Data[0]; }
+ inline value_type& back() { IM_ASSERT(Size > 0); return Data[Size - 1]; }
+ inline const value_type& back() const { IM_ASSERT(Size > 0); return Data[Size - 1]; }
+ inline void swap(ImVector<value_type>& rhs) { int rhs_size = rhs.Size; rhs.Size = Size; Size = rhs_size; int rhs_cap = rhs.Capacity; rhs.Capacity = Capacity; Capacity = rhs_cap; value_type* rhs_data = rhs.Data; rhs.Data = Data; Data = rhs_data; }
+
+ inline int _grow_capacity(int sz) const { int new_capacity = Capacity ? (Capacity + Capacity/2) : 8; return new_capacity > sz ? new_capacity : sz; }
+ inline void resize(int new_size) { if (new_size > Capacity) reserve(_grow_capacity(new_size)); Size = new_size; }
+ inline void resize(int new_size,const value_type& v){ if (new_size > Capacity) reserve(_grow_capacity(new_size)); if (new_size > Size) for (int n = Size; n < new_size; n++) memcpy(&Data[n], &v, sizeof(v)); Size = new_size; }
+ inline void reserve(int new_capacity)
+ {
+ if (new_capacity <= Capacity)
+ return;
+ value_type* new_data = (value_type*)ImGui::MemAlloc((size_t)new_capacity * sizeof(value_type));
+ if (Data)
+ {
+ memcpy(new_data, Data, (size_t)Size * sizeof(value_type));
+ ImGui::MemFree(Data);
+ }
+ Data = new_data;
+ Capacity = new_capacity;
+ }
+
+ // NB: It is forbidden to call push_back/push_front/insert with a reference pointing inside the ImVector data itself! e.g. v.push_back(v[10]) is forbidden.
+ inline void push_back(const value_type& v) { if (Size == Capacity) reserve(_grow_capacity(Size + 1)); memcpy(&Data[Size], &v, sizeof(v)); Size++; }
+ inline void pop_back() { IM_ASSERT(Size > 0); Size--; }
+ inline void push_front(const value_type& v) { if (Size == 0) push_back(v); else insert(Data, v); }
+ inline iterator erase(const_iterator it) { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < Data+Size); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; memmove(Data + off, Data + off + 1, ((size_t)Size - (size_t)off - 1) * sizeof(value_type)); Size--; return Data + off; }
+ inline iterator erase(const_iterator it, const_iterator it_last){ IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < Data+Size && it_last > it && it_last <= Data+Size); const ptrdiff_t count = it_last - it; const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; memmove(Data + off, Data + off + count, ((size_t)Size - (size_t)off - count) * sizeof(value_type)); Size -= (int)count; return Data + off; }
+ inline iterator erase_unsorted(const_iterator it) { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < Data+Size); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; if (it < Data+Size-1) memcpy(Data + off, Data + Size - 1, sizeof(value_type)); Size--; return Data + off; }
+ inline iterator insert(const_iterator it, const value_type& v) { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it <= Data+Size); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; if (Size == Capacity) reserve(_grow_capacity(Size + 1)); if (off < (int)Size) memmove(Data + off + 1, Data + off, ((size_t)Size - (size_t)off) * sizeof(value_type)); memcpy(&Data[off], &v, sizeof(v)); Size++; return Data + off; }
+ inline bool contains(const value_type& v) const { const T* data = Data; const T* data_end = Data + Size; while (data < data_end) if (*data++ == v) return true; return false; }
+ inline int index_from_pointer(const_iterator it) const { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it <= Data+Size); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; return (int)off; }
+};
+
+// Helper: IM_NEW(), IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(), IM_DELETE() macros to call MemAlloc + Placement New, Placement Delete + MemFree
+// We call C++ constructor on own allocated memory via the placement "new(ptr) Type()" syntax.
+// Defining a custom placement new() with a dummy parameter allows us to bypass including <new> which on some platforms complains when user has disabled exceptions.
+struct ImNewDummy {};
+inline void* operator new(size_t, ImNewDummy, void* ptr) { return ptr; }
+inline void operator delete(void*, ImNewDummy, void*) {} // This is only required so we can use the symetrical new()
+#define IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(_PTR) new(ImNewDummy(), _PTR)
+#define IM_NEW(_TYPE) new(ImNewDummy(), ImGui::MemAlloc(sizeof(_TYPE))) _TYPE
+template<typename T> void IM_DELETE(T* p) { if (p) { p->~T(); ImGui::MemFree(p); } }
+
+// Helper: Execute a block of code at maximum once a frame. Convenient if you want to quickly create an UI within deep-nested code that runs multiple times every frame.
+// Usage: static ImGuiOnceUponAFrame oaf; if (oaf) ImGui::Text("This will be called only once per frame");
+struct ImGuiOnceUponAFrame
+{
+ ImGuiOnceUponAFrame() { RefFrame = -1; }
+ mutable int RefFrame;
+ operator bool() const { int current_frame = ImGui::GetFrameCount(); if (RefFrame == current_frame) return false; RefFrame = current_frame; return true; }
+};
+
+// Helper: Macro for ImGuiOnceUponAFrame. Attention: The macro expands into 2 statement so make sure you don't use it within e.g. an if() statement without curly braces.
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS // Will obsolete
+#define IMGUI_ONCE_UPON_A_FRAME static ImGuiOnceUponAFrame imgui_oaf; if (imgui_oaf)
+#endif
+
+// Helper: Parse and apply text filters. In format "aaaaa[,bbbb][,ccccc]"
+struct ImGuiTextFilter
+{
+ IMGUI_API ImGuiTextFilter(const char* default_filter = "");
+ IMGUI_API bool Draw(const char* label = "Filter (inc,-exc)", float width = 0.0f); // Helper calling InputText+Build
+ IMGUI_API bool PassFilter(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL) const;
+ IMGUI_API void Build();
+ void Clear() { InputBuf[0] = 0; Build(); }
+ bool IsActive() const { return !Filters.empty(); }
+
+ // [Internal]
+ struct TextRange
+ {
+ const char* b;
+ const char* e;
+
+ TextRange() { b = e = NULL; }
+ TextRange(const char* _b, const char* _e) { b = _b; e = _e; }
+ const char* begin() const { return b; }
+ const char* end () const { return e; }
+ bool empty() const { return b == e; }
+ IMGUI_API void split(char separator, ImVector<TextRange>* out) const;
+ };
+ char InputBuf[256];
+ ImVector<TextRange> Filters;
+ int CountGrep;
+};
+
+// Helper: Text buffer for logging/accumulating text
+struct ImGuiTextBuffer
+{
+ ImVector<char> Buf;
+
+ ImGuiTextBuffer() { Buf.push_back(0); }
+ inline char operator[](int i) { return Buf.Data[i]; }
+ const char* begin() const { return &Buf.front(); }
+ const char* end() const { return &Buf.back(); } // Buf is zero-terminated, so end() will point on the zero-terminator
+ int size() const { return Buf.Size - 1; }
+ bool empty() { return Buf.Size <= 1; }
+ void clear() { Buf.clear(); Buf.push_back(0); }
+ void reserve(int capacity) { Buf.reserve(capacity); }
+ const char* c_str() const { return Buf.Data; }
+ IMGUI_API void appendf(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(2);
+ IMGUI_API void appendfv(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(2);
+};
+
+// Helper: Simple Key->value storage
+// Typically you don't have to worry about this since a storage is held within each Window.
+// We use it to e.g. store collapse state for a tree (Int 0/1)
+// This is optimized for efficient lookup (dichotomy into a contiguous buffer) and rare insertion (typically tied to user interactions aka max once a frame)
+// You can use it as custom user storage for temporary values. Declare your own storage if, for example:
+// - You want to manipulate the open/close state of a particular sub-tree in your interface (tree node uses Int 0/1 to store their state).
+// - You want to store custom debug data easily without adding or editing structures in your code (probably not efficient, but convenient)
+// Types are NOT stored, so it is up to you to make sure your Key don't collide with different types.
+struct ImGuiStorage
+{
+ struct Pair
+ {
+ ImGuiID key;
+ union { int val_i; float val_f; void* val_p; };
+ Pair(ImGuiID _key, int _val_i) { key = _key; val_i = _val_i; }
+ Pair(ImGuiID _key, float _val_f) { key = _key; val_f = _val_f; }
+ Pair(ImGuiID _key, void* _val_p) { key = _key; val_p = _val_p; }
+ };
+ ImVector<Pair> Data;
+
+ // - Get***() functions find pair, never add/allocate. Pairs are sorted so a query is O(log N)
+ // - Set***() functions find pair, insertion on demand if missing.
+ // - Sorted insertion is costly, paid once. A typical frame shouldn't need to insert any new pair.
+ void Clear() { Data.clear(); }
+ IMGUI_API int GetInt(ImGuiID key, int default_val = 0) const;
+ IMGUI_API void SetInt(ImGuiID key, int val);
+ IMGUI_API bool GetBool(ImGuiID key, bool default_val = false) const;
+ IMGUI_API void SetBool(ImGuiID key, bool val);
+ IMGUI_API float GetFloat(ImGuiID key, float default_val = 0.0f) const;
+ IMGUI_API void SetFloat(ImGuiID key, float val);
+ IMGUI_API void* GetVoidPtr(ImGuiID key) const; // default_val is NULL
+ IMGUI_API void SetVoidPtr(ImGuiID key, void* val);
+
+ // - Get***Ref() functions finds pair, insert on demand if missing, return pointer. Useful if you intend to do Get+Set.
+ // - References are only valid until a new value is added to the storage. Calling a Set***() function or a Get***Ref() function invalidates the pointer.
+ // - A typical use case where this is convenient for quick hacking (e.g. add storage during a live Edit&Continue session if you can't modify existing struct)
+ // float* pvar = ImGui::GetFloatRef(key); ImGui::SliderFloat("var", pvar, 0, 100.0f); some_var += *pvar;
+ IMGUI_API int* GetIntRef(ImGuiID key, int default_val = 0);
+ IMGUI_API bool* GetBoolRef(ImGuiID key, bool default_val = false);
+ IMGUI_API float* GetFloatRef(ImGuiID key, float default_val = 0.0f);
+ IMGUI_API void** GetVoidPtrRef(ImGuiID key, void* default_val = NULL);
+
+ // Use on your own storage if you know only integer are being stored (open/close all tree nodes)
+ IMGUI_API void SetAllInt(int val);
+
+ // For quicker full rebuild of a storage (instead of an incremental one), you may add all your contents and then sort once.
+ IMGUI_API void BuildSortByKey();
+};
+
+// Shared state of InputText(), passed to callback when a ImGuiInputTextFlags_Callback* flag is used and the corresponding callback is triggered.
+struct ImGuiTextEditCallbackData
+{
+ ImGuiInputTextFlags EventFlag; // One of ImGuiInputTextFlags_Callback* // Read-only
+ ImGuiInputTextFlags Flags; // What user passed to InputText() // Read-only
+ void* UserData; // What user passed to InputText() // Read-only
+ bool ReadOnly; // Read-only mode // Read-only
+
+ // CharFilter event:
+ ImWchar EventChar; // Character input // Read-write (replace character or set to zero)
+
+ // Completion,History,Always events:
+ // If you modify the buffer contents make sure you update 'BufTextLen' and set 'BufDirty' to true.
+ ImGuiKey EventKey; // Key pressed (Up/Down/TAB) // Read-only
+ char* Buf; // Current text buffer // Read-write (pointed data only, can't replace the actual pointer)
+ int BufTextLen; // Current text length in bytes // Read-write
+ int BufSize; // Maximum text length in bytes // Read-only
+ bool BufDirty; // Set if you modify Buf/BufTextLen!! // Write
+ int CursorPos; // // Read-write
+ int SelectionStart; // // Read-write (== to SelectionEnd when no selection)
+ int SelectionEnd; // // Read-write
+
+ // NB: Helper functions for text manipulation. Calling those function loses selection.
+ IMGUI_API void DeleteChars(int pos, int bytes_count);
+ IMGUI_API void InsertChars(int pos, const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL);
+ bool HasSelection() const { return SelectionStart != SelectionEnd; }
+};
+
+// Resizing callback data to apply custom constraint. As enabled by SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(). Callback is called during the next Begin().
+// NB: For basic min/max size constraint on each axis you don't need to use the callback! The SetNextWindowSizeConstraints() parameters are enough.
+struct ImGuiSizeCallbackData
+{
+ void* UserData; // Read-only. What user passed to SetNextWindowSizeConstraints()
+ ImVec2 Pos; // Read-only. Window position, for reference.
+ ImVec2 CurrentSize; // Read-only. Current window size.
+ ImVec2 DesiredSize; // Read-write. Desired size, based on user's mouse position. Write to this field to restrain resizing.
+};
+
+// Data payload for Drag and Drop operations
+struct ImGuiPayload
+{
+ // Members
+ void* Data; // Data (copied and owned by dear imgui)
+ int DataSize; // Data size
+
+ // [Internal]
+ ImGuiID SourceId; // Source item id
+ ImGuiID SourceParentId; // Source parent id (if available)
+ int DataFrameCount; // Data timestamp
+ char DataType[32+1]; // Data type tag (short user-supplied string, 32 characters max)
+ bool Preview; // Set when AcceptDragDropPayload() was called and mouse has been hovering the target item (nb: handle overlapping drag targets)
+ bool Delivery; // Set when AcceptDragDropPayload() was called and mouse button is released over the target item.
+
+ ImGuiPayload() { Clear(); }
+ void Clear() { SourceId = SourceParentId = 0; Data = NULL; DataSize = 0; memset(DataType, 0, sizeof(DataType)); DataFrameCount = -1; Preview = Delivery = false; }
+ bool IsDataType(const char* type) const { return DataFrameCount != -1 && strcmp(type, DataType) == 0; }
+ bool IsPreview() const { return Preview; }
+ bool IsDelivery() const { return Delivery; }
+};
+
+// Helpers macros to generate 32-bits encoded colors
+#ifdef IMGUI_USE_BGRA_PACKED_COLOR
+#define IM_COL32_R_SHIFT 16
+#define IM_COL32_G_SHIFT 8
+#define IM_COL32_B_SHIFT 0
+#define IM_COL32_A_SHIFT 24
+#define IM_COL32_A_MASK 0xFF000000
+#else
+#define IM_COL32_R_SHIFT 0
+#define IM_COL32_G_SHIFT 8
+#define IM_COL32_B_SHIFT 16
+#define IM_COL32_A_SHIFT 24
+#define IM_COL32_A_MASK 0xFF000000
+#endif
+#define IM_COL32(R,G,B,A) (((ImU32)(A)<<IM_COL32_A_SHIFT) | ((ImU32)(B)<<IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) | ((ImU32)(G)<<IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) | ((ImU32)(R)<<IM_COL32_R_SHIFT))
+#define IM_COL32_WHITE IM_COL32(255,255,255,255) // Opaque white = 0xFFFFFFFF
+#define IM_COL32_BLACK IM_COL32(0,0,0,255) // Opaque black
+#define IM_COL32_BLACK_TRANS IM_COL32(0,0,0,0) // Transparent black = 0x00000000
+
+// Helper: ImColor() implicity converts colors to either ImU32 (packed 4x1 byte) or ImVec4 (4x1 float)
+// Prefer using IM_COL32() macros if you want a guaranteed compile-time ImU32 for usage with ImDrawList API.
+// **Avoid storing ImColor! Store either u32 of ImVec4. This is not a full-featured color class. MAY OBSOLETE.
+// **None of the ImGui API are using ImColor directly but you can use it as a convenience to pass colors in either ImU32 or ImVec4 formats. Explicitly cast to ImU32 or ImVec4 if needed.
+struct ImColor
+{
+ ImVec4 Value;
+
+ ImColor() { Value.x = Value.y = Value.z = Value.w = 0.0f; }
+ ImColor(int r, int g, int b, int a = 255) { float sc = 1.0f/255.0f; Value.x = (float)r * sc; Value.y = (float)g * sc; Value.z = (float)b * sc; Value.w = (float)a * sc; }
+ ImColor(ImU32 rgba) { float sc = 1.0f/255.0f; Value.x = (float)((rgba>>IM_COL32_R_SHIFT)&0xFF) * sc; Value.y = (float)((rgba>>IM_COL32_G_SHIFT)&0xFF) * sc; Value.z = (float)((rgba>>IM_COL32_B_SHIFT)&0xFF) * sc; Value.w = (float)((rgba>>IM_COL32_A_SHIFT)&0xFF) * sc; }
+ ImColor(float r, float g, float b, float a = 1.0f) { Value.x = r; Value.y = g; Value.z = b; Value.w = a; }
+ ImColor(const ImVec4& col) { Value = col; }
+ inline operator ImU32() const { return ImGui::ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(Value); }
+ inline operator ImVec4() const { return Value; }
+
+ // FIXME-OBSOLETE: May need to obsolete/cleanup those helpers.
+ inline void SetHSV(float h, float s, float v, float a = 1.0f){ ImGui::ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(h, s, v, Value.x, Value.y, Value.z); Value.w = a; }
+ static ImColor HSV(float h, float s, float v, float a = 1.0f) { float r,g,b; ImGui::ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(h, s, v, r, g, b); return ImColor(r,g,b,a); }
+};
+
+// Helper: Manually clip large list of items.
+// If you are submitting lots of evenly spaced items and you have a random access to the list, you can perform coarse clipping based on visibility to save yourself from processing those items at all.
+// The clipper calculates the range of visible items and advance the cursor to compensate for the non-visible items we have skipped.
+// ImGui already clip items based on their bounds but it needs to measure text size to do so. Coarse clipping before submission makes this cost and your own data fetching/submission cost null.
+// Usage:
+// ImGuiListClipper clipper(1000); // we have 1000 elements, evenly spaced.
+// while (clipper.Step())
+// for (int i = clipper.DisplayStart; i < clipper.DisplayEnd; i++)
+// ImGui::Text("line number %d", i);
+// - Step 0: the clipper let you process the first element, regardless of it being visible or not, so we can measure the element height (step skipped if we passed a known height as second arg to constructor).
+// - Step 1: the clipper infer height from first element, calculate the actual range of elements to display, and position the cursor before the first element.
+// - (Step 2: dummy step only required if an explicit items_height was passed to constructor or Begin() and user call Step(). Does nothing and switch to Step 3.)
+// - Step 3: the clipper validate that we have reached the expected Y position (corresponding to element DisplayEnd), advance the cursor to the end of the list and then returns 'false' to end the loop.
+struct ImGuiListClipper
+{
+ float StartPosY;
+ float ItemsHeight;
+ int ItemsCount, StepNo, DisplayStart, DisplayEnd;
+
+ // items_count: Use -1 to ignore (you can call Begin later). Use INT_MAX if you don't know how many items you have (in which case the cursor won't be advanced in the final step).
+ // items_height: Use -1.0f to be calculated automatically on first step. Otherwise pass in the distance between your items, typically GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() or GetFrameHeightWithSpacing().
+ // If you don't specify an items_height, you NEED to call Step(). If you specify items_height you may call the old Begin()/End() api directly, but prefer calling Step().
+ ImGuiListClipper(int items_count = -1, float items_height = -1.0f) { Begin(items_count, items_height); } // NB: Begin() initialize every fields (as we allow user to call Begin/End multiple times on a same instance if they want).
+ ~ImGuiListClipper() { IM_ASSERT(ItemsCount == -1); } // Assert if user forgot to call End() or Step() until false.
+
+ IMGUI_API bool Step(); // Call until it returns false. The DisplayStart/DisplayEnd fields will be set and you can process/draw those items.
+ IMGUI_API void Begin(int items_count, float items_height = -1.0f); // Automatically called by constructor if you passed 'items_count' or by Step() in Step 1.
+ IMGUI_API void End(); // Automatically called on the last call of Step() that returns false.
+};
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Draw List
+// Hold a series of drawing commands. The user provides a renderer for ImDrawData which essentially contains an array of ImDrawList.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Draw callbacks for advanced uses.
+// NB- You most likely do NOT need to use draw callbacks just to create your own widget or customized UI rendering (you can poke into the draw list for that)
+// Draw callback may be useful for example, A) Change your GPU render state, B) render a complex 3D scene inside a UI element (without an intermediate texture/render target), etc.
+// The expected behavior from your rendering function is 'if (cmd.UserCallback != NULL) cmd.UserCallback(parent_list, cmd); else RenderTriangles()'
+typedef void (*ImDrawCallback)(const ImDrawList* parent_list, const ImDrawCmd* cmd);
+
+// Typically, 1 command = 1 GPU draw call (unless command is a callback)
+struct ImDrawCmd
+{
+ unsigned int ElemCount; // Number of indices (multiple of 3) to be rendered as triangles. Vertices are stored in the callee ImDrawList's vtx_buffer[] array, indices in idx_buffer[].
+ ImVec4 ClipRect; // Clipping rectangle (x1, y1, x2, y2). Subtract ImDrawData->DisplayPos to get clipping rectangle in "viewport" coordinates
+ ImTextureID TextureId; // User-provided texture ID. Set by user in ImfontAtlas::SetTexID() for fonts or passed to Image*() functions. Ignore if never using images or multiple fonts atlas.
+ ImDrawCallback UserCallback; // If != NULL, call the function instead of rendering the vertices. clip_rect and texture_id will be set normally.
+ void* UserCallbackData; // The draw callback code can access this.
+
+ ImDrawCmd() { ElemCount = 0; ClipRect.x = ClipRect.y = ClipRect.z = ClipRect.w = 0.0f; TextureId = NULL; UserCallback = NULL; UserCallbackData = NULL; }
+};
+
+// Vertex index (override with '#define ImDrawIdx unsigned int' inside in imconfig.h)
+#ifndef ImDrawIdx
+typedef unsigned short ImDrawIdx;
+#endif
+
+// Vertex layout
+#ifndef IMGUI_OVERRIDE_DRAWVERT_STRUCT_LAYOUT
+struct ImDrawVert
+{
+ ImVec2 pos;
+ ImVec2 uv;
+ ImU32 col;
+};
+#else
+// You can override the vertex format layout by defining IMGUI_OVERRIDE_DRAWVERT_STRUCT_LAYOUT in imconfig.h
+// The code expect ImVec2 pos (8 bytes), ImVec2 uv (8 bytes), ImU32 col (4 bytes), but you can re-order them or add other fields as needed to simplify integration in your engine.
+// The type has to be described within the macro (you can either declare the struct or use a typedef)
+// NOTE: IMGUI DOESN'T CLEAR THE STRUCTURE AND DOESN'T CALL A CONSTRUCTOR SO ANY CUSTOM FIELD WILL BE UNINITIALIZED. IF YOU ADD EXTRA FIELDS (SUCH AS A 'Z' COORDINATES) YOU WILL NEED TO CLEAR THEM DURING RENDER OR TO IGNORE THEM.
+IMGUI_OVERRIDE_DRAWVERT_STRUCT_LAYOUT;
+#endif
+
+// Draw channels are used by the Columns API to "split" the render list into different channels while building, so items of each column can be batched together.
+// You can also use them to simulate drawing layers and submit primitives in a different order than how they will be rendered.
+struct ImDrawChannel
+{
+ ImVector<ImDrawCmd> CmdBuffer;
+ ImVector<ImDrawIdx> IdxBuffer;
+};
+
+enum ImDrawCornerFlags_
+{
+ ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft = 1 << 0, // 0x1
+ ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight = 1 << 1, // 0x2
+ ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft = 1 << 2, // 0x4
+ ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight = 1 << 3, // 0x8
+ ImDrawCornerFlags_Top = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight, // 0x3
+ ImDrawCornerFlags_Bot = ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight, // 0xC
+ ImDrawCornerFlags_Left = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft, // 0x5
+ ImDrawCornerFlags_Right = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight, // 0xA
+ ImDrawCornerFlags_All = 0xF // In your function calls you may use ~0 (= all bits sets) instead of ImDrawCornerFlags_All, as a convenience
+};
+
+enum ImDrawListFlags_
+{
+ ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines = 1 << 0,
+ ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedFill = 1 << 1
+};
+
+// Draw command list
+// This is the low-level list of polygons that ImGui functions are filling. At the end of the frame, all command lists are passed to your ImGuiIO::RenderDrawListFn function for rendering.
+// Each ImGui window contains its own ImDrawList. You can use ImGui::GetWindowDrawList() to access the current window draw list and draw custom primitives.
+// You can interleave normal ImGui:: calls and adding primitives to the current draw list.
+// All positions are generally in pixel coordinates (top-left at (0,0), bottom-right at io.DisplaySize), but you are totally free to apply whatever transformation matrix to want to the data (if you apply such transformation you'll want to apply it to ClipRect as well)
+// Important: Primitives are always added to the list and not culled (culling is done at higher-level by ImGui:: functions), if you use this API a lot consider coarse culling your drawn objects.
+struct ImDrawList
+{
+ // This is what you have to render
+ ImVector<ImDrawCmd> CmdBuffer; // Draw commands. Typically 1 command = 1 GPU draw call, unless the command is a callback.
+ ImVector<ImDrawIdx> IdxBuffer; // Index buffer. Each command consume ImDrawCmd::ElemCount of those
+ ImVector<ImDrawVert> VtxBuffer; // Vertex buffer.
+ ImDrawListFlags Flags; // Flags, you may poke into these to adjust anti-aliasing settings per-primitive.
+
+ // [Internal, used while building lists]
+ const ImDrawListSharedData* _Data; // Pointer to shared draw data (you can use ImGui::GetDrawListSharedData() to get the one from current ImGui context)
+ const char* _OwnerName; // Pointer to owner window's name for debugging
+ unsigned int _VtxCurrentIdx; // [Internal] == VtxBuffer.Size
+ ImDrawVert* _VtxWritePtr; // [Internal] point within VtxBuffer.Data after each add command (to avoid using the ImVector<> operators too much)
+ ImDrawIdx* _IdxWritePtr; // [Internal] point within IdxBuffer.Data after each add command (to avoid using the ImVector<> operators too much)
+ ImVector<ImVec4> _ClipRectStack; // [Internal]
+ ImVector<ImTextureID> _TextureIdStack; // [Internal]
+ ImVector<ImVec2> _Path; // [Internal] current path building
+ int _ChannelsCurrent; // [Internal] current channel number (0)
+ int _ChannelsCount; // [Internal] number of active channels (1+)
+ ImVector<ImDrawChannel> _Channels; // [Internal] draw channels for columns API (not resized down so _ChannelsCount may be smaller than _Channels.Size)
+
+ // If you want to create ImDrawList instances, pass them ImGui::GetDrawListSharedData() or create and use your own ImDrawListSharedData (so you can use ImDrawList without ImGui)
+ ImDrawList(const ImDrawListSharedData* shared_data) { _Data = shared_data; _OwnerName = NULL; Clear(); }
+ ~ImDrawList() { ClearFreeMemory(); }
+ IMGUI_API void PushClipRect(ImVec2 clip_rect_min, ImVec2 clip_rect_max, bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect = false); // Render-level scissoring. This is passed down to your render function but not used for CPU-side coarse clipping. Prefer using higher-level ImGui::PushClipRect() to affect logic (hit-testing and widget culling)
+ IMGUI_API void PushClipRectFullScreen();
+ IMGUI_API void PopClipRect();
+ IMGUI_API void PushTextureID(ImTextureID texture_id);
+ IMGUI_API void PopTextureID();
+ inline ImVec2 GetClipRectMin() const { const ImVec4& cr = _ClipRectStack.back(); return ImVec2(cr.x, cr.y); }
+ inline ImVec2 GetClipRectMax() const { const ImVec4& cr = _ClipRectStack.back(); return ImVec2(cr.z, cr.w); }
+
+ // Primitives
+ IMGUI_API void AddLine(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, ImU32 col, float thickness = 1.0f);
+ IMGUI_API void AddRect(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, ImU32 col, float rounding = 0.0f, int rounding_corners_flags = ImDrawCornerFlags_All, float thickness = 1.0f); // a: upper-left, b: lower-right, rounding_corners_flags: 4-bits corresponding to which corner to round
+ IMGUI_API void AddRectFilled(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, ImU32 col, float rounding = 0.0f, int rounding_corners_flags = ImDrawCornerFlags_All); // a: upper-left, b: lower-right
+ IMGUI_API void AddRectFilledMultiColor(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, ImU32 col_upr_left, ImU32 col_upr_right, ImU32 col_bot_right, ImU32 col_bot_left);
+ IMGUI_API void AddQuad(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& d, ImU32 col, float thickness = 1.0f);
+ IMGUI_API void AddQuadFilled(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& d, ImU32 col);
+ IMGUI_API void AddTriangle(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, ImU32 col, float thickness = 1.0f);
+ IMGUI_API void AddTriangleFilled(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, ImU32 col);
+ IMGUI_API void AddCircle(const ImVec2& centre, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments = 12, float thickness = 1.0f);
+ IMGUI_API void AddCircleFilled(const ImVec2& centre, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments = 12);
+ IMGUI_API void AddText(const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end = NULL);
+ IMGUI_API void AddText(const ImFont* font, float font_size, const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end = NULL, float wrap_width = 0.0f, const ImVec4* cpu_fine_clip_rect = NULL);
+ IMGUI_API void AddImage(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& uv_a = ImVec2(0,0), const ImVec2& uv_b = ImVec2(1,1), ImU32 col = 0xFFFFFFFF);
+ IMGUI_API void AddImageQuad(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& d, const ImVec2& uv_a = ImVec2(0,0), const ImVec2& uv_b = ImVec2(1,0), const ImVec2& uv_c = ImVec2(1,1), const ImVec2& uv_d = ImVec2(0,1), ImU32 col = 0xFFFFFFFF);
+ IMGUI_API void AddImageRounded(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& uv_a, const ImVec2& uv_b, ImU32 col, float rounding, int rounding_corners = ImDrawCornerFlags_All);
+ IMGUI_API void AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, const int num_points, ImU32 col, bool closed, float thickness);
+ IMGUI_API void AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, const int num_points, ImU32 col); // Note: Anti-aliased filling requires points to be in clockwise order.
+ IMGUI_API void AddBezierCurve(const ImVec2& pos0, const ImVec2& cp0, const ImVec2& cp1, const ImVec2& pos1, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments = 0);
+
+ // Stateful path API, add points then finish with PathFillConvex() or PathStroke()
+ inline void PathClear() { _Path.resize(0); }
+ inline void PathLineTo(const ImVec2& pos) { _Path.push_back(pos); }
+ inline void PathLineToMergeDuplicate(const ImVec2& pos) { if (_Path.Size == 0 || memcmp(&_Path[_Path.Size-1], &pos, 8) != 0) _Path.push_back(pos); }
+ inline void PathFillConvex(ImU32 col) { AddConvexPolyFilled(_Path.Data, _Path.Size, col); PathClear(); } // Note: Anti-aliased filling requires points to be in clockwise order.
+ inline void PathStroke(ImU32 col, bool closed, float thickness = 1.0f) { AddPolyline(_Path.Data, _Path.Size, col, closed, thickness); PathClear(); }
+ IMGUI_API void PathArcTo(const ImVec2& centre, float radius, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments = 10);
+ IMGUI_API void PathArcToFast(const ImVec2& centre, float radius, int a_min_of_12, int a_max_of_12); // Use precomputed angles for a 12 steps circle
+ IMGUI_API void PathBezierCurveTo(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, int num_segments = 0);
+ IMGUI_API void PathRect(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max, float rounding = 0.0f, int rounding_corners_flags = ImDrawCornerFlags_All);
+
+ // Channels
+ // - Use to simulate layers. By switching channels to can render out-of-order (e.g. submit foreground primitives before background primitives)
+ // - Use to minimize draw calls (e.g. if going back-and-forth between multiple non-overlapping clipping rectangles, prefer to append into separate channels then merge at the end)
+ IMGUI_API void ChannelsSplit(int channels_count);
+ IMGUI_API void ChannelsMerge();
+ IMGUI_API void ChannelsSetCurrent(int channel_index);
+
+ // Advanced
+ IMGUI_API void AddCallback(ImDrawCallback callback, void* callback_data); // Your rendering function must check for 'UserCallback' in ImDrawCmd and call the function instead of rendering triangles.
+ IMGUI_API void AddDrawCmd(); // This is useful if you need to forcefully create a new draw call (to allow for dependent rendering / blending). Otherwise primitives are merged into the same draw-call as much as possible
+ IMGUI_API ImDrawList* CloneOutput() const; // Create a clone of the CmdBuffer/IdxBuffer/VtxBuffer.
+
+ // Internal helpers
+ // NB: all primitives needs to be reserved via PrimReserve() beforehand!
+ IMGUI_API void Clear();
+ IMGUI_API void ClearFreeMemory();
+ IMGUI_API void PrimReserve(int idx_count, int vtx_count);
+ IMGUI_API void PrimRect(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, ImU32 col); // Axis aligned rectangle (composed of two triangles)
+ IMGUI_API void PrimRectUV(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& uv_a, const ImVec2& uv_b, ImU32 col);
+ IMGUI_API void PrimQuadUV(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& d, const ImVec2& uv_a, const ImVec2& uv_b, const ImVec2& uv_c, const ImVec2& uv_d, ImU32 col);
+ inline void PrimWriteVtx(const ImVec2& pos, const ImVec2& uv, ImU32 col){ _VtxWritePtr->pos = pos; _VtxWritePtr->uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr->col = col; _VtxWritePtr++; _VtxCurrentIdx++; }
+ inline void PrimWriteIdx(ImDrawIdx idx) { *_IdxWritePtr = idx; _IdxWritePtr++; }
+ inline void PrimVtx(const ImVec2& pos, const ImVec2& uv, ImU32 col) { PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)_VtxCurrentIdx); PrimWriteVtx(pos, uv, col); }
+ IMGUI_API void UpdateClipRect();
+ IMGUI_API void UpdateTextureID();
+};
+
+// All draw data to render an ImGui frame
+// (NB: the style and the naming convention here is a little inconsistent but we preserve them for backward compatibility purpose)
+struct ImDrawData
+{
+ bool Valid; // Only valid after Render() is called and before the next NewFrame() is called.
+ ImDrawList** CmdLists; // Array of ImDrawList* to render. The ImDrawList are owned by ImGuiContext and only pointed to from here.
+ int CmdListsCount; // Number of ImDrawList* to render
+ int TotalIdxCount; // For convenience, sum of all ImDrawList's IdxBuffer.Size
+ int TotalVtxCount; // For convenience, sum of all ImDrawList's VtxBuffer.Size
+ ImVec2 DisplayPos; // Upper-left position of the viewport to render (== upper-left of the orthogonal projection matrix to use)
+ ImVec2 DisplaySize; // Size of the viewport to render (== io.DisplaySize for the main viewport) (DisplayPos + DisplaySize == lower-right of the orthogonal projection matrix to use)
+
+ // Functions
+ ImDrawData() { Valid = false; Clear(); }
+ ~ImDrawData() { Clear(); }
+ void Clear() { Valid = false; CmdLists = NULL; CmdListsCount = TotalVtxCount = TotalIdxCount = 0; DisplayPos = DisplaySize = ImVec2(0.f, 0.f); } // The ImDrawList are owned by ImGuiContext!
+ IMGUI_API void DeIndexAllBuffers(); // Helper to convert all buffers from indexed to non-indexed, in case you cannot render indexed. Note: this is slow and most likely a waste of resources. Always prefer indexed rendering!
+ IMGUI_API void ScaleClipRects(const ImVec2& sc); // Helper to scale the ClipRect field of each ImDrawCmd. Use if your final output buffer is at a different scale than ImGui expects, or if there is a difference between your window resolution and framebuffer resolution.
+};
+
+struct ImFontConfig
+{
+ void* FontData; // // TTF/OTF data
+ int FontDataSize; // // TTF/OTF data size
+ bool FontDataOwnedByAtlas; // true // TTF/OTF data ownership taken by the container ImFontAtlas (will delete memory itself).
+ int FontNo; // 0 // Index of font within TTF/OTF file
+ float SizePixels; // // Size in pixels for rasterizer (more or less maps to the resulting font height).
+ int OversampleH; // 3 // Rasterize at higher quality for sub-pixel positioning. We don't use sub-pixel positions on the Y axis.
+ int OversampleV; // 1 // Rasterize at higher quality for sub-pixel positioning. We don't use sub-pixel positions on the Y axis.
+ bool PixelSnapH; // false // Align every glyph to pixel boundary. Useful e.g. if you are merging a non-pixel aligned font with the default font. If enabled, you can set OversampleH/V to 1.
+ ImVec2 GlyphExtraSpacing; // 0, 0 // Extra spacing (in pixels) between glyphs. Only X axis is supported for now.
+ ImVec2 GlyphOffset; // 0, 0 // Offset all glyphs from this font input.
+ const ImWchar* GlyphRanges; // NULL // Pointer to a user-provided list of Unicode range (2 value per range, values are inclusive, zero-terminated list). THE ARRAY DATA NEEDS TO PERSIST AS LONG AS THE FONT IS ALIVE.
+ float GlyphMinAdvanceX; // 0 // Minimum AdvanceX for glyphs, set Min to align font icons, set both Min/Max to enforce mono-space font
+ float GlyphMaxAdvanceX; // FLT_MAX // Maximum AdvanceX for glyphs
+ bool MergeMode; // false // Merge into previous ImFont, so you can combine multiple inputs font into one ImFont (e.g. ASCII font + icons + Japanese glyphs). You may want to use GlyphOffset.y when merge font of different heights.
+ unsigned int RasterizerFlags; // 0x00 // Settings for custom font rasterizer (e.g. ImGuiFreeType). Leave as zero if you aren't using one.
+ float RasterizerMultiply; // 1.0f // Brighten (>1.0f) or darken (<1.0f) font output. Brightening small fonts may be a good workaround to make them more readable.
+
+ // [Internal]
+ char Name[40]; // Name (strictly to ease debugging)
+ ImFont* DstFont;
+
+ IMGUI_API ImFontConfig();
+};
+
+struct ImFontGlyph
+{
+ ImWchar Codepoint; // 0x0000..0xFFFF
+ float AdvanceX; // Distance to next character (= data from font + ImFontConfig::GlyphExtraSpacing.x baked in)
+ float X0, Y0, X1, Y1; // Glyph corners
+ float U0, V0, U1, V1; // Texture coordinates
+};
+
+enum ImFontAtlasFlags_
+{
+ ImFontAtlasFlags_NoPowerOfTwoHeight = 1 << 0, // Don't round the height to next power of two
+ ImFontAtlasFlags_NoMouseCursors = 1 << 1 // Don't build software mouse cursors into the atlas
+};
+
+// Load and rasterize multiple TTF/OTF fonts into a same texture.
+// Sharing a texture for multiple fonts allows us to reduce the number of draw calls during rendering.
+// We also add custom graphic data into the texture that serves for ImGui.
+// 1. (Optional) Call AddFont*** functions. If you don't call any, the default font will be loaded for you.
+// 2. Call GetTexDataAsAlpha8() or GetTexDataAsRGBA32() to build and retrieve pixels data.
+// 3. Upload the pixels data into a texture within your graphics system.
+// 4. Call SetTexID(my_tex_id); and pass the pointer/identifier to your texture. This value will be passed back to you during rendering to identify the texture.
+// IMPORTANT: If you pass a 'glyph_ranges' array to AddFont*** functions, you need to make sure that your array persist up until the ImFont is build (when calling GetTexData*** or Build()). We only copy the pointer, not the data.
+struct ImFontAtlas
+{
+ IMGUI_API ImFontAtlas();
+ IMGUI_API ~ImFontAtlas();
+ IMGUI_API ImFont* AddFont(const ImFontConfig* font_cfg);
+ IMGUI_API ImFont* AddFontDefault(const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL);
+ IMGUI_API ImFont* AddFontFromFileTTF(const char* filename, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = NULL);
+ IMGUI_API ImFont* AddFontFromMemoryTTF(void* font_data, int font_size, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = NULL); // Note: Transfer ownership of 'ttf_data' to ImFontAtlas! Will be deleted after Build(). Set font_cfg->FontDataOwnedByAtlas to false to keep ownership.
+ IMGUI_API ImFont* AddFontFromMemoryCompressedTTF(const void* compressed_font_data, int compressed_font_size, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = NULL); // 'compressed_font_data' still owned by caller. Compress with binary_to_compressed_c.cpp.
+ IMGUI_API ImFont* AddFontFromMemoryCompressedBase85TTF(const char* compressed_font_data_base85, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = NULL); // 'compressed_font_data_base85' still owned by caller. Compress with binary_to_compressed_c.cpp with -base85 parameter.
+ IMGUI_API void ClearInputData(); // Clear input data (all ImFontConfig structures including sizes, TTF data, glyph ranges, etc.) = all the data used to build the texture and fonts.
+ IMGUI_API void ClearTexData(); // Clear output texture data (CPU side). Saves RAM once the texture has been copied to graphics memory.
+ IMGUI_API void ClearFonts(); // Clear output font data (glyphs storage, UV coordinates).
+ IMGUI_API void Clear(); // Clear all input and output.
+
+ // Build atlas, retrieve pixel data.
+ // User is in charge of copying the pixels into graphics memory (e.g. create a texture with your engine). Then store your texture handle with SetTexID().
+ // RGBA32 format is provided for convenience and compatibility, but note that unless you use CustomRect to draw color data, the RGB pixels emitted from Fonts will all be white (~75% of waste).
+ // Pitch = Width * BytesPerPixels
+ IMGUI_API bool Build(); // Build pixels data. This is called automatically for you by the GetTexData*** functions.
+ IMGUI_API bool IsBuilt() { return Fonts.Size > 0 && (TexPixelsAlpha8 != NULL || TexPixelsRGBA32 != NULL); }
+ IMGUI_API void GetTexDataAsAlpha8(unsigned char** out_pixels, int* out_width, int* out_height, int* out_bytes_per_pixel = NULL); // 1 byte per-pixel
+ IMGUI_API void GetTexDataAsRGBA32(unsigned char** out_pixels, int* out_width, int* out_height, int* out_bytes_per_pixel = NULL); // 4 bytes-per-pixel
+ void SetTexID(ImTextureID id) { TexID = id; }
+
+ //-------------------------------------------
+ // Glyph Ranges
+ //-------------------------------------------
+
+ // Helpers to retrieve list of common Unicode ranges (2 value per range, values are inclusive, zero-terminated list)
+ // NB: Make sure that your string are UTF-8 and NOT in your local code page. In C++11, you can create UTF-8 string literal using the u8"Hello world" syntax. See FAQ for details.
+ // NB: Consider using GlyphRangesBuilder to build glyph ranges from textual data.
+ IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesDefault(); // Basic Latin, Extended Latin
+ IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesKorean(); // Default + Korean characters
+ IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesJapanese(); // Default + Hiragana, Katakana, Half-Width, Selection of 1946 Ideographs
+ IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesChineseFull(); // Default + Half-Width + Japanese Hiragana/Katakana + full set of about 21000 CJK Unified Ideographs
+ IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesChineseSimplifiedCommon();// Default + Half-Width + Japanese Hiragana/Katakana + set of 2500 CJK Unified Ideographs for common simplified Chinese
+ IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesCyrillic(); // Default + about 400 Cyrillic characters
+ IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesThai(); // Default + Thai characters
+
+ // Helpers to build glyph ranges from text data. Feed your application strings/characters to it then call BuildRanges().
+ struct GlyphRangesBuilder
+ {
+ ImVector<unsigned char> UsedChars; // Store 1-bit per Unicode code point (0=unused, 1=used)
+ GlyphRangesBuilder() { UsedChars.resize(0x10000 / 8); memset(UsedChars.Data, 0, 0x10000 / 8); }
+ bool GetBit(int n) const { return (UsedChars[n >> 3] & (1 << (n & 7))) != 0; }
+ void SetBit(int n) { UsedChars[n >> 3] |= 1 << (n & 7); } // Set bit 'c' in the array
+ void AddChar(ImWchar c) { SetBit(c); } // Add character
+ IMGUI_API void AddText(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL); // Add string (each character of the UTF-8 string are added)
+ IMGUI_API void AddRanges(const ImWchar* ranges); // Add ranges, e.g. builder.AddRanges(ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesDefault()) to force add all of ASCII/Latin+Ext
+ IMGUI_API void BuildRanges(ImVector<ImWchar>* out_ranges); // Output new ranges
+ };
+
+ //-------------------------------------------
+ // Custom Rectangles/Glyphs API
+ //-------------------------------------------
+
+ // You can request arbitrary rectangles to be packed into the atlas, for your own purposes. After calling Build(), you can query the rectangle position and render your pixels.
+ // You can also request your rectangles to be mapped as font glyph (given a font + Unicode point), so you can render e.g. custom colorful icons and use them as regular glyphs.
+ struct CustomRect
+ {
+ unsigned int ID; // Input // User ID. Use <0x10000 to map into a font glyph, >=0x10000 for other/internal/custom texture data.
+ unsigned short Width, Height; // Input // Desired rectangle dimension
+ unsigned short X, Y; // Output // Packed position in Atlas
+ float GlyphAdvanceX; // Input // For custom font glyphs only (ID<0x10000): glyph xadvance
+ ImVec2 GlyphOffset; // Input // For custom font glyphs only (ID<0x10000): glyph display offset
+ ImFont* Font; // Input // For custom font glyphs only (ID<0x10000): target font
+ CustomRect() { ID = 0xFFFFFFFF; Width = Height = 0; X = Y = 0xFFFF; GlyphAdvanceX = 0.0f; GlyphOffset = ImVec2(0,0); Font = NULL; }
+ bool IsPacked() const { return X != 0xFFFF; }
+ };
+
+ IMGUI_API int AddCustomRectRegular(unsigned int id, int width, int height); // Id needs to be >= 0x10000. Id >= 0x80000000 are reserved for ImGui and ImDrawList
+ IMGUI_API int AddCustomRectFontGlyph(ImFont* font, ImWchar id, int width, int height, float advance_x, const ImVec2& offset = ImVec2(0,0)); // Id needs to be < 0x10000 to register a rectangle to map into a specific font.
+ const CustomRect* GetCustomRectByIndex(int index) const { if (index < 0) return NULL; return &CustomRects[index]; }
+
+ // [Internal]
+ IMGUI_API void CalcCustomRectUV(const CustomRect* rect, ImVec2* out_uv_min, ImVec2* out_uv_max);
+ IMGUI_API bool GetMouseCursorTexData(ImGuiMouseCursor cursor, ImVec2* out_offset, ImVec2* out_size, ImVec2 out_uv_border[2], ImVec2 out_uv_fill[2]);
+
+ //-------------------------------------------
+ // Members
+ //-------------------------------------------
+
+ bool Locked; // Marked as Locked by ImGui::NewFrame() so attempt to modify the atlas will assert.
+ ImFontAtlasFlags Flags; // Build flags (see ImFontAtlasFlags_)
+ ImTextureID TexID; // User data to refer to the texture once it has been uploaded to user's graphic systems. It is passed back to you during rendering via the ImDrawCmd structure.
+ int TexDesiredWidth; // Texture width desired by user before Build(). Must be a power-of-two. If have many glyphs your graphics API have texture size restrictions you may want to increase texture width to decrease height.
+ int TexGlyphPadding; // Padding between glyphs within texture in pixels. Defaults to 1.
+
+ // [Internal]
+ // NB: Access texture data via GetTexData*() calls! Which will setup a default font for you.
+ unsigned char* TexPixelsAlpha8; // 1 component per pixel, each component is unsigned 8-bit. Total size = TexWidth * TexHeight
+ unsigned int* TexPixelsRGBA32; // 4 component per pixel, each component is unsigned 8-bit. Total size = TexWidth * TexHeight * 4
+ int TexWidth; // Texture width calculated during Build().
+ int TexHeight; // Texture height calculated during Build().
+ ImVec2 TexUvScale; // = (1.0f/TexWidth, 1.0f/TexHeight)
+ ImVec2 TexUvWhitePixel; // Texture coordinates to a white pixel
+ ImVector<ImFont*> Fonts; // Hold all the fonts returned by AddFont*. Fonts[0] is the default font upon calling ImGui::NewFrame(), use ImGui::PushFont()/PopFont() to change the current font.
+ ImVector<CustomRect> CustomRects; // Rectangles for packing custom texture data into the atlas.
+ ImVector<ImFontConfig> ConfigData; // Internal data
+ int CustomRectIds[1]; // Identifiers of custom texture rectangle used by ImFontAtlas/ImDrawList
+};
+
+// Font runtime data and rendering
+// ImFontAtlas automatically loads a default embedded font for you when you call GetTexDataAsAlpha8() or GetTexDataAsRGBA32().
+struct ImFont
+{
+ // Members: Hot ~62/78 bytes
+ float FontSize; // <user set> // Height of characters, set during loading (don't change after loading)
+ float Scale; // = 1.f // Base font scale, multiplied by the per-window font scale which you can adjust with SetFontScale()
+ ImVec2 DisplayOffset; // = (0.f,0.f) // Offset font rendering by xx pixels
+ ImVector<ImFontGlyph> Glyphs; // // All glyphs.
+ ImVector<float> IndexAdvanceX; // // Sparse. Glyphs->AdvanceX in a directly indexable way (more cache-friendly, for CalcTextSize functions which are often bottleneck in large UI).
+ ImVector<unsigned short> IndexLookup; // // Sparse. Index glyphs by Unicode code-point.
+ const ImFontGlyph* FallbackGlyph; // == FindGlyph(FontFallbackChar)
+ float FallbackAdvanceX; // == FallbackGlyph->AdvanceX
+ ImWchar FallbackChar; // = '?' // Replacement glyph if one isn't found. Only set via SetFallbackChar()
+
+ // Members: Cold ~18/26 bytes
+ short ConfigDataCount; // ~ 1 // Number of ImFontConfig involved in creating this font. Bigger than 1 when merging multiple font sources into one ImFont.
+ ImFontConfig* ConfigData; // // Pointer within ContainerAtlas->ConfigData
+ ImFontAtlas* ContainerAtlas; // // What we has been loaded into
+ float Ascent, Descent; // // Ascent: distance from top to bottom of e.g. 'A' [0..FontSize]
+ bool DirtyLookupTables;
+ int MetricsTotalSurface;// // Total surface in pixels to get an idea of the font rasterization/texture cost (not exact, we approximate the cost of padding between glyphs)
+
+ // Methods
+ IMGUI_API ImFont();
+ IMGUI_API ~ImFont();
+ IMGUI_API void ClearOutputData();
+ IMGUI_API void BuildLookupTable();
+ IMGUI_API const ImFontGlyph*FindGlyph(ImWchar c) const;
+ IMGUI_API const ImFontGlyph*FindGlyphNoFallback(ImWchar c) const;
+ IMGUI_API void SetFallbackChar(ImWchar c);
+ float GetCharAdvance(ImWchar c) const { return ((int)c < IndexAdvanceX.Size) ? IndexAdvanceX[(int)c] : FallbackAdvanceX; }
+ bool IsLoaded() const { return ContainerAtlas != NULL; }
+ const char* GetDebugName() const { return ConfigData ? ConfigData->Name : "<unknown>"; }
+
+ // 'max_width' stops rendering after a certain width (could be turned into a 2d size). FLT_MAX to disable.
+ // 'wrap_width' enable automatic word-wrapping across multiple lines to fit into given width. 0.0f to disable.
+ IMGUI_API ImVec2 CalcTextSizeA(float size, float max_width, float wrap_width, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end = NULL, const char** remaining = NULL) const; // utf8
+ IMGUI_API const char* CalcWordWrapPositionA(float scale, const char* text, const char* text_end, float wrap_width) const;
+ IMGUI_API void RenderChar(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, unsigned short c) const;
+ IMGUI_API void RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, const ImVec4& clip_rect, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end, float wrap_width = 0.0f, bool cpu_fine_clip = false) const;
+
+ // [Internal]
+ IMGUI_API void GrowIndex(int new_size);
+ IMGUI_API void AddGlyph(ImWchar c, float x0, float y0, float x1, float y1, float u0, float v0, float u1, float v1, float advance_x);
+ IMGUI_API void AddRemapChar(ImWchar dst, ImWchar src, bool overwrite_dst = true); // Makes 'dst' character/glyph points to 'src' character/glyph. Currently needs to be called AFTER fonts have been built.
+
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+ typedef ImFontGlyph Glyph; // OBSOLETE 1.52+
+#endif
+};
+
+#if defined(__clang__)
+#pragma clang diagnostic pop
+#elif defined(__GNUC__) && __GNUC__ >= 8
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
+
+// Include imgui_user.h at the end of imgui.h (convenient for user to only explicitly include vanilla imgui.h)
+#ifdef IMGUI_INCLUDE_IMGUI_USER_H
+#include "imgui_user.h"
+#endif
diff --git a/src/intel/tools/imgui/imgui_demo.cpp b/src/intel/tools/imgui/imgui_demo.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c37a4506da0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/intel/tools/imgui/imgui_demo.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,3471 @@
+// dear imgui, v1.63 WIP
+// (demo code)
+
+// Message to the person tempted to delete this file when integrating ImGui into their code base:
+// Don't do it! Do NOT remove this file from your project! It is useful reference code that you and other users will want to refer to.
+// Everything in this file will be stripped out by the linker if you don't call ImGui::ShowDemoWindow().
+// During development, you can call ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() in your code to learn about various features of ImGui. Have it wired in a debug menu!
+// Removing this file from your project is hindering access to documentation for everyone in your team, likely leading you to poorer usage of the library.
+// Note that you can #define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS in imconfig.h for the same effect.
+// If you want to link core ImGui in your final builds but not those demo windows, #define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS in imconfig.h and those functions will be empty.
+// In other situation, when you have ImGui available you probably want this to be available for reference and execution.
+// Thank you,
+// -Your beloved friend, imgui_demo.cpp (that you won't delete)
+
+// Message to beginner C/C++ programmers about the meaning of the 'static' keyword: in this demo code, we frequently we use 'static' variables inside functions.
+// A static variable persist across calls, so it is essentially like a global variable but declared inside the scope of the function.
+// We do this as a way to gather code and data in the same place, just to make the demo code faster to read, faster to write, and use less code.
+// It also happens to be a convenient way of storing simple UI related information as long as your function doesn't need to be reentrant or used in threads.
+// This might be a pattern you occasionally want to use in your code, but most of the real data you would be editing is likely to be stored outside your functions.
+
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS)
+#define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS
+#endif
+
+#include "imgui.h"
+#include <ctype.h> // toupper, isprint
+#include <limits.h> // INT_MIN, INT_MAX
+#include <math.h> // sqrtf, powf, cosf, sinf, floorf, ceilf
+#include <stdio.h> // vsnprintf, sscanf, printf
+#include <stdlib.h> // NULL, malloc, free, atoi
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1500 // MSVC 2008 or earlier
+#include <stddef.h> // intptr_t
+#else
+#include <stdint.h> // intptr_t
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+#pragma warning (disable: 4996) // 'This function or variable may be unsafe': strcpy, strdup, sprintf, vsnprintf, sscanf, fopen
+#define snprintf _snprintf
+#endif
+#ifdef __clang__
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" // warning : use of old-style cast // yes, they are more terse.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-declarations" // warning : 'xx' is deprecated: The POSIX name for this item.. // for strdup used in demo code (so user can copy & paste the code)
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wint-to-void-pointer-cast" // warning : cast to 'void *' from smaller integer type 'int'
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-security" // warning : warning: format string is not a string literal
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wexit-time-destructors" // warning : declaration requires an exit-time destructor // exit-time destruction order is undefined. if MemFree() leads to users code that has been disabled before exit it might cause problems. ImGui coding style welcomes static/globals.
+#if __has_warning("-Wreserved-id-macro")
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wreserved-id-macro" // warning : macro name is a reserved identifier //
+#endif
+#elif defined(__GNUC__)
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wint-to-pointer-cast" // warning: cast to pointer from integer of different size
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-security" // warning : format string is not a string literal (potentially insecure)
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wconversion" // warning: conversion to 'xxxx' from 'xxxx' may alter its value
+#if (__GNUC__ >= 6)
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wmisleading-indentation" // warning: this 'if' clause does not guard this statement // GCC 6.0+ only. See #883 on GitHub.
+#endif
+#endif
+
+// Play it nice with Windows users. Notepad in 2017 still doesn't display text data with Unix-style \n.
+#ifdef _WIN32
+#define IM_NEWLINE "\r\n"
+#else
+#define IM_NEWLINE "\n"
+#endif
+
+#define IM_MAX(_A,_B) (((_A) >= (_B)) ? (_A) : (_B))
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// DEMO CODE
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#if !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_TEST_WINDOWS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS) // Obsolete name since 1.53, TEST->DEMO
+#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS)
+
+// Forward Declarations
+static void ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar();
+static void ShowExampleAppConsole(bool* p_open);
+static void ShowExampleAppLog(bool* p_open);
+static void ShowExampleAppLayout(bool* p_open);
+static void ShowExampleAppPropertyEditor(bool* p_open);
+static void ShowExampleAppLongText(bool* p_open);
+static void ShowExampleAppAutoResize(bool* p_open);
+static void ShowExampleAppConstrainedResize(bool* p_open);
+static void ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay(bool* p_open);
+static void ShowExampleAppWindowTitles(bool* p_open);
+static void ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(bool* p_open);
+static void ShowExampleMenuFile();
+
+// Helper to display a little (?) mark which shows a tooltip when hovered.
+static void ShowHelpMarker(const char* desc)
+{
+ ImGui::TextDisabled("(?)");
+ if (ImGui::IsItemHovered())
+ {
+ ImGui::BeginTooltip();
+ ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 35.0f);
+ ImGui::TextUnformatted(desc);
+ ImGui::PopTextWrapPos();
+ ImGui::EndTooltip();
+ }
+}
+
+// Helper to display basic user controls.
+void ImGui::ShowUserGuide()
+{
+ ImGui::BulletText("Double-click on title bar to collapse window.");
+ ImGui::BulletText("Click and drag on lower right corner to resize window\n(double-click to auto fit window to its contents).");
+ ImGui::BulletText("Click and drag on any empty space to move window.");
+ ImGui::BulletText("TAB/SHIFT+TAB to cycle through keyboard editable fields.");
+ ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+Click on a slider or drag box to input value as text.");
+ if (ImGui::GetIO().FontAllowUserScaling)
+ ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+Mouse Wheel to zoom window contents.");
+ ImGui::BulletText("Mouse Wheel to scroll.");
+ ImGui::BulletText("While editing text:\n");
+ ImGui::Indent();
+ ImGui::BulletText("Hold SHIFT or use mouse to select text.");
+ ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+Left/Right to word jump.");
+ ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+A or double-click to select all.");
+ ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+X,CTRL+C,CTRL+V to use clipboard.");
+ ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+Z,CTRL+Y to undo/redo.");
+ ImGui::BulletText("ESCAPE to revert.");
+ ImGui::BulletText("You can apply arithmetic operators +,*,/ on numerical values.\nUse +- to subtract.");
+ ImGui::Unindent();
+}
+
+// Demonstrate most Dear ImGui features (this is big function!)
+// You may execute this function to experiment with the UI and understand what it does. You may then search for keywords in the code when you are interested by a specific feature.
+void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open)
+{
+ // Examples Apps (accessible from the "Examples" menu)
+ static bool show_app_main_menu_bar = false;
+ static bool show_app_console = false;
+ static bool show_app_log = false;
+ static bool show_app_layout = false;
+ static bool show_app_property_editor = false;
+ static bool show_app_long_text = false;
+ static bool show_app_auto_resize = false;
+ static bool show_app_constrained_resize = false;
+ static bool show_app_simple_overlay = false;
+ static bool show_app_window_titles = false;
+ static bool show_app_custom_rendering = false;
+
+ if (show_app_main_menu_bar) ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar();
+ if (show_app_console) ShowExampleAppConsole(&show_app_console);
+ if (show_app_log) ShowExampleAppLog(&show_app_log);
+ if (show_app_layout) ShowExampleAppLayout(&show_app_layout);
+ if (show_app_property_editor) ShowExampleAppPropertyEditor(&show_app_property_editor);
+ if (show_app_long_text) ShowExampleAppLongText(&show_app_long_text);
+ if (show_app_auto_resize) ShowExampleAppAutoResize(&show_app_auto_resize);
+ if (show_app_constrained_resize) ShowExampleAppConstrainedResize(&show_app_constrained_resize);
+ if (show_app_simple_overlay) ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay(&show_app_simple_overlay);
+ if (show_app_window_titles) ShowExampleAppWindowTitles(&show_app_window_titles);
+ if (show_app_custom_rendering) ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(&show_app_custom_rendering);
+
+ // Dear ImGui Apps (accessible from the "Help" menu)
+ static bool show_app_metrics = false;
+ static bool show_app_style_editor = false;
+ static bool show_app_about = false;
+
+ if (show_app_metrics) { ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(&show_app_metrics); }
+ if (show_app_style_editor) { ImGui::Begin("Style Editor", &show_app_style_editor); ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(); ImGui::End(); }
+ if (show_app_about)
+ {
+ ImGui::Begin("About Dear ImGui", &show_app_about, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize);
+ ImGui::Text("Dear ImGui, %s", ImGui::GetVersion());
+ ImGui::Separator();
+ ImGui::Text("By Omar Cornut and all dear imgui contributors.");
+ ImGui::Text("Dear ImGui is licensed under the MIT License, see LICENSE for more information.");
+ ImGui::End();
+ }
+
+ // Demonstrate the various window flags. Typically you would just use the default!
+ static bool no_titlebar = false;
+ static bool no_scrollbar = false;
+ static bool no_menu = false;
+ static bool no_move = false;
+ static bool no_resize = false;
+ static bool no_collapse = false;
+ static bool no_close = false;
+ static bool no_nav = false;
+
+ ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = 0;
+ if (no_titlebar) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar;
+ if (no_scrollbar) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar;
+ if (!no_menu) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar;
+ if (no_move) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove;
+ if (no_resize) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize;
+ if (no_collapse) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse;
+ if (no_nav) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNav;
+ if (no_close) p_open = NULL; // Don't pass our bool* to Begin
+
+ // We specify a default position/size in case there's no data in the .ini file. Typically this isn't required! We only do it to make the Demo applications a little more welcoming.
+ ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(650, 20), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver);
+ ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(550, 680), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver);
+
+ // Main body of the Demo window starts here.
+ if (!ImGui::Begin("ImGui Demo", p_open, window_flags))
+ {
+ // Early out if the window is collapsed, as an optimization.
+ ImGui::End();
+ return;
+ }
+ ImGui::Text("dear imgui says hello. (%s)", IMGUI_VERSION);
+
+ // Most "big" widgets share a common width settings by default.
+ //ImGui::PushItemWidth(ImGui::GetWindowWidth() * 0.65f); // Use 2/3 of the space for widgets and 1/3 for labels (default)
+ ImGui::PushItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * -12); // Use fixed width for labels (by passing a negative value), the rest goes to widgets. We choose a width proportional to our font size.
+
+ // Menu
+ if (ImGui::BeginMenuBar())
+ {
+ if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Menu"))
+ {
+ ShowExampleMenuFile();
+ ImGui::EndMenu();
+ }
+ if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Examples"))
+ {
+ ImGui::MenuItem("Main menu bar", NULL, &show_app_main_menu_bar);
+ ImGui::MenuItem("Console", NULL, &show_app_console);
+ ImGui::MenuItem("Log", NULL, &show_app_log);
+ ImGui::MenuItem("Simple layout", NULL, &show_app_layout);
+ ImGui::MenuItem("Property editor", NULL, &show_app_property_editor);
+ ImGui::MenuItem("Long text display", NULL, &show_app_long_text);
+ ImGui::MenuItem("Auto-resizing window", NULL, &show_app_auto_resize);
+ ImGui::MenuItem("Constrained-resizing window", NULL, &show_app_constrained_resize);
+ ImGui::MenuItem("Simple overlay", NULL, &show_app_simple_overlay);
+ ImGui::MenuItem("Manipulating window titles", NULL, &show_app_window_titles);
+ ImGui::MenuItem("Custom rendering", NULL, &show_app_custom_rendering);
+ ImGui::EndMenu();
+ }
+ if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Help"))
+ {
+ ImGui::MenuItem("Metrics", NULL, &show_app_metrics);
+ ImGui::MenuItem("Style Editor", NULL, &show_app_style_editor);
+ ImGui::MenuItem("About Dear ImGui", NULL, &show_app_about);
+ ImGui::EndMenu();
+ }
+ ImGui::EndMenuBar();
+ }
+
+ ImGui::Spacing();
+ if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Help"))
+ {
+ ImGui::TextWrapped("This window is being created by the ShowDemoWindow() function. Please refer to the code in imgui_demo.cpp for reference.\n\n");
+ ImGui::Text("USER GUIDE:");
+ ImGui::ShowUserGuide();
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Window options"))
+ {
+ ImGui::Checkbox("No titlebar", &no_titlebar); ImGui::SameLine(150);
+ ImGui::Checkbox("No scrollbar", &no_scrollbar); ImGui::SameLine(300);
+ ImGui::Checkbox("No menu", &no_menu);
+ ImGui::Checkbox("No move", &no_move); ImGui::SameLine(150);
+ ImGui::Checkbox("No resize", &no_resize); ImGui::SameLine(300);
+ ImGui::Checkbox("No collapse", &no_collapse);
+ ImGui::Checkbox("No close", &no_close); ImGui::SameLine(150);
+ ImGui::Checkbox("No nav", &no_nav);
+
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Style"))
+ {
+ ImGui::ShowStyleEditor();
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Capture/Logging"))
+ {
+ ImGui::TextWrapped("The logging API redirects all text output so you can easily capture the content of a window or a block. Tree nodes can be automatically expanded. You can also call ImGui::LogText() to output directly to the log without a visual output.");
+ ImGui::LogButtons();
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Widgets"))
+ {
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic"))
+ {
+ static int clicked = 0;
+ if (ImGui::Button("Button"))
+ clicked++;
+ if (clicked & 1)
+ {
+ ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::Text("Thanks for clicking me!");
+ }
+
+ static bool check = true;
+ ImGui::Checkbox("checkbox", &check);
+
+ static int e = 0;
+ ImGui::RadioButton("radio a", &e, 0); ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::RadioButton("radio b", &e, 1); ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::RadioButton("radio c", &e, 2);
+
+ // Color buttons, demonstrate using PushID() to add unique identifier in the ID stack, and changing style.
+ for (int i = 0; i < 7; i++)
+ {
+ if (i > 0) ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::PushID(i);
+ ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Button, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(i/7.0f, 0.6f, 0.6f));
+ ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(i/7.0f, 0.7f, 0.7f));
+ ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ButtonActive, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(i/7.0f, 0.8f, 0.8f));
+ ImGui::Button("Click");
+ ImGui::PopStyleColor(3);
+ ImGui::PopID();
+ }
+
+ // Arrow buttons
+ static int counter = 0;
+ float spacing = ImGui::GetStyle().ItemInnerSpacing.x;
+ ImGui::PushButtonRepeat(true);
+ if (ImGui::ArrowButton("##left", ImGuiDir_Left)) { counter--; }
+ ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, spacing);
+ if (ImGui::ArrowButton("##right", ImGuiDir_Right)) { counter++; }
+ ImGui::PopButtonRepeat();
+ ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::Text("%d", counter);
+
+ ImGui::Text("Hover over me");
+ if (ImGui::IsItemHovered())
+ ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a tooltip");
+
+ ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::Text("- or me");
+ if (ImGui::IsItemHovered())
+ {
+ ImGui::BeginTooltip();
+ ImGui::Text("I am a fancy tooltip");
+ static float arr[] = { 0.6f, 0.1f, 1.0f, 0.5f, 0.92f, 0.1f, 0.2f };
+ ImGui::PlotLines("Curve", arr, IM_ARRAYSIZE(arr));
+ ImGui::EndTooltip();
+ }
+
+ ImGui::Separator();
+
+ ImGui::LabelText("label", "Value");
+
+ {
+ // Using the _simplified_ one-liner Combo() api here
+ // See "Combo" section for examples of how to use the more complete BeginCombo()/EndCombo() api.
+ const char* items[] = { "AAAA", "BBBB", "CCCC", "DDDD", "EEEE", "FFFF", "GGGG", "HHHH", "IIII", "JJJJ", "KKKK", "LLLLLLL", "MMMM", "OOOOOOO" };
+ static int item_current = 0;
+ ImGui::Combo("combo", &item_current, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items));
+ ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("Refer to the \"Combo\" section below for an explanation of the full BeginCombo/EndCombo API, and demonstration of various flags.\n");
+ }
+
+ {
+ static char str0[128] = "Hello, world!";
+ static int i0 = 123;
+ ImGui::InputText("input text", str0, IM_ARRAYSIZE(str0));
+ ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("Hold SHIFT or use mouse to select text.\n" "CTRL+Left/Right to word jump.\n" "CTRL+A or double-click to select all.\n" "CTRL+X,CTRL+C,CTRL+V clipboard.\n" "CTRL+Z,CTRL+Y undo/redo.\n" "ESCAPE to revert.\n");
+
+ ImGui::InputInt("input int", &i0);
+ ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("You can apply arithmetic operators +,*,/ on numerical values.\n e.g. [ 100 ], input \'*2\', result becomes [ 200 ]\nUse +- to subtract.\n");
+
+ static float f0 = 0.001f;
+ ImGui::InputFloat("input float", &f0, 0.01f, 1.0f);
+
+ static double d0 = 999999.00000001;
+ ImGui::InputDouble("input double", &d0, 0.01f, 1.0f, "%.8f");
+
+ static float f1 = 1.e10f;
+ ImGui::InputFloat("input scientific", &f1, 0.0f, 0.0f, "%e");
+ ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("You can input value using the scientific notation,\n e.g. \"1e+8\" becomes \"100000000\".\n");
+
+ static float vec4a[4] = { 0.10f, 0.20f, 0.30f, 0.44f };
+ ImGui::InputFloat3("input float3", vec4a);
+ }
+
+ {
+ static int i1 = 50, i2 = 42;
+ ImGui::DragInt("drag int", &i1, 1);
+ ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("Click and drag to edit value.\nHold SHIFT/ALT for faster/slower edit.\nDouble-click or CTRL+click to input value.");
+
+ ImGui::DragInt("drag int 0..100", &i2, 1, 0, 100, "%d%%");
+
+ static float f1=1.00f, f2=0.0067f;
+ ImGui::DragFloat("drag float", &f1, 0.005f);
+ ImGui::DragFloat("drag small float", &f2, 0.0001f, 0.0f, 0.0f, "%.06f ns");
+ }
+
+ {
+ static int i1=0;
+ ImGui::SliderInt("slider int", &i1, -1, 3);
+ ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("CTRL+click to input value.");
+
+ static float f1=0.123f, f2=0.0f;
+ ImGui::SliderFloat("slider float", &f1, 0.0f, 1.0f, "ratio = %.3f");
+ ImGui::SliderFloat("slider float (curve)", &f2, -10.0f, 10.0f, "%.4f", 2.0f);
+ static float angle = 0.0f;
+ ImGui::SliderAngle("slider angle", &angle);
+ }
+
+ {
+ static float col1[3] = { 1.0f,0.0f,0.2f };
+ static float col2[4] = { 0.4f,0.7f,0.0f,0.5f };
+ ImGui::ColorEdit3("color 1", col1);
+ ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("Click on the colored square to open a color picker.\nClick and hold to use drag and drop.\nRight-click on the colored square to show options.\nCTRL+click on individual component to input value.\n");
+
+ ImGui::ColorEdit4("color 2", col2);
+ }
+
+ {
+ // List box
+ const char* listbox_items[] = { "Apple", "Banana", "Cherry", "Kiwi", "Mango", "Orange", "Pineapple", "Strawberry", "Watermelon" };
+ static int listbox_item_current = 1;
+ ImGui::ListBox("listbox\n(single select)", &listbox_item_current, listbox_items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(listbox_items), 4);
+
+ //static int listbox_item_current2 = 2;
+ //ImGui::PushItemWidth(-1);
+ //ImGui::ListBox("##listbox2", &listbox_item_current2, listbox_items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(listbox_items), 4);
+ //ImGui::PopItemWidth();
+ }
+
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+
+ // Testing ImGuiOnceUponAFrame helper.
+ //static ImGuiOnceUponAFrame once;
+ //for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++)
+ // if (once)
+ // ImGui::Text("This will be displayed only once.");
+
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Trees"))
+ {
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic trees"))
+ {
+ for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++)
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode((void*)(intptr_t)i, "Child %d", i))
+ {
+ ImGui::Text("blah blah");
+ ImGui::SameLine();
+ if (ImGui::SmallButton("button")) { };
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Advanced, with Selectable nodes"))
+ {
+ ShowHelpMarker("This is a more standard looking tree with selectable nodes.\nClick to select, CTRL+Click to toggle, click on arrows or double-click to open.");
+ static bool align_label_with_current_x_position = false;
+ ImGui::Checkbox("Align label with current X position)", &align_label_with_current_x_position);
+ ImGui::Text("Hello!");
+ if (align_label_with_current_x_position)
+ ImGui::Unindent(ImGui::GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing());
+
+ static int selection_mask = (1 << 2); // Dumb representation of what may be user-side selection state. You may carry selection state inside or outside your objects in whatever format you see fit.
+ int node_clicked = -1; // Temporary storage of what node we have clicked to process selection at the end of the loop. May be a pointer to your own node type, etc.
+ ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_IndentSpacing, ImGui::GetFontSize()*3); // Increase spacing to differentiate leaves from expanded contents.
+ for (int i = 0; i < 6; i++)
+ {
+ // Disable the default open on single-click behavior and pass in Selected flag according to our selection state.
+ ImGuiTreeNodeFlags node_flags = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick | ((selection_mask & (1 << i)) ? ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Selected : 0);
+ if (i < 3)
+ {
+ // Node
+ bool node_open = ImGui::TreeNodeEx((void*)(intptr_t)i, node_flags, "Selectable Node %d", i);
+ if (ImGui::IsItemClicked())
+ node_clicked = i;
+ if (node_open)
+ {
+ ImGui::Text("Blah blah\nBlah Blah");
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // Leaf: The only reason we have a TreeNode at all is to allow selection of the leaf. Otherwise we can use BulletText() or TreeAdvanceToLabelPos()+Text().
+ node_flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen; // ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet
+ ImGui::TreeNodeEx((void*)(intptr_t)i, node_flags, "Selectable Leaf %d", i);
+ if (ImGui::IsItemClicked())
+ node_clicked = i;
+ }
+ }
+ if (node_clicked != -1)
+ {
+ // Update selection state. Process outside of tree loop to avoid visual inconsistencies during the clicking-frame.
+ if (ImGui::GetIO().KeyCtrl)
+ selection_mask ^= (1 << node_clicked); // CTRL+click to toggle
+ else //if (!(selection_mask & (1 << node_clicked))) // Depending on selection behavior you want, this commented bit preserve selection when clicking on item that is part of the selection
+ selection_mask = (1 << node_clicked); // Click to single-select
+ }
+ ImGui::PopStyleVar();
+ if (align_label_with_current_x_position)
+ ImGui::Indent(ImGui::GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing());
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Collapsing Headers"))
+ {
+ static bool closable_group = true;
+ ImGui::Checkbox("Enable extra group", &closable_group);
+ if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Header"))
+ {
+ ImGui::Text("IsItemHovered: %d", IsItemHovered());
+ for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++)
+ ImGui::Text("Some content %d", i);
+ }
+ if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Header with a close button", &closable_group))
+ {
+ ImGui::Text("IsItemHovered: %d", IsItemHovered());
+ for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++)
+ ImGui::Text("More content %d", i);
+ }
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Bullets"))
+ {
+ ImGui::BulletText("Bullet point 1");
+ ImGui::BulletText("Bullet point 2\nOn multiple lines");
+ ImGui::Bullet(); ImGui::Text("Bullet point 3 (two calls)");
+ ImGui::Bullet(); ImGui::SmallButton("Button");
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Text"))
+ {
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Colored Text"))
+ {
+ // Using shortcut. You can use PushStyleColor()/PopStyleColor() for more flexibility.
+ ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1.0f,0.0f,1.0f,1.0f), "Pink");
+ ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1.0f,1.0f,0.0f,1.0f), "Yellow");
+ ImGui::TextDisabled("Disabled");
+ ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("The TextDisabled color is stored in ImGuiStyle.");
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Word Wrapping"))
+ {
+ // Using shortcut. You can use PushTextWrapPos()/PopTextWrapPos() for more flexibility.
+ ImGui::TextWrapped("This text should automatically wrap on the edge of the window. The current implementation for text wrapping follows simple rules suitable for English and possibly other languages.");
+ ImGui::Spacing();
+
+ static float wrap_width = 200.0f;
+ ImGui::SliderFloat("Wrap width", &wrap_width, -20, 600, "%.0f");
+
+ ImGui::Text("Test paragraph 1:");
+ ImVec2 pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos();
+ ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(pos.x + wrap_width, pos.y), ImVec2(pos.x + wrap_width + 10, pos.y + ImGui::GetTextLineHeight()), IM_COL32(255,0,255,255));
+ ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(ImGui::GetCursorPos().x + wrap_width);
+ ImGui::Text("The lazy dog is a good dog. This paragraph is made to fit within %.0f pixels. Testing a 1 character word. The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog.", wrap_width);
+ ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()->AddRect(ImGui::GetItemRectMin(), ImGui::GetItemRectMax(), IM_COL32(255,255,0,255));
+ ImGui::PopTextWrapPos();
+
+ ImGui::Text("Test paragraph 2:");
+ pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos();
+ ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(pos.x + wrap_width, pos.y), ImVec2(pos.x + wrap_width + 10, pos.y + ImGui::GetTextLineHeight()), IM_COL32(255,0,255,255));
+ ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(ImGui::GetCursorPos().x + wrap_width);
+ ImGui::Text("aaaaaaaa bbbbbbbb, c cccccccc,dddddddd. d eeeeeeee ffffffff. gggggggg!hhhhhhhh");
+ ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()->AddRect(ImGui::GetItemRectMin(), ImGui::GetItemRectMax(), IM_COL32(255,255,0,255));
+ ImGui::PopTextWrapPos();
+
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("UTF-8 Text"))
+ {
+ // UTF-8 test with Japanese characters
+ // (Needs a suitable font, try Noto, or Arial Unicode, or M+ fonts. Read misc/fonts/README.txt for details.)
+ // - From C++11 you can use the u8"my text" syntax to encode literal strings as UTF-8
+ // - For earlier compiler, you may be able to encode your sources as UTF-8 (e.g. Visual Studio save your file as 'UTF-8 without signature')
+ // - FOR THIS DEMO FILE ONLY, BECAUSE WE WANT TO SUPPORT OLD COMPILERS, WE ARE *NOT* INCLUDING RAW UTF-8 CHARACTERS IN THIS SOURCE FILE.
+ // Instead we are encoding a few strings with hexadecimal constants. Don't do this in your application!
+ // Please use u8"text in any language" in your application!
+ // Note that characters values are preserved even by InputText() if the font cannot be displayed, so you can safely copy & paste garbled characters into another application.
+ ImGui::TextWrapped("CJK text will only appears if the font was loaded with the appropriate CJK character ranges. Call io.Font->LoadFromFileTTF() manually to load extra character ranges. Read misc/fonts/README.txt for details.");
+ ImGui::Text("Hiragana: \xe3\x81\x8b\xe3\x81\x8d\xe3\x81\x8f\xe3\x81\x91\xe3\x81\x93 (kakikukeko)"); // Normally we would use u8"blah blah" with the proper characters directly in the string.
+ ImGui::Text("Kanjis: \xe6\x97\xa5\xe6\x9c\xac\xe8\xaa\x9e (nihongo)");
+ static char buf[32] = "\xe6\x97\xa5\xe6\x9c\xac\xe8\xaa\x9e";
+ //static char buf[32] = u8"NIHONGO"; // <- this is how you would write it with C++11, using real kanjis
+ ImGui::InputText("UTF-8 input", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf));
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Images"))
+ {
+ ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+ ImGui::TextWrapped("Below we are displaying the font texture (which is the only texture we have access to in this demo). Use the 'ImTextureID' type as storage to pass pointers or identifier to your own texture data. Hover the texture for a zoomed view!");
+
+ // Here we are grabbing the font texture because that's the only one we have access to inside the demo code.
+ // Remember that ImTextureID is just storage for whatever you want it to be, it is essentially a value that will be passed to the render function inside the ImDrawCmd structure.
+ // If you use one of the default imgui_impl_XXXX.cpp renderer, they all have comments at the top of their file to specify what they expect to be stored in ImTextureID.
+ // (for example, the imgui_impl_dx11.cpp renderer expect a 'ID3D11ShaderResourceView*' pointer. The imgui_impl_glfw_gl3.cpp renderer expect a GLuint OpenGL texture identifier etc.)
+ // If you decided that ImTextureID = MyEngineTexture*, then you can pass your MyEngineTexture* pointers to ImGui::Image(), and gather width/height through your own functions, etc.
+ // Using ShowMetricsWindow() as a "debugger" to inspect the draw data that are being passed to your render will help you debug issues if you are confused about this.
+ // Consider using the lower-level ImDrawList::AddImage() API, via ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()->AddImage().
+ ImTextureID my_tex_id = io.Fonts->TexID;
+ float my_tex_w = (float)io.Fonts->TexWidth;
+ float my_tex_h = (float)io.Fonts->TexHeight;
+
+ ImGui::Text("%.0fx%.0f", my_tex_w, my_tex_h);
+ ImVec2 pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos();
+ ImGui::Image(my_tex_id, ImVec2(my_tex_w, my_tex_h), ImVec2(0,0), ImVec2(1,1), ImColor(255,255,255,255), ImColor(255,255,255,128));
+ if (ImGui::IsItemHovered())
+ {
+ ImGui::BeginTooltip();
+ float region_sz = 32.0f;
+ float region_x = io.MousePos.x - pos.x - region_sz * 0.5f; if (region_x < 0.0f) region_x = 0.0f; else if (region_x > my_tex_w - region_sz) region_x = my_tex_w - region_sz;
+ float region_y = io.MousePos.y - pos.y - region_sz * 0.5f; if (region_y < 0.0f) region_y = 0.0f; else if (region_y > my_tex_h - region_sz) region_y = my_tex_h - region_sz;
+ float zoom = 4.0f;
+ ImGui::Text("Min: (%.2f, %.2f)", region_x, region_y);
+ ImGui::Text("Max: (%.2f, %.2f)", region_x + region_sz, region_y + region_sz);
+ ImVec2 uv0 = ImVec2((region_x) / my_tex_w, (region_y) / my_tex_h);
+ ImVec2 uv1 = ImVec2((region_x + region_sz) / my_tex_w, (region_y + region_sz) / my_tex_h);
+ ImGui::Image(my_tex_id, ImVec2(region_sz * zoom, region_sz * zoom), uv0, uv1, ImColor(255,255,255,255), ImColor(255,255,255,128));
+ ImGui::EndTooltip();
+ }
+ ImGui::TextWrapped("And now some textured buttons..");
+ static int pressed_count = 0;
+ for (int i = 0; i < 8; i++)
+ {
+ ImGui::PushID(i);
+ int frame_padding = -1 + i; // -1 = uses default padding
+ if (ImGui::ImageButton(my_tex_id, ImVec2(32,32), ImVec2(0,0), ImVec2(32.0f/my_tex_w,32/my_tex_h), frame_padding, ImColor(0,0,0,255)))
+ pressed_count += 1;
+ ImGui::PopID();
+ ImGui::SameLine();
+ }
+ ImGui::NewLine();
+ ImGui::Text("Pressed %d times.", pressed_count);
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Combo"))
+ {
+ // Expose flags as checkbox for the demo
+ static ImGuiComboFlags flags = 0;
+ ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiComboFlags_PopupAlignLeft", (unsigned int*)&flags, ImGuiComboFlags_PopupAlignLeft);
+ if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton", (unsigned int*)&flags, ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton))
+ flags &= ~ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview; // Clear the other flag, as we cannot combine both
+ if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview", (unsigned int*)&flags, ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview))
+ flags &= ~ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton; // Clear the other flag, as we cannot combine both
+
+ // General BeginCombo() API, you have full control over your selection data and display type.
+ // (your selection data could be an index, a pointer to the object, an id for the object, a flag stored in the object itself, etc.)
+ const char* items[] = { "AAAA", "BBBB", "CCCC", "DDDD", "EEEE", "FFFF", "GGGG", "HHHH", "IIII", "JJJJ", "KKKK", "LLLLLLL", "MMMM", "OOOOOOO" };
+ static const char* item_current = items[0]; // Here our selection is a single pointer stored outside the object.
+ if (ImGui::BeginCombo("combo 1", item_current, flags)) // The second parameter is the label previewed before opening the combo.
+ {
+ for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(items); n++)
+ {
+ bool is_selected = (item_current == items[n]);
+ if (ImGui::Selectable(items[n], is_selected))
+ item_current = items[n];
+ if (is_selected)
+ ImGui::SetItemDefaultFocus(); // Set the initial focus when opening the combo (scrolling + for keyboard navigation support in the upcoming navigation branch)
+ }
+ ImGui::EndCombo();
+ }
+
+ // Simplified one-liner Combo() API, using values packed in a single constant string
+ static int item_current_2 = 0;
+ ImGui::Combo("combo 2 (one-liner)", &item_current_2, "aaaa\0bbbb\0cccc\0dddd\0eeee\0\0");
+
+ // Simplified one-liner Combo() using an array of const char*
+ static int item_current_3 = -1; // If the selection isn't within 0..count, Combo won't display a preview
+ ImGui::Combo("combo 3 (array)", &item_current_3, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items));
+
+ // Simplified one-liner Combo() using an accessor function
+ struct FuncHolder { static bool ItemGetter(void* data, int idx, const char** out_str) { *out_str = ((const char**)data)[idx]; return true; } };
+ static int item_current_4 = 0;
+ ImGui::Combo("combo 4 (function)", &item_current_4, &FuncHolder::ItemGetter, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items));
+
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Selectables"))
+ {
+ // Selectable() has 2 overloads:
+ // - The one taking "bool selected" as a read-only selection information. When Selectable() has been clicked is returns true and you can alter selection state accordingly.
+ // - The one taking "bool* p_selected" as a read-write selection information (convenient in some cases)
+ // The earlier is more flexible, as in real application your selection may be stored in a different manner (in flags within objects, as an external list, etc).
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic"))
+ {
+ static bool selection[5] = { false, true, false, false, false };
+ ImGui::Selectable("1. I am selectable", &selection[0]);
+ ImGui::Selectable("2. I am selectable", &selection[1]);
+ ImGui::Text("3. I am not selectable");
+ ImGui::Selectable("4. I am selectable", &selection[3]);
+ if (ImGui::Selectable("5. I am double clickable", selection[4], ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowDoubleClick))
+ if (ImGui::IsMouseDoubleClicked(0))
+ selection[4] = !selection[4];
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Selection State: Single Selection"))
+ {
+ static int selected = -1;
+ for (int n = 0; n < 5; n++)
+ {
+ char buf[32];
+ sprintf(buf, "Object %d", n);
+ if (ImGui::Selectable(buf, selected == n))
+ selected = n;
+ }
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Selection State: Multiple Selection"))
+ {
+ ShowHelpMarker("Hold CTRL and click to select multiple items.");
+ static bool selection[5] = { false, false, false, false, false };
+ for (int n = 0; n < 5; n++)
+ {
+ char buf[32];
+ sprintf(buf, "Object %d", n);
+ if (ImGui::Selectable(buf, selection[n]))
+ {
+ if (!ImGui::GetIO().KeyCtrl) // Clear selection when CTRL is not held
+ memset(selection, 0, sizeof(selection));
+ selection[n] ^= 1;
+ }
+ }
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Rendering more text into the same line"))
+ {
+ // Using the Selectable() override that takes "bool* p_selected" parameter and toggle your booleans automatically.
+ static bool selected[3] = { false, false, false };
+ ImGui::Selectable("main.c", &selected[0]); ImGui::SameLine(300); ImGui::Text(" 2,345 bytes");
+ ImGui::Selectable("Hello.cpp", &selected[1]); ImGui::SameLine(300); ImGui::Text("12,345 bytes");
+ ImGui::Selectable("Hello.h", &selected[2]); ImGui::SameLine(300); ImGui::Text(" 2,345 bytes");
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("In columns"))
+ {
+ ImGui::Columns(3, NULL, false);
+ static bool selected[16] = { 0 };
+ for (int i = 0; i < 16; i++)
+ {
+ char label[32]; sprintf(label, "Item %d", i);
+ if (ImGui::Selectable(label, &selected[i])) {}
+ ImGui::NextColumn();
+ }
+ ImGui::Columns(1);
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Grid"))
+ {
+ static bool selected[16] = { true, false, false, false, false, true, false, false, false, false, true, false, false, false, false, true };
+ for (int i = 0; i < 16; i++)
+ {
+ ImGui::PushID(i);
+ if (ImGui::Selectable("Sailor", &selected[i], 0, ImVec2(50,50)))
+ {
+ int x = i % 4, y = i / 4;
+ if (x > 0) selected[i - 1] ^= 1;
+ if (x < 3) selected[i + 1] ^= 1;
+ if (y > 0) selected[i - 4] ^= 1;
+ if (y < 3) selected[i + 4] ^= 1;
+ }
+ if ((i % 4) < 3) ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::PopID();
+ }
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Filtered Text Input"))
+ {
+ static char buf1[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("default", buf1, 64);
+ static char buf2[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("decimal", buf2, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal);
+ static char buf3[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("hexadecimal", buf3, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase);
+ static char buf4[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("uppercase", buf4, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase);
+ static char buf5[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("no blank", buf5, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank);
+ struct TextFilters { static int FilterImGuiLetters(ImGuiTextEditCallbackData* data) { if (data->EventChar < 256 && strchr("imgui", (char)data->EventChar)) return 0; return 1; } };
+ static char buf6[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("\"imgui\" letters", buf6, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter, TextFilters::FilterImGuiLetters);
+
+ ImGui::Text("Password input");
+ static char bufpass[64] = "password123";
+ ImGui::InputText("password", bufpass, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank);
+ ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("Display all characters as '*'.\nDisable clipboard cut and copy.\nDisable logging.\n");
+ ImGui::InputText("password (clear)", bufpass, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank);
+
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Multi-line Text Input"))
+ {
+ static bool read_only = false;
+ static char text[1024*16] =
+ "/*\n"
+ " The Pentium F00F bug, shorthand for F0 0F C7 C8,\n"
+ " the hexadecimal encoding of one offending instruction,\n"
+ " more formally, the invalid operand with locked CMPXCHG8B\n"
+ " instruction bug, is a design flaw in the majority of\n"
+ " Intel Pentium, Pentium MMX, and Pentium OverDrive\n"
+ " processors (all in the P5 microarchitecture).\n"
+ "*/\n\n"
+ "label:\n"
+ "\tlock cmpxchg8b eax\n";
+
+ ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(0,0));
+ ImGui::Checkbox("Read-only", &read_only);
+ ImGui::PopStyleVar();
+ ImGui::InputTextMultiline("##source", text, IM_ARRAYSIZE(text), ImVec2(-1.0f, ImGui::GetTextLineHeight() * 16), ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput | (read_only ? ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly : 0));
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Plots Widgets"))
+ {
+ static bool animate = true;
+ ImGui::Checkbox("Animate", &animate);
+
+ static float arr[] = { 0.6f, 0.1f, 1.0f, 0.5f, 0.92f, 0.1f, 0.2f };
+ ImGui::PlotLines("Frame Times", arr, IM_ARRAYSIZE(arr));
+
+ // Create a dummy array of contiguous float values to plot
+ // Tip: If your float aren't contiguous but part of a structure, you can pass a pointer to your first float and the sizeof() of your structure in the Stride parameter.
+ static float values[90] = { 0 };
+ static int values_offset = 0;
+ static double refresh_time = 0.0;
+ if (!animate || refresh_time == 0.0f)
+ refresh_time = ImGui::GetTime();
+ while (refresh_time < ImGui::GetTime()) // Create dummy data at fixed 60 hz rate for the demo
+ {
+ static float phase = 0.0f;
+ values[values_offset] = cosf(phase);
+ values_offset = (values_offset+1) % IM_ARRAYSIZE(values);
+ phase += 0.10f*values_offset;
+ refresh_time += 1.0f/60.0f;
+ }
+ ImGui::PlotLines("Lines", values, IM_ARRAYSIZE(values), values_offset, "avg 0.0", -1.0f, 1.0f, ImVec2(0,80));
+ ImGui::PlotHistogram("Histogram", arr, IM_ARRAYSIZE(arr), 0, NULL, 0.0f, 1.0f, ImVec2(0,80));
+
+ // Use functions to generate output
+ // FIXME: This is rather awkward because current plot API only pass in indices. We probably want an API passing floats and user provide sample rate/count.
+ struct Funcs
+ {
+ static float Sin(void*, int i) { return sinf(i * 0.1f); }
+ static float Saw(void*, int i) { return (i & 1) ? 1.0f : -1.0f; }
+ };
+ static int func_type = 0, display_count = 70;
+ ImGui::Separator();
+ ImGui::PushItemWidth(100); ImGui::Combo("func", &func_type, "Sin\0Saw\0"); ImGui::PopItemWidth();
+ ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::SliderInt("Sample count", &display_count, 1, 400);
+ float (*func)(void*, int) = (func_type == 0) ? Funcs::Sin : Funcs::Saw;
+ ImGui::PlotLines("Lines", func, NULL, display_count, 0, NULL, -1.0f, 1.0f, ImVec2(0,80));
+ ImGui::PlotHistogram("Histogram", func, NULL, display_count, 0, NULL, -1.0f, 1.0f, ImVec2(0,80));
+ ImGui::Separator();
+
+ // Animate a simple progress bar
+ static float progress = 0.0f, progress_dir = 1.0f;
+ if (animate)
+ {
+ progress += progress_dir * 0.4f * ImGui::GetIO().DeltaTime;
+ if (progress >= +1.1f) { progress = +1.1f; progress_dir *= -1.0f; }
+ if (progress <= -0.1f) { progress = -0.1f; progress_dir *= -1.0f; }
+ }
+
+ // Typically we would use ImVec2(-1.0f,0.0f) to use all available width, or ImVec2(width,0.0f) for a specified width. ImVec2(0.0f,0.0f) uses ItemWidth.
+ ImGui::ProgressBar(progress, ImVec2(0.0f,0.0f));
+ ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, ImGui::GetStyle().ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+ ImGui::Text("Progress Bar");
+
+ float progress_saturated = (progress < 0.0f) ? 0.0f : (progress > 1.0f) ? 1.0f : progress;
+ char buf[32];
+ sprintf(buf, "%d/%d", (int)(progress_saturated*1753), 1753);
+ ImGui::ProgressBar(progress, ImVec2(0.f,0.f), buf);
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Color/Picker Widgets"))
+ {
+ static ImVec4 color = ImColor(114, 144, 154, 200);
+
+ static bool alpha_preview = true;
+ static bool alpha_half_preview = false;
+ static bool drag_and_drop = true;
+ static bool options_menu = true;
+ static bool hdr = false;
+ ImGui::Checkbox("With Alpha Preview", &alpha_preview);
+ ImGui::Checkbox("With Half Alpha Preview", &alpha_half_preview);
+ ImGui::Checkbox("With Drag and Drop", &drag_and_drop);
+ ImGui::Checkbox("With Options Menu", &options_menu); ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("Right-click on the individual color widget to show options.");
+ ImGui::Checkbox("With HDR", &hdr); ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("Currently all this does is to lift the 0..1 limits on dragging widgets.");
+ int misc_flags = (hdr ? ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR : 0) | (drag_and_drop ? 0 : ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop) | (alpha_half_preview ? ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf : (alpha_preview ? ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview : 0)) | (options_menu ? 0 : ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions);
+
+ ImGui::Text("Color widget:");
+ ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("Click on the colored square to open a color picker.\nCTRL+click on individual component to input value.\n");
+ ImGui::ColorEdit3("MyColor##1", (float*)&color, misc_flags);
+
+ ImGui::Text("Color widget HSV with Alpha:");
+ ImGui::ColorEdit4("MyColor##2", (float*)&color, ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV | misc_flags);
+
+ ImGui::Text("Color widget with Float Display:");
+ ImGui::ColorEdit4("MyColor##2f", (float*)&color, ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float | misc_flags);
+
+ ImGui::Text("Color button with Picker:");
+ ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("With the ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs flag you can hide all the slider/text inputs.\nWith the ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel flag you can pass a non-empty label which will only be used for the tooltip and picker popup.");
+ ImGui::ColorEdit4("MyColor##3", (float*)&color, ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel | misc_flags);
+
+ ImGui::Text("Color button with Custom Picker Popup:");
+
+ // Generate a dummy palette
+ static bool saved_palette_inited = false;
+ static ImVec4 saved_palette[32];
+ if (!saved_palette_inited)
+ for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(saved_palette); n++)
+ {
+ ImGui::ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(n / 31.0f, 0.8f, 0.8f, saved_palette[n].x, saved_palette[n].y, saved_palette[n].z);
+ saved_palette[n].w = 1.0f; // Alpha
+ }
+ saved_palette_inited = true;
+
+ static ImVec4 backup_color;
+ bool open_popup = ImGui::ColorButton("MyColor##3b", color, misc_flags);
+ ImGui::SameLine();
+ open_popup |= ImGui::Button("Palette");
+ if (open_popup)
+ {
+ ImGui::OpenPopup("mypicker");
+ backup_color = color;
+ }
+ if (ImGui::BeginPopup("mypicker"))
+ {
+ // FIXME: Adding a drag and drop example here would be perfect!
+ ImGui::Text("MY CUSTOM COLOR PICKER WITH AN AMAZING PALETTE!");
+ ImGui::Separator();
+ ImGui::ColorPicker4("##picker", (float*)&color, misc_flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview);
+ ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::BeginGroup();
+ ImGui::Text("Current");
+ ImGui::ColorButton("##current", color, ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoPicker | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf, ImVec2(60,40));
+ ImGui::Text("Previous");
+ if (ImGui::ColorButton("##previous", backup_color, ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoPicker | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf, ImVec2(60,40)))
+ color = backup_color;
+ ImGui::Separator();
+ ImGui::Text("Palette");
+ for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(saved_palette); n++)
+ {
+ ImGui::PushID(n);
+ if ((n % 8) != 0)
+ ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, ImGui::GetStyle().ItemSpacing.y);
+ if (ImGui::ColorButton("##palette", saved_palette[n], ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoPicker | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip, ImVec2(20,20)))
+ color = ImVec4(saved_palette[n].x, saved_palette[n].y, saved_palette[n].z, color.w); // Preserve alpha!
+
+ if (ImGui::BeginDragDropTarget())
+ {
+ if (const ImGuiPayload* payload = AcceptDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_3F))
+ memcpy((float*)&saved_palette[n], payload->Data, sizeof(float) * 3);
+ if (const ImGuiPayload* payload = AcceptDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_4F))
+ memcpy((float*)&saved_palette[n], payload->Data, sizeof(float) * 4);
+ EndDragDropTarget();
+ }
+
+ ImGui::PopID();
+ }
+ ImGui::EndGroup();
+ ImGui::EndPopup();
+ }
+
+ ImGui::Text("Color button only:");
+ ImGui::ColorButton("MyColor##3c", *(ImVec4*)&color, misc_flags, ImVec2(80,80));
+
+ ImGui::Text("Color picker:");
+ static bool alpha = true;
+ static bool alpha_bar = true;
+ static bool side_preview = true;
+ static bool ref_color = false;
+ static ImVec4 ref_color_v(1.0f,0.0f,1.0f,0.5f);
+ static int inputs_mode = 2;
+ static int picker_mode = 0;
+ ImGui::Checkbox("With Alpha", &alpha);
+ ImGui::Checkbox("With Alpha Bar", &alpha_bar);
+ ImGui::Checkbox("With Side Preview", &side_preview);
+ if (side_preview)
+ {
+ ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::Checkbox("With Ref Color", &ref_color);
+ if (ref_color)
+ {
+ ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::ColorEdit4("##RefColor", &ref_color_v.x, ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs | misc_flags);
+ }
+ }
+ ImGui::Combo("Inputs Mode", &inputs_mode, "All Inputs\0No Inputs\0RGB Input\0HSV Input\0HEX Input\0");
+ ImGui::Combo("Picker Mode", &picker_mode, "Auto/Current\0Hue bar + SV rect\0Hue wheel + SV triangle\0");
+ ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("User can right-click the picker to change mode.");
+ ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = misc_flags;
+ if (!alpha) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha; // This is by default if you call ColorPicker3() instead of ColorPicker4()
+ if (alpha_bar) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar;
+ if (!side_preview) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview;
+ if (picker_mode == 1) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar;
+ if (picker_mode == 2) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel;
+ if (inputs_mode == 1) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs;
+ if (inputs_mode == 2) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB;
+ if (inputs_mode == 3) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV;
+ if (inputs_mode == 4) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_HEX;
+ ImGui::ColorPicker4("MyColor##4", (float*)&color, flags, ref_color ? &ref_color_v.x : NULL);
+
+ ImGui::Text("Programmatically set defaults:");
+ ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("SetColorEditOptions() is designed to allow you to set boot-time default.\nWe don't have Push/Pop functions because you can force options on a per-widget basis if needed, and the user can change non-forced ones with the options menu.\nWe don't have a getter to avoid encouraging you to persistently save values that aren't forward-compatible.");
+ if (ImGui::Button("Default: Uint8 + HSV + Hue Bar"))
+ ImGui::SetColorEditOptions(ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8 | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV | ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar);
+ if (ImGui::Button("Default: Float + HDR + Hue Wheel"))
+ ImGui::SetColorEditOptions(ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR | ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel);
+
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Range Widgets"))
+ {
+ static float begin = 10, end = 90;
+ static int begin_i = 100, end_i = 1000;
+ ImGui::DragFloatRange2("range", &begin, &end, 0.25f, 0.0f, 100.0f, "Min: %.1f %%", "Max: %.1f %%");
+ ImGui::DragIntRange2("range int (no bounds)", &begin_i, &end_i, 5, 0, 0, "Min: %d units", "Max: %d units");
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Data Types"))
+ {
+ // The DragScalar, InputScalar, SliderScalar functions allow manipulating most common data types: signed/unsigned int/long long and float/double
+ // To avoid polluting the public API with all possible combinations, we use the ImGuiDataType enum to pass the type, and argument-by-values are turned into argument-by-address.
+ // This is the reason the test code below creates local variables to hold "zero" "one" etc. for each types.
+ // In practice, if you frequently use a given type that is not covered by the normal API entry points, you may want to wrap it yourself inside a 1 line function
+ // which can take typed values argument instead of void*, and then pass their address to the generic function. For example:
+ // bool SliderU64(const char *label, u64* value, u64 min = 0, u64 max = 0, const char* format = "%lld") { return SliderScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_U64, value, &min, &max, format); }
+ // Below are helper variables we can take the address of to work-around this:
+ // Note that the SliderScalar function has a maximum usable range of half the natural type maximum, hence the /2 below.
+ const ImS32 s32_zero = 0, s32_one = 1, s32_fifty = 50, s32_min = INT_MIN/2, s32_max = INT_MAX/2, s32_hi_a = INT_MAX/2 - 100, s32_hi_b = INT_MAX/2;
+ const ImU32 u32_zero = 0, u32_one = 1, u32_fifty = 50, u32_min = 0, u32_max = UINT_MAX/2, u32_hi_a = UINT_MAX/2 - 100, u32_hi_b = UINT_MAX/2;
+ const ImS64 s64_zero = 0, s64_one = 1, s64_fifty = 50, s64_min = LLONG_MIN/2, s64_max = LLONG_MAX/2, s64_hi_a = LLONG_MAX/2 - 100, s64_hi_b = LLONG_MAX/2;
+ const ImU64 u64_zero = 0, u64_one = 1, u64_fifty = 50, u64_min = 0, u64_max = ULLONG_MAX/2, u64_hi_a = ULLONG_MAX/2 - 100, u64_hi_b = ULLONG_MAX/2;
+ const float f32_zero = 0.f, f32_one = 1.f, f32_lo_a = -10000000000.0f, f32_hi_a = +10000000000.0f;
+ const double f64_zero = 0., f64_one = 1., f64_lo_a = -1000000000000000, f64_hi_a = +1000000000000000;
+
+ // State
+ static ImS32 s32_v = -1;
+ static ImU32 u32_v = (ImU32)-1;
+ static ImS64 s64_v = -1;
+ static ImU64 u64_v = (ImU64)-1;
+ static float f32_v = 0.123f;
+ static double f64_v = 90000.01234567890123456789;
+
+ const float drag_speed = 0.2f;
+ static bool drag_clamp = false;
+ ImGui::Text("Drags:");
+ ImGui::Checkbox("Clamp integers to 0..50", &drag_clamp); ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("As with every widgets in dear imgui, we never modify values unless there is a user interaction.\nYou can override the clamping limits by using CTRL+Click to input a value.");
+ ImGui::DragScalar("drag s32", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &s32_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &s32_fifty : NULL);
+ ImGui::DragScalar("drag u32", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &u32_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &u32_fifty : NULL, "%u ms");
+ ImGui::DragScalar("drag s64", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &s64_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &s64_fifty : NULL);
+ ImGui::DragScalar("drag u64", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &u64_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &u64_fifty : NULL);
+ ImGui::DragScalar("drag float", ImGuiDataType_Float, &f32_v, 0.005f, &f32_zero, &f32_one, "%f", 1.0f);
+ ImGui::DragScalar("drag float ^2", ImGuiDataType_Float, &f32_v, 0.005f, &f32_zero, &f32_one, "%f", 2.0f); ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("You can use the 'power' parameter to increase tweaking precision on one side of the range.");
+ ImGui::DragScalar("drag double", ImGuiDataType_Double, &f64_v, 0.0005f, &f64_zero, NULL, "%.10f grams", 1.0f);
+ ImGui::DragScalar("drag double ^2", ImGuiDataType_Double, &f64_v, 0.0005f, &f64_zero, &f64_one, "0 < %.10f < 1", 2.0f);
+
+ ImGui::Text("Sliders");
+ ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s32 low", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, &s32_zero, &s32_fifty,"%d");
+ ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s32 high", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, &s32_hi_a, &s32_hi_b, "%d");
+ ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s32 full", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, &s32_min, &s32_max, "%d");
+ ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u32 low", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, &u32_zero, &u32_fifty,"%u");
+ ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u32 high", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, &u32_hi_a, &u32_hi_b, "%u");
+ ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u32 full", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, &u32_min, &u32_max, "%u");
+ ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s64 low", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, &s64_zero, &s64_fifty,"%I64d");
+ ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s64 high", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, &s64_hi_a, &s64_hi_b, "%I64d");
+ ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s64 full", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, &s64_min, &s64_max, "%I64d");
+ ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u64 low", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, &u64_zero, &u64_fifty,"%I64u ms");
+ ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u64 high", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, &u64_hi_a, &u64_hi_b, "%I64u ms");
+ ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u64 full", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, &u64_min, &u64_max, "%I64u ms");
+ ImGui::SliderScalar("slider float low", ImGuiDataType_Float, &f32_v, &f32_zero, &f32_one);
+ ImGui::SliderScalar("slider float low^2", ImGuiDataType_Float, &f32_v, &f32_zero, &f32_one, "%.10f", 2.0f);
+ ImGui::SliderScalar("slider float high", ImGuiDataType_Float, &f32_v, &f32_lo_a, &f32_hi_a, "%e");
+ ImGui::SliderScalar("slider double low", ImGuiDataType_Double, &f64_v, &f64_zero, &f64_one, "%.10f grams", 1.0f);
+ ImGui::SliderScalar("slider double low^2",ImGuiDataType_Double, &f64_v, &f64_zero, &f64_one, "%.10f", 2.0f);
+ ImGui::SliderScalar("slider double high", ImGuiDataType_Double, &f64_v, &f64_lo_a, &f64_hi_a, "%e grams", 1.0f);
+
+ static bool inputs_step = true;
+ ImGui::Text("Inputs");
+ ImGui::Checkbox("Show step buttons", &inputs_step);
+ ImGui::InputScalar("input s32", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, inputs_step ? &s32_one : NULL, NULL, "%d");
+ ImGui::InputScalar("input s32 hex", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, inputs_step ? &s32_one : NULL, NULL, "%08X", ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal);
+ ImGui::InputScalar("input u32", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, inputs_step ? &u32_one : NULL, NULL, "%u");
+ ImGui::InputScalar("input u32 hex", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, inputs_step ? &u32_one : NULL, NULL, "%08X", ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal);
+ ImGui::InputScalar("input s64", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, inputs_step ? &s64_one : NULL);
+ ImGui::InputScalar("input u64", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, inputs_step ? &u64_one : NULL);
+ ImGui::InputScalar("input float", ImGuiDataType_Float, &f32_v, inputs_step ? &f32_one : NULL);
+ ImGui::InputScalar("input double", ImGuiDataType_Double, &f64_v, inputs_step ? &f64_one : NULL);
+
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Multi-component Widgets"))
+ {
+ static float vec4f[4] = { 0.10f, 0.20f, 0.30f, 0.44f };
+ static int vec4i[4] = { 1, 5, 100, 255 };
+
+ ImGui::InputFloat2("input float2", vec4f);
+ ImGui::DragFloat2("drag float2", vec4f, 0.01f, 0.0f, 1.0f);
+ ImGui::SliderFloat2("slider float2", vec4f, 0.0f, 1.0f);
+ ImGui::InputInt2("input int2", vec4i);
+ ImGui::DragInt2("drag int2", vec4i, 1, 0, 255);
+ ImGui::SliderInt2("slider int2", vec4i, 0, 255);
+ ImGui::Spacing();
+
+ ImGui::InputFloat3("input float3", vec4f);
+ ImGui::DragFloat3("drag float3", vec4f, 0.01f, 0.0f, 1.0f);
+ ImGui::SliderFloat3("slider float3", vec4f, 0.0f, 1.0f);
+ ImGui::InputInt3("input int3", vec4i);
+ ImGui::DragInt3("drag int3", vec4i, 1, 0, 255);
+ ImGui::SliderInt3("slider int3", vec4i, 0, 255);
+ ImGui::Spacing();
+
+ ImGui::InputFloat4("input float4", vec4f);
+ ImGui::DragFloat4("drag float4", vec4f, 0.01f, 0.0f, 1.0f);
+ ImGui::SliderFloat4("slider float4", vec4f, 0.0f, 1.0f);
+ ImGui::InputInt4("input int4", vec4i);
+ ImGui::DragInt4("drag int4", vec4i, 1, 0, 255);
+ ImGui::SliderInt4("slider int4", vec4i, 0, 255);
+
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Vertical Sliders"))
+ {
+ const float spacing = 4;
+ ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(spacing, spacing));
+
+ static int int_value = 0;
+ ImGui::VSliderInt("##int", ImVec2(18,160), &int_value, 0, 5);
+ ImGui::SameLine();
+
+ static float values[7] = { 0.0f, 0.60f, 0.35f, 0.9f, 0.70f, 0.20f, 0.0f };
+ ImGui::PushID("set1");
+ for (int i = 0; i < 7; i++)
+ {
+ if (i > 0) ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::PushID(i);
+ ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_FrameBg, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(i/7.0f, 0.5f, 0.5f));
+ ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(i/7.0f, 0.6f, 0.5f));
+ ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(i/7.0f, 0.7f, 0.5f));
+ ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_SliderGrab, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(i/7.0f, 0.9f, 0.9f));
+ ImGui::VSliderFloat("##v", ImVec2(18,160), &values[i], 0.0f, 1.0f, "");
+ if (ImGui::IsItemActive() || ImGui::IsItemHovered())
+ ImGui::SetTooltip("%.3f", values[i]);
+ ImGui::PopStyleColor(4);
+ ImGui::PopID();
+ }
+ ImGui::PopID();
+
+ ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::PushID("set2");
+ static float values2[4] = { 0.20f, 0.80f, 0.40f, 0.25f };
+ const int rows = 3;
+ const ImVec2 small_slider_size(18, (160.0f-(rows-1)*spacing)/rows);
+ for (int nx = 0; nx < 4; nx++)
+ {
+ if (nx > 0) ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::BeginGroup();
+ for (int ny = 0; ny < rows; ny++)
+ {
+ ImGui::PushID(nx*rows+ny);
+ ImGui::VSliderFloat("##v", small_slider_size, &values2[nx], 0.0f, 1.0f, "");
+ if (ImGui::IsItemActive() || ImGui::IsItemHovered())
+ ImGui::SetTooltip("%.3f", values2[nx]);
+ ImGui::PopID();
+ }
+ ImGui::EndGroup();
+ }
+ ImGui::PopID();
+
+ ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::PushID("set3");
+ for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++)
+ {
+ if (i > 0) ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::PushID(i);
+ ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_GrabMinSize, 40);
+ ImGui::VSliderFloat("##v", ImVec2(40,160), &values[i], 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f\nsec");
+ ImGui::PopStyleVar();
+ ImGui::PopID();
+ }
+ ImGui::PopID();
+ ImGui::PopStyleVar();
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Drag and Drop"))
+ {
+ {
+ // ColorEdit widgets automatically act as drag source and drag target.
+ // They are using standardized payload strings IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_3F and IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_4F to allow your own widgets
+ // to use colors in their drag and drop interaction. Also see the demo in Color Picker -> Palette demo.
+ ImGui::BulletText("Drag and drop in standard widgets");
+ ImGui::Indent();
+ static float col1[3] = { 1.0f,0.0f,0.2f };
+ static float col2[4] = { 0.4f,0.7f,0.0f,0.5f };
+ ImGui::ColorEdit3("color 1", col1);
+ ImGui::ColorEdit4("color 2", col2);
+ ImGui::Unindent();
+ }
+
+ {
+ ImGui::BulletText("Drag and drop to copy/swap items");
+ ImGui::Indent();
+ enum Mode
+ {
+ Mode_Copy,
+ Mode_Move,
+ Mode_Swap
+ };
+ static int mode = 0;
+ if (ImGui::RadioButton("Copy", mode == Mode_Copy)) { mode = Mode_Copy; } ImGui::SameLine();
+ if (ImGui::RadioButton("Move", mode == Mode_Move)) { mode = Mode_Move; } ImGui::SameLine();
+ if (ImGui::RadioButton("Swap", mode == Mode_Swap)) { mode = Mode_Swap; }
+ static const char* names[9] = { "Bobby", "Beatrice", "Betty", "Brianna", "Barry", "Bernard", "Bibi", "Blaine", "Bryn" };
+ for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(names); n++)
+ {
+ ImGui::PushID(n);
+ if ((n % 3) != 0)
+ ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::Button(names[n], ImVec2(60,60));
+
+ // Our buttons are both drag sources and drag targets here!
+ if (ImGui::BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags_None))
+ {
+ ImGui::SetDragDropPayload("DND_DEMO_CELL", &n, sizeof(int)); // Set payload to carry the index of our item (could be anything)
+ if (mode == Mode_Copy) { ImGui::Text("Copy %s", names[n]); } // Display preview (could be anything, e.g. when dragging an image we could decide to display the filename and a small preview of the image, etc.)
+ if (mode == Mode_Move) { ImGui::Text("Move %s", names[n]); }
+ if (mode == Mode_Swap) { ImGui::Text("Swap %s", names[n]); }
+ ImGui::EndDragDropSource();
+ }
+ if (ImGui::BeginDragDropTarget())
+ {
+ if (const ImGuiPayload* payload = ImGui::AcceptDragDropPayload("DND_DEMO_CELL"))
+ {
+ IM_ASSERT(payload->DataSize == sizeof(int));
+ int payload_n = *(const int*)payload->Data;
+ if (mode == Mode_Copy)
+ {
+ names[n] = names[payload_n];
+ }
+ if (mode == Mode_Move)
+ {
+ names[n] = names[payload_n];
+ names[payload_n] = "";
+ }
+ if (mode == Mode_Swap)
+ {
+ const char* tmp = names[n];
+ names[n] = names[payload_n];
+ names[payload_n] = tmp;
+ }
+ }
+ ImGui::EndDragDropTarget();
+ }
+ ImGui::PopID();
+ }
+ ImGui::Unindent();
+ }
+
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Active, Focused, Hovered & Focused Tests"))
+ {
+ // Display the value of IsItemHovered() and other common item state functions. Note that the flags can be combined.
+ // (because BulletText is an item itself and that would affect the output of IsItemHovered() we pass all state in a single call to simplify the code).
+ static int item_type = 1;
+ static bool b = false;
+ static float col4f[4] = { 1.0f, 0.5, 0.0f, 1.0f };
+ ImGui::RadioButton("Text", &item_type, 0); ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::RadioButton("Button", &item_type, 1); ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::RadioButton("CheckBox", &item_type, 2); ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::RadioButton("SliderFloat", &item_type, 3); ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::RadioButton("ColorEdit4", &item_type, 4); ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::RadioButton("ListBox", &item_type, 5);
+ bool ret = false;
+ if (item_type == 0) { ImGui::Text("ITEM: Text"); } // Testing text items with no identifier/interaction
+ if (item_type == 1) { ret = ImGui::Button("ITEM: Button"); } // Testing button
+ if (item_type == 2) { ret = ImGui::Checkbox("ITEM: CheckBox", &b); } // Testing checkbox
+ if (item_type == 3) { ret = ImGui::SliderFloat("ITEM: SliderFloat", &col4f[0], 0.0f, 1.0f); } // Testing basic item
+ if (item_type == 4) { ret = ImGui::ColorEdit4("ITEM: ColorEdit4", col4f); } // Testing multi-component items (IsItemXXX flags are reported merged)
+ if (item_type == 5) { const char* items[] = { "Apple", "Banana", "Cherry", "Kiwi" }; static int current = 1; ret = ImGui::ListBox("ITEM: ListBox", ¤t, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items), IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); }
+ ImGui::BulletText(
+ "Return value = %d\n"
+ "IsItemFocused() = %d\n"
+ "IsItemHovered() = %d\n"
+ "IsItemHovered(_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup) = %d\n"
+ "IsItemHovered(_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem) = %d\n"
+ "IsItemHovered(_AllowWhenOverlapped) = %d\n"
+ "IsItemHovered(_RectOnly) = %d\n"
+ "IsItemActive() = %d\n"
+ "IsItemDeactivated() = %d\n"
+ "IsItemDeactivatedAfterChange() = %d\n"
+ "IsItemVisible() = %d\n",
+ ret,
+ ImGui::IsItemFocused(),
+ ImGui::IsItemHovered(),
+ ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup),
+ ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem),
+ ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped),
+ ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RectOnly),
+ ImGui::IsItemActive(),
+ ImGui::IsItemDeactivated(),
+ ImGui::IsItemDeactivatedAfterChange(),
+ ImGui::IsItemVisible()
+ );
+
+ static bool embed_all_inside_a_child_window = false;
+ ImGui::Checkbox("Embed everything inside a child window (for additional testing)", &embed_all_inside_a_child_window);
+ if (embed_all_inside_a_child_window)
+ ImGui::BeginChild("outer_child", ImVec2(0, ImGui::GetFontSize() * 20), true);
+
+ // Testing IsWindowFocused() function with its various flags. Note that the flags can be combined.
+ ImGui::BulletText(
+ "IsWindowFocused() = %d\n"
+ "IsWindowFocused(_ChildWindows) = %d\n"
+ "IsWindowFocused(_ChildWindows|_RootWindow) = %d\n"
+ "IsWindowFocused(_RootWindow) = %d\n"
+ "IsWindowFocused(_AnyWindow) = %d\n",
+ ImGui::IsWindowFocused(),
+ ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows),
+ ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow),
+ ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow),
+ ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow));
+
+ // Testing IsWindowHovered() function with its various flags. Note that the flags can be combined.
+ ImGui::BulletText(
+ "IsWindowHovered() = %d\n"
+ "IsWindowHovered(_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup) = %d\n"
+ "IsWindowHovered(_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem) = %d\n"
+ "IsWindowHovered(_ChildWindows) = %d\n"
+ "IsWindowHovered(_ChildWindows|_RootWindow) = %d\n"
+ "IsWindowHovered(_RootWindow) = %d\n"
+ "IsWindowHovered(_AnyWindow) = %d\n",
+ ImGui::IsWindowHovered(),
+ ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup),
+ ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem),
+ ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows),
+ ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow),
+ ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow),
+ ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow));
+
+ ImGui::BeginChild("child", ImVec2(0, 50), true);
+ ImGui::Text("This is another child window for testing with the _ChildWindows flag.");
+ ImGui::EndChild();
+ if (embed_all_inside_a_child_window)
+ EndChild();
+
+ // Calling IsItemHovered() after begin returns the hovered status of the title bar.
+ // This is useful in particular if you want to create a context menu (with BeginPopupContextItem) associated to the title bar of a window.
+ static bool test_window = false;
+ ImGui::Checkbox("Hovered/Active tests after Begin() for title bar testing", &test_window);
+ if (test_window)
+ {
+ ImGui::Begin("Title bar Hovered/Active tests", &test_window);
+ if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem()) // <-- This is using IsItemHovered()
+ {
+ if (ImGui::MenuItem("Close")) { test_window = false; }
+ ImGui::EndPopup();
+ }
+ ImGui::Text(
+ "IsItemHovered() after begin = %d (== is title bar hovered)\n"
+ "IsItemActive() after begin = %d (== is window being clicked/moved)\n",
+ ImGui::IsItemHovered(), ImGui::IsItemActive());
+ ImGui::End();
+ }
+
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Layout"))
+ {
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Child regions"))
+ {
+ static bool disable_mouse_wheel = false;
+ static bool disable_menu = false;
+ ImGui::Checkbox("Disable Mouse Wheel", &disable_mouse_wheel);
+ ImGui::Checkbox("Disable Menu", &disable_menu);
+
+ static int line = 50;
+ bool goto_line = ImGui::Button("Goto");
+ ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::PushItemWidth(100);
+ goto_line |= ImGui::InputInt("##Line", &line, 0, 0, ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue);
+ ImGui::PopItemWidth();
+
+ // Child 1: no border, enable horizontal scrollbar
+ {
+ ImGui::BeginChild("Child1", ImVec2(ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionWidth() * 0.5f, 300), false, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar | (disable_mouse_wheel ? ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse : 0));
+ for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++)
+ {
+ ImGui::Text("%04d: scrollable region", i);
+ if (goto_line && line == i)
+ ImGui::SetScrollHere();
+ }
+ if (goto_line && line >= 100)
+ ImGui::SetScrollHere();
+ ImGui::EndChild();
+ }
+
+ ImGui::SameLine();
+
+ // Child 2: rounded border
+ {
+ ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding, 5.0f);
+ ImGui::BeginChild("Child2", ImVec2(0,300), true, (disable_mouse_wheel ? ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse : 0) | (disable_menu ? 0 : ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar));
+ if (!disable_menu && ImGui::BeginMenuBar())
+ {
+ if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Menu"))
+ {
+ ShowExampleMenuFile();
+ ImGui::EndMenu();
+ }
+ ImGui::EndMenuBar();
+ }
+ ImGui::Columns(2);
+ for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++)
+ {
+ char buf[32];
+ sprintf(buf, "%03d", i);
+ ImGui::Button(buf, ImVec2(-1.0f, 0.0f));
+ ImGui::NextColumn();
+ }
+ ImGui::EndChild();
+ ImGui::PopStyleVar();
+ }
+
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Widgets Width"))
+ {
+ static float f = 0.0f;
+ ImGui::Text("PushItemWidth(100)");
+ ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("Fixed width.");
+ ImGui::PushItemWidth(100);
+ ImGui::DragFloat("float##1", &f);
+ ImGui::PopItemWidth();
+
+ ImGui::Text("PushItemWidth(GetWindowWidth() * 0.5f)");
+ ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("Half of window width.");
+ ImGui::PushItemWidth(ImGui::GetWindowWidth() * 0.5f);
+ ImGui::DragFloat("float##2", &f);
+ ImGui::PopItemWidth();
+
+ ImGui::Text("PushItemWidth(GetContentRegionAvailWidth() * 0.5f)");
+ ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("Half of available width.\n(~ right-cursor_pos)\n(works within a column set)");
+ ImGui::PushItemWidth(ImGui::GetContentRegionAvailWidth() * 0.5f);
+ ImGui::DragFloat("float##3", &f);
+ ImGui::PopItemWidth();
+
+ ImGui::Text("PushItemWidth(-100)");
+ ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("Align to right edge minus 100");
+ ImGui::PushItemWidth(-100);
+ ImGui::DragFloat("float##4", &f);
+ ImGui::PopItemWidth();
+
+ ImGui::Text("PushItemWidth(-1)");
+ ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("Align to right edge");
+ ImGui::PushItemWidth(-1);
+ ImGui::DragFloat("float##5", &f);
+ ImGui::PopItemWidth();
+
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic Horizontal Layout"))
+ {
+ ImGui::TextWrapped("(Use ImGui::SameLine() to keep adding items to the right of the preceding item)");
+
+ // Text
+ ImGui::Text("Two items: Hello"); ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1,1,0,1), "Sailor");
+
+ // Adjust spacing
+ ImGui::Text("More spacing: Hello"); ImGui::SameLine(0, 20);
+ ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1,1,0,1), "Sailor");
+
+ // Button
+ ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding();
+ ImGui::Text("Normal buttons"); ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::Button("Banana"); ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::Button("Apple"); ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::Button("Corniflower");
+
+ // Button
+ ImGui::Text("Small buttons"); ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::SmallButton("Like this one"); ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::Text("can fit within a text block.");
+
+ // Aligned to arbitrary position. Easy/cheap column.
+ ImGui::Text("Aligned");
+ ImGui::SameLine(150); ImGui::Text("x=150");
+ ImGui::SameLine(300); ImGui::Text("x=300");
+ ImGui::Text("Aligned");
+ ImGui::SameLine(150); ImGui::SmallButton("x=150");
+ ImGui::SameLine(300); ImGui::SmallButton("x=300");
+
+ // Checkbox
+ static bool c1=false,c2=false,c3=false,c4=false;
+ ImGui::Checkbox("My", &c1); ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::Checkbox("Tailor", &c2); ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::Checkbox("Is", &c3); ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::Checkbox("Rich", &c4);
+
+ // Various
+ static float f0=1.0f, f1=2.0f, f2=3.0f;
+ ImGui::PushItemWidth(80);
+ const char* items[] = { "AAAA", "BBBB", "CCCC", "DDDD" };
+ static int item = -1;
+ ImGui::Combo("Combo", &item, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::SliderFloat("X", &f0, 0.0f,5.0f); ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::SliderFloat("Y", &f1, 0.0f,5.0f); ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::SliderFloat("Z", &f2, 0.0f,5.0f);
+ ImGui::PopItemWidth();
+
+ ImGui::PushItemWidth(80);
+ ImGui::Text("Lists:");
+ static int selection[4] = { 0, 1, 2, 3 };
+ for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++)
+ {
+ if (i > 0) ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::PushID(i);
+ ImGui::ListBox("", &selection[i], items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items));
+ ImGui::PopID();
+ //if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) ImGui::SetTooltip("ListBox %d hovered", i);
+ }
+ ImGui::PopItemWidth();
+
+ // Dummy
+ ImVec2 sz(30,30);
+ ImGui::Button("A", sz); ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::Dummy(sz); ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::Button("B", sz);
+
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Groups"))
+ {
+ ImGui::TextWrapped("(Using ImGui::BeginGroup()/EndGroup() to layout items. BeginGroup() basically locks the horizontal position. EndGroup() bundles the whole group so that you can use functions such as IsItemHovered() on it.)");
+ ImGui::BeginGroup();
+ {
+ ImGui::BeginGroup();
+ ImGui::Button("AAA");
+ ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::Button("BBB");
+ ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::BeginGroup();
+ ImGui::Button("CCC");
+ ImGui::Button("DDD");
+ ImGui::EndGroup();
+ ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::Button("EEE");
+ ImGui::EndGroup();
+ if (ImGui::IsItemHovered())
+ ImGui::SetTooltip("First group hovered");
+ }
+ // Capture the group size and create widgets using the same size
+ ImVec2 size = ImGui::GetItemRectSize();
+ const float values[5] = { 0.5f, 0.20f, 0.80f, 0.60f, 0.25f };
+ ImGui::PlotHistogram("##values", values, IM_ARRAYSIZE(values), 0, NULL, 0.0f, 1.0f, size);
+
+ ImGui::Button("ACTION", ImVec2((size.x - ImGui::GetStyle().ItemSpacing.x)*0.5f,size.y));
+ ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::Button("REACTION", ImVec2((size.x - ImGui::GetStyle().ItemSpacing.x)*0.5f,size.y));
+ ImGui::EndGroup();
+ ImGui::SameLine();
+
+ ImGui::Button("LEVERAGE\nBUZZWORD", size);
+ ImGui::SameLine();
+
+ if (ImGui::ListBoxHeader("List", size))
+ {
+ ImGui::Selectable("Selected", true);
+ ImGui::Selectable("Not Selected", false);
+ ImGui::ListBoxFooter();
+ }
+
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Text Baseline Alignment"))
+ {
+ ImGui::TextWrapped("(This is testing the vertical alignment that occurs on text to keep it at the same baseline as widgets. Lines only composed of text or \"small\" widgets fit in less vertical spaces than lines with normal widgets)");
+
+ ImGui::Text("One\nTwo\nThree"); ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::Text("Hello\nWorld"); ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::Text("Banana");
+
+ ImGui::Text("Banana"); ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::Text("Hello\nWorld"); ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::Text("One\nTwo\nThree");
+
+ ImGui::Button("HOP##1"); ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::Text("Banana"); ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::Text("Hello\nWorld"); ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::Text("Banana");
+
+ ImGui::Button("HOP##2"); ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::Text("Hello\nWorld"); ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::Text("Banana");
+
+ ImGui::Button("TEST##1"); ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::Text("TEST"); ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::SmallButton("TEST##2");
+
+ ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); // If your line starts with text, call this to align it to upcoming widgets.
+ ImGui::Text("Text aligned to Widget"); ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::Button("Widget##1"); ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::Text("Widget"); ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::SmallButton("Widget##2"); ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::Button("Widget##3");
+
+ // Tree
+ const float spacing = ImGui::GetStyle().ItemInnerSpacing.x;
+ ImGui::Button("Button##1");
+ ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, spacing);
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Node##1")) { for (int i = 0; i < 6; i++) ImGui::BulletText("Item %d..", i); ImGui::TreePop(); } // Dummy tree data
+
+ ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); // Vertically align text node a bit lower so it'll be vertically centered with upcoming widget. Otherwise you can use SmallButton (smaller fit).
+ bool node_open = ImGui::TreeNode("Node##2"); // Common mistake to avoid: if we want to SameLine after TreeNode we need to do it before we add child content.
+ ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, spacing); ImGui::Button("Button##2");
+ if (node_open) { for (int i = 0; i < 6; i++) ImGui::BulletText("Item %d..", i); ImGui::TreePop(); } // Dummy tree data
+
+ // Bullet
+ ImGui::Button("Button##3");
+ ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, spacing);
+ ImGui::BulletText("Bullet text");
+
+ ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding();
+ ImGui::BulletText("Node");
+ ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, spacing); ImGui::Button("Button##4");
+
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Scrolling"))
+ {
+ ImGui::TextWrapped("(Use SetScrollHere() or SetScrollFromPosY() to scroll to a given position.)");
+ static bool track = true;
+ static int track_line = 50, scroll_to_px = 200;
+ ImGui::Checkbox("Track", &track);
+ ImGui::PushItemWidth(100);
+ ImGui::SameLine(130); track |= ImGui::DragInt("##line", &track_line, 0.25f, 0, 99, "Line = %d");
+ bool scroll_to = ImGui::Button("Scroll To Pos");
+ ImGui::SameLine(130); scroll_to |= ImGui::DragInt("##pos_y", &scroll_to_px, 1.00f, 0, 9999, "Y = %d px");
+ ImGui::PopItemWidth();
+ if (scroll_to) track = false;
+
+ for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++)
+ {
+ if (i > 0) ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::BeginGroup();
+ ImGui::Text("%s", i == 0 ? "Top" : i == 1 ? "25%" : i == 2 ? "Center" : i == 3 ? "75%" : "Bottom");
+ ImGui::BeginChild(ImGui::GetID((void*)(intptr_t)i), ImVec2(ImGui::GetWindowWidth() * 0.17f, 200.0f), true);
+ if (scroll_to)
+ ImGui::SetScrollFromPosY(ImGui::GetCursorStartPos().y + scroll_to_px, i * 0.25f);
+ for (int line = 0; line < 100; line++)
+ {
+ if (track && line == track_line)
+ {
+ ImGui::TextColored(ImColor(255,255,0), "Line %d", line);
+ ImGui::SetScrollHere(i * 0.25f); // 0.0f:top, 0.5f:center, 1.0f:bottom
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ ImGui::Text("Line %d", line);
+ }
+ }
+ float scroll_y = ImGui::GetScrollY(), scroll_max_y = ImGui::GetScrollMaxY();
+ ImGui::EndChild();
+ ImGui::Text("%.0f/%0.f", scroll_y, scroll_max_y);
+ ImGui::EndGroup();
+ }
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Horizontal Scrolling"))
+ {
+ ImGui::Bullet(); ImGui::TextWrapped("Horizontal scrolling for a window has to be enabled explicitly via the ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar flag.");
+ ImGui::Bullet(); ImGui::TextWrapped("You may want to explicitly specify content width by calling SetNextWindowContentWidth() before Begin().");
+ static int lines = 7;
+ ImGui::SliderInt("Lines", &lines, 1, 15);
+ ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FrameRounding, 3.0f);
+ ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(2.0f, 1.0f));
+ ImGui::BeginChild("scrolling", ImVec2(0, ImGui::GetFrameHeightWithSpacing()*7 + 30), true, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar);
+ for (int line = 0; line < lines; line++)
+ {
+ // Display random stuff (for the sake of this trivial demo we are using basic Button+SameLine. If you want to create your own time line for a real application you may be better off
+ // manipulating the cursor position yourself, aka using SetCursorPos/SetCursorScreenPos to position the widgets yourself. You may also want to use the lower-level ImDrawList API)
+ int num_buttons = 10 + ((line & 1) ? line * 9 : line * 3);
+ for (int n = 0; n < num_buttons; n++)
+ {
+ if (n > 0) ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::PushID(n + line * 1000);
+ char num_buf[16];
+ sprintf(num_buf, "%d", n);
+ const char* label = (!(n%15)) ? "FizzBuzz" : (!(n%3)) ? "Fizz" : (!(n%5)) ? "Buzz" : num_buf;
+ float hue = n*0.05f;
+ ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Button, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(hue, 0.6f, 0.6f));
+ ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(hue, 0.7f, 0.7f));
+ ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ButtonActive, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(hue, 0.8f, 0.8f));
+ ImGui::Button(label, ImVec2(40.0f + sinf((float)(line + n)) * 20.0f, 0.0f));
+ ImGui::PopStyleColor(3);
+ ImGui::PopID();
+ }
+ }
+ float scroll_x = ImGui::GetScrollX(), scroll_max_x = ImGui::GetScrollMaxX();
+ ImGui::EndChild();
+ ImGui::PopStyleVar(2);
+ float scroll_x_delta = 0.0f;
+ ImGui::SmallButton("<<"); if (ImGui::IsItemActive()) scroll_x_delta = -ImGui::GetIO().DeltaTime * 1000.0f; ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::Text("Scroll from code"); ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::SmallButton(">>"); if (ImGui::IsItemActive()) scroll_x_delta = +ImGui::GetIO().DeltaTime * 1000.0f; ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::Text("%.0f/%.0f", scroll_x, scroll_max_x);
+ if (scroll_x_delta != 0.0f)
+ {
+ ImGui::BeginChild("scrolling"); // Demonstrate a trick: you can use Begin to set yourself in the context of another window (here we are already out of your child window)
+ ImGui::SetScrollX(ImGui::GetScrollX() + scroll_x_delta);
+ ImGui::End();
+ }
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Clipping"))
+ {
+ static ImVec2 size(100, 100), offset(50, 20);
+ ImGui::TextWrapped("On a per-widget basis we are occasionally clipping text CPU-side if it won't fit in its frame. Otherwise we are doing coarser clipping + passing a scissor rectangle to the renderer. The system is designed to try minimizing both execution and CPU/GPU rendering cost.");
+ ImGui::DragFloat2("size", (float*)&size, 0.5f, 0.0f, 200.0f, "%.0f");
+ ImGui::TextWrapped("(Click and drag)");
+ ImVec2 pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos();
+ ImVec4 clip_rect(pos.x, pos.y, pos.x+size.x, pos.y+size.y);
+ ImGui::InvisibleButton("##dummy", size);
+ if (ImGui::IsItemActive() && ImGui::IsMouseDragging()) { offset.x += ImGui::GetIO().MouseDelta.x; offset.y += ImGui::GetIO().MouseDelta.y; }
+ ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()->AddRectFilled(pos, ImVec2(pos.x+size.x,pos.y+size.y), IM_COL32(90,90,120,255));
+ ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()->AddText(ImGui::GetFont(), ImGui::GetFontSize()*2.0f, ImVec2(pos.x+offset.x,pos.y+offset.y), IM_COL32(255,255,255,255), "Line 1 hello\nLine 2 clip me!", NULL, 0.0f, &clip_rect);
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Popups & Modal windows"))
+ {
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Popups"))
+ {
+ ImGui::TextWrapped("When a popup is active, it inhibits interacting with windows that are behind the popup. Clicking outside the popup closes it.");
+
+ static int selected_fish = -1;
+ const char* names[] = { "Bream", "Haddock", "Mackerel", "Pollock", "Tilefish" };
+ static bool toggles[] = { true, false, false, false, false };
+
+ // Simple selection popup
+ // (If you want to show the current selection inside the Button itself, you may want to build a string using the "###" operator to preserve a constant ID with a variable label)
+ if (ImGui::Button("Select.."))
+ ImGui::OpenPopup("select");
+ ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::TextUnformatted(selected_fish == -1 ? "<None>" : names[selected_fish]);
+ if (ImGui::BeginPopup("select"))
+ {
+ ImGui::Text("Aquarium");
+ ImGui::Separator();
+ for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(names); i++)
+ if (ImGui::Selectable(names[i]))
+ selected_fish = i;
+ ImGui::EndPopup();
+ }
+
+ // Showing a menu with toggles
+ if (ImGui::Button("Toggle.."))
+ ImGui::OpenPopup("toggle");
+ if (ImGui::BeginPopup("toggle"))
+ {
+ for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(names); i++)
+ ImGui::MenuItem(names[i], "", &toggles[i]);
+ if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Sub-menu"))
+ {
+ ImGui::MenuItem("Click me");
+ ImGui::EndMenu();
+ }
+
+ ImGui::Separator();
+ ImGui::Text("Tooltip here");
+ if (ImGui::IsItemHovered())
+ ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a tooltip over a popup");
+
+ if (ImGui::Button("Stacked Popup"))
+ ImGui::OpenPopup("another popup");
+ if (ImGui::BeginPopup("another popup"))
+ {
+ for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(names); i++)
+ ImGui::MenuItem(names[i], "", &toggles[i]);
+ if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Sub-menu"))
+ {
+ ImGui::MenuItem("Click me");
+ ImGui::EndMenu();
+ }
+ ImGui::EndPopup();
+ }
+ ImGui::EndPopup();
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::Button("Popup Menu.."))
+ ImGui::OpenPopup("FilePopup");
+ if (ImGui::BeginPopup("FilePopup"))
+ {
+ ShowExampleMenuFile();
+ ImGui::EndPopup();
+ }
+
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Context menus"))
+ {
+ // BeginPopupContextItem() is a helper to provide common/simple popup behavior of essentially doing:
+ // if (IsItemHovered() && IsMouseClicked(0))
+ // OpenPopup(id);
+ // return BeginPopup(id);
+ // For more advanced uses you may want to replicate and cuztomize this code. This the comments inside BeginPopupContextItem() implementation.
+ static float value = 0.5f;
+ ImGui::Text("Value = %.3f (<-- right-click here)", value);
+ if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem("item context menu"))
+ {
+ if (ImGui::Selectable("Set to zero")) value = 0.0f;
+ if (ImGui::Selectable("Set to PI")) value = 3.1415f;
+ ImGui::PushItemWidth(-1);
+ ImGui::DragFloat("##Value", &value, 0.1f, 0.0f, 0.0f);
+ ImGui::PopItemWidth();
+ ImGui::EndPopup();
+ }
+
+ static char name[32] = "Label1";
+ char buf[64]; sprintf(buf, "Button: %s###Button", name); // ### operator override ID ignoring the preceding label
+ ImGui::Button(buf);
+ if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem()) // When used after an item that has an ID (here the Button), we can skip providing an ID to BeginPopupContextItem().
+ {
+ ImGui::Text("Edit name:");
+ ImGui::InputText("##edit", name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name));
+ if (ImGui::Button("Close"))
+ ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup();
+ ImGui::EndPopup();
+ }
+ ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("(<-- right-click here)");
+
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Modals"))
+ {
+ ImGui::TextWrapped("Modal windows are like popups but the user cannot close them by clicking outside the window.");
+
+ if (ImGui::Button("Delete.."))
+ ImGui::OpenPopup("Delete?");
+ if (ImGui::BeginPopupModal("Delete?", NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize))
+ {
+ ImGui::Text("All those beautiful files will be deleted.\nThis operation cannot be undone!\n\n");
+ ImGui::Separator();
+
+ //static int dummy_i = 0;
+ //ImGui::Combo("Combo", &dummy_i, "Delete\0Delete harder\0");
+
+ static bool dont_ask_me_next_time = false;
+ ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(0,0));
+ ImGui::Checkbox("Don't ask me next time", &dont_ask_me_next_time);
+ ImGui::PopStyleVar();
+
+ if (ImGui::Button("OK", ImVec2(120,0))) { ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup(); }
+ ImGui::SetItemDefaultFocus();
+ ImGui::SameLine();
+ if (ImGui::Button("Cancel", ImVec2(120,0))) { ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup(); }
+ ImGui::EndPopup();
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::Button("Stacked modals.."))
+ ImGui::OpenPopup("Stacked 1");
+ if (ImGui::BeginPopupModal("Stacked 1"))
+ {
+ ImGui::Text("Hello from Stacked The First\nUsing style.Colors[ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg] behind it.");
+ static int item = 1;
+ ImGui::Combo("Combo", &item, "aaaa\0bbbb\0cccc\0dddd\0eeee\0\0");
+ static float color[4] = { 0.4f,0.7f,0.0f,0.5f };
+ ImGui::ColorEdit4("color", color); // This is to test behavior of stacked regular popups over a modal
+
+ if (ImGui::Button("Add another modal.."))
+ ImGui::OpenPopup("Stacked 2");
+ if (ImGui::BeginPopupModal("Stacked 2"))
+ {
+ ImGui::Text("Hello from Stacked The Second!");
+ if (ImGui::Button("Close"))
+ ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup();
+ ImGui::EndPopup();
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::Button("Close"))
+ ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup();
+ ImGui::EndPopup();
+ }
+
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Menus inside a regular window"))
+ {
+ ImGui::TextWrapped("Below we are testing adding menu items to a regular window. It's rather unusual but should work!");
+ ImGui::Separator();
+ // NB: As a quirk in this very specific example, we want to differentiate the parent of this menu from the parent of the various popup menus above.
+ // To do so we are encloding the items in a PushID()/PopID() block to make them two different menusets. If we don't, opening any popup above and hovering our menu here
+ // would open it. This is because once a menu is active, we allow to switch to a sibling menu by just hovering on it, which is the desired behavior for regular menus.
+ ImGui::PushID("foo");
+ ImGui::MenuItem("Menu item", "CTRL+M");
+ if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Menu inside a regular window"))
+ {
+ ShowExampleMenuFile();
+ ImGui::EndMenu();
+ }
+ ImGui::PopID();
+ ImGui::Separator();
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Columns"))
+ {
+ ImGui::PushID("Columns");
+
+ // Basic columns
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic"))
+ {
+ ImGui::Text("Without border:");
+ ImGui::Columns(3, "mycolumns3", false); // 3-ways, no border
+ ImGui::Separator();
+ for (int n = 0; n < 14; n++)
+ {
+ char label[32];
+ sprintf(label, "Item %d", n);
+ if (ImGui::Selectable(label)) {}
+ //if (ImGui::Button(label, ImVec2(-1,0))) {}
+ ImGui::NextColumn();
+ }
+ ImGui::Columns(1);
+ ImGui::Separator();
+
+ ImGui::Text("With border:");
+ ImGui::Columns(4, "mycolumns"); // 4-ways, with border
+ ImGui::Separator();
+ ImGui::Text("ID"); ImGui::NextColumn();
+ ImGui::Text("Name"); ImGui::NextColumn();
+ ImGui::Text("Path"); ImGui::NextColumn();
+ ImGui::Text("Hovered"); ImGui::NextColumn();
+ ImGui::Separator();
+ const char* names[3] = { "One", "Two", "Three" };
+ const char* paths[3] = { "/path/one", "/path/two", "/path/three" };
+ static int selected = -1;
+ for (int i = 0; i < 3; i++)
+ {
+ char label[32];
+ sprintf(label, "%04d", i);
+ if (ImGui::Selectable(label, selected == i, ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns))
+ selected = i;
+ bool hovered = ImGui::IsItemHovered();
+ ImGui::NextColumn();
+ ImGui::Text(names[i]); ImGui::NextColumn();
+ ImGui::Text(paths[i]); ImGui::NextColumn();
+ ImGui::Text("%d", hovered); ImGui::NextColumn();
+ }
+ ImGui::Columns(1);
+ ImGui::Separator();
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+
+ // Create multiple items in a same cell before switching to next column
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Mixed items"))
+ {
+ ImGui::Columns(3, "mixed");
+ ImGui::Separator();
+
+ ImGui::Text("Hello");
+ ImGui::Button("Banana");
+ ImGui::NextColumn();
+
+ ImGui::Text("ImGui");
+ ImGui::Button("Apple");
+ static float foo = 1.0f;
+ ImGui::InputFloat("red", &foo, 0.05f, 0, "%.3f");
+ ImGui::Text("An extra line here.");
+ ImGui::NextColumn();
+
+ ImGui::Text("Sailor");
+ ImGui::Button("Corniflower");
+ static float bar = 1.0f;
+ ImGui::InputFloat("blue", &bar, 0.05f, 0, "%.3f");
+ ImGui::NextColumn();
+
+ if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Category A")) { ImGui::Text("Blah blah blah"); } ImGui::NextColumn();
+ if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Category B")) { ImGui::Text("Blah blah blah"); } ImGui::NextColumn();
+ if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Category C")) { ImGui::Text("Blah blah blah"); } ImGui::NextColumn();
+ ImGui::Columns(1);
+ ImGui::Separator();
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+
+ // Word wrapping
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Word-wrapping"))
+ {
+ ImGui::Columns(2, "word-wrapping");
+ ImGui::Separator();
+ ImGui::TextWrapped("The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog.");
+ ImGui::TextWrapped("Hello Left");
+ ImGui::NextColumn();
+ ImGui::TextWrapped("The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog.");
+ ImGui::TextWrapped("Hello Right");
+ ImGui::Columns(1);
+ ImGui::Separator();
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Borders"))
+ {
+ // NB: Future columns API should allow automatic horizontal borders.
+ static bool h_borders = true;
+ static bool v_borders = true;
+ ImGui::Checkbox("horizontal", &h_borders);
+ ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::Checkbox("vertical", &v_borders);
+ ImGui::Columns(4, NULL, v_borders);
+ for (int i = 0; i < 4*3; i++)
+ {
+ if (h_borders && ImGui::GetColumnIndex() == 0)
+ ImGui::Separator();
+ ImGui::Text("%c%c%c", 'a'+i, 'a'+i, 'a'+i);
+ ImGui::Text("Width %.2f\nOffset %.2f", ImGui::GetColumnWidth(), ImGui::GetColumnOffset());
+ ImGui::NextColumn();
+ }
+ ImGui::Columns(1);
+ if (h_borders)
+ ImGui::Separator();
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+
+ // Scrolling columns
+ /*
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Vertical Scrolling"))
+ {
+ ImGui::BeginChild("##header", ImVec2(0, ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing()+ImGui::GetStyle().ItemSpacing.y));
+ ImGui::Columns(3);
+ ImGui::Text("ID"); ImGui::NextColumn();
+ ImGui::Text("Name"); ImGui::NextColumn();
+ ImGui::Text("Path"); ImGui::NextColumn();
+ ImGui::Columns(1);
+ ImGui::Separator();
+ ImGui::EndChild();
+ ImGui::BeginChild("##scrollingregion", ImVec2(0, 60));
+ ImGui::Columns(3);
+ for (int i = 0; i < 10; i++)
+ {
+ ImGui::Text("%04d", i); ImGui::NextColumn();
+ ImGui::Text("Foobar"); ImGui::NextColumn();
+ ImGui::Text("/path/foobar/%04d/", i); ImGui::NextColumn();
+ }
+ ImGui::Columns(1);
+ ImGui::EndChild();
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+ */
+
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Horizontal Scrolling"))
+ {
+ ImGui::SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(1500.0f, 0.0f));
+ ImGui::BeginChild("##ScrollingRegion", ImVec2(0, ImGui::GetFontSize() * 20), false, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar);
+ ImGui::Columns(10);
+ int ITEMS_COUNT = 2000;
+ ImGuiListClipper clipper(ITEMS_COUNT); // Also demonstrate using the clipper for large list
+ while (clipper.Step())
+ {
+ for (int i = clipper.DisplayStart; i < clipper.DisplayEnd; i++)
+ for (int j = 0; j < 10; j++)
+ {
+ ImGui::Text("Line %d Column %d...", i, j);
+ ImGui::NextColumn();
+ }
+ }
+ ImGui::Columns(1);
+ ImGui::EndChild();
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+
+ bool node_open = ImGui::TreeNode("Tree within single cell");
+ ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("NB: Tree node must be poped before ending the cell. There's no storage of state per-cell.");
+ if (node_open)
+ {
+ ImGui::Columns(2, "tree items");
+ ImGui::Separator();
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Hello")) { ImGui::BulletText("Sailor"); ImGui::TreePop(); } ImGui::NextColumn();
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Bonjour")) { ImGui::BulletText("Marin"); ImGui::TreePop(); } ImGui::NextColumn();
+ ImGui::Columns(1);
+ ImGui::Separator();
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+ ImGui::PopID();
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Filtering"))
+ {
+ static ImGuiTextFilter filter;
+ ImGui::Text("Filter usage:\n"
+ " \"\" display all lines\n"
+ " \"xxx\" display lines containing \"xxx\"\n"
+ " \"xxx,yyy\" display lines containing \"xxx\" or \"yyy\"\n"
+ " \"-xxx\" hide lines containing \"xxx\"");
+ filter.Draw();
+ const char* lines[] = { "aaa1.c", "bbb1.c", "ccc1.c", "aaa2.cpp", "bbb2.cpp", "ccc2.cpp", "abc.h", "hello, world" };
+ for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(lines); i++)
+ if (filter.PassFilter(lines[i]))
+ ImGui::BulletText("%s", lines[i]);
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Inputs, Navigation & Focus"))
+ {
+ ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+
+ ImGui::Text("WantCaptureMouse: %d", io.WantCaptureMouse);
+ ImGui::Text("WantCaptureKeyboard: %d", io.WantCaptureKeyboard);
+ ImGui::Text("WantTextInput: %d", io.WantTextInput);
+ ImGui::Text("WantSetMousePos: %d", io.WantSetMousePos);
+ ImGui::Text("NavActive: %d, NavVisible: %d", io.NavActive, io.NavVisible);
+
+ ImGui::Checkbox("io.MouseDrawCursor", &io.MouseDrawCursor);
+ ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("Instruct ImGui to render a mouse cursor for you in software. Note that a mouse cursor rendered via your application GPU rendering path will feel more laggy than hardware cursor, but will be more in sync with your other visuals.\n\nSome desktop applications may use both kinds of cursors (e.g. en